ImGui upgraded to version 1.75 + fixes required by upgrade

11 files changed, 11567 insertions, 5821 deletions

diff --git a/src/imgui/README.md b/src/imgui/README.md
index 7420f14e2..00d78ed01 100644
--- a/src/imgui/README.md
+++ b/src/imgui/README.md
@@ -2,4 +2,4 @@
 
 For more information go to https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
 
-THIS DIRECTORY CONTAINS THE imgui-1.66 da3c433 SOURCE DISTRIBUTION.
+THIS DIRECTORY CONTAINS THE imgui-1.75 58b3e02 SOURCE DISTRIBUTION.
diff --git a/src/imgui/imconfig.h b/src/imgui/imconfig.h
index 50b7f471c..09bfd16c9 100644
--- a/src/imgui/imconfig.h
+++ b/src/imgui/imconfig.h
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
 // Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure.
 // You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating imgui, or maintain a patch/branch with your modifications to imconfig.h)
+// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating Dear ImGui, or maintain a patch/branch with your modifications to imconfig.h)
 // B) or add configuration directives in your own file and compile with #define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h"
-// If you do so you need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ dear imgui is used, which include
-// the imgui*.cpp files but also _any_ of your code that uses imgui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures.
+// If you do so you need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include
+// the imgui*.cpp files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures.
 // Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts.
 // Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -14,25 +14,32 @@
 #pragma once
 
 //---- Define assertion handler. Defaults to calling assert().
+// If your macro uses multiple statements, make sure is enclosed in a 'do { .. } while (0)' block so it can be used as a single statement.
 //#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)  MyAssert(_EXPR)
 //#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)  ((void)(_EXPR))     // Disable asserts
 
-//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows.
+//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows
+// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
 //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport )
 //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport )
 
-//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums names. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names.
+//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names.
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
 
-//---- Don't implement demo windows functionality (ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor()/ShowUserGuide() methods will be empty)
-//---- It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows during development. Please read the comments in imgui_demo.cpp.
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS
+//---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows. 
+// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows during development. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE                                     // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty. 
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS                        // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty. Not recommended. 
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW                      // Disable debug/metrics window: ShowMetricsWindow() will be empty.
 
 //---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements.
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS   // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc.
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS         // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow.
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS             // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with vsnprintf.
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS                      // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 wrapper so you can implement them yourself. Declare your prototypes in imconfig.h.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS                     // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime).
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS      // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default).
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS            // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf)
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS              // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS              // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function.
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS                  // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions().
 
 //---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience
@@ -48,6 +55,10 @@
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
 
+//---- Unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined, use the much faster STB sprintf library implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from the default C library.
+// Note that stb_sprintf.h is meant to be provided by the user and available in the include path at compile time. Also, the compatibility checks of the arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by STB sprintf.
+// #define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+
 //---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4.
 // This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations.
 /*
@@ -60,9 +71,31 @@
         operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); }
 */
 
-//---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) to allow meshes with more than 64K vertices. Render function needs to support it.
+//---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices.
+// Your renderer back-end will need to support it (most example renderer back-ends support both 16/32-bit indices).
+// Another way to allow large meshes while keeping 16-bit indices is to handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in your renderer.
+// Read about ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset for details.
 //#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int
 
+//---- Override ImDrawCallback signature (will need to modify renderer back-ends accordingly)
+//struct ImDrawList;
+//struct ImDrawCmd;
+//typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data);
+//#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback
+
+//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger
+// (use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging.)
+//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK  IM_ASSERT(0)
+//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK  __debugbreak()
+
+//---- Debug Tools: Have the Item Picker break in the ItemAdd() function instead of ItemHoverable(),
+// (which comes earlier in the code, will catch a few extra items, allow picking items other than Hovered one.)
+// This adds a small runtime cost which is why it is not enabled by default.
+//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX
+
+//---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts
+//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
+
 //---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files.
 /*
 namespace ImGui
diff --git a/src/imgui/imgui.cpp b/src/imgui/imgui.cpp
index 2822e3e23..1b78dd83c 100644
--- a/src/imgui/imgui.cpp
+++ b/src/imgui/imgui.cpp
@@ -1,15 +1,25 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.66 WIP
+// dear imgui, v1.75
 // (main code and documentation)
 
-// Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code.
-// Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.
-// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
-// Releases change-log at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
-// Technical Support for Getting Started https://discourse.dearimgui.org/c/getting-started
-// Gallery (please post your screenshots/video there!): https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1269
+// Help:
+// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq
+// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.
+// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
+
+// Resources:
+// - FAQ                   http://dearimgui.org/faq
+// - Homepage & latest     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// - Releases & changelog  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
+// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/2847 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
+// - Glossary              https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
+// - Wiki                  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki
+// - Issues & support      https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
+
 // Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub.
+// See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License).
 // This library is free but I need your support to sustain development and maintenance.
-// If you work for a company, please consider financial support, see README. For individuals: https://www.patreon.com/imgui
+// Businesses: you can support continued development via invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. Please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.org".
+// Individuals: you can support continued development via donations. See docs/README or web page.
 
 // It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library.
 // Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without
@@ -25,47 +35,39 @@ DOCUMENTATION
 
 - MISSION STATEMENT
 - END-USER GUIDE
-- PROGRAMMER GUIDE (read me!)
-  - Read first
-  - How to update to a newer version of Dear ImGui
-  - Getting started with integrating Dear ImGui in your code/engine
-  - This is how a simple application may look like (2 variations)
-  - This is how a simple rendering function may look like
-  - Using gamepad/keyboard navigation controls
+- PROGRAMMER GUIDE
+  - READ FIRST
+  - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
+  - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
+  - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE (2 variations)
+  - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
+  - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS
 - API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!)
-- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS
-  - How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to imgui or to my application?
-  - How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works?
-  - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label or without a label? A primer on labels and the ID Stack.
-  - How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? 
-  - How can I load a different font than the default?
-  - How can I easily use icons in my application?
-  - How can I load multiple fonts?
-  - How can I display and input non-latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
-  - How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API)
-  - I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
-  - I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around..
-  - How can I help?
-
-CODE 
+- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)
+  - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer)
+
+CODE
 (search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them)
 
 // [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
 // [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS
 // [SECTION] MAIN USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPER/UTILITIES (Maths, String, Format, Hash, File functions)
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPER/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPER/UTILITIES (Color functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)
 // [SECTION] ImGuiStorage
 // [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter
 // [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer
 // [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
 // [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS
 // [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)
+// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING
+// [SECTION] SCROLLING
 // [SECTION] TOOLTIPS
 // [SECTION] POPUPS
 // [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION
-// [SECTION] COLUMNS
 // [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP
 // [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
 // [SECTION] SETTINGS
@@ -83,19 +85,19 @@ CODE
  MISSION STATEMENT
  =================
 
- - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools
- - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools
- - Easy to hack and improve
- - Minimize screen real-estate usage
- - Minimize setup and maintenance
- - Minimize state storage on user side
- - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.)
- - Efficient runtime and memory consumption (NB- we do allocate when "growing" content e.g. creating a window,
-   opening a tree node for the first time, etc. but a typical frame should not allocate anything)
+ - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools.
+ - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools.
+ - Easy to hack and improve.
+ - Minimize screen real-estate usage.
+ - Minimize setup and maintenance.
+ - Minimize state storage on user side.
+ - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.).
+ - Efficient runtime and memory consumption (NB- we do allocate when "growing" content e.g. creating a window,.
+   opening a tree node for the first time, etc. but a typical frame should not allocate anything).
 
  Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the weaknesses includes:
- - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate
- - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code
+ - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate.
+ - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code.
 
 
  END-USER GUIDE
@@ -126,16 +128,29 @@ CODE
  ================
 
  READ FIRST
-
- - Read the FAQ below this section!
+ ----------
+ - Remember to read the FAQ (https://www.dearimgui.org/faq)
  - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction
    or destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, less bugs.
  - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features.
- - You can learn about immediate-mode GUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html or watch http://mollyrocket.com/861
-   See README.md for more links describing the IMGUI paradigm. Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm.
+ - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build.
+ - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori).
+   You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links docs/README.md.
+ - Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances.
+   For every application frame your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's own implementation of an IMGUI,
+   where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches.
+ - Our origin are on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right.
+ - This codebase is also optimized to yield decent performances with typical "Debug" builds settings.
+ - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected).
+   If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert.
+ - C++: this is a very C-ish codebase: we don't rely on C++11, we don't include any C++ headers, and ImGui:: is a namespace.
+ - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types.
+   See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that.
+   However, imgui_internal.h can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4, which we use in this codebase.
+ - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction (avoid using it in your code!).
 
  HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
-
+ ----------------------------------------------
  - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have made modification to your copy of imconfig.h)
  - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified.
  - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes.
@@ -145,20 +160,22 @@ CODE
  - Try to keep your copy of dear imgui reasonably up to date.
 
  GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
-
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------
  - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library.
+ - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified back-ends files available in the examples/ folder.
  - Add the Dear ImGui source files to your projects or using your preferred build system.
-   It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and not as shared library (DLL).
- - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating imgui types with your own maths types.
+   It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as shared library (DLL).
+ - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types.
  - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them.
  - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide.
    Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render"
-   phases of your own application. All rendering informatioe are stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render().
+   phases of your own application. All rendering information are stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render().
  - Refer to the bindings and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code.
  - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder.
 
  HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
- EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BINDINGS (imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the examples/ folder)
+ --------------------------------------
+ EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BINDINGS (imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the examples/ folder).
 
      // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
      ImGui::CreateContext();
@@ -167,7 +184,7 @@ CODE
      // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.
      // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
 
-     // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer bindings (here we are using imgui_impl_win32 and imgui_impl_dx11)
+     // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer bindings (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp)
      ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd);
      ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext);
 
@@ -187,13 +204,12 @@ CODE
          ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
          g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);
      }
-     
+
      // Shutdown
      ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown();
      ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown();
      ImGui::DestroyContext();
 
- HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
  EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BINDING / CUSTOM ENGINE
 
      // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
@@ -211,7 +227,7 @@ CODE
 
      // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that your your graphic system:
      // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'.
-     // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ below for details about ImTextureID.
+     // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID.
      MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32)
      io.Fonts->TexID = (void*)texture;
 
@@ -228,16 +244,16 @@ CODE
         io.MouseDown[1] = my_mouse_buttons[1];
 
         // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime
-        // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your mainloop to be able to use imgui everywhere)
+        // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your mainloop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere)
         ImGui::NewFrame();
 
         // Most of your application code here
         ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
-        MyGameUpdate(); // may use any ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End();
-        MyGameRender(); // may use any ImGui functions as well!
+        MyGameUpdate(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End();
+        MyGameRender(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions as well!
 
-        // Render imgui, swap buffers
-        // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use imgui in your own game rendering code)
+        // Render dear imgui, swap buffers
+        // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use Dear ImGui in your own game rendering code)
         ImGui::EndFrame();
         ImGui::Render();
         ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData();
@@ -249,17 +265,18 @@ CODE
      ImGui::DestroyContext();
 
  HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
-
+ ---------------------------------------------
     void void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data)
     {
        // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled
-       // TODO: Setup viewport using draw_data->DisplaySize
+       // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
        // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
        // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color.
        for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
        {
-          const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data;  // vertex buffer generated by ImGui
-          const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data;   // index buffer generated by ImGui
+          const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
+          const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data;  // vertex buffer generated by Dear ImGui
+          const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data;   // index buffer generated by Dear ImGui
           for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
           {
              const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
@@ -270,7 +287,7 @@ CODE
              else
              {
                  // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->TextureId.
-                 // The vast majority of draw calls will use the imgui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization.
+                 // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization.
                  MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->TextureId);
 
                  // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should supports it.
@@ -278,14 +295,14 @@ CODE
                  //   (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works!
                  // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space (from draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize)
                  //   In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos will always be (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize will always be == io.DisplaySize.
-                 //   However, in the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications in the future (see 'viewport' branch on github), 
+                 //   However, in the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications in the future (see 'viewport' branch on github),
                  //   always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space.
                  // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min)
                  ImVec2 pos = draw_data->DisplayPos;
                  MyEngineScissor((int)(pcmd->ClipRect.x - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.y - pos.y), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.z - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.w - pos.y));
 
                  // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles.
-                 // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bits, you can change them to 32-bits in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bits indices.
+                 // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices.
                  MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer, vtx_buffer);
              }
              idx_buffer += pcmd->ElemCount;
@@ -295,16 +312,25 @@ CODE
 
  - The examples/ folders contains many actual implementation of the pseudo-codes above.
  - When calling NewFrame(), the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags are updated.
-   They tell you if Dear ImGui intends to use your inputs. When a flag is set you want to hide the corresponding inputs 
-   from the rest of your application. In every cases you need to pass on the inputs to imgui. Refer to the FAQ for more information.
- - Please read the FAQ below!. Amusingly, it is called a FAQ because people frequently run into the same issues!
+   They tell you if Dear ImGui intends to use your inputs. When a flag is set you want to hide the corresponding inputs from the
+   rest of your application. In every cases you need to pass on the inputs to Dear ImGui.
+ - Refer to the FAQ for more information. Amusingly, it is called a FAQ because people frequently run into the same issues!
 
  USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS
-
- - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. 
- - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use dear imgui on a console system (e.g. PS4, Switch, XB1) without a mouse!
+ ------------------------------------------
+ - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved.
+ - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PS4, Switch, XB1) without a mouse!
  - You can ask questions and report issues at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787
  - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable.
+ - Keyboard:
+    - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable.
+      NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays.
+    - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag
+      will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from:
+       - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set.
+       - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used).
+       - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions.
+      Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.
  - Gamepad:
     - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable.
     - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame().
@@ -316,15 +342,6 @@ CODE
     - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://goo.gl/9LgVZW.
     - If you need to share inputs between your game and the imgui parts, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, with a buttons combo
       to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.
- - Keyboard:
-    - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable.
-      NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays.
-    - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag
-      will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from:
-       - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set.
-       - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used).
-       - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions.
-      Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.
  - Mouse:
     - PS4 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback.
     - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard.
@@ -345,9 +362,56 @@ CODE
  When you are not sure about a old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files.
  You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.
 
- - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - Renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files.
+ - 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more.
+ - 2019/12/17 (1.75) - made Columns() limited to 64 columns by asserting above that limit. While the current code technically supports it, future code may not so we're putting the restriction ahead.
+ - 2019/12/13 (1.75) - [imgui_internal.h] changed ImRect() default constructor initializes all fields to 0.0f instead of (FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX). If you used ImRect::Add() to create bounding boxes by adding multiple points into it, you may need to fix your initial value.
+ - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.53 (December 2017):
+                       - ShowTestWindow()                    -> use ShowDemoWindow()
+                       - IsRootWindowFocused()               -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow)
+                       - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()     -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows)
+                       - SetNextWindowContentWidth(w)        -> use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)
+                       - GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()     -> use GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
+                       - ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg              -> use ImGuiCol_ChildBg
+                       - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding   -> use ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
+                       - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode -> use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap
+                       - IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS          -> use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS
+ - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was the vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API.
+ - 2019/12/06 (1.75) - removed implicit default parameter to IsMouseDragging(int button = 0) to be consistent with other mouse functions (none of the other functions have it).
+ - 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert.
+ - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
+ - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
+ - 2019/10/22 (1.74) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.52 (October 2017):
+                       - Begin() [old 5 args version]        -> use Begin() [3 args], use SetNextWindowSize() SetNextWindowBgAlpha() if needed
+                       - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered()     -> use IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows)
+                       - AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets()     -> use AlignTextToFramePadding()
+                       - SetNextWindowPosCenter()            -> use SetNextWindowPos() with a pivot of (0.5f, 0.5f)
+                       - ImFont::Glyph                       -> use ImFontGlyph
+ - 2019/10/14 (1.74) - inputs: Fixed a miscalculation in the keyboard/mouse "typematic" repeat delay/rate calculation, used by keys and e.g. repeating mouse buttons as well as the GetKeyPressedAmount() function.
+                       if you were using a non-default value for io.KeyRepeatRate (previous default was 0.250), you can add +io.KeyRepeatDelay to it to compensate for the fix.
+                       The function was triggering on: 0.0 and (delay+rate*N) where (N>=1). Fixed formula responds to (N>=0). Effectively it made io.KeyRepeatRate behave like it was set to (io.KeyRepeatRate + io.KeyRepeatDelay).
+                       If you never altered io.KeyRepeatRate nor used GetKeyPressedAmount() this won't affect you.
+ - 2019/07/15 (1.72) - removed TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() which is rarely used and only does SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/07/12 (1.72) - renamed ImFontAtlas::CustomRect to ImFontAtlasCustomRect. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/06/14 (1.72) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.51 (June 2017): ImGuiCol_Column*, ImGuiSetCond_*, IsItemHoveredRect(), IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringWindow(), IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME. Grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.71.
+ - 2019/06/07 (1.71) - rendering of child window outer decorations (bg color, border, scrollbars) is now performed as part of the parent window. If you have
+                       overlapping child windows in a same parent, and relied on their relative z-order to be mapped to their submission order, this will affect your rendering.
+                       This optimization is disabled if the parent window has no visual output, because it appears to be the most common situation leading to the creation of overlapping child windows.
+                       Please reach out if you are affected.
+ - 2019/05/13 (1.71) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpen() to SetNextItemOpen(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/05/11 (1.71) - changed io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned short c) signature to io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c).
+ - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - improved ImDrawList thick strokes (>1.0f) preserving correct thickness up to 90 degrees angles (e.g. rectangles). If you have custom rendering using thick lines, they will appear thicker now.
+ - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with a dummy small value!
+ - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already).
+ - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead!
+ - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects.
+ - 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags.
+ - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files.
  - 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h. 
+ - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h.
                        If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths.
  - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427)
  - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp.
@@ -356,12 +420,16 @@ CODE
  - 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent).
  - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete).
  - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly).
- - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to enable the feature.
+ - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [update 1.67 renamed to ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges] to enable the feature.
  - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency.
  - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time.
  - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_xxx files have been split to separate platform (Win32, Glfw, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan,  etc.).
+                       old bindings will still work as is, however prefer using the separated bindings as they will be updated to support multi-viewports.
+                       when adopting new bindings follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call.
+                       in particular, note that old bindings called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function.
  - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set.
- - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details. 
+ - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details.
  - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more.
                        If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format.
                        To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code.
@@ -406,8 +474,12 @@ CODE
  - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it.
  - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details.
                        removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting.
+                         IsItemHoveredRect()        --> IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)
+                         IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)
+                         IsMouseHoveringWindow()    --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) [weird, old behavior]
  - 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead!
  - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
  - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
  - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your binding if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)".
  - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)!
@@ -415,10 +487,10 @@ CODE
                      - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
  - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency.
  - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix.
- - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame.
+ - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame type.
  - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely.
- - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Columns*** to ImGuiCol_Separator***. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
- - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_*** types and flags to ImGuiCond_***. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Column to ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered to ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive to ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_Always to ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once to ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing to ImGuiCond_Appearing. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
  - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton().
  - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu.
                      - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options.
@@ -431,14 +503,9 @@ CODE
  - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc.
  - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully breakage should be minimal.
  - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore.
-                       If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you.
-                       If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar.
-                       This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color.
-                           ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col)
-                           {
-                               float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a;
-                               return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a);
-                           }
+                       If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar.
+                       This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color:
+                       ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); }
                        If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color.
  - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext().
  - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection.
@@ -465,7 +532,7 @@ CODE
                      - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed!
                        old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count)
                        new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data).
-                         argument:   'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'
+                         parameters: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'
                          ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new.
                          ImDrawCmd:  'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'.
                      - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer.
@@ -497,14 +564,13 @@ CODE
  - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused)
  - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions.
  - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader.
-              (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.
-                       font init:  const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); <..Upload texture to GPU..>
-                       became:     unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); <..Upload texture to GPU>; io.Fonts->TexId = YourTextureIdentifier;
-                       you now more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs.
-                       it is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.
-              (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to set io.Fonts->TexID.
-              (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)
-              (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.
+                       - old:  const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..];
+                       - new:  unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->TexId = YourTexIdentifier;
+                       you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to set io.Fonts->TexID.
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets
  - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver)
  - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph)
  - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility
@@ -518,117 +584,56 @@ CODE
  - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes
 
 
- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS
- ======================================
-
- Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to imgui or to my application?
- A: You can read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags from the ImGuiIO structure (e.g. if (ImGui::GetIO().WantCaptureMouse) { ... } )
-    - When 'io.WantCaptureMouse' is set, imgui wants to use your mouse state, and you may want to discard/hide the inputs from the rest of your application.
-    - When 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' is set, imgui wants to use your keyboard state, and you may want to discard/hide the inputs from the rest of your application.
-    - When 'io.WantTextInput' is set to may want to notify your OS to popup an on-screen keyboard, if available (e.g. on a mobile phone, or console OS).
-    Note: you should always pass your mouse/keyboard inputs to imgui, even when the io.WantCaptureXXX flag are set false.
-     This is because imgui needs to detect that you clicked in the void to unfocus its own windows.
-    Note: The 'io.WantCaptureMouse' is more accurate that any attempt to "check if the mouse is hovering a window" (don't do that!).
-     It handle mouse dragging correctly (both dragging that started over your application or over an imgui window) and handle e.g. modal windows blocking inputs.
-     Those flags are updated by ImGui::NewFrame(). Preferably read the flags after calling NewFrame() if you can afford it, but reading them before is also
-     perfectly fine, as the bool toggle fairly rarely. If you have on a touch device, you might find use for an early call to UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags().
-    Note: Text input widget releases focus on "Return KeyDown", so the subsequent "Return KeyUp" event that your application receive will typically
-     have 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard=false'. Depending on your application logic it may or not be inconvenient. You might want to track which key-downs
-     were targeted for Dear ImGui, e.g. with an array of bool, and filter out the corresponding key-ups.)
+ FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)
+ ================================
 
- Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works?
- A: Short explanation:
-    - You may use functions such as ImGui::Image(), ImGui::ImageButton() or lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() to emit draw calls that will use your own textures.
-    - Actual textures are identified in a way that is up to the user/engine. Those identifiers are stored and passed as ImTextureID (void*) value.
-    - Loading image files from the disk and turning them into a texture is not within the scope of Dear ImGui (for a good reason). 
-      Please read documentations or tutorials on your graphics API to understand how to display textures on the screen before moving onward.
-
-    Long explanation:
-    - Dear ImGui's job is to create "meshes", defined in a renderer-agnostic format made of draw commands and vertices.
-      At the end of the frame those meshes (ImDrawList) will be displayed by your rendering function. They are made up of textured polygons and the code
-      to render them is generally fairly short (a few dozen lines). In the examples/ folder we provide functions for popular graphics API (OpenGL, DirectX, etc.).
-    - Each rendering function decides on a data type to represent "textures". The concept of what is a "texture" is entirely tied to your underlying engine/graphics API.
-      We carry the information to identify a "texture" in the ImTextureID type. 
-      ImTextureID is nothing more that a void*, aka 4/8 bytes worth of data: just enough to store 1 pointer or 1 integer of your choice.
-      Dear ImGui doesn't know or understand what you are storing in ImTextureID, it merely pass ImTextureID values until they reach your rendering function.
-    - In the examples/ bindings, for each graphics API binding we decided on a type that is likely to be a good representation for specifying 
-      an image from the end-user perspective. This is what the _examples_ rendering functions are using:
-
-         OpenGL:     ImTextureID = GLuint                       (see ImGui_ImplGlfwGL3_RenderDrawData() function in imgui_impl_glfw_gl3.cpp)
-         DirectX9:   ImTextureID = LPDIRECT3DTEXTURE9           (see ImGui_ImplDX9_RenderDrawData()     function in imgui_impl_dx9.cpp)
-         DirectX11:  ImTextureID = ID3D11ShaderResourceView*    (see ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData()    function in imgui_impl_dx11.cpp)
-         DirectX12:  ImTextureID = D3D12_GPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE  (see ImGui_ImplDX12_RenderDrawData()    function in imgui_impl_dx12.cpp)
-
-      For example, in the OpenGL example binding we store raw OpenGL texture identifier (GLuint) inside ImTextureID. 
-      Whereas in the DirectX11 example binding we store a pointer to ID3D11ShaderResourceView inside ImTextureID, which is a higher-level structure 
-      tying together both the texture and information about its format and how to read it.
-    - If you have a custom engine built over e.g. OpenGL, instead of passing GLuint around you may decide to use a high-level data type to carry information about
-      the texture as well as how to display it (shaders, etc.). The decision of what to use as ImTextureID can always be made better knowing how your codebase
-      is designed. If your engine has high-level data types for "textures" and "material" then you may want to use them.
-      If you are starting with OpenGL or DirectX or Vulkan and haven't built much of a rendering engine over them, keeping the default ImTextureID 
-      representation suggested by the example bindings is probably the best choice.
-      (Advanced users may also decide to keep a low-level type in ImTextureID, and use ImDrawList callback and pass information to their renderer)
-
-    User code may do:
-
-        // Cast our texture type to ImTextureID / void*
-        MyTexture* texture = g_CoffeeTableTexture;
-        ImGui::Image((void*)texture, ImVec2(texture->Width, texture->Height)); 
-
-    The renderer function called after ImGui::Render() will receive that same value that the user code passed:
-
-        // Cast ImTextureID / void* stored in the draw command as our texture type
-        MyTexture* texture = (MyTexture*)pcmd->TextureId;
-        MyEngineBindTexture2D(texture);
-
-    Once you understand this design you will understand that loading image files and turning them into displayable textures is not within the scope of Dear ImGui.
-    This is by design and is actually a good thing, because it means your code has full control over your data types and how you display them.
-    If you want to display an image file (e.g. PNG file) into the screen, please refer to documentation and tutorials for the graphics API you are using.
-
-    Here's a simplified OpenGL example using stb_image.h:
-
-        // Use stb_image.h to load a PNG from disk and turn it into raw RGBA pixel data:
-        #define STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION
-        #include <stb_image.h>
-        [...]
-        int my_image_width, my_image_height;
-        unsigned char* my_image_data = stbi_load("my_image.png", &my_image_width, &my_image_height, NULL, 4);
-
-        // Turn the RGBA pixel data into an OpenGL texture:
-        GLuint my_opengl_texture;
-        glGenTextures(1, &my_opengl_texture);
-        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, my_opengl_texture);
-        glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
-        glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
-        glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0);
-        glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, image_width, image_height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, image_data);
-
-        // Now that we have an OpenGL texture, assuming our imgui rendering function (imgui_impl_xxx.cpp file) takes GLuint as ImTextureID, we can display it:
-        ImGui::Image((void*)(intptr_t)my_opengl_texture, ImVec2(my_image_width, my_image_height));
-
-    C/C++ tip: a void* is pointer-sized storage. You may safely store any pointer or integer into it by casting your value to ImTexture / void*, and vice-versa. 
-    Because both end-points (user code and rendering function) are under your control, you know exactly what is stored inside the ImTexture / void*.
-    Examples:
-
-        GLuint my_tex = XXX;
-        void* my_void_ptr;
-        my_void_ptr = (void*)(intptr_t)my_tex;                  // cast a GLuint into a void* (we don't take its address! we literally store the value inside the pointer)
-        my_tex = (GLuint)(intptr_t)my_void_ptr;                 // cast a void* into a GLuint
-
-        ID3D11ShaderResourceView* my_dx11_srv = XXX;
-        void* my_void_ptr;
-        my_void_ptr = (void*)my_dx11_srv;                       // cast a ID3D11ShaderResourceView* into an opaque void*
-        my_dx11_srv = (ID3D11ShaderResourceView*)my_void_ptr;   // cast a void* into a ID3D11ShaderResourceView*
-
-    Finally, you may call ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow() to explore/visualize/understand how the ImDrawList are generated.
-
- Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label or without a label?
- Q: I have multiple widgets with the same label, and only the first one works. Why is that?
+ Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer)
+ Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code.
+
+ Q&A: Basics
+ ===========
+
+ Q: Where is the documentation?
+ A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects of the user to be acquainted with C/C++.
+    - Run the examples/ and explore them.
+    - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function.
+    - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output.
+    - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h.
+    - Dozens of standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the
+      examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application.
+    - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links.
+    - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful.
+    - Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments
+      associated to it.
+
+ Q: What is this library called?
+ Q: Which version should I get?
+ >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :)
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq
+
+ Q&A: Integration
+ ================
+
+ Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or to my application?
+ A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for fully detailed answer. You really want to read this.
+
+ Q. How can I enable keyboard controls?
+ Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display)
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around..
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq
+
+ Q&A: Usage
+ ----------
+
+ Q: Why are multiple widgets reacting when I interact with a single one?
+ Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label or with an empty label?
  A: A primer on labels and the ID Stack...
 
     Dear ImGui internally need to uniquely identify UI elements.
     Elements that are typically not clickable (such as calls to the Text functions) don't need an ID.
-    Interactive widgets (such as calls to Button buttons) need a unique ID. 
+    Interactive widgets (such as calls to Button buttons) need a unique ID.
     Unique ID are used internally to track active widgets and occasionally associate state to widgets.
     Unique ID are implicitly built from the hash of multiple elements that identify the "path" to the UI element.
 
@@ -644,6 +649,9 @@ CODE
        Begin("MyWindow");
        Button("OK");          // Label = "OK",     ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "OK")
        End();
+       Begin("MyOtherWindow");
+       Button("OK");          // Label = "OK",     ID = hash of ("MyOtherWindow", "OK")
+       End();
 
    - If you have a same ID twice in the same location, you'll have a conflict:
 
@@ -672,8 +680,8 @@ CODE
      you to animate labels. For example you may want to include varying information in a window title bar,
      but windows are uniquely identified by their ID. Use "###" to pass a label that isn't part of ID:
 
-       Button("Hello###ID";   // Label = "Hello",  ID = hash of (..., "ID")
-       Button("World###ID";   // Label = "World",  ID = hash of (..., "ID")     // Same as above, even though the label looks different
+       Button("Hello###ID");  // Label = "Hello",  ID = hash of (..., "###ID")
+       Button("World###ID");  // Label = "World",  ID = hash of (..., "###ID")  // Same as above, even though the label looks different
 
        sprintf(buf, "My game (%f FPS)###MyGame", fps);
        Begin(buf);            // Variable title,   ID = hash of "MyGame"
@@ -683,47 +691,48 @@ CODE
      within the same window. This is the most convenient way of distinguishing ID when iterating and
      creating many UI elements programmatically.
      You can push a pointer, a string or an integer value into the ID stack.
-     Remember that ID are formed from the concatenation of _everything_ in the ID stack!
+     Remember that ID are formed from the concatenation of _everything_ pushed into the ID stack.
+     At each level of the stack we store the seed used for items at this level of the ID stack.
 
-       Begin("Window");
+     Begin("Window");
        for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
        {
-         PushID(i);         // Push i to the id tack
-         Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = Hash of ("Window", i, "Click")
+         PushID(i);           // Push i to the id tack
+         Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of ("Window", i, "Click")
          PopID();
        }
        for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
        {
          MyObject* obj = Objects[i];
          PushID(obj);
-         Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = Hash of ("Window", obj pointer, "Click")
+         Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of ("Window", obj pointer, "Click")
          PopID();
        }
        for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
        {
          MyObject* obj = Objects[i];
          PushID(obj->Name);
-         Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = Hash of ("Window", obj->Name, "Click")
+         Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of ("Window", obj->Name, "Click")
          PopID();
        }
        End();
 
-   - More example showing that you can stack multiple prefixes into the ID stack:
+   - You can stack multiple prefixes into the ID stack:
 
-       Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of (..., "Click")
+       Button("Click");       // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of (..., "Click")
        PushID("node");
-       Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of (..., "node", "Click")
+       Button("Click");       // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of (..., "node", "Click")
          PushID(my_ptr);
-           Button("Click"); // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of (..., "node", my_ptr, "Click")
+           Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of (..., "node", my_ptr, "Click")
          PopID();
        PopID();
 
    - Tree nodes implicitly creates a scope for you by calling PushID().
 
-       Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of (..., "Click")
-       if (TreeNode("node"))
+       Button("Click");       // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of (..., "Click")
+       if (TreeNode("node"))  // <-- this function call will do a PushID() for you (unless instructed not to, with a special flag)
        {
-         Button("Click");   // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of (..., "node", "Click")
+         Button("Click");     // Label = "Click",  ID = hash of (..., "node", "Click")
          TreePop();
        }
 
@@ -734,116 +743,47 @@ CODE
       e.g. when displaying a list of objects, using indices or pointers as ID will preserve the
        node open/closed state differently. See what makes more sense in your situation!
 
- Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? 
- A: You can edit imconfig.h and setup the IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA/IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA macros to add implicit type conversions.
-    This way you'll be able to use your own types everywhere, e.g. passsing glm::vec2 to ImGui functions instead of ImVec2.
+ Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works?
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples
 
- Q: How can I load a different font than the default?
- A: Use the font atlas to load the TTF/OTF file you want:
-      ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-      io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels);
-      io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
-    Default is ProggyClean.ttf, rendered at size 13, embedded in dear imgui's source code.
-    (Read the 'misc/fonts/README.txt' file for more details about font loading.)
-
-    New programmers: remember that in C/C++ and most programming languages if you want to use a
-    backslash \ within a string literal, you need to write it double backslash "\\":
-      io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyDataFolder\MyFontFile.ttf", size_in_pixels);   // WRONG (you are escape the M here!)
-      io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyDataFolder\\MyFontFile.ttf", size_in_pixels);  // CORRECT
-      io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyDataFolder/MyFontFile.ttf", size_in_pixels);   // ALSO CORRECT
+ Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?
+ Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)?
+ Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API)
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq
 
- Q: How can I easily use icons in my application?
- A: The most convenient and practical way is to merge an icon font such as FontAwesome inside you
-    main font. Then you can refer to icons within your strings. 
-    (Read the 'misc/fonts/README.txt' file for more details about icons font loading.)
+ Q&A: Fonts, Text
+ ================
 
+ Q: How can I load a different font than the default?
+ Q: How can I easily use icons in my application?
  Q: How can I load multiple fonts?
- A: Use the font atlas to pack them into a single texture:
-    (Read the 'misc/fonts/README.txt' file and the code in ImFontAtlas for more details.)
-
-      ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-      ImFont* font0 = io.Fonts->AddFontDefault();
-      ImFont* font1 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels);
-      ImFont* font2 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile2.ttf", size_in_pixels);
-      io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
-      // the first loaded font gets used by default
-      // use ImGui::PushFont()/ImGui::PopFont() to change the font at runtime
-
-      // Options
-      ImFontConfig config;
-      config.OversampleH = 3;
-      config.OversampleV = 1;
-      config.GlyphOffset.y -= 2.0f;      // Move everything by 2 pixels up
-      config.GlyphExtraSpacing.x = 1.0f; // Increase spacing between characters
-      io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, &config);
-
-      // Combine multiple fonts into one (e.g. for icon fonts)
-      static ImWchar ranges[] = { 0xf000, 0xf3ff, 0 };
-      ImFontConfig config;
-      config.MergeMode = true;
-      io.Fonts->AddFontDefault();
-      io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("fontawesome-webfont.ttf", 16.0f, &config, ranges); // Merge icon font
-      io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, NULL, &config, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); // Merge japanese glyphs
-
  Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
- A: When loading a font, pass custom Unicode ranges to specify the glyphs to load.
-
-      // Add default Japanese ranges
-      io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels, NULL, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese());
-
-      // Or create your own custom ranges (e.g. for a game you can feed your entire game script and only build the characters the game need)
-      ImVector<ImWchar> ranges;
-      ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder builder;
-      builder.AddText("Hello world");                        // Add a string (here "Hello world" contains 7 unique characters)
-      builder.AddChar(0x7262);                               // Add a specific character
-      builder.AddRanges(io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); // Add one of the default ranges
-      builder.BuildRanges(&ranges);                          // Build the final result (ordered ranges with all the unique characters submitted)
-      io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels, NULL, ranges.Data);
-
-    All your strings needs to use UTF-8 encoding. In C++11 you can encode a string literal in UTF-8
-    by using the u8"hello" syntax. Specifying literal in your source code using a local code page
-    (such as CP-923 for Japanese or CP-1251 for Cyrillic) will NOT work!
-    Otherwise you can convert yourself to UTF-8 or load text data from file already saved as UTF-8.
-
-    Text input: it is up to your application to pass the right character code by calling io.AddInputCharacter(). 
-    The applications in examples/ are doing that. 
-    Windows: you can use the WM_CHAR or WM_UNICHAR or WM_IME_CHAR message (depending if your app is built using Unicode or MultiByte mode).
-    You may also use MultiByteToWideChar() or ToUnicode() to retrieve Unicode codepoints from MultiByte characters or keyboard state.
-    Windows: if your language is relying on an Input Method Editor (IME), you copy the HWND of your window to io.ImeWindowHandle in order for 
-    the default implementation of io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() to set your Microsoft IME position correctly.
-
- Q: How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API)
- A: - You can create a dummy window. Call Begin() with the NoBackground | NoDecoration | NoSavedSettings | NoInputs flags.
-      (The ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration flag itself is a shortcut for NoTitleBar | NoResize | NoScrollbar | NoCollapse)
-      Then you can retrieve the ImDrawList* via GetWindowDrawList() and draw to it in any way you like.
-    - You can call ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() and use this draw list to display contents over every other imgui windows.
-    - You can create your own ImDrawList instance. You'll need to initialize them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData(), or create your own ImDrawListSharedData,
-      and then call your rendered code with your own ImDrawList or ImDrawData data.
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and docs/FONTS.txt
 
- Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
- A: In your Render function, try translating your projection matrix by (0.5f,0.5f) or (0.375f,0.375f).
-    Also make sure your orthographic projection matrix and io.DisplaySize matches your actual framebuffer dimension.
+ Q&A: Concerns
+ =============
 
- Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around..
- A: You are probably mishandling the clipping rectangles in your render function.
-    Rectangles provided by ImGui are defined as (x1=left,y1=top,x2=right,y2=bottom) and NOT as (x1,y1,width,height).
+ Q: Who uses Dear ImGui?
+ Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui?
+ Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui?
+ Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)?
+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq
+
+ Q&A: Community
+ ==============
 
  Q: How can I help?
- A: - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the github issues, or docs/TODO.txt and see how you want/can help!
-    - Convince your company to sponsor/fund development! Individual users: you can also become a Patron (patreon.com/imgui) or donate on PayPal! See README.
-    - Disclose your usage of dear imgui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc.
-      You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads (github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1269). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers.
+ A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.org" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui!
+      We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts.
+      This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding we can hire more people working on this project.
+    - Individuals: you can support continued development via PayPal donations. See README.
+    - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the github issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt
+      and see how you want to help and can help!
+    - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc.
+      You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads (github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/2847). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers.
       But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui help the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions.
     - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on github or privately).
 
- - tip: you can call Begin() multiple times with the same name during the same frame, it will keep appending to the same window.
-        this is also useful to set yourself in the context of another window (to get/set other settings)
- - tip: you can create widgets without a Begin()/End() block, they will go in an implicit window called "Debug".
- - tip: the ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper will allow run the block of code only once a frame. You can use it to quickly add custom UI in the middle
-        of a deep nested inner loop in your code.
- - tip: you can call Render() multiple times (e.g for VR renders).
- - tip: call and read the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp for more example of how to use ImGui!
-
 */
 
 #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
@@ -851,12 +791,14 @@ CODE
 #endif
 
 #include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
 #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #endif
 #include "imgui_internal.h"
 
-#include <ctype.h>      // toupper, isprint
+#include <ctype.h>      // toupper
 #include <stdio.h>      // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
 #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
 #include <stddef.h>     // intptr_t
@@ -865,27 +807,39 @@ CODE
 #endif
 
 // Debug options
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING     0
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS       0
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING     0   // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS       0   // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS    0   // Save additional comments in .ini file (particularly helps for Docking, but makes saving slower)
 
 // Visual Studio warnings
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma warning (disable: 4127)     // condition expression is constant
 #pragma warning (disable: 4996)     // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)     // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
 #endif
 
 // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
-#ifdef __clang__
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"        // warning : unknown warning group '-Wformat-pedantic *'        // not all warnings are known by all clang versions.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. great!
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"         // warning : use of old-style cast                              // yes, they are more terse.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"            // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe   // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"      // warning : format string is not a string literal              // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors"  // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor       // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"    // warning : declaration requires a global destructor           // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference it.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"    // warning : declaration requires a global destructor           // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness             //
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic"        // warning : format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast"       // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning : zero as null pointer constant              // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#endif
+#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"       // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#endif
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
+// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide an has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not following the warning/version association.
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"          // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast"      // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat"                   // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*'
@@ -893,42 +847,36 @@ CODE
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"               // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"        // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow"          // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false
-#if __GNUC__ >= 8
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
-#endif
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
 // When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch.
 static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY            = 0.20f;    // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in
 static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY          = 0.15f;    // Time before the window list starts to appear
 
-// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges = true)
-static const float RESIZE_WINDOWS_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f;     // Extend outside and inside windows. Affect FindHoveredWindow().
-static const float RESIZE_WINDOWS_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f;    // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time.
+// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by back-end)
+static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f;     // Extend outside and inside windows. Affect FindHoveredWindow().
+static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f;    // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time.
+static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER    = 2.00f;    // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certaint time, unless mouse moved.
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 static void             SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
-static void             SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond);
-static void             SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond);
-static void             SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond);
 static void             FindHoveredWindow();
 static ImGuiWindow*     CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
-static void             CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write);
 static ImVec2           CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges);
 
 static void             AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list);
-static void             AddWindowToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImGuiWindow* window);
 static void             AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);
 
 static ImRect           GetViewportRect();
 
 // Settings
-static void*            SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name);
-static void             SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line);
-static void             SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* imgui_ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf);
+static void*            WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name);
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line);
+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf);
 
 // Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions
 static const char*      GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data);
@@ -937,44 +885,53 @@ static void             ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y);
 
 namespace ImGui
 {
-static bool             BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
-
 // Navigation
 static void             NavUpdate();
 static void             NavUpdateWindowing();
-static void             NavUpdateWindowingList();
+static void             NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();
 static void             NavUpdateMoveResult();
-static float            NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(int allowed_dir_flags);
+static float            NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();
 static inline void      NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
-static void             NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id);
+static bool             NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand);
+static void             NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, ImGuiID id);
 static ImVec2           NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
-static void             NavSaveLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* nav_window);
+static void             NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window);
 static ImGuiWindow*     NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static int              FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+// Error Checking
+static void             ErrorCheckEndFrame();
+static void             ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write);
 
 // Misc
 static void             UpdateMouseInputs();
 static void             UpdateMouseWheel();
-static void             UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4]);
-}
+static bool             UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4]);
+static void             UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
+static void             RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void             RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size);
+static void             RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open);
 
-// Test engine hooks (imgui-test)
-//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE_HOOKS
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE_HOOKS
-extern void             ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame();
-extern void             ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame();
-extern void             ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg);
-#endif
+}
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL.
-// CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext().
-// If you use DLL hotreloading you might need to call SetCurrentContext() after reloading code from this file.
-// ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer. If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts, you can:
-// - Change this variable to use thread local storage. You may #define GImGui in imconfig.h for that purpose. Future development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586
-// - Having multiple instances of the ImGui code compiled inside different namespace (easiest/safest, if you have a finite number of contexts)
+// ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext().
+// 1) Important: globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! If you use DLLs or any form of hot-reloading: you will need to call
+//    SetCurrentContext() (with the pointer you got from CreateContext) from each unique static/DLL boundary, and after each hot-reloading.
+//    In your debugger, add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on which location you are currently stepping into.
+// 2) Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer.
+//    If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts, you can:
+//    - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in imconfig.h:
+//          struct ImGuiContext;
+//          extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS;
+//          #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS
+//      And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp file. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword.
+//    - Future development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586
+//    - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from different namespace.
 #ifndef GImGui
 ImGuiContext*   GImGui = NULL;
 #endif
@@ -983,11 +940,11 @@ ImGuiContext*   GImGui = NULL;
 // If you use DLL hotreloading you might need to call SetAllocatorFunctions() after reloading code from this file.
 // Otherwise, you probably don't want to modify them mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction.
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS
-static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { (void)user_data; return malloc(size); }
-static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { (void)user_data; free(ptr); }
+static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); }
+static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); }
 #else
-static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { (void)user_data; (void)size; IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; }
-static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { (void)user_data; (void)ptr; IM_ASSERT(0); }
+static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; }
+static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); }
 #endif
 
 static void*  (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size_t size, void* user_data) = MallocWrapper;
@@ -1006,6 +963,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
     WindowBorderSize        = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
     WindowMinSize           = ImVec2(32,32);    // Minimum window size
     WindowTitleAlign        = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text
+    WindowMenuButtonPosition= ImGuiDir_Left;    // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.
     ChildRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
     ChildBorderSize         = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
     PopupRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
@@ -1017,18 +975,23 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
     ItemInnerSpacing        = ImVec2(4,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
     TouchExtraPadding       = ImVec2(0,0);      // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
     IndentSpacing           = 21.0f;            // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
-    ColumnsMinSpacing       = 6.0f;             // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns
-    ScrollbarSize           = 16.0f;            // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
+    ColumnsMinSpacing       = 6.0f;             // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
+    ScrollbarSize           = 14.0f;            // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
     ScrollbarRounding       = 9.0f;             // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar
     GrabMinSize             = 10.0f;            // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
     GrabRounding            = 0.0f;             // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
+    TabRounding             = 4.0f;             // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
+    TabBorderSize           = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around tabs.
+    ColorButtonPosition     = ImGuiDir_Right;   // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
     ButtonTextAlign         = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text.
-    DisplayWindowPadding    = ImVec2(20,20);    // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
+    SelectableTextAlign     = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text when button is larger than text.
+    DisplayWindowPadding    = ImVec2(19,19);    // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
     DisplaySafeAreaPadding  = ImVec2(3,3);      // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
     MouseCursorScale        = 1.0f;             // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
     AntiAliasedLines        = true;             // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really short on CPU/GPU.
     AntiAliasedFill         = true;             // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.)
     CurveTessellationTol    = 1.25f;            // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+    CircleSegmentMaxError   = 1.60f;            // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
 
     // Default theme
     ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this);
@@ -1054,6 +1017,7 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)
     ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor);
     GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor);
     GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor);
+    TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor);
     DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor);
     DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor);
     MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor);
@@ -1063,10 +1027,11 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
 {
     // Most fields are initialized with zero
     memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+    IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); // Our pre-C++11 IM_STATIC_ASSERT() macros triggers warning on modern compilers so we don't use it here.
 
     // Settings
-    ConfigFlags = 0x00;
-    BackendFlags = 0x00;
+    ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None;
+    BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None;
     DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);
     DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;
     IniSavingRate = 5.0f;
@@ -1076,7 +1041,7 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
     MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f;
     for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++)
         KeyMap[i] = -1;
-    KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f;
+    KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f;
     KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f;
     UserData = NULL;
 
@@ -1085,18 +1050,22 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
     FontDefault = NULL;
     FontAllowUserScaling = false;
     DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);
-    DisplayVisibleMin = DisplayVisibleMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
 
-    // Miscellaneous configuration options
+    // Miscellaneous options
+    MouseDrawCursor = false;
 #ifdef __APPLE__
     ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true;  // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag
 #else
     ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false;
 #endif
     ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true;
-    ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges = false;
+    ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true;
+    ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false;
+    ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f;
 
-    // Settings (User Functions)
+    // Platform Functions
+    BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL;
+    BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL;
     GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;   // Platform dependent default implementations
     SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;
     ClipboardUserData = NULL;
@@ -1107,7 +1076,7 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
     RenderDrawListsFn = NULL;
 #endif
 
-    // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure)
+    // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!)
     MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
     MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
     MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f;
@@ -1119,30 +1088,100 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
 // Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input.
 // - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback()
 // - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message
-void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c)
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c)
+{
+    if (c > 0 && c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX)
+        InputQueueCharacters.push_back((ImWchar)c);
+}
+
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars)
 {
-    const int n = ImStrlenW(InputCharacters);
-    if (n + 1 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputCharacters))
+    while (*utf8_chars != 0)
     {
-        InputCharacters[n] = c;
-        InputCharacters[n+1] = '\0';
+        unsigned int c = 0;
+        utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL);
+        if (c > 0 && c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX)
+            InputQueueCharacters.push_back((ImWchar)c);
     }
 }
 
-void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars)
+void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters()
 {
-    // We can't pass more wchars than ImGuiIO::InputCharacters[] can hold so don't convert more
-    const int wchars_buf_len = sizeof(ImGuiIO::InputCharacters) / sizeof(ImWchar);
-    ImWchar wchars[wchars_buf_len];
-    ImTextStrFromUtf8(wchars, wchars_buf_len, utf8_chars, NULL);
-    for (int i = 0; i < wchars_buf_len && wchars[i] != 0; i++)
-        AddInputCharacter(wchars[i]);
+    InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPER/UTILITIES (Maths, String, Format, Hash, File functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau()
+    ImVec2 p_last = p1;
+    ImVec2 p_closest;
+    float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
+    float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
+    for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
+    {
+        ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step);
+        ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);
+        float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);
+        if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
+        {
+            p_closest = p_line;
+            p_closest_dist2 = dist2;
+        }
+        p_last = p_current;
+    }
+    return p_closest;
+}
+
+// Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp
+static void BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
+{
+    float dx = x4 - x1;
+    float dy = y4 - y1;
+    float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx);
+    float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx);
+    d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;
+    d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;
+    if ((d2+d3) * (d2+d3) < tess_tol * (dx*dx + dy*dy))
+    {
+        ImVec2 p_current(x4, y4);
+        ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);
+        float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);
+        if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
+        {
+            p_closest = p_line;
+            p_closest_dist2 = dist2;
+        }
+        p_last = p_current;
+    }
+    else if (level < 10)
+    {
+        float x12 = (x1+x2)*0.5f,       y12 = (y1+y2)*0.5f;
+        float x23 = (x2+x3)*0.5f,       y23 = (y2+y3)*0.5f;
+        float x34 = (x3+x4)*0.5f,       y34 = (y3+y4)*0.5f;
+        float x123 = (x12+x23)*0.5f,    y123 = (y12+y23)*0.5f;
+        float x234 = (x23+x34)*0.5f,    y234 = (y23+y34)*0.5f;
+        float x1234 = (x123+x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123+y234)*0.5f;
+        BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+// tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol
+// Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically.
+ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f);
+    ImVec2 p_last = p1;
+    ImVec2 p_closest;
+    float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
+    BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0);
+    return p_closest;
+}
+
 ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p)
 {
     ImVec2 ap = p - a;
@@ -1191,6 +1230,11 @@ ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c,
     return proj_ca;
 }
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more.
 int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)
 {
     int d;
@@ -1207,16 +1251,32 @@ int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count)
 
 void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count)
 {
-    if (count < 1) return;
-    strncpy(dst, src, count);
-    dst[count-1] = 0;
+    if (count < 1)
+        return;
+    if (count > 1)
+        strncpy(dst, src, count - 1);
+    dst[count - 1] = 0;
+}
+
+char* ImStrdup(const char* str)
+{
+    size_t len = strlen(str);
+    void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1);
+    return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len + 1);
 }
 
-char* ImStrdup(const char *str)
+char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src)
 {
-    size_t len = strlen(str) + 1;
-    void* buf = ImGui::MemAlloc(len);
-    return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len);
+    size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(dst) + 1;
+    size_t src_size = strlen(src) + 1;
+    if (dst_buf_size < src_size)
+    {
+        IM_FREE(dst);
+        dst = (char*)IM_ALLOC(src_size);
+        if (p_dst_size)
+            *p_dst_size = src_size;
+    }
+    return (char*)memcpy(dst, (const void*)src, src_size);
 }
 
 const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c)
@@ -1227,7 +1287,7 @@ const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c)
 
 int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str)
 {
-    //return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str);	// FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bits
+    //return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str);  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
     int n = 0;
     while (*str++) n++;
     return n;
@@ -1285,10 +1345,26 @@ void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf)
     buf[p - p_start] = 0;                   // Zero terminate
 }
 
+const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str)
+{
+    while (str[0] == ' ' || str[0] == '\t')
+        str++;
+    return str;
+}
+
 // A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size).
 // Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm.
 // B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size.
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+
+// We support stb_sprintf which is much faster (see: https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_sprintf.h)
+// You may set IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF to use our default wrapper, or set IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+// and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are
+// designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.)
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+#define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION
+#include "stb_sprintf.h"
+#endif
 
 #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf)
 #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
@@ -1298,7 +1374,11 @@ int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)
 {
     va_list args;
     va_start(args, fmt);
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+    int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);
+#else
     int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
+#endif
     va_end(args);
     if (buf == NULL)
         return w;
@@ -1310,7 +1390,11 @@ int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)
 
 int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
+    int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);
+#else
     int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
+#endif
     if (buf == NULL)
         return w;
     if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
@@ -1318,45 +1402,71 @@ int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)
     buf[w] = 0;
     return w;
 }
-#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+
+// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly)
+// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily:
+// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe.
+static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] =
+{
+    0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91,
+    0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5,
+    0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59,
+    0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D,
+    0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01,
+    0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65,
+    0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9,
+    0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD,
+    0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1,
+    0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5,
+    0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79,
+    0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D,
+    0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21,
+    0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45,
+    0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9,
+    0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D,
+};
 
-// Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings
+// Known size hash
+// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported.
 // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
-ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed)
+ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)
 {
-    static ImU32 crc32_lut[256] = { 0 };
-    if (!crc32_lut[1])
-    {
-        const ImU32 polynomial = 0xEDB88320;
-        for (ImU32 i = 0; i < 256; i++)
-        {
-            ImU32 crc = i;
-            for (ImU32 j = 0; j < 8; j++)
-                crc = (crc >> 1) ^ (ImU32(-int(crc & 1)) & polynomial);
-            crc32_lut[i] = crc;
-        }
-    }
+    ImU32 crc = ~seed;
+    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
+    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
+    while (data_size-- != 0)
+        crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++];
+    return ~crc;
+}
 
+// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value
+// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
+// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
+// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
+// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build)
+// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
+ImU32 ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)
+{
     seed = ~seed;
     ImU32 crc = seed;
-    const unsigned char* current = (const unsigned char*)data;
-
-    if (data_size > 0)
+    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
+    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
+    if (data_size != 0)
     {
-        // Known size
-        while (data_size--)
-            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *current++];
+        while (data_size-- != 0)
+        {
+            unsigned char c = *data++;
+            if (c == '#' && data_size >= 2 && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')
+                crc = seed;
+            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
+        }
     }
     else
     {
-        // Zero-terminated string
-        while (unsigned char c = *current++)
+        while (unsigned char c = *data++)
         {
-            // We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
-            // Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
-            // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
-            // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller.
-            if (c == '#' && current[0] == '#' && current[1] == '#')
+            if (c == '#' && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')
                 crc = seed;
             crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
         }
@@ -1364,10 +1474,16 @@ ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed)
     return ~crc;
 }
 
-FILE* ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Default file functions
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode)
 {
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
-    // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames. Converting both strings from UTF-8 to wchar format (using a single allocation, because we can)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
+    // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames.
     const int filename_wsize = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(filename, NULL) + 1;
     const int mode_wsize = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(mode, NULL) + 1;
     ImVector<ImWchar> buf;
@@ -1380,42 +1496,48 @@ FILE* ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode)
 #endif
 }
 
-// Load file content into memory
-// Memory allocated with ImGui::MemAlloc(), must be freed by user using ImGui::MemFree()
-void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)
+// We should in theory be using fseeko()/ftello() with off_t and _fseeki64()/_ftelli64() with __int64, waiting for the PR that does that in a very portable pre-C++11 zero-warnings way.
+bool    ImFileClose(ImFileHandle f)     { return fclose(f) == 0; }
+ImU64   ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle f)   { long off = 0, sz = 0; return ((off = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) && (sz = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, off, SEEK_SET)) ? (ImU64)sz : (ImU64)-1; }
+ImU64   ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f)           { return fread(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }
+ImU64   ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f)    { return fwrite(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+
+// Helper: Load file content into memory
+// Memory allocated with IM_ALLOC(), must be freed by user using IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()
+void*   ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(filename && file_open_mode);
+    IM_ASSERT(filename && mode);
     if (out_file_size)
         *out_file_size = 0;
 
-    FILE* f;
-    if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, file_open_mode)) == NULL)
+    ImFileHandle f;
+    if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode)) == NULL)
         return NULL;
 
-    long file_size_signed;
-    if (fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) || (file_size_signed = ftell(f)) == -1 || fseek(f, 0, SEEK_SET))
+    size_t file_size = (size_t)ImFileGetSize(f);
+    if (file_size == (size_t)-1)
     {
-        fclose(f);
+        ImFileClose(f);
         return NULL;
     }
 
-    size_t file_size = (size_t)file_size_signed;
-    void* file_data = ImGui::MemAlloc(file_size + padding_bytes);
+    void* file_data = IM_ALLOC(file_size + padding_bytes);
     if (file_data == NULL)
     {
-        fclose(f);
+        ImFileClose(f);
         return NULL;
     }
-    if (fread(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size)
+    if (ImFileRead(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size)
     {
-        fclose(f);
-        ImGui::MemFree(file_data);
+        ImFileClose(f);
+        IM_FREE(file_data);
         return NULL;
     }
     if (padding_bytes > 0)
         memset((void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes);
 
-    fclose(f);
+    ImFileClose(f);
     if (out_file_size)
         *out_file_size = file_size;
 
@@ -1426,7 +1548,7 @@ void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, size_
 // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bits character, process single character input.
+// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input.
 // Based on stb_from_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
 // We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward.
 int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
@@ -1441,7 +1563,7 @@ int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char*
     }
     if ((*str & 0xe0) == 0xc0)
     {
-        *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
+        *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string
         if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 2) return 1;
         if (*str < 0xc2) return 2;
         c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x1f) << 6);
@@ -1452,7 +1574,7 @@ int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char*
     }
     if ((*str & 0xf0) == 0xe0)
     {
-        *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
+        *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string
         if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 3) return 1;
         if (*str == 0xe0 && (str[1] < 0xa0 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 3;
         if (*str == 0xed && str[1] > 0x9f) return 3; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below
@@ -1466,7 +1588,7 @@ int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char*
     }
     if ((*str & 0xf8) == 0xf0)
     {
-        *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
+        *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string
         if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 4) return 1;
         if (*str > 0xf4) return 4;
         if (*str == 0xf0 && (str[1] < 0x90 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 4;
@@ -1497,7 +1619,7 @@ int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const cha
         in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
         if (c == 0)
             break;
-        if (c < 0x10000)    // FIXME: Losing characters that don't fit in 2 bytes
+        if (c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX)    // FIXME: Losing characters that don't fit in 2 bytes
             *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c;
     }
     *buf_out = 0;
@@ -1515,7 +1637,7 @@ int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
         in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
         if (c == 0)
             break;
-        if (c < 0x10000)
+        if (c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX)
             char_count++;
     }
     return char_count;
@@ -1606,7 +1728,7 @@ int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_e
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPER/UTILTIES (Color functions)
+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILTIES (Color functions)
 // Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -1681,53 +1803,21 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float&
     }
 }
 
-ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul)
-{
-    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
-    ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx];
-    c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul;
-    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
-}
-
-ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col)
-{
-    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
-    ImVec4 c = col;
-    c.w *= style.Alpha;
-    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
-}
-
-const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx)
-{
-    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
-    return style.Colors[idx];
-}
-
-ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col)
-{
-    float style_alpha = GImGui->Style.Alpha;
-    if (style_alpha >= 1.0f)
-        return col;
-    ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
-    a = (ImU32)(a * style_alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range.
-    return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
-}
-
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] ImGuiStorage
 // Helper: Key->value storage
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // std::lower_bound but without the bullshit
-static ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator LowerBound(ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>& data, ImGuiID key)
+static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVector<ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair>& data, ImGuiID key)
 {
-    ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator first = data.begin();
-    ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator last = data.end();
+    ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* first = data.Data;
+    ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* last = data.Data + data.Size;
     size_t count = (size_t)(last - first);
     while (count > 0)
     {
         size_t count2 = count >> 1;
-        ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator mid = first + count2;
+        ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* mid = first + count2;
         if (mid->key < key)
         {
             first = ++mid;
@@ -1749,18 +1839,18 @@ void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey()
         static int IMGUI_CDECL PairCompareByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
         {
             // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that.
-            if (((const Pair*)lhs)->key > ((const Pair*)rhs)->key) return +1;
-            if (((const Pair*)lhs)->key < ((const Pair*)rhs)->key) return -1;
+            if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1;
+            if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key < ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return -1;
             return 0;
         }
     };
     if (Data.Size > 1)
-        ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(Pair), StaticFunc::PairCompareByID);
+        ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairCompareByID);
 }
 
 int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>&>(Data), key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
         return default_val;
     return it->val_i;
@@ -1773,7 +1863,7 @@ bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const
 
 float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>&>(Data), key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
         return default_val;
     return it->val_f;
@@ -1781,7 +1871,7 @@ float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const
 
 void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>&>(Data), key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
         return NULL;
     return it->val_p;
@@ -1790,9 +1880,9 @@ void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const
 // References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
 int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-        it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
     return &it->val_i;
 }
 
@@ -1803,27 +1893,27 @@ bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val)
 
 float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-        it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
     return &it->val_f;
 }
 
 void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
-        it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
     return &it->val_p;
 }
 
 // FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame)
 void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
     {
-        Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
         return;
     }
     it->val_i = val;
@@ -1836,10 +1926,10 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val)
 
 void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
     {
-        Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
         return;
     }
     it->val_f = val;
@@ -1847,10 +1937,10 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val)
 
 void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val)
 {
-    ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
     if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
     {
-        Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
         return;
     }
     it->val_p = val;
@@ -1884,16 +1974,14 @@ ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter)
 bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width)
 {
     if (width != 0.0f)
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(width);
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(width);
     bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
-    if (width != 0.0f)
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
     if (value_changed)
         Build();
     return value_changed;
 }
 
-void ImGuiTextFilter::TextRange::split(char separator, ImVector<TextRange>* out) const
+void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>* out) const
 {
     out->resize(0);
     const char* wb = b;
@@ -1902,25 +1990,25 @@ void ImGuiTextFilter::TextRange::split(char separator, ImVector<TextRange>* out)
     {
         if (*we == separator)
         {
-            out->push_back(TextRange(wb, we));
+            out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));
             wb = we + 1;
         }
         we++;
     }
     if (wb != we)
-        out->push_back(TextRange(wb, we));
+        out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));
 }
 
 void ImGuiTextFilter::Build()
 {
     Filters.resize(0);
-    TextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf+strlen(InputBuf));
+    ImGuiTextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf+strlen(InputBuf));
     input_range.split(',', &Filters);
 
     CountGrep = 0;
     for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)
     {
-        TextRange& f = Filters[i];
+        ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i];
         while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0]))
             f.b++;
         while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1]))
@@ -1942,19 +2030,19 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const
 
     for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)
     {
-        const TextRange& f = Filters[i];
+        const ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i];
         if (f.empty())
             continue;
         if (f.b[0] == '-')
         {
             // Subtract
-            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin()+1, f.end()) != NULL)
+            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b + 1, f.e) != NULL)
                 return false;
         }
         else
         {
             // Grep
-            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin(), f.end()) != NULL)
+            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b, f.e) != NULL)
                 return true;
         }
     }
@@ -1982,6 +2070,32 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const
 
 char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 };
 
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+    int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(str);
+
+    // Add zero-terminator the first time
+    const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;
+    const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
+    if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
+    {
+        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
+        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
+    }
+
+    Buf.resize(needed_sz);
+    memcpy(&Buf[write_off - 1], str, (size_t)len);
+    Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0;
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    appendfv(fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+}
+
 // Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
 void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
@@ -2000,8 +2114,8 @@ void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
     const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
     if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
     {
-        int double_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
-        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > double_capacity ? needed_sz : double_capacity);
+        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
+        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
     }
 
     Buf.resize(needed_sz);
@@ -2009,30 +2123,66 @@ void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
     va_end(args_copy);
 }
 
-void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    va_start(args, fmt);
-    appendfv(fmt, args);
-    va_end(args);
-}
-
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
-// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be, needs some rework (see TODO)
+// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed
+// the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+// Helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items.
+// NB: Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can! Read comments and instructions there on how those use this sort of pattern.
+// NB: 'items_count' is only used to clamp the result, if you don't know your count you can use INT_MAX
+void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+    {
+        // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping
+        *out_items_display_start = 0;
+        *out_items_display_end = items_count;
+        return;
+    }
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+    {
+        *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // We create the union of the ClipRect and the NavScoringRect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect
+    ImRect unclipped_rect = window->ClipRect;
+    if (g.NavMoveRequest)
+        unclipped_rect.Add(g.NavScoringRectScreen);
+
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    int start = (int)((unclipped_rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height);
+    int end = (int)((unclipped_rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height);
+
+    // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to
+    if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up)
+        start--;
+    if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down)
+        end++;
+
+    start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count);
+    end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count);
+    *out_items_display_start = start;
+    *out_items_display_end = end;
+}
+
 static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)
 {
     // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor.
     // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue.
     // The clipper should probably have a 4th step to display the last item in a regular manner.
-    ImGui::SetCursorPosY(pos_y);
-    ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height;      // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.
-    window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y);    // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsSet)
-        window->DC.ColumnsSet->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;           // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y;
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y);
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height;  // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.
+    window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);      // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.
+    if (ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;                         // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly
 }
 
 // Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Sync() in StepNo 1
@@ -2040,7 +2190,10 @@ static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)
 // FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style.
 void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int count, float items_height)
 {
-    StartPosY = ImGui::GetCursorPosY();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
     ItemsHeight = items_height;
     ItemsCount = count;
     StepNo = 0;
@@ -2067,7 +2220,10 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::End()
 
 bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
 {
-    if (ItemsCount == 0 || ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead()->SkipItems)
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    if (ItemsCount == 0 || window->SkipItems)
     {
         ItemsCount = -1;
         return false;
@@ -2076,16 +2232,16 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
     {
         DisplayStart = 0;
         DisplayEnd = 1;
-        StartPosY = ImGui::GetCursorPosY();
+        StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
         StepNo = 1;
         return true;
     }
     if (StepNo == 1) // Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element.
     {
         if (ItemsCount == 1) { ItemsCount = -1; return false; }
-        float items_height = ImGui::GetCursorPosY() - StartPosY;
+        float items_height = window->DC.CursorPos.y - StartPosY;
         IM_ASSERT(items_height > 0.0f);   // If this triggers, it means Item 0 hasn't moved the cursor vertically
-        Begin(ItemsCount-1, items_height);
+        Begin(ItemsCount - 1, items_height);
         DisplayStart++;
         DisplayEnd++;
         StepNo = 3;
@@ -2104,10 +2260,42 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS
-// Those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change.
+// Some of those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change.
 // Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: state.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx];
+    c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul;
+    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
+}
+
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    ImVec4 c = col;
+    c.w *= style.Alpha;
+    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
+}
+
+const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    return style.Colors[idx];
+}
+
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+    if (style.Alpha >= 1.0f)
+        return col;
+    ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
+    a = (ImU32)(a * style.Alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range.
+    return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
+}
+
 const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end)
 {
     const char* text_display_end = text;
@@ -2165,17 +2353,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end
 
 // Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max)
 // Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges)
-void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
+void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
 {
-    // Hide anything after a '##' string
-    const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
-    const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
-    if (text_len == 0)
-        return;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
     // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state
     ImVec2 pos = pos_min;
     const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f);
@@ -2194,14 +2373,108 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, cons
     if (need_clipping)
     {
         ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y);
-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect);
+        draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
+{
+    // Hide anything after a '##' string
+    const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+    const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
+    if (text_len == 0)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    RenderTextClippedEx(window->DrawList, pos_min, pos_max, text, text_display_end, text_size_if_known, align, clip_rect);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end);
+}
+
+
+// Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper.
+// This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display.
+// This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move.
+void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end_full, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (text_end_full == NULL)
+        text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text);
+    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end_full, false, 0.0f);
+
+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 4), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255));
+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y-2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y+2), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_min.y), ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+    // FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels.
+    if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x)
+    {
+        // Hello wo...
+        // |       |   |
+        // min   max   ellipsis_max
+        //          <-> this is generally some padding value
+
+        const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font;
+        const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize;
+        const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL;
+
+        ImWchar ellipsis_char = font->EllipsisChar;
+        int ellipsis_char_count = 1;
+        if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1)
+        {
+            ellipsis_char = (ImWchar)'.';
+            ellipsis_char_count = 3;
+        }
+        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char);
+
+        float ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1;                 // Width of the glyph with no padding on either side
+        float ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width;      // Full width of entire ellipsis
+
+        if (ellipsis_char_count > 1)
+        {
+            // Full ellipsis size without free spacing after it.
+            const float spacing_between_dots = 1.0f * (draw_list->_Data->FontSize / font->FontSize);
+            ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1 - glyph->X0 + spacing_between_dots;
+            ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width * (float)ellipsis_char_count - spacing_between_dots;
+        }
+
+        // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x
+        const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_total_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f);
+        float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x;
+        if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full)
+        {
+            // Always display at least 1 character if there's no room for character + ellipsis
+            text_end_ellipsis = text + ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(text, text_end_full);
+            text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text, text_end_ellipsis).x;
+        }
+        while (text_end_ellipsis > text && ImCharIsBlankA(text_end_ellipsis[-1]))
+        {
+            // Trim trailing space before ellipsis (FIXME: Supporting non-ascii blanks would be nice, for this we need a function to backtrack in UTF-8 text)
+            text_end_ellipsis--;
+            text_size_clipped_x -= font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text_end_ellipsis, text_end_ellipsis + 1).x; // Ascii blanks are always 1 byte
+        }
+
+        // Render text, render ellipsis
+        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+        float ellipsis_x = pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x;
+        if (ellipsis_x + ellipsis_total_width <= ellipsis_max_x)
+            for (int i = 0; i < ellipsis_char_count; i++)
+            {
+                font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ImVec2(ellipsis_x, pos_min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ellipsis_char);
+                ellipsis_x += ellipsis_glyph_width;
+            }
     }
     else
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL);
+        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_full, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
     }
+
     if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end);
+        LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_end_full);
 }
 
 // Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders
@@ -2231,13 +2504,11 @@ void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding)
 }
 
 // Render an arrow aimed to be aligned with text (p_min is a position in the same space text would be positioned). To e.g. denote expanded/collapsed state
-void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImVec2 p_min, ImGuiDir dir, float scale)
+void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
-    const float h = g.FontSize * 1.00f;
+    const float h = draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 1.00f;
     float r = h * 0.40f * scale;
-    ImVec2 center = p_min + ImVec2(h * 0.50f, h * 0.50f * scale);
+    ImVec2 center = pos + ImVec2(h * 0.50f, h * 0.50f * scale);
 
     ImVec2 a, b, c;
     switch (dir)
@@ -2261,15 +2532,12 @@ void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImVec2 p_min, ImGuiDir dir, float scale)
         IM_ASSERT(0);
         break;
     }
-
-    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+    draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, col);
 }
 
-void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos)
+void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(pos, g.FontSize*0.20f, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), 8);
+    draw_list->AddCircleFilled(pos, draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 0.20f, col, 8);
 }
 
 void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz)
@@ -2297,7 +2565,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFl
         return;
     if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw))
         return;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame)
         return;
 
@@ -2331,15 +2599,16 @@ ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name)
     : DrawListInst(&context->DrawListSharedData)
 {
     Name = ImStrdup(name);
-    ID = ImHash(name, 0);
+    ID = ImHashStr(name);
     IDStack.push_back(ID);
-    Flags = 0;
+    Flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None;
     Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
     Size = SizeFull = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    SizeContents = SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    ContentSize = ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
     WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
     WindowRounding = 0.0f;
     WindowBorderSize = 0.0f;
+    NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1;
     MoveId = GetID("#MOVE");
     ChildId = 0;
     Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
@@ -2354,23 +2623,28 @@ ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name)
     SkipItems = false;
     Appearing = false;
     Hidden = false;
+    IsFallbackWindow = false;
     HasCloseButton = false;
+    ResizeBorderHeld = -1;
     BeginCount = 0;
     BeginOrderWithinParent = -1;
     BeginOrderWithinContext = -1;
     PopupId = 0;
     AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1;
-    AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
     AutoFitChildAxises = 0x00;
+    AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
     AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
-    HiddenFramesRegular = HiddenFramesForResize = 0;
+    HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 0;
     SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing;
     SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
 
+    InnerRect = ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); // Clear so the InnerRect.GetSize() code in Begin() doesn't lead to overflow even if the result isn't used.
+
     LastFrameActive = -1;
+    LastTimeActive = -1.0f;
     ItemWidthDefault = 0.0f;
     FontWindowScale = 1.0f;
-    SettingsIdx = -1;
+    SettingsOffset = -1;
 
     DrawList = &DrawListInst;
     DrawList->_OwnerName = Name;
@@ -2383,9 +2657,8 @@ ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name)
     NavRectRel[0] = NavRectRel[1] = ImRect();
     NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL;
 
-    FocusIdxAllCounter = FocusIdxTabCounter = -1;
-    FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = INT_MAX;
-    FocusIdxAllRequestNext = FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX;
+    MemoryCompacted = false;
+    MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0;
 }
 
 ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
@@ -2393,13 +2666,13 @@ ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
     IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst);
     IM_DELETE(Name);
     for (int i = 0; i != ColumnsStorage.Size; i++)
-        ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiColumnsSet();
+        ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiColumns();
 }
 
 ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
 {
     ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
     ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
     return id;
 }
@@ -2407,7 +2680,15 @@ ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
 ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
 {
     ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
+    ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
+    return id;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed);
     ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
     return id;
 }
@@ -2415,13 +2696,19 @@ ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
 ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end)
 {
     ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
-    return ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+    return ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
 }
 
 ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr)
 {
     ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
-    return ImHash(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
+    return ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n)
+{
+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+    return ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed);
 }
 
 // This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere.
@@ -2429,7 +2716,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs)
 {
     ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
     const int r_rel[4] = { (int)(r_abs.Min.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Min.y - Pos.y), (int)(r_abs.Max.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Max.y - Pos.y) };
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed);
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed);
     ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
     return id;
 }
@@ -2442,23 +2729,34 @@ static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
         g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer)
+// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused.
+// This is currently unused by the library, but you may call this yourself for easy GC.
+// Not freed:
+// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name
+// - StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data)
+// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost.
+void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow);
-    IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == 0 || nav_layer == 1);
-    g.NavId = id;
-    g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
+    window->MemoryCompacted = true;
+    window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity;
+    window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity;
+    window->IDStack.clear();
+    window->DrawList->ClearFreeMemory();
+    window->DC.ChildWindows.clear();
+    window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.clear();
+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear();
+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear();
+    window->DC.GroupStack.clear();
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, const ImRect& rect_rel)
+void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    SetNavID(id, nav_layer);
-    g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel;
-    g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
-    g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
-    g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+    // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening.
+    // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster.
+    window->MemoryCompacted = false;
+    window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity);
+    window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity);
+    window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0;
 }
 
 void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
@@ -2468,7 +2766,8 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
     if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
     {
         g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
-        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEdited = false;
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;
+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
         if (id != 0)
         {
             g.LastActiveId = id;
@@ -2476,36 +2775,20 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
         }
     }
     g.ActiveId = id;
-    g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = 0;
     g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
     g.ActiveIdWindow = window;
+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
     if (id)
     {
         g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;
         g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id || g.NavJustTabbedId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
     }
-}
 
-void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
-
-    // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its NavLayer is the current layer, which is the case everywhere we call it.
-    const int nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
-    if (g.NavWindow != window)
-        g.NavInitRequest = false;
-    g.NavId = id;
-    g.NavWindow = window;
-    g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
-    window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
-    if (window->DC.LastItemId == id)
-        window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos);
-
-    if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
-        g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
-    else
-        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+    // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget
+    // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet)
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
+    g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00;
 }
 
 void ImGui::ClearActiveID()
@@ -2541,11 +2824,12 @@ void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id)
 {
     // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
     // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data.
-    (void)id; // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out.
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive);
+    IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out.
     //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id);
-    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEdited = true;
+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true;
+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true;
     g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
 }
 
@@ -2565,40 +2849,46 @@ static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFla
                 if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
                     return false;
             }
-
     return true;
 }
 
 // Advance cursor given item size for layout.
-void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y)
+void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     if (window->SkipItems)
         return;
 
+    // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset.
+    // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor,
+    // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect.
+    const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f;
+    const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y);
+
     // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries
-    const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y, size.y);
-    const float text_base_offset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, text_offset_y);
     //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG]
-    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2((float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x), (float)(int)(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y));
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x;
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);    // Next line
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);        // Next line
     window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x);
     window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
     //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG]
 
     window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height;
-    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = text_base_offset;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y);
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
 
     // Horizontal layout mode
     if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
         SameLine();
 }
 
-void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y)
+void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y)
 {
-    ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_offset_y);
+    ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y);
 }
 
 // Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction.
@@ -2606,10 +2896,6 @@ void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y)
 // declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and then use a larger region for drawing/interaction, which is passed to ItemAdd().
 bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg)
 {
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE_HOOKS
-    ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(bb, id, nav_bb_arg);
-#endif
-
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
@@ -2617,19 +2903,38 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg)
     {
         // Navigation processing runs prior to clipping early-out
         //  (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget
-        //  (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window.
-        //      it may not scale very well for windows with ten of thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame.
-        //      We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick)
+        //  (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests
+        //      unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of
+        //      thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame.
+        //      We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able
+        //      to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick).
+        // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null.
+        // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere.
         window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask;
         if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest)
             if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav)
                 if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))
                     NavProcessItem(window, nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id);
+
+        // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool, when enabling the "extended" version we perform the check in ItemAdd()
+#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX
+        if (id == g.DebugItemPickerBreakId)
+        {
+            IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
+            g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
+        }
+#endif
     }
 
     window->DC.LastItemId = id;
     window->DC.LastItemRect = bb;
-    window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = 0;
+    window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None;
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    if (id != 0)
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id);
+#endif
 
     // Clipping test
     const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id, false);
@@ -2671,7 +2976,8 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
         if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId)
             return false;
 
-    // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal
+    // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal.
+    // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here.
     if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags))
         return false;
 
@@ -2679,7 +2985,8 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
     if ((window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
         return false;
 
-    // Special handling for the 1st item after Begin() which represent the title bar. When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect tht case.
+    // Special handling for the dummy item after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab.
+    // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.
     if (window->DC.LastItemId == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed)
         return false;
     return true;
@@ -2705,6 +3012,17 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
         return false;
 
     SetHoveredID(id);
+
+    // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool!
+    // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making
+    // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered
+    // items if we perform the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost.
+    // #define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX in imconfig.h if you want this check to also be performed in ItemAdd().
+    if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id)
+        GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+    if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id)
+        IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
+
     return true;
 }
 
@@ -2719,26 +3037,39 @@ bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged
     return false;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, bool tab_stop)
+// Process TAB/Shift+TAB. Be mindful that this function may _clear_ the ActiveID when tabbing out.
+bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
+    // Increment counters
     const bool is_tab_stop = (window->DC.ItemFlags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0;
-    window->FocusIdxAllCounter++;
+    window->DC.FocusCounterRegular++;
     if (is_tab_stop)
-        window->FocusIdxTabCounter++;
+        window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop++;
 
-    // Process keyboard input at this point: TAB/Shift-TAB to tab out of the currently focused item.
-    // Note that we can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in.
-    if (tab_stop && (g.ActiveId == id) && window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX && window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab))
-        window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabCounter + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (is_tab_stop ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items.
+    // Process TAB/Shift-TAB to tab *OUT* of the currently focused item.
+    // (Note that we can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in)
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && g.FocusTabPressed && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab) && g.FocusRequestNextWindow == NULL)
+    {
+        g.FocusRequestNextWindow = window;
+        g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (is_tab_stop ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items.
+    }
 
-    if (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent)
-        return true;
-    if (is_tab_stop && window->FocusIdxTabCounter == window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent)
+    // Handle focus requests
+    if (g.FocusRequestCurrWindow == window)
     {
-        g.NavJustTabbedId = id;
-        return true;
+        if (window->DC.FocusCounterRegular == g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular)
+            return true;
+        if (is_tab_stop && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop == g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop)
+        {
+            g.NavJustTabbedId = id;
+            return true;
+        }
+
+        // If another item is about to be focused, we clear our own active id
+        if (g.ActiveId == id)
+            ClearActiveID();
     }
 
     return false;
@@ -2746,21 +3077,8 @@ bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, bool tab_stop
 
 void ImGui::FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    window->FocusIdxAllCounter--;
-    window->FocusIdxTabCounter--;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImVec2 content_max;
-    if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)
-        content_max = g.CurrentWindow->Pos + GetContentRegionMax();
-    if (size.x <= 0.0f)
-        size.x = (size.x == 0.0f) ? default_x : ImMax(content_max.x - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x, 4.0f) + size.x;
-    if (size.y <= 0.0f)
-        size.y = (size.y == 0.0f) ? default_y : ImMax(content_max.y - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.y, 4.0f) + size.y;
-    return size;
+    window->DC.FocusCounterRegular--;
+    window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop--;
 }
 
 float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)
@@ -2768,15 +3086,16 @@ float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)
     if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f)
         return 0.0f;
 
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f)
-        wrap_pos_x = GetContentRegionMax().x + window->Pos.x;
+        wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;
     else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f)
         wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space
 
     return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f);
 }
 
+// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc()
 void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size)
 {
     if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
@@ -2784,9 +3103,10 @@ void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size)
     return GImAllocatorAllocFunc(size, GImAllocatorUserData);
 }
 
+// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()
 void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)
 {
-    if (ptr) 
+    if (ptr)
         if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
             ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--;
     return GImAllocatorFreeFunc(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData);
@@ -2794,13 +3114,15 @@ void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)
 
 const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText()
 {
-    return GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn(GImGui->IO.ClipboardUserData) : "";
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : "";
 }
 
 void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text)
 {
-    if (GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
-        GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn(GImGui->IO.ClipboardUserData, text);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
+        g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text);
 }
 
 const char* ImGui::GetVersion()
@@ -2808,7 +3130,7 @@ const char* ImGui::GetVersion()
     return IMGUI_VERSION;
 }
 
-// Internal state access - if you want to share ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself
+// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself
 // Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module
 ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext()
 {
@@ -2824,9 +3146,12 @@ void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
 #endif
 }
 
-// Helper function to verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit
-// If the user has inconsistent compilation settings, imgui configuration #define, packing pragma, etc. you may see different structures from what imgui.cpp sees which is highly problematic.
-bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert)
+// Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui.
+// Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit
+// If the user has inconsistent compilation settings, imgui configuration #define, packing pragma, etc. your user code
+// may see different structures than what imgui.cpp sees, which is problematic.
+// We usually require settings to be in imconfig.h to make sure that they are accessible to all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui.
+bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx)
 {
     bool error = false;
     if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION)!=0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version,IMGUI_VERSION)==0 && "Mismatched version string!");  }
@@ -2835,10 +3160,11 @@ bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, si
     if (sz_vec2  != sizeof(ImVec2))        { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2  == sizeof(ImVec2)       && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
     if (sz_vec4  != sizeof(ImVec4))        { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4  == sizeof(ImVec4)       && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
     if (sz_vert  != sizeof(ImDrawVert))    { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert  == sizeof(ImDrawVert)   && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+    if (sz_idx   != sizeof(ImDrawIdx))     { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx   == sizeof(ImDrawIdx)    && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
     return !error;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void(*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data)
+void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data)
 {
     GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func;
     GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func;
@@ -2866,13 +3192,13 @@ void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
 
 ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO()
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
     return GImGui->IO;
 }
 
 ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle()
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
     return GImGui->Style;
 }
 
@@ -2893,9 +3219,14 @@ int ImGui::GetFrameCount()
     return GImGui->FrameCount;
 }
 
-ImDrawList* ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList()
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()
+{
+    return &GImGui->BackgroundDrawList;
+}
+
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()
 {
-    return &GImGui->OverlayDrawList;
+    return &GImGui->ForegroundDrawList;
 }
 
 ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData()
@@ -2906,18 +3237,24 @@ ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData()
 void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows.
+    // We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward.
+    // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move.
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     FocusWindow(window);
     SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window);
     g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
     g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - window->RootWindow->Pos;
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) && !(window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+
+    bool can_move_window = true;
+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+        can_move_window = false;
+    if (can_move_window)
         g.MovingWindow = window;
 }
 
 // Handle mouse moving window
 // Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing()
-void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindow()
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (g.MovingWindow != NULL)
@@ -2955,6 +3292,58 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindow()
     }
 }
 
+// Initiate moving window when clicking on empty space or title bar.
+// Handle left-click and right-click focus.
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 || g.HoveredId != 0)
+        return;
+
+    // Unless we just made a window/popup appear
+    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing)
+        return;
+
+    // Click to focus window and start moving (after we're done with all our widgets)
+    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+    {
+        if (g.HoveredRootWindow != NULL)
+        {
+            StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow);
+            if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(g.HoveredRootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+                if (!g.HoveredRootWindow->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0]))
+                    g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+        }
+        else if (g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL)
+        {
+            // Clicking on void disable focus
+            FocusWindow(NULL);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed
+    // Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup.
+    // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger)
+    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1])
+    {
+        // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window.
+        // This is where we can trim the popup stack.
+        ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal();
+        bool hovered_window_above_modal = false;
+        if (modal == NULL)
+            hovered_window_above_modal = true;
+        for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window_above_modal == false; i--)
+        {
+            ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+            if (window == modal)
+                break;
+            if (window == g.HoveredWindow)
+                hovered_window_above_modal = true;
+        }
+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true);
+    }
+}
+
 static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden);
@@ -2966,7 +3355,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs()
 
     // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well)
     if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos))
-        g.IO.MousePos = ImFloor(g.IO.MousePos);
+        g.IO.MousePos = g.LastValidMousePos = ImFloor(g.IO.MousePos);
 
     // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta
     if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev))
@@ -2998,6 +3387,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs()
                 g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time;
             }
             g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos;
+            g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[i] = g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i];
             g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
             g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f;
         }
@@ -3009,53 +3399,96 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs()
             g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x);
             g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y);
         }
+        if (!g.IO.MouseDown[i] && !g.IO.MouseReleased[i])
+            g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[i] = false;
         if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation
             g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
     }
 }
 
-void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel()
+static void StartLockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (!g.HoveredWindow || g.HoveredWindow->Collapsed)
+    if (g.WheelingWindow == window)
         return;
+    g.WheelingWindow = window;
+    g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos;
+    g.WheelingWindowTimer = WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER;
+}
+
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+    // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses
+    if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL)
+    {
+        g.WheelingWindowTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
+        if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold)
+            g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f;
+        if (g.WheelingWindowTimer <= 0.0f)
+        {
+            g.WheelingWindow = NULL;
+            g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f;
+        }
+    }
+
     if (g.IO.MouseWheel == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseWheelH == 0.0f)
         return;
 
-    // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent (unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set).
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.HoveredWindow;
-    ImGuiWindow* scroll_window = window;
-    while ((scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs) && scroll_window->ParentWindow)
-        scroll_window = scroll_window->ParentWindow;
-    const bool scroll_allowed = !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow;
+    if (!window || window->Collapsed)
+        return;
 
-    if (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f)
+    // Zoom / Scale window
+    // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned.
+    if (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)
     {
-        if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)
+        StartLockWheelingWindow(window);
+        const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f);
+        const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;
+        window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;
+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
         {
-            // Zoom / Scale window
-            const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f);
-            const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;
-            window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;
-
             const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size;
-            window->Pos += offset;
-            window->Size *= scale;
-            window->SizeFull *= scale;
+            SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0);
+            window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale);
+            window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale);
         }
-        else if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && scroll_allowed)
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Mouse wheel scrolling
+    // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent
+
+    // Vertical Mouse Wheel scrolling
+    const float wheel_y = (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyShift) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f;
+    if (wheel_y != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+    {
+        StartLockWheelingWindow(window);
+        while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.y == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))))
+            window = window->ParentWindow;
+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
         {
-            // Mouse wheel vertical scrolling
-            float scroll_amount = 5 * scroll_window->CalcFontSize();
-            scroll_amount = (float)(int)ImMin(scroll_amount, (scroll_window->ContentsRegionRect.GetHeight() + scroll_window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f) * 0.67f);
-            SetWindowScrollY(scroll_window, scroll_window->Scroll.y - g.IO.MouseWheel * scroll_amount);
+            float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f;
+            float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));
+            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel_y * scroll_step);
         }
     }
-    if (g.IO.MouseWheelH != 0.0f && scroll_allowed && !g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+
+    // Horizontal Mouse Wheel scrolling, or Vertical Mouse Wheel w/ Shift held
+    const float wheel_x = (g.IO.MouseWheelH != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyShift) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyShift) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f;
+    if (wheel_x != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyCtrl)
     {
-        // Mouse wheel horizontal scrolling (for hardware that supports it)
-        float scroll_amount = scroll_window->CalcFontSize();
-        SetWindowScrollX(scroll_window, scroll_window->Scroll.x - g.IO.MouseWheelH * scroll_amount);
+        StartLockWheelingWindow(window);
+        while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.x == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))))
+            window = window->ParentWindow;
+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
+        {
+            float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f;
+            float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));
+            SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel_x * scroll_step);
+        }
     }
 }
 
@@ -3071,7 +3504,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags()
     FindHoveredWindow();
 
     // Modal windows prevents cursor from hovering behind them.
-    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetFrontMostPopupModal();
+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();
     if (modal_window)
         if (g.HoveredRootWindow && !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredRootWindow, modal_window))
             g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow = NULL;
@@ -3100,13 +3533,13 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags()
     if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload)
         g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
 
-    // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to imgui, false = dispatch mouse info to imgui + app)
+    // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to imgui, false = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui + app)
     if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1)
         g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0);
     else
         g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail_to_imgui && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty());
 
-    // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to imgui, false = dispatch keyboard info to imgui + app)
+    // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to imgui, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + app)
     if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1)
         g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0);
     else
@@ -3118,25 +3551,23 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags()
     g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false;
 }
 
-void ImGui::NewFrame()
+static void NewFrameSanityChecks()
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?");
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE_HOOKS
-    ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame();
-#endif
-
     // Check user data
     // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument)
     IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DeltaTime >= 0.0f                                    && "Need a positive DeltaTime (zero is tolerated but will cause some timing issues)");
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f  && "Invalid DisplaySize value");
+    IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0)              && "Need a positive DeltaTime!");
+    IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)  && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f  && "Invalid DisplaySize value!");
     IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0                                && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?");
     IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded()                          && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?");
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f                       && "Invalid style setting");
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f            && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)");
-    IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)  && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f                       && "Invalid style setting!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleSegmentMaxError > 0.0f                      && "Invalid style setting!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f            && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting.");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);
     for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++)
         IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..512, or -1 for unmapped key)");
 
@@ -3144,9 +3575,22 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard)
         IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation.");
 
-    // Perform simple check: the beta io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges option requires back-end to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly.
-    if (g.IO.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors))
-        g.IO.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges = false;
+    // Perform simple check: the beta io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires back-end to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly.
+    if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors))
+        g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NewFrame()
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame(&g);
+#endif
+
+    // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes
+    NewFrameSanityChecks();
 
     // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before)
     if (!g.SettingsLoaded)
@@ -3172,24 +3616,35 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     }
 
     g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime;
-    g.FrameScopeActive = true;
+    g.WithinFrameScope = true;
     g.FrameCount += 1;
     g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
     g.WindowsActiveCount = 0;
 
-    // Setup current font and draw list
+    // Setup current font and draw list shared data
     g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true;
     SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont());
     IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded());
     g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y);
     g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol;
-
-    g.OverlayDrawList.Clear();
-    g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);
-    g.OverlayDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen();
-    g.OverlayDrawList.Flags = (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines : 0) | (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill : 0);
-
-    // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it
+    g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleSegmentMaxError(g.Style.CircleSegmentMaxError);
+    g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None;
+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines)
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines;
+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill)
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill;
+    if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset)
+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset;
+
+    g.BackgroundDrawList.Clear();
+    g.BackgroundDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);
+    g.BackgroundDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen();
+
+    g.ForegroundDrawList.Clear();
+    g.ForegroundDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);
+    g.ForegroundDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen();
+
+    // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it.
     g.DrawData.Clear();
 
     // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent
@@ -3215,12 +3670,18 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
     g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId;
     g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow;
-    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEdited = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEdited;
+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;
     g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;
+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
     g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
     g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
-    if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId && g.ActiveId != g.ScalarAsInputTextId)
-        g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+    if (g.TempInputTextId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.TempInputTextId)
+        g.TempInputTextId = 0;
+    if (g.ActiveId == 0)
+    {
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0;
+        g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0;
+    }
 
     // Drag and drop
     g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr;
@@ -3245,12 +3706,15 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame);
     g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame))) : FLT_MAX;
 
-    // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering)
-    UpdateMouseMovingWindow();
+    // Find hovered window
+    // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame)
     UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
 
+    // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering)
+    UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
+
     // Background darkening/whitening
-    if (GetFrontMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f))
+    if (GetTopMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f))
         g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f);
     else
         g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
@@ -3263,58 +3727,134 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     UpdateMouseWheel();
 
     // Pressing TAB activate widget focus
-    if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.NavWindow != NULL && g.NavWindow->Active && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, false))
+    g.FocusTabPressed = (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Active && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab));
+    if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.FocusTabPressed)
     {
+        // Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() sets the Next fields mid-frame. To be consistent we also
+        // manipulate the Next fields even, even though they will be turned into Curr fields by the code below.
+        g.FocusRequestNextWindow = g.NavWindow;
+        g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = INT_MAX;
         if (g.NavId != 0 && g.NavIdTabCounter != INT_MAX)
-            g.NavWindow->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = g.NavIdTabCounter + 1 + (g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 1);
+            g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.NavIdTabCounter + 1 + (g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 1);
         else
-            g.NavWindow->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0;
+            g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0;
+    }
+
+    // Turn queued focus request into current one
+    g.FocusRequestCurrWindow = NULL;
+    g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX;
+    if (g.FocusRequestNextWindow != NULL)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.FocusRequestNextWindow;
+        g.FocusRequestCurrWindow = window;
+        if (g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterRegular != -1)
+            g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = ImModPositive(g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular, window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1);
+        if (g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop != -1)
+            g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = ImModPositive(g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop, window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + 1);
+        g.FocusRequestNextWindow = NULL;
+        g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX;
     }
+
     g.NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX;
 
-    // Mark all windows as not visible
+    // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory.
     IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size == g.Windows.Size);
+    const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f) ? (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer : FLT_MAX;
     for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
     {
         ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
         window->WasActive = window->Active;
+        window->BeginCount = 0;
         window->Active = false;
         window->WriteAccessed = false;
+
+        // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows
+        if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)
+            GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window);
     }
 
     // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order
     if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive)
-        FocusPreviousWindowIgnoringOne(NULL);
+        FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL);
 
     // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame.
     // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear.
     g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0);
-    g.CurrentPopupStack.resize(0);
-    ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow);
+    g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0);
+    ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow, false);
 
-    // Create implicit window - we will only render it if the user has added something to it.
+    // [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack.
+    UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
+
+    // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it.
     // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags.
+    // This fallback is particularly important as it avoid ImGui:: calls from crashing.
+    g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true;
     SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400,400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
     Begin("Debug##Default");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true);
 
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE_HOOKS
-    ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame();
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame(&g);
 #endif
 }
 
+// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack.
+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
+    if (g.DebugItemPickerActive)
+    {
+        const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+        ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand);
+        if (ImGui::IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape))
+            g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;
+        if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && hovered_id)
+        {
+            g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id;
+            g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;
+        }
+        ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.60f);
+        ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+        ImGui::Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id);
+        ImGui::Text("Press ESC to abort picking.");
+        ImGui::TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click to break in debugger!");
+        ImGui::EndTooltip();
+    }
+}
+
 void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *context;
     IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded);
 
     // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type
-    ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
-    ini_handler.TypeName = "Window";
-    ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHash("Window", 0, 0);
-    ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen;
-    ini_handler.ReadLineFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine;
-    ini_handler.WriteAllFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll;
-    g.SettingsHandlers.push_front(ini_handler);
+    {
+        ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
+        ini_handler.TypeName = "Window";
+        ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window");
+        ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;
+        ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine;
+        ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll;
+        g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler);
+    }
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
+    // Add .ini handle for ImGuiTable type
+    {
+        ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
+        ini_handler.TypeName = "Table";
+        ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table");
+        ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;
+        ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine;
+        ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll;
+        g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler);
+    }
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
 
     g.Initialized = true;
 }
@@ -3331,7 +3871,7 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context)
     }
     g.IO.Fonts = NULL;
 
-    // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized ImGui.
+    // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui.
     if (!g.Initialized)
         return;
 
@@ -3349,38 +3889,42 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context)
         IM_DELETE(g.Windows[i]);
     g.Windows.clear();
     g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear();
-    g.WindowsSortBuffer.clear();
+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear();
     g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
     g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();
     g.WindowsById.Clear();
     g.NavWindow = NULL;
-    g.HoveredWindow = NULL;
-    g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
+    g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
     g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
     g.MovingWindow = NULL;
     g.ColorModifiers.clear();
     g.StyleModifiers.clear();
     g.FontStack.clear();
     g.OpenPopupStack.clear();
-    g.CurrentPopupStack.clear();
+    g.BeginPopupStack.clear();
     g.DrawDataBuilder.ClearFreeMemory();
-    g.OverlayDrawList.ClearFreeMemory();
+    g.BackgroundDrawList.ClearFreeMemory();
+    g.ForegroundDrawList.ClearFreeMemory();
+
+    g.TabBars.Clear();
+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear();
+    g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear();
+
     g.PrivateClipboard.clear();
-    g.InputTextState.TextW.clear();
-    g.InputTextState.InitialText.clear();
-    g.InputTextState.TempBuffer.clear();
+    g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory();
 
-    for (int i = 0; i < g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++)
-        IM_DELETE(g.SettingsWindows[i].Name);
     g.SettingsWindows.clear();
     g.SettingsHandlers.clear();
 
-    if (g.LogFile && g.LogFile != stdout)
+    if (g.LogFile)
     {
-        fclose(g.LogFile);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+        if (g.LogFile != stdout)
+#endif
+            ImFileClose(g.LogFile);
         g.LogFile = NULL;
     }
-    g.LogClipboard.clear();
+    g.LogBuffer.clear();
 
     g.Initialized = false;
 }
@@ -3404,7 +3948,7 @@ static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, Im
     {
         int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
         if (count > 1)
-            ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.begin(), (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer);
+            ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer);
         for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
         {
             ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
@@ -3428,19 +3972,28 @@ static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* d
             return;
     }
 
-    // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly.
+    // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc.
+    // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly.
     IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
     IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
-    IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
+    if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset))
+        IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
 
     // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window)
     // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually:
-    // A) Make sure you are coarse clipping, because ImDrawList let all your vertices pass. You can use the Metrics window to inspect draw list contents.
-    // B) If you need/want meshes with more than 64K vertices, uncomment the '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h to set the index size to 4 bytes.
-    //    You'll need to handle the 4-bytes indices to your renderer. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time by doing:
-    //      glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset);
-    //    Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most API.
-    // C) If for some reason you cannot use 4 bytes indices or don't want to, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists.
+    // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds.
+    //   Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics window to inspect draw list contents.
+    // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either:
+    //   (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer back-end, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'.
+    //       Most example back-ends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 back-ends won't.
+    //       Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them.
+    //   (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer back-end, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h.
+    //       Most example back-ends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time:
+    //         glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset);
+    //       Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes.
+    //       2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API.
+    // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching
+    //   the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists.
     if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2)
         IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above");
 
@@ -3460,13 +4013,12 @@ static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_render_list, ImGuiWin
     }
 }
 
-static void AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(ImGuiWindow* window)
+// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu)
+static void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
-        AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1], window);
-    else
-        AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], window);
+    int layer = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0;
+    AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window);
 }
 
 void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer()
@@ -3496,6 +4048,7 @@ static void SetupDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* draw_lists, ImDrawData* draw_da
     draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0;
     draw_data->DisplayPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
     draw_data->DisplaySize = io.DisplaySize;
+    draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale;
     for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++)
     {
         draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->VtxBuffer.Size;
@@ -3525,24 +4078,26 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame()
     IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
     if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)          // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times.
         return;
-    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameScopeActive && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?");
 
     // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)
-    if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && ImLengthSqr(g.PlatformImeLastPos - g.PlatformImePos) > 0.0001f)
+    if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && (g.PlatformImeLastPos.x == FLT_MAX || ImLengthSqr(g.PlatformImeLastPos - g.PlatformImePos) > 0.0001f))
     {
         g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.PlatformImePos.x, (int)g.PlatformImePos.y);
         g.PlatformImeLastPos = g.PlatformImePos;
     }
 
-    // Hide implicit "Debug" window if it hasn't been used
-    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1);    // Mismatched Begin()/End() calls, did you forget to call end on g.CurrentWindow->Name?
+    ErrorCheckEndFrame();
+
+    // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used
+    g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false;
     if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed)
         g.CurrentWindow->Active = false;
     End();
 
-    // Show CTRL+TAB list
-    if (g.NavWindowingTarget)
-        NavUpdateWindowingList();
+    // Show CTRL+TAB list window
+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)
+        NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();
 
     // Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted)
     if (g.DragDropActive)
@@ -3561,57 +4116,28 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame()
         g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false;
     }
 
-    // Initiate moving window
-    if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.HoveredId == 0)
-    {
-        if (!g.NavWindow || !g.NavWindow->Appearing) // Unless we just made a window/popup appear
-        {
-            // Click to focus window and start moving (after we're done with all our widgets)
-            if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
-            {
-                if (g.HoveredRootWindow != NULL)
-                    StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow);
-                else if (g.NavWindow != NULL && GetFrontMostPopupModal() == NULL)
-                    FocusWindow(NULL);  // Clicking on void disable focus
-            }
+    // End frame
+    g.WithinFrameScope = false;
+    g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;
 
-            // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus
-            // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger)
-            if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1])
-            {
-                // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the front most Modal Window.
-                // This is where we can trim the popup stack.
-                ImGuiWindow* modal = GetFrontMostPopupModal();
-                bool hovered_window_above_modal = false;
-                if (modal == NULL)
-                    hovered_window_above_modal = true;
-                for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window_above_modal == false; i--)
-                {
-                    ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
-                    if (window == modal)
-                        break;
-                    if (window == g.HoveredWindow)
-                        hovered_window_above_modal = true;
-                }
-                ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal);
-            }
-        }
-    }
+    // Initiate moving window + handle left-click and right-click focus
+    UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
 
     // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent
     // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because childs may not exist yet
-    g.WindowsSortBuffer.resize(0);
-    g.WindowsSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size);
+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0);
+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size);
     for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
     {
         ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
         if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))       // if a child is active its parent will add it
             continue;
-        AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsSortBuffer, window);
+        AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window);
     }
 
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsSortBuffer.Size);  // we done something wrong
-    g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsSortBuffer);
+    // This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.Size);
+    g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsTempSortBuffer);
     g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount;
 
     // Unlock font atlas
@@ -3619,11 +4145,8 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame()
 
     // Clear Input data for next frame
     g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f;
-    memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters));
+    g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
     memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs));
-
-    g.FrameScopeActive = false;
-    g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;
 }
 
 void ImGui::Render()
@@ -3632,39 +4155,44 @@ void ImGui::Render()
     IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
 
     if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount)
-        ImGui::EndFrame();
+        EndFrame();
     g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount;
-
-    // Gather ImDrawList to render (for each active window)
-    g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0;
+    g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0;
     g.DrawDataBuilder.Clear();
-    ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_front_most[2];
-    windows_to_render_front_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL;
-    windows_to_render_front_most[1] = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingList : NULL;
+    
+    // Add background ImDrawList
+    if (!g.BackgroundDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty())
+        AddDrawListToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.BackgroundDrawList);
+
+    // Add ImDrawList to render
+    ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2];
+    windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL;
+    windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingList : NULL);
     for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++)
     {
         ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];
-        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_front_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_front_most[1])
-            AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(window);
+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1])
+            AddRootWindowToDrawData(window);
     }
-    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_front_most); n++)
-        if (windows_to_render_front_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_front_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the front-most window
-            AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(windows_to_render_front_most[n]);
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++)
+        if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window
+            AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]);
     g.DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer();
 
     // Draw software mouse cursor if requested
     if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor)
-        RenderMouseCursor(&g.OverlayDrawList, g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor);
+        RenderMouseCursor(&g.ForegroundDrawList, g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48));
 
-    if (!g.OverlayDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty())
-        AddDrawListToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.OverlayDrawList);
+    // Add foreground ImDrawList
+    if (!g.ForegroundDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty())
+        AddDrawListToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.ForegroundDrawList);
 
     // Setup ImDrawData structure for end-user
     SetupDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.DrawData);
     g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.DrawData.TotalVtxCount;
     g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.DrawData.TotalIdxCount;
 
-    // Render. If user hasn't set a callback then they may retrieve the draw data via GetDrawData()
+    // (Legacy) Call the Render callback function. The current prefer way is to let the user retrieve GetDrawData() and call the render function themselves.
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
     if (g.DrawData.CmdListsCount > 0 && g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn != NULL)
         g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn(&g.DrawData);
@@ -3672,7 +4200,7 @@ void ImGui::Render()
 }
 
 // Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker.
-// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, GImGui->FontSize)
+// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)
 ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -3689,60 +4217,15 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_tex
         return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size);
     ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);
 
-    // Cancel out character spacing for the last character of a line (it is baked into glyph->AdvanceX field)
-    const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize;
-    const float character_spacing_x = 1.0f * font_scale;
-    if (text_size.x > 0.0f)
-        text_size.x -= character_spacing_x;
-    text_size.x = (float)(int)(text_size.x + 0.95f);
+    // Round
+    text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.95f);
 
     return text_size;
 }
 
-// Helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items.
-// NB: Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can! Read comments and instructions there on how those use this sort of pattern.
-// NB: 'items_count' is only used to clamp the result, if you don't know your count you can use INT_MAX
-void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-    {
-        // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping
-        *out_items_display_start = 0;
-        *out_items_display_end = items_count;
-        return;
-    }
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-    {
-        *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0;
-        return;
-    }
-
-    // We create the union of the ClipRect and the NavScoringRect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect
-    ImRect unclipped_rect = window->ClipRect;
-    if (g.NavMoveRequest)
-        unclipped_rect.Add(g.NavScoringRectScreen);
-
-    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    int start = (int)((unclipped_rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height);
-    int end = (int)((unclipped_rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height);
-
-    // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to
-    if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up)
-        start--;
-    if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down)
-        end++;
-
-    start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count);
-    end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count);
-    *out_items_display_start = start;
-    *out_items_display_end = end;
-}
-
 // Find window given position, search front-to-back
-// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programatically 
-// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is 
+// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programatically
+// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is
 // called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected.
 static void FindHoveredWindow()
 {
@@ -3753,8 +4236,8 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow()
         hovered_window = g.MovingWindow;
 
     ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding;
-    ImVec2 padding_for_resize_from_edges = g.IO.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges ? ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(RESIZE_WINDOWS_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS, RESIZE_WINDOWS_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS)) : padding_regular;
-    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window == NULL; i--)
+    ImVec2 padding_for_resize_from_edges = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS)) : padding_regular;
+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
     {
         ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
         if (!window->Active || window->Hidden)
@@ -3764,7 +4247,7 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow()
 
         // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always)
         ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped);
-        if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
+        if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
             bb.Expand(padding_regular);
         else
             bb.Expand(padding_for_resize_from_edges);
@@ -3805,40 +4288,54 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool c
 int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(imgui_key >= 0 && imgui_key < ImGuiKey_COUNT);
-    return GImGui->IO.KeyMap[imgui_key];
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.IO.KeyMap[imgui_key];
 }
 
-// Note that imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]. Use your own indices/enums according to how your back-end/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]!
+// Note that dear imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]!
+// Use your own indices/enums according to how your back-end/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]!
 bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(int user_key_index)
 {
-    if (user_key_index < 0) return false;
-    IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(GImGui->IO.KeysDown));
-    return GImGui->IO.KeysDown[user_key_index];
+    if (user_key_index < 0)
+        return false;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
+    return g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index];
 }
 
-int ImGui::CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(float t, float t_prev, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
+// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime)
+// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time)
+// An event is triggered at:
+//  t = 0.0f     t = repeat_delay,    t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N
+int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
 {
-    if (t == 0.0f)
+    if (t1 == 0.0f)
         return 1;
-    if (t <= repeat_delay || repeat_rate <= 0.0f)
+    if (t0 >= t1)
         return 0;
-    const int count = (int)((t - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate) - (int)((t_prev - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
-    return (count > 0) ? count : 0;
+    if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f)
+        return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay);
+    const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
+    const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
+    const int count = count_t1 - count_t0;
+    return count;
 }
 
 int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (key_index < 0) return false;
+    if (key_index < 0)
+        return 0;
     IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
     const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[key_index];
-    return CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
+    return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (user_key_index < 0) return false;
+    if (user_key_index < 0)
+        return false;
     IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
     const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[user_key_index];
     if (t == 0.0f)
@@ -3856,23 +4353,14 @@ bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index)
     return g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev[user_key_index] >= 0.0f && !g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index];
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(int button)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
     return g.IO.MouseDown[button];
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++)
-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[n])
-            return true;
-    return false;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
@@ -3882,76 +4370,99 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat)
 
     if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)
     {
-        float delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate;
-        if ((ImFmod(t - delay, rate) > rate*0.5f) != (ImFmod(t - delay - g.IO.DeltaTime, rate) > rate*0.5f))
+        // FIXME: 2019/05/03: Our old repeat code was wrong here and led to doubling the repeat rate, which made it an ok rate for repeat on mouse hold.
+        int amount = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.50f);
+        if (amount > 0)
             return true;
     }
-
     return false;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(int button)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
     return g.IO.MouseReleased[button];
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
     return g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[button];
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(int button, float lock_threshold)
+// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
-    if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])
-        return false;
     if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
         lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
     return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold;
 }
 
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+    if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])
+        return false;
+    return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold);
+}
+
 ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos()
 {
-    return GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.IO.MousePos;
 }
 
 // NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed!
 ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0)
-        return g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size-1].OpenMousePos;
+    if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0)
+        return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size-1].OpenMousePos;
     return g.IO.MousePos;
 }
 
-// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position
+// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position.
 bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos)
 {
-    if (mouse_pos == NULL)
-        mouse_pos = &GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+    // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis.
+    // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions).
+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL);
     const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f;
-    return mouse_pos->x >= MOUSE_INVALID && mouse_pos->y >= MOUSE_INVALID;
+    ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+    return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++)
+        if (g.IO.MouseDown[n])
+            return true;
+    return false;
 }
 
+// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released.
+// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once.
 // NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). Back-ends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window.
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(int button, float lock_threshold)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
     if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
         lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
-    if (g.IO.MouseDown[button])
+    if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button])
         if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold)
-            return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button];     // Assume we can only get active with left-mouse button (at the moment).
+            if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]))
+                return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button];
     return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
 }
 
-void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(int button)
+void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
@@ -3990,30 +4501,60 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemActive()
     return false;
 }
 
+bool ImGui::IsItemActivated()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.ActiveId)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+        if (g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != window->DC.LastItemId)
+            return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
 bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated)
+        return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0;
     return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId);
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEdited || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEdited));
+    return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore));
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsItemFocused()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.NavId && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    if (g.NavId == 0 || g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavId != window->DC.LastItemId)
+        return false;
+    return true;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(int mouse_button)
+bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button)
 {
     return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None);
 }
 
+bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false;
+}
+
 bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -4075,12 +4616,10 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()
 static ImRect GetViewportRect()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.x != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.x && g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.y != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.y)
-        return ImRect(g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin, g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax);
     return ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y);
 }
 
-static bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
@@ -4113,7 +4652,12 @@ static bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size
 
     ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;
     child_window->ChildId = id;
-    child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = auto_fit_axises;
+    child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = (ImS8)auto_fit_axises;
+
+    // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually.
+    // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do.
+    if (child_window->BeginCount == 1)
+        parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos;
 
     // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame
     if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll))
@@ -4143,7 +4687,10 @@ void ImGui::EndChild()
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);   // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() callss
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);
+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);   // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls
+
+    g.WithinEndChild = true;
     if (window->BeginCount > 1)
     {
         End();
@@ -4175,6 +4722,7 @@ void ImGui::EndChild()
             ItemAdd(bb, 0);
         }
     }
+    g.WithinEndChild = false;
 }
 
 // Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame.
@@ -4197,22 +4745,6 @@ void ImGui::EndChildFrame()
     EndChild();
 }
 
-// Save and compare stack sizes on Begin()/End() to detect usage errors
-static void CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write)
-{
-    // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.AllowKeyboardFocus, DC.ButtonRepeat, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    int* p_backup = &window->DC.StackSizesBackup[0];
-    { int current = window->IDStack.Size;       if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!");   p_backup++; }    // Too few or too many PopID()/TreePop()
-    { int current = window->DC.GroupStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!");                p_backup++; }    // Too few or too many EndGroup()
-    { int current = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size;   if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "BeginMenu/EndMenu or BeginPopup/EndPopup Mismatch"); p_backup++;}// Too few or too many EndMenu()/EndPopup()
-    // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them.
-    { int current = g.ColorModifiers.Size;      if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup >= current && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!");       p_backup++; }    // Too few or too many PopStyleColor()
-    { int current = g.StyleModifiers.Size;      if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup >= current && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!");           p_backup++; }    // Too few or too many PopStyleVar()
-    { int current = g.FontStack.Size;           if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup >= current && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!");                   p_backup++; }    // Too few or too many PopFont()
-    IM_ASSERT(p_backup == window->DC.StackSizesBackup + IM_ARRAYSIZE(window->DC.StackSizesBackup));
-}
-
 static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled)
 {
     window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       & ~flags);
@@ -4220,16 +4752,22 @@ static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, b
     window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags);
 }
 
-ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiID id = ImHash(name, 0);
     return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id);
 }
 
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)
+{
+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name);
+    return FindWindowByID(id);
+}
+
 static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags);
 
     // Create window the first time
     ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name);
@@ -4244,15 +4782,15 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFl
         if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID))
         {
             // Retrieve settings from .ini file
-            window->SettingsIdx = g.SettingsWindows.index_from_pointer(settings);
+            window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);
             SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false);
-            window->Pos = ImFloor(settings->Pos);
+            window->Pos = ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y);
             window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed;
-            if (ImLengthSqr(settings->Size) > 0.00001f)
-                size = ImFloor(settings->Size);
+            if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0)
+                size = ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
         }
-    window->Size = window->SizeFull = window->SizeFullAtLastBegin = ImFloor(size);
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcSizeContents() doesn't return crazy values
+    window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(size);
+    window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcContentSize() doesn't return crazy values
 
     if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
     {
@@ -4276,10 +4814,10 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFl
     return window;
 }
 
-static ImVec2 CalcSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size)
+static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond != 0)
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)
     {
         // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size.
         ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect;
@@ -4295,47 +4833,64 @@ static ImVec2 CalcSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size)
             g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data);
             new_size = data.DesiredSize;
         }
+        new_size.x = IM_FLOOR(new_size.x);
+        new_size.y = IM_FLOOR(new_size.y);
     }
 
     // Minimum size
     if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)))
     {
+        ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window;
         new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize);
-        new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows
+        new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows
     }
     return new_size;
 }
 
-static ImVec2 CalcSizeContents(ImGuiWindow* window)
+static ImVec2 CalcWindowContentSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
+    if (window->Collapsed)
+        if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
+            return window->ContentSize;
+    if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
+        return window->ContentSize;
+
     ImVec2 sz;
-    sz.x = (float)(int)((window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x));
-    sz.y = (float)(int)((window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y));
-    return sz + window->WindowPadding;
+    sz.x = IM_FLOOR((window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
+    sz.y = IM_FLOOR((window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
+    return sz;
 }
 
-static ImVec2 CalcSizeAutoFit(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)
+static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImVec2 size_decorations = ImVec2(0.0f, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight());
+    ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
+    ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + size_decorations;
     if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
     {
         // Tooltip always resize
-        return size_contents;
+        return size_desired;
     }
     else
     {
-        // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small): we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than DisplaySize-WindowPadding.
+        // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size
         const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0;
         const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0;
         ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize;
         if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups)
             size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f));
-        ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_contents, size_min, ImMax(size_min, g.IO.DisplaySize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f));
-        ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
-        if (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar))
+        ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, g.IO.DisplaySize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f));
+
+        // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small),
+        // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding.
+        ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+        bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - size_decorations.x < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
+        bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - size_decorations.y < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar);
+        if (will_have_scrollbar_x)
             size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;
-        if (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))
+        if (will_have_scrollbar_y)
             size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize;
         return size_auto_fit;
     }
@@ -4343,47 +4898,10 @@ static ImVec2 CalcSizeAutoFit(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)
 
 ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImVec2 size_contents = CalcSizeContents(window);
-    return CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, CalcSizeAutoFit(window, size_contents));
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetWindowScrollMaxX(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
-    return ImMax(0.0f, window->SizeContents.x - (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x));
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetWindowScrollMaxY(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
-    return ImMax(0.0f, window->SizeContents.y - (window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y));
-}
-
-static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll;
-    if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX)
-    {
-        float cr_x = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x;
-        scroll.x = window->ScrollTarget.x - cr_x * (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x);
-    }
-    if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX)
-    {
-        // 'snap_on_edges' allows for a discontinuity at the edge of scrolling limits to take account of WindowPadding so that scrolling to make the last item visible scroll far enough to see the padding.
-        float cr_y = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y;
-        float target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y;
-        if (snap_on_edges && cr_y <= 0.0f && target_y <= window->WindowPadding.y)
-            target_y = 0.0f;
-        if (snap_on_edges && cr_y >= 1.0f && target_y >= window->SizeContents.y - window->WindowPadding.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y)
-            target_y = window->SizeContents.y;
-        scroll.y = target_y - (1.0f - cr_y) * (window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight()) - cr_y * (window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y);
-    }
-    scroll = ImMax(scroll, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
-    if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)
-    {
-        scroll.x = ImMin(scroll.x, ImGui::GetWindowScrollMaxX(window));
-        scroll.y = ImMin(scroll.y, ImGui::GetWindowScrollMaxY(window));
-    }
-    return scroll;
+    ImVec2 size_contents = CalcWindowContentSize(window);
+    ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents);
+    ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+    return size_final;
 }
 
 static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
@@ -4400,7 +4918,7 @@ static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& co
     ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm);                // Expected window upper-left
     ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right
     ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min;
-    ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected);
+    ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected);
     *out_pos = pos_min;
     if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f)
         out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x);
@@ -4411,78 +4929,97 @@ static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& co
 
 struct ImGuiResizeGripDef
 {
-    ImVec2  CornerPos;
+    ImVec2  CornerPosN;
     ImVec2  InnerDir;
     int     AngleMin12, AngleMax12;
 };
 
-const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] =
+static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] =
 {
-    { ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(-1,-1), 0, 3 }, // Lower right
-    { ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(+1,-1), 3, 6 }, // Lower left
-    { ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(+1,+1), 6, 9 }, // Upper left
-    { ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(-1,+1), 9,12 }, // Upper right
+    { ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(-1,-1), 0, 3 }, // Lower-right
+    { ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(+1,-1), 3, 6 }, // Lower-left
+    { ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(+1,+1), 6, 9 }, // Upper-left (Unused)
+    { ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(-1,+1), 9,12 }, // Upper-right (Unused)
 };
 
 static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness)
 {
     ImRect rect = window->Rect();
     if (thickness == 0.0f) rect.Max -= ImVec2(1,1);
-    if (border_n == 0) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness);
-    if (border_n == 1) return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding);
-    if (border_n == 2) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness);
-    if (border_n == 3) return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding);
+    if (border_n == 0) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness);      // Top
+    if (border_n == 1) return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding);   // Right
+    if (border_n == 2) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness);      // Bottom
+    if (border_n == 3) return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding);   // Left
     IM_ASSERT(0);
     return ImRect();
 }
 
+// 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused)
+// 4..7: borders (Top, Right, Bottom, Left)
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n <= 7);
+    ImGuiID id = window->ID;
+    id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);
+    id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);
+    return id;
+}
+
 // Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
-static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4])
+// Return true when using auto-fit (double click on resize grip)
+static bool ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4])
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+
     if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
-        return;
-    if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. an hidden implicit Debug window.
-        return;
+        return false;
+    if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. an hidden implicit/fallback Debug window.
+        return false;
 
-    const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges ? 4 : 0;
-    const float grip_draw_size = (float)(int)ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f);
-    const float grip_hover_inner_size = (float)(int)(grip_draw_size * 0.75f);
-    const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges ? RESIZE_WINDOWS_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS : 0.0f;
+    bool ret_auto_fit = false;
+    const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 4 : 0;
+    const float grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
+    const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f);
+    const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS : 0.0f;
 
     ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
     ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
 
+    // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
+
     // Manual resize grips
     PushID("#RESIZE");
     for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
     {
         const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
-        const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPos);
+        const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN);
 
         // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window
         ImRect resize_rect(corner - grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size);
         if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x);
         if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y);
         bool hovered, held;
-        ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)resize_grip_n), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
-        //GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, window->GetID(resize_grip_n), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+        //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
         if (hovered || held)
             g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE;
 
         if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] && resize_grip_n == 0)
         {
             // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking
-            size_target = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+            size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+            ret_auto_fit = true;
             ClearActiveID();
         }
         else if (held)
         {
             // Resize from any of the four corners
             // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position
-            ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, grip.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, grip.CornerPos); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip
-            CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, grip.CornerPos, &pos_target, &size_target);
+            ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, grip.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, grip.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip
+            CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, grip.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target);
         }
         if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered)
             resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);
@@ -4490,27 +5027,32 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_au
     for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++)
     {
         bool hovered, held;
-        ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, RESIZE_WINDOWS_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS);
-        ButtonBehavior(border_rect, window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(border_n + 4)), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren);
-        //GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
-        if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > RESIZE_WINDOWS_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held)
+        ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS);
+        ButtonBehavior(border_rect, window->GetID(border_n + 4), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren);
+        //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+        if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held)
         {
             g.MouseCursor = (border_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS;
-            if (held) *border_held = border_n;
+            if (held)
+                *border_held = border_n;
         }
         if (held)
         {
             ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos;
             ImVec2 border_posn;
-            if (border_n == 0) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + RESIZE_WINDOWS_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); }
-            if (border_n == 1) { border_posn = ImVec2(1, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + RESIZE_WINDOWS_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); }
-            if (border_n == 2) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 1); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + RESIZE_WINDOWS_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); }
-            if (border_n == 3) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + RESIZE_WINDOWS_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); }
+            if (border_n == 0) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Top
+            if (border_n == 1) { border_posn = ImVec2(1, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Right
+            if (border_n == 2) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 1); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Bottom
+            if (border_n == 3) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Left
             CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, border_posn, &pos_target, &size_target);
         }
     }
     PopID();
 
+    // Restore nav layer
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
+
     // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad)
     if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window)
     {
@@ -4527,7 +5069,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_au
             g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
             resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive);
             // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck.
-            size_target = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + nav_resize_delta);
+            size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + nav_resize_delta);
         }
     }
 
@@ -4544,6 +5086,220 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_au
     }
 
     window->Size = window->SizeFull;
+    return ret_auto_fit;
+}
+
+static inline void ClampWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, const ImVec2& padding)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 size_for_clamping = (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? ImVec2(window->Size.x, window->TitleBarHeight()) : window->Size;
+    window->Pos = ImMin(rect.Max - padding, ImMax(window->Pos + size_for_clamping, rect.Min + padding) - size_for_clamping);
+}
+
+static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    float rounding = window->WindowRounding;
+    float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
+        window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size);
+
+    int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld;
+    if (border_held != -1)
+    {
+        struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef
+        {
+            ImVec2 InnerDir;
+            ImVec2 CornerPosN1, CornerPosN2;
+            float  OuterAngle;
+        };
+        static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] =
+        {
+            { ImVec2(0,+1), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,0), IM_PI*1.50f }, // Top
+            { ImVec2(-1,0), ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(1,1), IM_PI*0.00f }, // Right
+            { ImVec2(0,-1), ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(0,1), IM_PI*0.50f }, // Bottom
+            { ImVec2(+1,0), ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(0,0), IM_PI*1.00f }  // Left
+        };
+        const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held];
+        ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f);
+        window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.CornerPosN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI*0.25f, def.OuterAngle);
+        window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.CornerPosN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI*0.25f);
+        window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), false, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual
+    }
+    if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+    {
+        float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1;
+        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
+    }
+}
+
+// Draw background and borders
+// Draw and handle scrollbars
+void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+
+    // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems
+    window->SkipItems = false;
+
+    // Draw window + handle manual resize
+    // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame.
+    const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding;
+    const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    if (window->Collapsed)
+    {
+        // Title bar only
+        float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize;
+        g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize;
+        ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed);
+        RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding);
+        g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Window background
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
+        {
+            ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(flags));
+            bool override_alpha = false;
+            float alpha = 1.0f;
+            if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha)
+            {
+                alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal;
+                override_alpha = true;
+            }
+            if (override_alpha)
+                bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot);
+        }
+
+        // Title bar
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+        {
+            ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top);
+        }
+
+        // Menu bar
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
+        {
+            ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
+            menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect());  // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them.
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top);
+            if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y)
+                window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);
+        }
+
+        // Scrollbars
+        if (window->ScrollbarX)
+            Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_X);
+        if (window->ScrollbarY)
+            Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_Y);
+
+        // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
+        {
+            for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
+            {
+                const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
+                const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN);
+                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size)));
+                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size)));
+                window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12);
+                window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Borders
+        RenderWindowOuterBorders(window);
+    }
+}
+
+// Render title text, collapse button, close button
+void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+
+    const bool has_close_button = (p_open != NULL);
+    const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None);
+
+    // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer)
+    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags;
+    window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
+
+    // Layout buttons
+    // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code.
+    float pad_l = style.FramePadding.x;
+    float pad_r = style.FramePadding.x;
+    float button_sz = g.FontSize;
+    ImVec2 close_button_pos;
+    ImVec2 collapse_button_pos;
+    if (has_close_button)
+    {
+        pad_r += button_sz;
+        close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y);
+    }
+    if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right)
+    {
+        pad_r += button_sz;
+        collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y);
+    }
+    if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)
+    {
+        collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y);
+        pad_l += button_sz;
+    }
+
+    // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback)
+    if (has_collapse_button)
+        if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), collapse_button_pos))
+            window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer actual collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function
+
+    // Close button
+    if (has_close_button)
+        if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos))
+            *p_open = false;
+
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
+    window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup;
+
+    // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker)
+    // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code..
+    const char* UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER = "*";
+    const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? CalcTextSize(UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, false).x : 0.0f;
+    const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f);
+
+    // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button,
+    // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correct.
+    if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x)
+        pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x)
+        pad_r += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f && style.WindowTitleAlign.x < 1.0f)
+    {
+        float centerness = ImSaturate(1.0f - ImFabs(style.WindowTitleAlign.x - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // 0.0f on either edges, 1.0f on center
+        float pad_extend = ImMin(ImMax(pad_l, pad_r), title_bar_rect.GetWidth() - pad_l - pad_r - text_size.x);
+        pad_l = ImMax(pad_l, pad_extend * centerness);
+        pad_r = ImMax(pad_r, pad_extend * centerness);
+    }
+
+    ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y);
+    ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, layout_r.Max.y);
+    //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
+    RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r);
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)
+    {
+        ImVec2 marker_pos = ImVec2(ImMax(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x) + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.y) + ImVec2(2 - marker_size_x, 0.0f);
+        ImVec2 off = ImVec2(0.0f, IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f));
+        RenderTextClipped(marker_pos + off, layout_r.Max + off, UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0, style.WindowTitleAlign.y), &clip_r);
+    }
 }
 
 void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
@@ -4555,10 +5311,13 @@ void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags
     if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))
         window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;
     while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL);
         window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow;
+    }
 }
 
-// Push a new ImGui window to add widgets to.
+// Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to.
 // - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair.
 // - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content.
 // - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file).
@@ -4569,8 +5328,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    IM_ASSERT(name != NULL);                        // Window name required
-    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameScopeActive);                  // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
+    IM_ASSERT(name != NULL && name[0] != '\0');     // Window name required
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope);                  // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
     IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount);   // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet
 
     // Find or create
@@ -4578,7 +5337,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
     const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL);
     if (window_just_created)
     {
-        ImVec2 size_on_first_use = (g.NextWindowData.SizeCond != 0) ? g.NextWindowData.SizeVal : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Any condition flag will do since we are creating a new window here.
+        ImVec2 size_on_first_use = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) ? g.NextWindowData.SizeVal : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Any condition flag will do since we are creating a new window here.
         window = CreateNewWindow(name, size_on_first_use, flags);
     }
 
@@ -4591,23 +5350,14 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 
     const int current_frame = g.FrameCount;
     const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);
-    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
-        window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;
-    else
-        flags = window->Flags;
-
-    // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack
-    ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back();
-    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow;
-    IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));
-    window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL);
+    window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow);
 
     // Update the Appearing flag
     bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1);   // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on
-    const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesForResize > 0);
+    const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
     if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
     {
-        ImGuiPopupRef& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size];
+        ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
         window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed
         window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window);
     }
@@ -4615,25 +5365,53 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
     if (window->Appearing)
         SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true);
 
+    // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+    {
+        window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;
+        window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;
+        window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time;
+        window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0;
+        window->BeginOrderWithinContext = (short)(g.WindowsActiveCount++);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        flags = window->Flags;
+    }
+
+    // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back();
+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));
+
+    // We allow window memory to be compacted so recreate the base stack when needed.
+    if (window->IDStack.Size == 0)
+        window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID);
+
     // Add to stack
+    // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow()
     g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window);
-    SetCurrentWindow(window);
-    CheckStacksSize(window, true);
+    g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
+    ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(window, true);
     if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
     {
-        ImGuiPopupRef& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size];
+        ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
         popup_ref.Window = window;
-        g.CurrentPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
+        g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
         window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId;
     }
 
     if (window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
         window->NavLastIds[0] = 0;
 
+    // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow)
+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+        UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window);
+
     // Process SetNextWindow***() calls
     bool window_pos_set_by_api = false;
     bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false;
-    if (g.NextWindowData.PosCond)
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos)
     {
         window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0;
         if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f)
@@ -4649,26 +5427,19 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
             SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond);
         }
     }
-    if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCond)
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)
     {
         window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f);
         window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f);
         SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond);
     }
-    if (g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeCond)
-    {
-        // Adjust passed "client size" to become a "window size"
-        window->SizeContentsExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal;
-        if (window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f)
-            window->SizeContentsExplicit.y += window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
-    }
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize)
+        window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal;
     else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
-    {
-        window->SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    }
-    if (g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond)
+        window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed)
         SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond);
-    if (g.NextWindowData.FocusCond)
+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus)
         FocusWindow(window);
     if (window->Appearing)
         SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false);
@@ -4678,53 +5449,68 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
     {
         // Initialize
         const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345)
-        UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window);
-
         window->Active = true;
-        window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0;
-        window->BeginOrderWithinContext = g.WindowsActiveCount++;
-        window->BeginCount = 0;
+        window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL);
         window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX);
-        window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;
         window->IDStack.resize(1);
 
+        // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid
+        if (window->MemoryCompacted)
+            GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(window);
+
+        // Update stored window name when it changes (which can _only_ happen with the "###" operator, so the ID would stay unchanged).
+        // The title bar always display the 'name' parameter, so we only update the string storage if it needs to be visible to the end-user elsewhere.
+        bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false;
+        if (g.NavWindowingList != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0)   // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB
+            window_title_visible_elsewhere = true;
+        if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0)
+        {
+            size_t buf_len = (size_t)window->NameBufLen;
+            window->Name = ImStrdupcpy(window->Name, &buf_len, name);
+            window->NameBufLen = (int)buf_len;
+        }
+
         // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS
 
         // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size)
-        window->SizeContents = CalcSizeContents(window);
-        if (window->HiddenFramesRegular > 0)
-            window->HiddenFramesRegular--;
-        if (window->HiddenFramesForResize > 0)
-            window->HiddenFramesForResize--;
+        window->ContentSize = CalcWindowContentSize(window);
+        if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
+            window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--;
+        if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--;
 
         // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size
         if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api))
-            window->HiddenFramesForResize = 1;
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
 
         // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows)
-        // We reset Size/SizeContents for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size.
+        // We reset Size/ContentSize for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size.
         if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0)
         {
-            window->HiddenFramesForResize = 1;
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
             if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
             {
                 if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
                     window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f;
                 if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
                     window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f;
-                window->SizeContents = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
+                window->ContentSize = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
             }
         }
 
+        // SELECT VIEWPORT
+        // FIXME-VIEWPORT: In the docking/viewport branch, this is the point where we select the current viewport (which may affect the style)
         SetCurrentWindow(window);
 
-        // Lock border size and padding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
-        window->WindowBorderSize = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildBorderSize : ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize;
+        // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
+
+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+            window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize;
+        else
+            window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize;
         window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding;
         if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f)
             window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f);
-        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x);
-        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y;
 
         // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar
         // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing
@@ -4750,46 +5536,47 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         // SIZE
 
         // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize
-        const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcSizeAutoFit(window, window->SizeContents);
-        ImVec2 size_full_modified(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+        const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSize);
+        bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created;
+        bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created;
         if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed)
         {
             // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc.
             if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
-                window->SizeFull.x = size_full_modified.x = size_auto_fit.x;
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.x = size_auto_fit.x;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
+            }
             if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
-                window->SizeFull.y = size_full_modified.y = size_auto_fit.y;
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.y = size_auto_fit.y;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+            }
         }
         else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
         {
             // Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames
             // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed.
             if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
-                window->SizeFull.x = size_full_modified.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
+            }
             if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
-                window->SizeFull.y = size_full_modified.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
+            {
+                window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+            }
             if (!window->Collapsed)
                 MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
         }
 
         // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size
-        window->SizeFull = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull);
+        window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull);
         window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull;
 
-        // SCROLLBAR STATUS
-
-        // Update scrollbar status (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size).
-        if (!window->Collapsed)
-        {
-            // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied
-            float size_x_for_scrollbars = size_full_modified.x != FLT_MAX ? window->SizeFull.x : window->SizeFullAtLastBegin.x;
-            float size_y_for_scrollbars = size_full_modified.y != FLT_MAX ? window->SizeFull.y : window->SizeFullAtLastBegin.y;
-            window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((window->SizeContents.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));
-            window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((window->SizeContents.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));
-            if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY)
-                window->ScrollbarY = (window->SizeContents.y > size_y_for_scrollbars - style.ScrollbarSize) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
-            window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);
-        }
+        // Decoration size
+        const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
 
         // POSITION
 
@@ -4798,21 +5585,22 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         {
             window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
             if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api)
-                window->Pos = g.CurrentPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos;
+                window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos;
         }
 
         // Position child window
         if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
         {
-            window->BeginOrderWithinParent = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
+            IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active);
+            window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
             parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window);
             if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
                 window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos;
         }
 
-        const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesForResize == 0);
+        const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0);
         if (window_pos_with_pivot)
-            SetWindowPos(window, ImMax(style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->SizeFull * window->SetWindowPosPivot), 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering)
+            SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->SizeFull * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering)
         else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0)
             window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
         else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize)
@@ -4820,14 +5608,15 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
             window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
 
-        // Clamp position so it stays visible
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+        // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor
+        // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
+        ImRect viewport_rect(GetViewportRect());
+        if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
         {
-            if (!window_pos_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && g.IO.DisplaySize.x > 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y > 0.0f) // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
+            ImVec2 clamp_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);
+            if (viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0 && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f)
             {
-                ImVec2 padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);
-                window->Pos = ImMax(window->Pos + window->Size, padding) - window->Size;
-                window->Pos = ImMin(window->Pos, g.IO.DisplaySize - padding);
+                ClampWindowRect(window, viewport_rect, clamp_padding);
             }
         }
         window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos);
@@ -4835,50 +5624,113 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
         window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding;
 
-        // Prepare for item focus requests
-        window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxAllCounter == -1) ? INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1);
-        window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxTabCounter == -1) ? INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1);
-        window->FocusIdxAllCounter = window->FocusIdxTabCounter = -1;
-        window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX;
-
-        // Apply scrolling
-        window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window, true);
-        window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
-
         // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front)
         bool want_focus = false;
         if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))
-            if (!(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        {
+            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+                want_focus = true;
+            else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0)
                 want_focus = true;
+        }
 
         // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
         int border_held = -1;
-        ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = { 0 };
-        const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // 4
-        const float grip_draw_size = (float)(int)ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f);
+        ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {};
+        const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it.
+        const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
         if (!window->Collapsed)
-            UpdateManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0]);
+            if (UpdateManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0]))
+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
+        window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held;
+
+        // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY
+
+        // Update scrollbar visibility (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size).
+        if (!window->Collapsed)
+        {
+            // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied.
+            // When we use InnerRect here we are intentionally reading last frame size, same for ScrollbarSizes values before we set them again.
+            ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - decoration_up_height);
+            ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + window->ScrollbarSizes;
+            ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
+            float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x;
+            float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y;
+            //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons?
+            window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));
+            window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));
+            if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY)
+                window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
+            window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);
+        }
+
+        // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)
+        // Update various regions. Variables they depends on should be set above in this function.
+        // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame.
+
+        // Outer rectangle
+        // Not affected by window border size. Used by:
+        // - FindHoveredWindow() (w/ extra padding when border resize is enabled)
+        // - Begin() initial clipping rect for drawing window background and borders.
+        // - Begin() clipping whole child
+        const ImRect host_rect = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) ? parent_window->ClipRect : viewport_rect;
+        const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect();
+        const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+        window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect;
+        window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(host_rect);
+
+        // Inner rectangle
+        // Not affected by window border size. Used by:
+        // - InnerClipRect
+        // - ScrollToBringRectIntoView()
+        // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()
+        // - Scrollbar()
+        window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x;
+        window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + decoration_up_height;
+        window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+        window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
+
+        // Inner clipping rectangle.
+        // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region.
+        // This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space.
+        // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result.
+        // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.
+        // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by:
+        // - Begin() initial clip rect
+        float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize));
+        window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size);
+        window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize));
+        window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize);
+        window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect);
 
         // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes
         if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
-            window->ItemWidthDefault = (float)(int)(window->Size.x * 0.65f);
+            window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(window->Size.x * 0.65f);
         else
-            window->ItemWidthDefault = (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 16.0f);
+            window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 16.0f);
+
+        // SCROLLING
+
+        // Lock down maximum scrolling
+        // The value of ScrollMax are ahead from ScrollbarX/ScrollbarY which is intentionally using InnerRect from previous rect in order to accommodate
+        // for right/bottom aligned items without creating a scrollbar.
+        window->ScrollMax.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetWidth());
+        window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
+
+        // Apply scrolling
+        window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window, true);
+        window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
 
         // DRAWING
 
         // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle
         window->DrawList->Clear();
-        window->DrawList->Flags = (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines : 0) | (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill : 0);
         window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
-        ImRect viewport_rect(GetViewportRect());
-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip)
-            PushClipRect(parent_window->ClipRect.Min, parent_window->ClipRect.Max, true);
-        else
-            PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, true);
+        PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false);
 
         // Draw modal window background (darkens what is behind them, all viewports)
-        const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && window == GetFrontMostPopupModal() && window->HiddenFramesForResize <= 0;
+        const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && window == GetTopMostPopupModal() && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0;
         const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && (window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->RootWindow);
         if (dim_bg_for_modal || dim_bg_for_window_list)
         {
@@ -4895,78 +5747,26 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
                 window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha * 0.25f), g.Style.WindowRounding);
         }
 
-        // Draw window + handle manual resize
-        const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding;
-        const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
-        const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow;
-        const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);
-        const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
-        if (window->Collapsed)
+        // Since 1.71, child window can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call.
+        // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order.
+        // We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping child.
+        // We also disabled this when we have dimming overlay behind this specific one child.
+        // FIXME: More code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected.
         {
-            // Title bar only
-            float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize;
-            g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize;
-            ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed);
-            RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding);
-            g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // Window background
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
-            {
-                ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(flags));
-                if (g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaCond != 0)
-                    bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
-                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot);
-            }
-            g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaCond = 0;
-
-            // Title bar
-            ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(window->Collapsed ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed : title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
-                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top);
-
-            // Menu bar
-            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
-            {
-                ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
-                menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect());  // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them.
-                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min, menu_bar_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top);
-                if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y)
-                    window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);
-            }
-
-            // Scrollbars
-            if (window->ScrollbarX)
-                Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal);
-            if (window->ScrollbarY)
-                Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical);
-
-            // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
-            {
-                for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
-                {
-                    const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
-                    const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPos);
-                    window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(grip_draw_size, window_border_size)));
-                    window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, grip_draw_size)));
-                    window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12);
-                    window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]);
-                }
-            }
-
-            // Borders
-            if (window_border_size > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
-                window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, window_border_size);
-            if (border_held != -1)
-            {
-                ImRect border = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, grip_draw_size, 0.0f);
-                window->DrawList->AddLine(border.Min, border.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), ImMax(1.0f, window_border_size));
-            }
-            if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
-                window->DrawList->AddLine(title_bar_rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(style.WindowBorderSize, -1), title_bar_rect.GetBR() + ImVec2(-style.WindowBorderSize, -1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);
+            bool render_decorations_in_parent = false;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+                if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0)
+                    render_decorations_in_parent = true;
+            if (render_decorations_in_parent)
+                window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList;
+
+            // Handle title bar, scrollbar, resize grips and resize borders
+            const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow;
+            const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);
+            RenderWindowDecorations(window, title_bar_rect, title_bar_is_highlight, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col, resize_grip_draw_size);
+
+            if (render_decorations_in_parent)
+                window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst;
         }
 
         // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle border
@@ -4983,48 +5783,71 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
             window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), rounding, ~0, 3.0f);
         }
 
-        // Store a backup of SizeFull which we will use next frame to decide if we need scrollbars.
-        window->SizeFullAtLastBegin = window->SizeFull;
-
-        // Update various regions. Variables they depends on are set above in this function.
-        // FIXME: window->ContentsRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it.
-        window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x;
-        window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
-        window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x - window->WindowPadding.x + (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x));
-        window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y - window->WindowPadding.y + (window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y));
+        // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)
+
+        // Work rectangle.
+        // Affected by window padding and border size. Used by:
+        // - Columns() for right-most edge
+        // - TreeNode(), CollapsingHeader() for right-most edge
+        // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge
+        const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+        const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
+        const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x));
+        const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y));
+        window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize));
+        window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize));
+        window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x;
+        window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y;
+
+        // [LEGACY] Content Region
+        // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it.
+        // Used by:
+        // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x;
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + decoration_up_height;
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x));
+        window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y));
 
         // Setup drawing context
         // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.)
         window->DC.Indent.x = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x;
         window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f;
         window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y);
+        window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x, decoration_up_height + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y);
         window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
         window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;
         window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
-        window->DC.CurrentLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false;
-        window->DC.NavHasScroll = (GetScrollMaxY() > 0.0f);
+        window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+
+        window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
         window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext;
         window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext = 0x00;
+        window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = 0;
+        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false;
+        window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f);
+
         window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
-        window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f;
+        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x);
+        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y;
+        window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user);
+        window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;
+        window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00;
         window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0);
+        window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;
+        window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL;
         window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
         window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+        window->DC.FocusCounterRegular = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop = -1;
+
         window->DC.ItemFlags = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.ItemFlags : ImGuiItemFlags_Default_;
         window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault;
         window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled
         window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0);
         window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0);
         window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0);
-        window->DC.ColumnsSet = NULL;
-        window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;
-        window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop = 0x00;
-        window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;
         window->DC.GroupStack.resize(0);
-        window->MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user);
 
         if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (window->DC.ItemFlags != parent_window->DC.ItemFlags))
         {
@@ -5046,48 +5869,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 
         // Title bar
         if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
-        {
-            // Close & collapse button are on layer 1 (same as menus) and don't default focus
-            const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags;
-            window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;
-            window->DC.NavLayerCurrent++;
-            window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask <<= 1;
-
-            // Collapse button
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))
-                if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), window->Pos))
-                    window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function
-
-            // Close button
-            if (p_open != NULL)
-            {
-                const float pad = style.FramePadding.y;
-                const float rad = g.FontSize * 0.5f;
-                if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), window->Rect().GetTR() + ImVec2(-pad - rad, pad + rad), rad + 1))
-                    *p_open = false;
-            }
-
-            window->DC.NavLayerCurrent--;
-            window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask >>= 1;
-            window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup;
-
-            // Title text (FIXME: refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is too much code for what it does.)
-            ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true);
-            ImRect text_r = title_bar_rect;
-            float pad_left = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) ? style.FramePadding.x : (style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-            float pad_right = (p_open == NULL)                     ? style.FramePadding.x : (style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-            if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f)
-                pad_right = ImLerp(pad_right, pad_left, style.WindowTitleAlign.x);
-            text_r.Min.x += pad_left;
-            text_r.Max.x -= pad_right;
-            ImRect clip_rect = text_r;
-            clip_rect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - (p_open ? title_bar_rect.GetHeight() - 3 : style.FramePadding.x); // Match the size of CloseButton()
-            RenderTextClipped(text_r.Min, text_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_rect);
-        }
-
-        // Save clipped aabb so we can access it in constant-time in FindHoveredWindow()
-        window->OuterRectClipped = window->Rect();
-        window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(window->ClipRect);
+            RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, title_bar_rect, name, p_open);
 
         // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard
         // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.
@@ -5095,29 +5877,23 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         /*
         if (g.ActiveId == move_id)
             if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C))
-                ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+                LogToClipboard();
         */
 
-        // Inner rectangle
-        // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our clip rectangle doesn't lag by a frame
-        // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.
-        window->InnerMainRect.Min.x = title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize;
-        window->InnerMainRect.Min.y = title_bar_rect.Max.y + window->MenuBarHeight() + (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize);
-        window->InnerMainRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x - window->WindowBorderSize;
-        window->InnerMainRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y - window->WindowBorderSize;
-        //window->DrawList->AddRect(window->InnerRect.Min, window->InnerRect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE);
-
-        // Inner clipping rectangle
-        // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result.
-        window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerMainRect.Min.x + ImMax(0.0f, ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f - window->WindowBorderSize)));
-        window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerMainRect.Min.y);
-        window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerMainRect.Max.x - ImMax(0.0f, ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f - window->WindowBorderSize)));
-        window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerMainRect.Max.y);
-
-        // After Begin() we fill the last item / hovered data based on title bar data. It is a standard behavior (to allow creation of context menus on title bar only, etc.).
+        // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin().
+        // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc.
         window->DC.LastItemId = window->MoveId;
         window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0;
         window->DC.LastItemRect = title_bar_rect;
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->DC.LastItemRect, window->DC.LastItemId);
+#endif
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Append
+        SetCurrentWindow(window);
     }
 
     PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true);
@@ -5127,58 +5903,60 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         window->WriteAccessed = false;
 
     window->BeginCount++;
-    g.NextWindowData.Clear();
+    g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();
 
     if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
     {
         // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.
         // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar).
         IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0);
-
         if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
             if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y)
-                window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1;
+                window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
 
-        // Completely hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed
-        if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->Hidden))
-            window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1;
+        // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed
+        if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0))
+            window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+        if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0))
+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
     }
 
     // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point)
     if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f)
-        window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1;
+        window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
 
     // Update the Hidden flag
-    window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesRegular > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesForResize);
+    window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
 
-    // Return false if we don't intend to display anything to allow user to perform an early out optimization
-    window->SkipItems = (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || window->Hidden) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesForResize <= 0;
+    // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required)
+    bool skip_items = false;
+    if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || window->Hidden)
+        if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0)
+            skip_items = true;
+    window->SkipItems = skip_items;
 
-    return !window->SkipItems;
+    return !skip_items;
 }
 
-// Old Begin() API with 5 parameters, avoid calling this version directly! Use SetNextWindowSize()/SetNextWindowBgAlpha() + Begin() instead.
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, const ImVec2& size_first_use, float bg_alpha_override, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
-{
-    // Old API feature: we could pass the initial window size as a parameter. This was misleading because it only had an effect if the window didn't have data in the .ini file.
-    if (size_first_use.x != 0.0f || size_first_use.y != 0.0f)
-        ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(size_first_use, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
-
-    // Old API feature: override the window background alpha with a parameter.
-    if (bg_alpha_override >= 0.0f)
-        ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(bg_alpha_override);
-
-    return ImGui::Begin(name, p_open, flags);
-}
-#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-
 void ImGui::End()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsSet != NULL)
+    // Error checking: verify that user hasn't called End() too many times!
+    if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size <= 1 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!");
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0);
+
+    // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window.
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!");
+
+    // Close anything that is open
+    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
         EndColumns();
     PopClipRect();   // Inner window clip rectangle
 
@@ -5189,8 +5967,8 @@ void ImGui::End()
     // Pop from window stack
     g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();
     if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
-        g.CurrentPopupStack.pop_back();
-    CheckStacksSize(window, false);
+        g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back();
+    ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(window, false);
     SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back());
 }
 
@@ -5199,7 +5977,7 @@ void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window)
         return;
-    for (int i = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the front most window
+    for (int i = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window
         if (g.WindowsFocusOrder[i] == window)
         {
             memmove(&g.WindowsFocusOrder[i], &g.WindowsFocusOrder[i + 1], (size_t)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
@@ -5214,7 +5992,7 @@ void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
     ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back();
     if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindow == window)
         return;
-    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the front most window
+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window
         if (g.Windows[i] == window)
         {
             memmove(&g.Windows[i], &g.Windows[i + 1], (size_t)(g.Windows.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
@@ -5249,64 +6027,89 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
             g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
         g.NavInitRequest = false;
         g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId
+        g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;
         g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
-        g.NavLayer = 0;
-        //printf("[%05d] FocusWindow(\"%s\")\n", g.FrameCount, window ? window->Name : NULL);
+        g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("FocusWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : NULL);
     }
 
+    // Close popups if any
+    ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false);
+
     // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus
     if (!window)
         return;
 
     // Move the root window to the top of the pile
-    if (window->RootWindow)
-        window = window->RootWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow != NULL);
+    ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window->RootWindow; // NB: In docking branch this is window->RootWindowDockStop
+    ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window->RootWindow;
 
     // Steal focus on active widgets
-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) // FIXME: This statement should be unnecessary. Need further testing before removing it..
-        if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != window)
+    if (focus_front_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) // FIXME: This statement may be unnecessary? Need further testing before removing it..
+        if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window)
             ClearActiveID();
 
     // Bring to front
-    BringWindowToFocusFront(window);
-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus))
-        BringWindowToDisplayFront(window);
+    BringWindowToFocusFront(focus_front_window);
+    if (((window->Flags | display_front_window->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)
+        BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window);
 }
 
-void ImGui::FocusPreviousWindowIgnoringOne(ImGuiWindow* ignore_window)
+void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    for (int i = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+
+    int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;
+    if (under_this_window != NULL)
     {
+        int under_this_window_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window);
+        if (under_this_window_idx != -1)
+            start_idx = under_this_window_idx - 1;
+    }
+    for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user.
         ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];
         if (window != ignore_window && window->WasActive && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
-        {
-            ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window);
-            FocusWindow(focus_window);
-            return;
-        }
+            if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+            {
+                ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window);
+                FocusWindow(focus_window);
+                return;
+            }
     }
+    FocusWindow(NULL);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
+    g.NextItemData.Width = item_width;
 }
 
 void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width);
     window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth);
+    g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
 }
 
 void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
-    if (w_full <= 0.0f)
-        w_full = CalcItemWidth();
-    const float w_item_one  = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components));
-    const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)));
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const float w_item_one  = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components));
+    const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)));
     window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last);
     for (int i = 0; i < components-1; i++)
         window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one);
     window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
+    g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
 }
 
 void ImGui::PopItemWidth()
@@ -5316,27 +6119,58 @@ void ImGui::PopItemWidth()
     window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.empty() ? window->ItemWidthDefault : window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
 }
 
+// Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth().
+// The SetNextItemWidth() data is generally cleared/consumed by ItemAdd() or NextItemData.ClearFlags()
 float ImGui::CalcItemWidth()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    float w = window->DC.ItemWidth;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float w;
+    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth)
+        w = g.NextItemData.Width;
+    else
+        w = window->DC.ItemWidth;
     if (w < 0.0f)
     {
-        // Align to a right-side limit. We include 1 frame padding in the calculation because this is how the width is always used (we add 2 frame padding to it), but we could move that responsibility to the widget as well.
-        float width_to_right_edge = GetContentRegionAvail().x;
-        w = ImMax(1.0f, width_to_right_edge + w);
+        float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x;
+        w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w);
     }
-    w = (float)(int)w;
+    w = IM_FLOOR(w);
     return w;
 }
 
+// [Internal] Calculate full item size given user provided 'size' parameter and default width/height. Default width is often == CalcItemWidth().
+// Those two functions CalcItemWidth vs CalcItemSize are awkwardly named because they are not fully symmetrical.
+// Note that only CalcItemWidth() is publicly exposed.
+// The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable)
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+
+    ImVec2 region_max;
+    if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)
+        region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs();
+
+    if (size.x == 0.0f)
+        size.x = default_w;
+    else if (size.x < 0.0f)
+        size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x);
+
+    if (size.y == 0.0f)
+        size.y = default_h;
+    else if (size.y < 0.0f)
+        size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y);
+
+    return size;
+}
+
 void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded());    // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
     IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);
     g.Font = font;
-    g.FontBaseSize = g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale;
+    g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale);
     g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;
 
     ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
@@ -5458,27 +6292,29 @@ struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo
 
 static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] =
 {
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) },              // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) },   // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) },   // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) },   // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) },  // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding
-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) },   // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign
 };
 
 static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
@@ -5499,7 +6335,7 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)
         *pvar = val;
         return;
     }
-    IM_ASSERT(0); // Called function with wrong-type? Variable is not a float.
+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() float variant but variable is not a float!");
 }
 
 void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)
@@ -5513,7 +6349,7 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)
         *pvar = val;
         return;
     }
-    IM_ASSERT(0); // Called function with wrong-type? Variable is not a ImVec2.
+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() ImVec2 variant but variable is not a ImVec2!");
 }
 
 void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count)
@@ -5570,6 +6406,11 @@ const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx)
     case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip";
     case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered";
     case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabActive: return "TabActive";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused: return "TabUnfocused";
+    case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive: return "TabUnfocusedActive";
     case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines";
     case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered";
     case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram";
@@ -5631,7 +6472,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
         }
     }
 
-    if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredRootWindow, flags))
+    if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredWindow, flags))
         return false;
     if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))
         if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredWindow->MoveId)
@@ -5642,11 +6483,11 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
 bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow);     // Not inside a Begin()/End()
 
     if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)
         return g.NavWindow != NULL;
 
+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow);     // Not inside a Begin()/End()
     switch (flags & (ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows))
     {
     case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows:
@@ -5661,6 +6502,8 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags)
 }
 
 // Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext)
+// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmaticaly.
+// If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag.
 bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     return window->Active && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus);
@@ -5685,21 +6528,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos()
     return window->Pos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetWindowScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x)
-{
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x += window->Scroll.x; // SizeContents is generally computed based on CursorMaxPos which is affected by scroll position, so we need to apply our change to it.
-    window->Scroll.x = new_scroll_x;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x -= window->Scroll.x;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y)
-{
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y += window->Scroll.y; // SizeContents is generally computed based on CursorMaxPos which is affected by scroll position, so we need to apply our change to it.
-    window->Scroll.y = new_scroll_y;
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y -= window->Scroll.y;
-}
-
-static void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
 {
     // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
     if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
@@ -5712,8 +6541,10 @@ static void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
     // Set
     const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos;
     window->Pos = ImFloor(pos);
-    window->DC.CursorPos += (window->Pos - old_pos);    // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor
-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos += (window->Pos - old_pos); // And more importantly we need to adjust this so size calculation doesn't get affected.
+    ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos;
+    window->DC.CursorPos += offset;         // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset;      // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected.
+    window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset;
 }
 
 void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
@@ -5734,7 +6565,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()
     return window->Size;
 }
 
-static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
 {
     // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
     if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
@@ -5747,7 +6578,7 @@ static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond con
     if (size.x > 0.0f)
     {
         window->AutoFitFramesX = 0;
-        window->SizeFull.x = ImFloor(size.x);
+        window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x);
     }
     else
     {
@@ -5757,7 +6588,7 @@ static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond con
     if (size.y > 0.0f)
     {
         window->AutoFitFramesY = 0;
-        window->SizeFull.y = ImFloor(size.y);
+        window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y);
     }
     else
     {
@@ -5777,7 +6608,7 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
         SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);
 }
 
-static void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
 {
     // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
     if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
@@ -5833,6 +6664,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pi
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos;
     g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos;
     g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot;
     g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
@@ -5842,6 +6674,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize;
     g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size;
     g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
 }
@@ -5849,23 +6682,26 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
 void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond = ImGuiCond_Always;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;
     g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max);
     g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback;
     g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data;
 }
 
+// Content size = inner scrollable rectangle, padded with WindowPadding.
+// SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(100,100) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize will always allow submitting a 100x100 item.
 void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = size;  // In Begin() we will add the size of window decorations (title bar, menu etc.) to that to form a SizeContents value.
-    g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeCond = ImGuiCond_Always;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize;
+    g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = size;
 }
 
 void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed;
     g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed;
     g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
 }
@@ -5873,54 +6709,61 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
 void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.NextWindowData.FocusCond = ImGuiCond_Always;   // Using a Cond member for consistency (may transition all of them to single flag set for fast Clear() op)
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus;
 }
 
 void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha;
     g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha;
-    g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaCond = ImGuiCond_Always; // Using a Cond member for consistency (may transition all of them to single flag set for fast Clear() op)
 }
 
-// In window space (not screen space!)
+// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!). We should try to obsolete all those functions.
 ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    ImVec2 mx = window->ContentsRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsSet)
-        mx.x = GetColumnOffset(window->DC.ColumnsSet->Current + 1) - window->WindowPadding.x;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;
+    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x;
     return mx;
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()
+// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features.
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return GetContentRegionMax() - (window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max;
+    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+        mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+    return mx;
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth()
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()
 {
-    return GetContentRegionAvail().x;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos;
 }
 
 // In window space (not screen space!)
 ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->ContentsRegionRect.Min - window->Pos;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ContentRegionRect.Min - window->Pos;
 }
 
 ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->ContentsRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;
 }
 
 float ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->ContentsRegionRect.GetWidth();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ContentRegionRect.GetWidth();
 }
 
 float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()
@@ -6029,77 +6872,43 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()
     return window->DC.CursorPos;
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& screen_pos)
+void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->DC.CursorPos = screen_pos;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = pos;
     window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
 }
 
-float ImGui::GetScrollX()
-{
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Scroll.x;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollY()
-{
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Scroll.y;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()
-{
-    return GetWindowScrollMaxX(GImGui->CurrentWindow);
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()
-{
-    return GetWindowScrollMaxY(GImGui->CurrentWindow);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;
-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y + window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); // title bar height canceled out when using ScrollTargetRelY
-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float pos_y, float center_y_ratio)
+void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id)
 {
-    // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);
-    window->ScrollTarget.y = (float)(int)(pos_y + window->Scroll.y);
-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NavNextActivateId = id;
 }
 
-// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
-void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio)
+void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - window->Pos.y; // Top of last item, in window space
-    target_y += (window->DC.PrevLineSize.y * center_y_ratio) + (GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line.
-    SetScrollFromPosY(target_y, center_y_ratio);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->IDStack.push_back(window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent);
+    window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = id;
 }
 
-void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id)
+void ImGui::PopFocusScope()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.NavNextActivateId = id;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = window->IDStack.back();
+    window->IDStack.pop_back();
 }
 
 void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1);    // -1 is allowed but not below
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext = window->FocusIdxAllCounter + 1 + offset;
-    window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    g.FocusRequestNextWindow = window;
+    g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1 + offset;
+    g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX;
 }
 
 void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus()
@@ -6121,71 +6930,80 @@ void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus()
 
 void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;
 }
 
 ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     return window->DC.StateStorage;
 }
 
 void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id));
 }
 
 void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id_begin, str_id_end));
 }
 
 void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(ptr_id));
 }
 
 void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)
 {
-    const void* ptr_id = (void*)(intptr_t)int_id;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(ptr_id));
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(int_id));
+}
+
+// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed.
+void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);
 }
 
 void ImGui::PopID()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     window->IDStack.pop_back();
 }
 
 ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)
 {
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(str_id);
 }
 
 ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
 {
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
 }
 
 ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)
 {
-    return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(ptr_id);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->GetID(ptr_id);
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max)
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
     return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max));
 }
 
@@ -6201,76 +7019,90 @@ void ImGui::BeginGroup()
     group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
     group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent;
     group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset;
-    group_data.BackupCurrentLineSize = window->DC.CurrentLineSize;
-    group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    group_data.BackupLogLinePosY = window->DC.LogLinePosY;
+    group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize;
+    group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
     group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive;
     group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
-    group_data.AdvanceCursor = true;
+    group_data.EmitItem = true;
 
     window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
     window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset;
     window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f; // To enforce Log carriage return
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce Log carriage return
 }
 
 void ImGui::EndGroup()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.GroupStack.empty());    // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls
+    IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.GroupStack.empty());  // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls
 
     ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back();
 
-    ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
-    group_bb.Max = ImMax(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max);
+    ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos));
 
     window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos;
     window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
     window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent;
     window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrentLineSize;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f; // To enforce Log carriage return
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize;
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce Log carriage return
 
-    if (group_data.AdvanceCursor)
+    if (!group_data.EmitItem)
     {
-        window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset);      // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.
-        ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize(), group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset);
-        ItemAdd(group_bb, 0);
+        window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back();
+        return;
     }
 
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset);      // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.
+    ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize());
+    ItemAdd(group_bb, 0);
+
     // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group.
     // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets.
-    // (and if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context.
-    if ((group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId) // && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow == window->RootWindow)
+    // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context.
+    // (The tests not symmetrical because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.)
+    const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId;
+    const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = !group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
+    if (group_contains_curr_active_id)
         window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId;
-    else if (!group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive) // && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow->RootWindow == window->RootWindow)
+    else if (group_contains_prev_active_id)
         window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
     window->DC.LastItemRect = group_bb;
 
-    window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back();
+    // Forward Edited flag
+    if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame)
+        window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
 
+    // Forward Deactivated flag
+    window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated;
+    if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame)
+        window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated;
+
+    window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back();
     //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));   // [Debug]
 }
 
 // Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout
-//      pos_x == 0      : follow right after previous item
-//      pos_x != 0      : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left)
-//      spacing_w < 0   : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0
-//      spacing_w >= 0  : enforce spacing amount
-void ImGui::SameLine(float pos_x, float spacing_w)
+//      offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item
+//      offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left)
+//      spacing_w < 0            : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0
+//      spacing_w >= 0           : enforce spacing amount
+void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
         return;
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (pos_x != 0.0f)
+    if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f)
     {
         if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f;
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + pos_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
         window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
     }
     else
@@ -6279,8 +7111,8 @@ void ImGui::SameLine(float pos_x, float spacing_w)
         window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w;
         window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
     }
-    window->DC.CurrentLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize;
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
 }
 
 void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w)
@@ -6299,13 +7131,239 @@ void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w)
     window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
 }
 
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrame()
+{
+    // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you
+    // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API).
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1)
+    {
+        if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?");
+            while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)
+                End();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?");
+        }
+    }
+
+}
+
+// Save and compare stack sizes on Begin()/End() to detect usage errors
+// Begin() calls this with write=true
+// End() calls this with write=false
+static void ImGui::ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    short* p = &window->DC.StackSizesBackup[0];
+
+    // Window stacks
+    // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.AllowKeyboardFocus, DC.ButtonRepeat, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)
+    { int n = window->IDStack.Size;       if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!");   p++; }    // Too few or too many PopID()/TreePop()
+    { int n = window->DC.GroupStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!");                p++; }    // Too few or too many EndGroup()
+
+    // Global stacks
+    // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them.
+    { int n = g.BeginPopupStack.Size;     if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "BeginMenu/EndMenu or BeginPopup/EndPopup Mismatch!"); p++; }// Too few or too many EndMenu()/EndPopup()
+    { int n = g.ColorModifiers.Size;      if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!");       p++; }    // Too few or too many PopStyleColor()
+    { int n = g.StyleModifiers.Size;      if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!");           p++; }    // Too few or too many PopStyleVar()
+    { int n = g.FontStack.Size;           if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!");                   p++; }    // Too few or too many PopFont()
+    IM_ASSERT(p == window->DC.StackSizesBackup + IM_ARRAYSIZE(window->DC.StackSizesBackup));
+}
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] SCROLLING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll;
+    if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX)
+    {
+        float cr_x = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x;
+        float target_x = window->ScrollTarget.x;
+        if (snap_on_edges && cr_x <= 0.0f && target_x <= window->WindowPadding.x)
+            target_x = 0.0f;
+        else if (snap_on_edges && cr_x >= 1.0f && target_x >= window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x)
+            target_x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f;
+        scroll.x = target_x - cr_x * (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x);
+    }
+    if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX)
+    {
+        // 'snap_on_edges' allows for a discontinuity at the edge of scrolling limits to take account of WindowPadding so that scrolling to make the last item visible scroll far enough to see the padding.
+        float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
+        float cr_y = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y;
+        float target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y;
+        if (snap_on_edges && cr_y <= 0.0f && target_y <= window->WindowPadding.y)
+            target_y = 0.0f;
+        if (snap_on_edges && cr_y >= 1.0f && target_y >= window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y)
+            target_y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f;
+        scroll.y = target_y - cr_y * (window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y - decoration_up_height);
+    }
+    scroll = ImMax(scroll, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+    if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)
+    {
+        scroll.x = ImMin(scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x);
+        scroll.y = ImMin(scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y);
+    }
+    return scroll;
+}
+
+// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view
+ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImRect window_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1));
+    //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG]
+
+    ImVec2 delta_scroll;
+    if (!window_rect.Contains(item_rect))
+    {
+        if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 0.0f);
+        else if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x)
+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x - window->Pos.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 1.0f);
+        if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y)
+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y, 0.0f);
+        else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y)
+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y - window->Pos.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y, 1.0f);
+
+        ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window, false);
+        delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll;
+    }
+
+    // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        delta_scroll += ScrollToBringRectIntoView(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll));
+
+    return delta_scroll;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollX()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Scroll.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollY()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->Scroll.y;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ScrollMax.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    return window->ScrollMax.y;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y;
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x)
+{
+    window->ScrollTarget.x = new_scroll_x;
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y)
+{
+    window->ScrollTarget.y = new_scroll_y;
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+}
+
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio)
+{
+    // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size
+    IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f);
+    window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x + window->Scroll.x);
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio)
+{
+    // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size
+    IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);
+    const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
+    local_y -= decoration_up_height;
+    window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y + window->Scroll.y);
+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollFromPosX(g.CurrentWindow, local_x, center_x_ratio);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetScrollFromPosY(g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio);
+}
+
+// center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item.
+void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float target_x = window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x - window->Pos.x; // Left of last item, in window space
+    float last_item_width = window->DC.LastItemRect.GetWidth();
+    target_x += (last_item_width * center_x_ratio) + (g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * (center_x_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim before, in the middle or after the last item.
+    SetScrollFromPosX(target_x, center_x_ratio);
+}
+
+// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
+void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - window->Pos.y; // Top of last item, in window space
+    target_y += (window->DC.PrevLineSize.y * center_y_ratio) + (g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line.
+    SetScrollFromPosY(target_y, center_y_ratio);
+}
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] TOOLTIPS
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 void ImGui::BeginTooltip()
 {
+    BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags_None, ImGuiTooltipFlags_None);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags)
+{
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
     if (g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget)
     {
         // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor)
@@ -6316,27 +7374,18 @@ void ImGui::BeginTooltip()
         SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos);
         SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f);
         //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :(
-        BeginTooltipEx(0, true);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        BeginTooltipEx(0, false);
+        tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip;
     }
-}
 
-// Not exposed publicly as BeginTooltip() because bool parameters are evil. Let's see if other needs arise first.
-void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, bool override_previous_tooltip)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     char window_name[16];
     ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount);
-    if (override_previous_tooltip)
+    if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip)
         if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name))
             if (window->Active)
             {
                 // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one.
                 window->Hidden = true;
-                window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1;
+                window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
                 ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount);
             }
     ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
@@ -6351,11 +7400,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTooltip()
 
 void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget)
-        BeginTooltip();
-    else
-        BeginTooltipEx(0, true);
+    BeginTooltipEx(0, ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip);
     TextV(fmt, args);
     EndTooltip();
 }
@@ -6375,16 +7420,16 @@ void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
 bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id;
+    return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id;
 }
 
 bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupId == g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+    return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
 }
 
-ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetFrontMostPopupModal()
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size-1; n >= 0; n--)
@@ -6408,17 +7453,17 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    int current_stack_size = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size;
-    ImGuiPopupRef popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack.
+    int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
+    ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack.
     popup_ref.PopupId = id;
     popup_ref.Window = NULL;
-    popup_ref.ParentWindow = parent_window;
+    popup_ref.SourceWindow = g.NavWindow;
     popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
     popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back();
-    popup_ref.OpenMousePos = g.IO.MousePos;
     popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+    popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos;
 
-    //printf("[%05d] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", g.FrameCount, id);
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", g.FrameCount, id);
     if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1)
     {
         g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
@@ -6446,20 +7491,7 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id)
     }
 }
 
-bool ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
-    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
-    {
-        ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
-        IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                                  // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
-        OpenPopupEx(id);
-        return true;
-    }
-    return false;
-}
-
-void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window)
+void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (g.OpenPopupStack.empty())
@@ -6467,78 +7499,108 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window)
 
     // When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it.
     // Don't close our own child popup windows.
-    int n = 0;
+    int popup_count_to_keep = 0;
     if (ref_window)
     {
-        for (n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
+        // Find the highest popup which is a descendant of the reference window (generally reference window = NavWindow)
+        for (; popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep++)
         {
-            ImGuiPopupRef& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[n];
+            ImGuiPopupData& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep];
             if (!popup.Window)
                 continue;
             IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0);
             if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
                 continue;
 
-            // Trim the stack if popups are not direct descendant of the reference window (which is often the NavWindow)
-            bool has_focus = false;
-            for (int m = n; m < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && !has_focus; m++)
-                has_focus = (g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window && g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window->RootWindow == ref_window->RootWindow);
-            if (!has_focus)
+            // Trim the stack when popups are not direct descendant of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow)
+            bool popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window = false;
+            for (int m = popup_count_to_keep; m < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && !popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window; m++)
+                if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window)
+                    if (popup_window->RootWindow == ref_window->RootWindow)
+                        popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window = true;
+            if (!popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window)
                 break;
         }
     }
-    if (n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the block below
-        ClosePopupToLevel(n);
+    if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below
+    {
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("ClosePopupsOverWindow(%s) -> ClosePopupToLevel(%d)\n", ref_window->Name, popup_count_to_keep);
+        ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    }
 }
 
-void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining)
+void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0);
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (remaining > 0) ? g.OpenPopupStack[remaining-1].Window : g.OpenPopupStack[0].ParentWindow;
-    if (g.NavLayer == 0)
-        focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window);
-    FocusWindow(focus_window);
-    focus_window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true;
+    IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size);
+    ImGuiWindow* focus_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].SourceWindow;
+    ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window;
     g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining);
-}
 
-void ImGui::ClosePopup(ImGuiID id)
-{
-    if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
-        return;
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1);
+    if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
+    {
+        if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window)
+        {
+            // Fallback
+            FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (g.NavLayer == 0 && focus_window)
+                focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window);
+            FocusWindow(focus_window);
+        }
+    }
 }
 
 // Close the popup we have begin-ed into.
 void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    int popup_idx = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size - 1;
-    if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.CurrentPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId)
+    int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1;
+    if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId)
         return;
-    while (popup_idx > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window && (g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+
+    // Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal)
+    while (popup_idx > 0)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window;
+        ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window;
+        bool close_parent = false;
+        if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+            if (parent_popup_window == NULL || !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
+                close_parent = true;
+        if (!close_parent)
+            break;
         popup_idx--;
-    ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx);
+    }
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx);
+    ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true);
+
+    // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window.
+    // To improve this usage pattern, we avoid nav highlight for a single frame in the parent window.
+    // Similarly, we could avoid mouse hover highlight in this window but it is less visually problematic.
+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow)
+        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
     {
-        g.NextWindowData.Clear(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
         return false;
     }
 
     char name[20];
-    if (extra_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
-        ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size);    // Recycle windows based on depth
+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+        ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth
     else
         ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame
 
-    bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, extra_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);
+    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup;
+    bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, flags);
     if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
         EndPopup();
 
@@ -6548,14 +7610,17 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
 bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.CurrentPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance
+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance
     {
-        g.NextWindowData.Clear(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
         return false;
     }
-    return BeginPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), flags|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+    return BeginPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), flags);
 }
 
+// If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup.
+// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup) so the actual value of *p_open is meaningless here.
 bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -6563,21 +7628,22 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags fla
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name);
     if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
     {
-        g.NextWindowData.Clear(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
         return false;
     }
 
     // Center modal windows by default
     // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window.
-    if (g.NextWindowData.PosCond == 0)
+    if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0)
         SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
 
-    bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+    const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags);
     if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
     {
         EndPopup();
         if (is_open)
-            ClosePopup(id);
+            ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);
         return false;
     }
     return is_open;
@@ -6585,22 +7651,43 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags fla
 
 void ImGui::EndPopup()
 {
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; (void)g;
-    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);  // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls
-    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0);
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);  // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls
+    IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0);
 
     // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy.
-    NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(g.CurrentWindow, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY);
+    NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY);
 
+    // Child-popups don't need to be layed out
+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);
+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        g.WithinEndChild = true;
     End();
+    g.WithinEndChild = false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+    {
+        ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
+        IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                                  // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
+        OpenPopupEx(id);
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
 }
 
 // This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget.
 // You may want to handle this on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters).
 // You can pass a NULL str_id to use the identifier of the last item.
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
     ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
     IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                                  // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
     if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
@@ -6608,7 +7695,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
     return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items)
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button, bool also_over_items)
 {
     if (!str_id)
         str_id = "window_context";
@@ -6619,7 +7706,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, int mouse_button, bool a
     return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button)
 {
     if (!str_id)
         str_id = "void_context";
@@ -6629,21 +7716,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
     return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
 }
 
-ImRect ImGui::GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow*)
-{
-    ImVec2 padding = GImGui->Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;
-    ImRect r_screen = GetViewportRect();
-    r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f));
-    return r_screen;
-}
-
 // r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.)
 // r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it.
 ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy)
 {
     ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size);
-    //GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));
-    //GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255));
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255));
 
     // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge)
     if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox)
@@ -6692,6 +7771,15 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& s
     return pos;
 }
 
+ImRect ImGui::GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    IM_UNUSED(window);
+    ImVec2 padding = GImGui->Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;
+    ImRect r_screen = GetViewportRect();
+    r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f));
+    return r_screen;
+}
+
 ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -6699,11 +7787,11 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)
     ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(window);
     if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
     {
-        // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then our FindBestWindowPosForPopup() function will move the new menu outside the parent bounds.
+        // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds.
         // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu.
         IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
         ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2];
-        float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;       // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x).
+        float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x).
         ImRect r_avoid;
         if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)
             r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight(), FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight() + parent_window->MenuBarHeight());
@@ -6735,10 +7823,57 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)
     return window->Pos;
 }
 
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetNavIDWithRectRel vs SetFocusID is incredibly messy and confusing,
+// and needs some explanation or serious refactoring.
+void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow);
+    IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == 0 || nav_layer == 1);
+    g.NavId = id;
+    g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id;
+    g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    SetNavID(id, nav_layer, focus_scope_id);
+    g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel;
+    g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
+    g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
+    g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+
+    // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent are valid.
+    // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text)
+    const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+    if (g.NavWindow != window)
+        g.NavInitRequest = false;
+    g.NavWindow = window;
+    g.NavId = id;
+    g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
+    g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent;
+    window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
+    if (window->DC.LastItemId == id)
+        window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos);
+
+    if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+    else
+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+}
+
 ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy)
 {
     if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy))
@@ -6770,7 +7905,7 @@ static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect
 }
 
 // Scoring function for directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057
-static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand)
+static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
@@ -6784,7 +7919,7 @@ static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand)
     if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
     {
         IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);
-        if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(cand))
+        if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand))
             return false;
         cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window
     }
@@ -6833,13 +7968,13 @@ static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand)
 
 #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
     char buf[128];
-    if (ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max))
+    if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max))
     {
         ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]);
-        ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList();
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
         draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100));
         draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200));
-        draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max-ImVec2(4,4), cand.Max+ImGui::CalcTextSize(buf)+ImVec2(4,4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150));
+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4,4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4,4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150));
         draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Max, ~0U, buf);
     }
     else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate.
@@ -6848,7 +7983,7 @@ static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand)
         if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir)
         {
             ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center);
-            ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList();
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
             draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200));
             draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
         }
@@ -6929,7 +8064,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, con
 
     // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation)
     // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRectScreen + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy)
-    if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))
+    if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled|ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)))
     {
         ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther;
 #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
@@ -6942,19 +8077,22 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, con
 #endif
         if (new_best)
         {
-            result->ID = id;
             result->Window = window;
+            result->ID = id;
+            result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent;
             result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel;
         }
 
+        // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items.
         const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f;
         if ((g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb))
             if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO)
                 if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, nav_bb))
                 {
                     result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet;
-                    result->ID = id;
                     result->Window = window;
+                    result->ID = id;
+                    result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent;
                     result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel;
                 }
     }
@@ -6964,8 +8102,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, con
     {
         g.NavWindow = window;                                           // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() don't have a window.
         g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+        g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent;
         g.NavIdIsAlive = true;
-        g.NavIdTabCounter = window->FocusIdxTabCounter;
+        g.NavIdTabCounter = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop;
         window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = nav_bb_rel;    // Store item bounding box (relative to window position)
     }
 }
@@ -6987,7 +8126,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const Im
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None);
-    ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel();
+    NavMoveRequestCancel();
     g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;
     g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;
     g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued;
@@ -7006,7 +8145,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags mov
     ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
     if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
     {
-        bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeContents.x) - window->Scroll.x;
+        bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f) - window->Scroll.x;
         if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up; }
         NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags);
     }
@@ -7018,7 +8157,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags mov
     }
     if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
     {
-        bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, window->SizeContents.y) - window->Scroll.y;
+        bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f) - window->Scroll.y;
         if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left; }
         NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags);
     }
@@ -7030,7 +8169,9 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags mov
     }
 }
 
-static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* nav_window)
+// FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0).
+// This way we could find the last focused window among our children. It would be much less confusing this way?
+static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* parent_window = nav_window;
     while (parent_window && (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (parent_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
@@ -7039,22 +8180,24 @@ static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* nav_window)
         parent_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window;
 }
 
-// Call when we are expected to land on Layer 0 after FocusWindow()
+// Restore the last focused child.
+// Call when we are expected to land on the Main Layer (0) after FocusWindow()
 static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
     return window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow : window;
 }
 
-static void NavRestoreLayer(int layer)
+static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     g.NavLayer = layer;
     if (layer == 0)
         g.NavWindow = ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow);
-    if (layer == 0 && g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] != 0)
-        ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0], layer, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[0]);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    if (layer == 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] != 0)
+        ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[0], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[0]);
     else
-        ImGui::NavInitWindow(g.NavWindow, true);
+        ImGui::NavInitWindow(window, true);
 }
 
 static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag()
@@ -7074,9 +8217,10 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit)
     if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
         if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit)
             init_for_nav = true;
+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] NavInitWindow() init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer);
     if (init_for_nav)
     {
-        SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer);
+        SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, 0);
         g.NavInitRequest = true;
         g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
         g.NavInitResultId = 0;
@@ -7086,6 +8230,7 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit)
     else
     {
         g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0];
+        g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;
     }
 }
 
@@ -7093,13 +8238,20 @@ static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !g.NavWindow)
-        return ImFloor(g.IO.MousePos);
-
-    // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, decide on an arbitrary position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item
-    const ImRect& rect_rel = g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
-    ImVec2 pos = g.NavWindow->Pos + ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x*4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight()));
-    ImRect visible_rect = GetViewportRect();
-    return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, visible_rect.Min, visible_rect.Max));   // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in back-end might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta.
+    {
+        // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used)
+        if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos))
+            return g.IO.MousePos;
+        return g.LastValidMousePos;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, decide on an arbitrary position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item.
+        const ImRect& rect_rel = g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
+        ImVec2 pos = g.NavWindow->Pos + ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight()));
+        ImRect visible_rect = GetViewportRect();
+        return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, visible_rect.Min, visible_rect.Max));   // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in back-end might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta.
+    }
 }
 
 float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode)
@@ -7116,11 +8268,11 @@ float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode)
     if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)               // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input.
         return (t == 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
     if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat)
-        return (float)CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.80f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f);
+        return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f);
     if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow)
-        return (float)CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f);
+        return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.25f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f);
     if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast)
-        return (float)CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.80f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f);
+        return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f);
     return 0.0f;
 }
 
@@ -7140,47 +8292,16 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInput
     return delta;
 }
 
-// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view
-// NB: We modify rect_rel by the amount we scrolled for, so it is immediately updated.
-static void NavScrollToBringItemIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect)
-{
-    ImRect window_rect(window->InnerMainRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerMainRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1));
-    //g.OverlayDrawList.AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG]
-    if (window_rect.Contains(item_rect))
-        return;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x)
-    {
-        window->ScrollTarget.x = item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
-        window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
-    }
-    else if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x)
-    {
-        window->ScrollTarget.x = item_rect.Max.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
-        window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 1.0f;
-    }
-    if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y)
-    {
-        window->ScrollTarget.y = item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
-        window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
-    }
-    else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y)
-    {
-        window->ScrollTarget.y = item_rect.Max.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
-        window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 1.0f;
-    }
-}
-
 static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     g.IO.WantSetMousePos = false;
 #if 0
-    if (g.NavScoringCount > 0) printf("[%05d] NavScoringCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.FrameCount, g.NavScoringCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest);
+    if (g.NavScoringCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("NavScoringCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.FrameCount, g.NavScoringCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest);
 #endif
 
-    // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed before we map Keyboard (some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard)
+    // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard)
+    // (do it before we map Keyboard input!)
     bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
     bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
     if (nav_gamepad_active)
@@ -7190,7 +8311,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
     // Update Keyboard->Nav inputs mapping
     if (nav_keyboard_active)
     {
-        #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT) if (IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[_KEY])) { g.IO.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard; }
+        #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT)  do { if (IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[_KEY])) { g.IO.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard; } } while (0)
         NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Space,     ImGuiNavInput_Activate );
         NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Enter,     ImGuiNavInput_Input    );
         NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Escape,    ImGuiNavInput_Cancel   );
@@ -7198,9 +8319,12 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
         NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_RightArrow,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_);
         NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_UpArrow,   ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_   );
         NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_ );
-        if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)   g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f;
-        if (g.IO.KeyShift)  g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f;
-        if (g.IO.KeyAlt)    g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_]  = 1.0f;
+        if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+            g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f;
+        if (g.IO.KeyShift)
+            g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f;
+        if (g.IO.KeyAlt && !g.IO.KeyCtrl) // AltGR is Alt+Ctrl, also even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu.
+            g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_]  = 1.0f;
         #undef NAV_MAP_KEY
     }
     memcpy(g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration));
@@ -7208,14 +8332,15 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
         g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (g.IO.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
 
     // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus)
-    if (g.NavInitResultId != 0 && (!g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavInitRequestFromMove))
+    // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void)
+    if (g.NavInitResultId != 0 && (!g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavInitRequestFromMove) && g.NavWindow)
     {
         // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called)
-        IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow);
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] Apply NavInitRequest result: 0x%08X Layer %d in \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);
         if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove)
-            SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavInitResultRectRel);
+            SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel);
         else
-            SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer);
+            SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0);
         g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = g.NavInitResultRectRel;
     }
     g.NavInitRequest = false;
@@ -7224,7 +8349,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
     g.NavJustMovedToId = 0;
 
     // Process navigation move request
-    if (g.NavMoveRequest && (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0 || g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0))
+    if (g.NavMoveRequest)
         NavUpdateMoveResult();
 
     // When a forwarded move request failed, we restore the highlight that we disabled during the forward frame
@@ -7256,7 +8381,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
 
     // Store our return window (for returning from Layer 1 to Layer 0) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0
     if (g.NavWindow)
-        NavSaveLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow);
+        NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow);
     if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == 0)
         g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL;
 
@@ -7265,14 +8390,15 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
 
     // Set output flags for user application
     g.IO.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs);
-    g.IO.NavVisible = (g.IO.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) || g.NavInitRequest;
+    g.IO.NavVisible = (g.IO.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
 
     // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
-    if (IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed))
+    if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed))
     {
         if (g.ActiveId != 0)
         {
-            ClearActiveID();
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))
+                ClearActiveID();
         }
         else if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow)
         {
@@ -7281,8 +8407,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
             ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow;
             IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0);
             FocusWindow(parent_window);
-            SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, 0);
-            g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
+            SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, 0, 0);
+            // Reassigning with same value, we're being explicit here.
+            g.NavIdIsAlive = false;     // -V1048
             if (g.NavDisableMouseHover)
                 g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
         }
@@ -7290,19 +8417,19 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
         {
             // Close open popup/menu
             if (!(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
-                ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1);
+                ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true);
         }
         else if (g.NavLayer != 0)
         {
             // Leave the "menu" layer
-            NavRestoreLayer(0);
+            NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
         }
         else
         {
             // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were
             if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)))
                 g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0;
-            g.NavId = 0;
+            g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;
         }
     }
 
@@ -7311,14 +8438,14 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
     if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
     {
         bool activate_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate);
-        bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed);
+        bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed);
         if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed)
             g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;
         if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down)
             g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId;
         if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed)
             g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId;
-        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed))
+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed))
             g.NavInputId = g.NavId;
     }
     if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
@@ -7333,17 +8460,17 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
     g.NavNextActivateId = 0;
 
     // Initiate directional inputs request
-    const int allowed_dir_flags = (g.ActiveId == 0) ? ~0 : g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags;
     if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None)
     {
         g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None;
-        g.NavMoveRequestFlags = 0;
-        if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindowingTarget && allowed_dir_flags && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+        g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;
+        if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
         {
-            if ((allowed_dir_flags & (1<<ImGuiDir_Left))  && IsNavInputPressedAnyOfTwo(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat)) g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left;
-            if ((allowed_dir_flags & (1<<ImGuiDir_Right)) && IsNavInputPressedAnyOfTwo(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_,ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat)) g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right;
-            if ((allowed_dir_flags & (1<<ImGuiDir_Up))    && IsNavInputPressedAnyOfTwo(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp,   ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_,   ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat)) g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
-            if ((allowed_dir_flags & (1<<ImGuiDir_Down))  && IsNavInputPressedAnyOfTwo(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat)) g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+            const ImGuiInputReadMode read_mode = ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat;
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left)  && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft,  read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_,  read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; }
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; }
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up)    && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp,    read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_,    read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; }
+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down)  && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown,  read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_,  read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; }
         }
         g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;
     }
@@ -7356,10 +8483,11 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
         g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive;
     }
 
-    // Update PageUp/PageDown scroll
+    // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll
+    // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag?
     float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
     if (nav_keyboard_active)
-        nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(allowed_dir_flags);
+        nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();
 
     // If we initiate a movement request and have no current NavId, we initiate a InitDefautRequest that will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match
     if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None)
@@ -7369,8 +8497,10 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
     }
     if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavId == 0)
     {
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] NavInitRequest from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", g.NavWindow->Name, g.NavLayer);
         g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true;
-        g.NavInitResultId = 0;
+        // Reassigning with same value, we're being explicit here.
+        g.NavInitResultId = 0;     // -V1048
         g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
     }
     NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
@@ -7380,13 +8510,13 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
     {
         // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item
         ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
-        const float scroll_speed = ImFloor(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * g.IO.DeltaTime + 0.5f); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported.
+        const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * g.IO.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported.
         if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && g.NavMoveRequest)
         {
             if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right)
-                SetWindowScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
+                SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
             if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down)
-                SetWindowScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
+                SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
         }
 
         // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys
@@ -7394,12 +8524,12 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
         ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, 1.0f/10.0f, 10.0f);
         if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX)
         {
-            SetWindowScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed));
+            SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed));
             g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true;
         }
         if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f)
         {
-            SetWindowScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed));
+            SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed));
             g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true;
         }
     }
@@ -7413,13 +8543,13 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
     if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect && g.NavLayer == 0)
     {
         ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
-        ImRect window_rect_rel(window->InnerMainRect.Min - window->Pos - ImVec2(1,1), window->InnerMainRect.Max - window->Pos + ImVec2(1,1));
+        ImRect window_rect_rel(window->InnerRect.Min - window->Pos - ImVec2(1,1), window->InnerRect.Max - window->Pos + ImVec2(1,1));
         if (!window_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]))
         {
             float pad = window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f;
             window_rect_rel.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetWidth(), pad), -ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetHeight(), pad))); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item
             window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWith(window_rect_rel);
-            g.NavId = 0;
+            g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;
         }
         g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false;
     }
@@ -7431,18 +8561,34 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
     g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x = ImMin(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x + 1.0f, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max.x);
     g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max.x = g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x;
     IM_ASSERT(!g.NavScoringRectScreen.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allows us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem().
-    //g.OverlayDrawList.AddRect(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG]
+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG]
     g.NavScoringCount = 0;
 #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS
-    if (g.NavWindow) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } // [DEBUG]
-    if (g.NavWindow) { ImU32 col = (g.NavWindow->HiddenFrames == 0) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); g.OverlayDrawList.AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); g.OverlayDrawList.AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); }
+    if (g.NavWindow)
+    {
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.NavWindow);
+        if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) draw_list->AddRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } // [DEBUG]
+        if (1) { ImU32 col = (!g.NavWindow->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); }
+    }
 #endif
 }
 
+// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request
 static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult()
 {
-    // Select which result to use
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0)
+    {
+        // In a situation when there is no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result)
+        if (g.NavId != 0)
+        {
+            g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Select which result to use
     ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther;
 
     // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page.
@@ -7459,72 +8605,110 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult()
     // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view.
     if (g.NavLayer == 0)
     {
-        ImRect rect_abs = ImRect(result->RectRel.Min + result->Window->Pos, result->RectRel.Max + result->Window->Pos);
-        NavScrollToBringItemIntoView(result->Window, rect_abs);
-
-        // Estimate upcoming scroll so we can offset our result position so mouse position can be applied immediately after in NavUpdate()
-        ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(result->Window, false);
-        ImVec2 delta_scroll = result->Window->Scroll - next_scroll;
-        result->RectRel.Translate(delta_scroll);
+        ImVec2 delta_scroll;
+        if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge)
+        {
+            float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f;
+            delta_scroll.y = result->Window->Scroll.y - scroll_target;
+            SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ImRect rect_abs = ImRect(result->RectRel.Min + result->Window->Pos, result->RectRel.Max + result->Window->Pos);
+            delta_scroll = ScrollToBringRectIntoView(result->Window, rect_abs);
+        }
 
-        // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary (we could/should technically recurse back the whole the parent hierarchy).
-        if (result->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
-            NavScrollToBringItemIntoView(result->Window->ParentWindow, ImRect(rect_abs.Min + delta_scroll, rect_abs.Max + delta_scroll));
+        // Offset our result position so mouse position can be applied immediately after in NavUpdate()
+        result->RectRel.TranslateX(-delta_scroll.x);
+        result->RectRel.TranslateY(-delta_scroll.y);
     }
 
-    // Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request
     ClearActiveID();
     g.NavWindow = result->Window;
-    SetNavIDWithRectRel(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->RectRel);
-    g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
+    if (g.NavId != result->ID)
+    {
+        // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)
+        g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
+        g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;
+
+    }
+    SetNavIDWithRectRel(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel);
     g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false;
 }
 
-static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(int allowed_dir_flags)
+// Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys
+static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavLayer == 0)
+    if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None || g.NavWindow == NULL)
+        return 0.0f;
+    if ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || g.NavLayer != 0)
+        return 0.0f;
+
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+    const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp);
+    const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown);
+    const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home);
+    const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End);
+    if (page_up_held != page_down_held || home_pressed != end_pressed) // If either (not both) are pressed
     {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
-        bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && (allowed_dir_flags & (1 << ImGuiDir_Up));
-        bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && (allowed_dir_flags & (1 << ImGuiDir_Down));
-        if ((page_up_held && !page_down_held) || (page_down_held && !page_up_held))
+        if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll)
+        {
+            // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item
+            if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true))
+                SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
+            else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true))
+                SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
+            else if (home_pressed)
+                SetScrollY(window, 0.0f);
+            else if (end_pressed)
+                SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y);
+        }
+        else
         {
-            if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll)
+            ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
+            const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight());
+            float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
+            if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true))
             {
-                // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item
-                if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true))
-                    SetWindowScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerClipRect.GetHeight());
-                else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true))
-                    SetWindowScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerClipRect.GetHeight());
+                nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y;
+                g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item)
+                g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+                g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet;
             }
-            else
+            else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true))
             {
-                const ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
-                const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerClipRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight());
-                float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
-                if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true))
-                {
-                    nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y;
-                    g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset, we intentionally request the opposite direction (so we can always land on the last item)
-                    g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
-                    g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet;
-                }
-                else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true))
-                {
-                    nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y;
-                    g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset, we intentionally request the opposite direction (so we can always land on the last item)
-                    g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
-                    g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet;
-                }
-                return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y;
+                nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y;
+                g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item)
+                g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+                g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet;
+            }
+            else if (home_pressed)
+            {
+                // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y
+                // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result.
+                // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any.
+                nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y;
+                if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())
+                    nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;
+                g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+                g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge;
+            }
+            else if (end_pressed)
+            {
+                nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ScrollMax.y + window->SizeFull.y - window->Scroll.y;
+                if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())
+                    nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;
+                g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+                g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge;
             }
+            return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y;
         }
     }
     return 0.0f;
 }
 
-static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) // FIXME-OPT O(N)
+static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) // FIXME-OPT O(N)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     for (int i = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size-1; i >= 0; i--)
@@ -7549,7 +8733,7 @@ static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir)
     if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
         return;
 
-    const int i_current = FindWindowFocusIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget);
+    const int i_current = ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget);
     ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir);
     if (!window_target)
         window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir);
@@ -7558,14 +8742,16 @@ static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir)
     g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
 }
 
-// Window management mode (hold to: change focus/move/resize, tap to: toggle menu layer)
+// Windowing management mode
+// Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer)
+// Gamepad:  Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer)
 static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL;
     bool apply_toggle_layer = false;
 
-    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetFrontMostPopupModal();
+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();
     if (modal_window != NULL)
     {
         g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
@@ -7581,12 +8767,12 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
     }
 
     // Start CTRL-TAB or Square+L/R window selection
-    bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed);
+    bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed);
     bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard);
     if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard)
         if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1))
         {
-            g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window;
+            g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow; // FIXME-DOCK: Will need to use RootWindowDockStop
             g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
             g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? false : true;
             g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard : ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad;
@@ -7600,14 +8786,14 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
         g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f));
 
         // Select window to focus
-        const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow);
+        const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow);
         if (focus_change_dir != 0)
         {
             NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir);
             g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f;
         }
 
-        // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered front-most)
+        // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most)
         if (!IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Menu))
         {
             g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore.
@@ -7632,7 +8818,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
 
     // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer
     // FIXME: We lack an explicit IO variable for "is the imgui window focused", so compare mouse validity to detect the common case of back-end clearing releases all keys on ALT-TAB
-    if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Released))
+    if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed))
+        g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true;
+    if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Released))
         if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev))
             apply_toggle_layer = true;
 
@@ -7648,7 +8836,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
         {
             const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f;
             const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't code variable framerate very well
-            g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow->Pos += move_delta * move_speed;
+            SetWindowPos(g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow, g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow->Pos + move_delta * move_speed, ImGuiCond_Always);
             g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
             MarkIniSettingsDirty(g.NavWindowingTarget);
         }
@@ -7657,17 +8845,18 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
     // Apply final focus
     if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow))
     {
+        ClearActiveID();
         g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
         g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
         apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window);
-        ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window);
+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false);
         FocusWindow(apply_focus_window);
         if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0)
             NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false);
 
         // If the window only has a menu layer, select it directly
-        if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == (1 << 1))
-            g.NavLayer = 1;
+        if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu))
+            g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
     }
     if (apply_focus_window)
         g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
@@ -7677,7 +8866,10 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
     {
         // Move to parent menu if necessary
         ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
-        while ((new_nav_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << 1)) == 0 && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
+        while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow
+            && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0
+            && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0
+            && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
             new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow;
         if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow)
         {
@@ -7687,7 +8879,10 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
         }
         g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
         g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
-        NavRestoreLayer((g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << 1)) ? (g.NavLayer ^ 1) : 0);
+
+        // When entering a regular menu bar with the Alt key, we always reinitialize the navigation ID.
+        const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer);
     }
 }
 
@@ -7702,7 +8897,7 @@ static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window)
 }
 
 // Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame().
-void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingList()
+void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
@@ -7730,328 +8925,6 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingList()
     PopStyleVar();
 }
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] COLUMNS
-// In the current version, Columns are very weak. Needs to be replaced with a more full-featured system.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ImGui::NextColumn()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.ColumnsSet == NULL)
-        return;
-
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    PopItemWidth();
-    PopClipRect();
-
-    ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
-    columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-    if (++columns->Current < columns->Count)
-    {
-        // Columns 1+ cancel out IndentX
-        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
-        window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(columns->Current);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
-        window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
-        columns->Current = 0;
-        columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY;
-    }
-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
-    window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
-
-    PushColumnClipRect();
-    PushItemWidth(GetColumnWidth() * 0.65f);  // FIXME: Move on columns setup
-}
-
-int ImGui::GetColumnIndex()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.ColumnsSet ? window->DC.ColumnsSet->Current : 0;
-}
-
-int ImGui::GetColumnsCount()
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    return window->DC.ColumnsSet ? window->DC.ColumnsSet->Count : 1;
-}
-
-static float OffsetNormToPixels(const ImGuiColumnsSet* columns, float offset_norm)
-{
-    return offset_norm * (columns->MaxX - columns->MinX);
-}
-
-static float PixelsToOffsetNorm(const ImGuiColumnsSet* columns, float offset)
-{
-    return offset / (columns->MaxX - columns->MinX);
-}
-
-static inline float GetColumnsRectHalfWidth() { return 4.0f; }
-
-static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiColumnsSet* columns, int column_index)
-{
-    // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing
-    // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning.
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0.
-    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index));
-
-    float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + GetColumnsRectHalfWidth() - window->Pos.x;
-    x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
-    if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths))
-        x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
-
-    return x;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
-    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
-
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = columns->Current;
-    IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size);
-
-    const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm;
-    const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->MinX, columns->MaxX, t);
-    return x_offset;
-}
-
-static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiColumnsSet* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false)
-{
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = columns->Current;
-
-    float offset_norm;
-    if (before_resize)
-        offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize;
-    else
-        offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm;
-    return OffsetNormToPixels(columns, offset_norm);
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
-    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
-
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = columns->Current;
-    return OffsetNormToPixels(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-    ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
-    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
-
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = columns->Current;
-    IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size);
-
-    const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count-1);
-    const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f;
-
-    if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow))
-        offset = ImMin(offset, columns->MaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index));
-    columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = PixelsToOffsetNorm(columns, offset - columns->MinX);
-
-    if (preserve_width)
-        SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width));
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
-    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
-
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = columns->Current;
-    SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width);
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
-    ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
-    if (column_index < 0)
-        column_index = columns->Current;
-
-    PushClipRect(columns->Columns[column_index].ClipRect.Min, columns->Columns[column_index].ClipRect.Max, false);
-}
-
-static ImGuiColumnsSet* FindOrAddColumnsSet(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)
-{
-    for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++)
-        if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id)
-            return &window->ColumnsStorage[n];
-
-    window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiColumnsSet());
-    ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back();
-    columns->ID = id;
-    return columns;
-}
-
-void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags)
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-
-    IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 1);
-    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.ColumnsSet == NULL); // Nested columns are currently not supported
-
-    // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget.
-    // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer.
-    PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count));
-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns");
-    PopID();
-
-    // Acquire storage for the columns set
-    ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = FindOrAddColumnsSet(window, id);
-    IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id);
-    columns->Current = 0;
-    columns->Count = columns_count;
-    columns->Flags = flags;
-    window->DC.ColumnsSet = columns;
-
-    // Set state for first column
-    const float content_region_width = (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x) : (window->InnerClipRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x);
-    columns->MinX = window->DC.Indent.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; // Lock our horizontal range
-    columns->MaxX = ImMax(content_region_width - window->Scroll.x, columns->MinX + 1.0f);
-    columns->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-    columns->StartMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x;
-    columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
-
-    // Clear data if columns count changed
-    if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1)
-        columns->Columns.resize(0);
-
-    // Initialize defaults
-    columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0);
-    if (columns->Columns.Size == 0)
-    {
-        columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1);
-        for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++)
-        {
-            ImGuiColumnData column;
-            column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count;
-            columns->Columns.push_back(column);
-        }
-    }
-
-    for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
-    {
-        // Compute clipping rectangle
-        ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n];
-        float clip_x1 = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n) - 1.0f);
-        float clip_x2 = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f);
-        column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX);
-        column->ClipRect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect);
-    }
-
-    window->DrawList->ChannelsSplit(columns->Count);
-    PushColumnClipRect();
-    PushItemWidth(GetColumnWidth() * 0.65f);
-}
-
-void ImGui::EndColumns()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
-    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
-
-    PopItemWidth();
-    PopClipRect();
-    window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge();
-
-    columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-    window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY;
-    if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize))
-        window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->StartMaxPosX;  // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent
-
-    // Draw columns borders and handle resize
-    bool is_being_resized = false;
-    if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems)
-    {
-        const float y1 = columns->StartPosY;
-        const float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-        int dragging_column = -1;
-        for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++)
-        {
-            float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n);
-            const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n);
-            const float column_hw = GetColumnsRectHalfWidth(); // Half-width for interaction
-            const ImRect column_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hw, y2));
-            KeepAliveID(column_id);
-            if (IsClippedEx(column_rect, column_id, false))
-                continue;
-
-            bool hovered = false, held = false;
-            if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize))
-            {
-                ButtonBehavior(column_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held);
-                if (hovered || held)
-                    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW;
-                if (held && !(columns->Columns[n].Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize))
-                    dragging_column = n;
-            }
-
-            // Draw column (we clip the Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers.)
-            const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator);
-            const float xi = (float)(int)x;
-            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, ImMax(y1 + 1.0f, window->ClipRect.Min.y)), ImVec2(xi, ImMin(y2, window->ClipRect.Max.y)), col);
-        }
-
-        // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame.
-        if (dragging_column != -1)
-        {
-            if (!columns->IsBeingResized)
-                for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++)
-                    columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm;
-            columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true;
-            float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column);
-            SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x);
-        }
-    }
-    columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized;
-
-    window->DC.ColumnsSet = NULL;
-    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
-}
-
-// [2018-03: This is currently the only public API, while we are working on making BeginColumns/EndColumns user-facing]
-void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border)
-{
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1);
-
-    ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder);
-    //flags |= ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsSet != NULL && window->DC.ColumnsSet->Count == columns_count && window->DC.ColumnsSet->Flags == flags)
-        return;
-
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsSet != NULL)
-        EndColumns();
-
-    if (columns_count != 1)
-        BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags);
-}
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP
@@ -8062,7 +8935,7 @@ void ImGui::ClearDragDrop()
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     g.DragDropActive = false;
     g.DragDropPayload.Clear();
-    g.DragDropAcceptFlags = 0;
+    g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
     g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0;
     g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
     g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;
@@ -8081,7 +8954,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
     bool source_drag_active = false;
     ImGuiID source_id = 0;
     ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0;
-    int mouse_button = 0;
+    ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left;
     if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
     {
         source_id = window->DC.LastItemId;
@@ -8100,16 +8973,16 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
                 return false;
             }
 
+            // Early out
+            if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window))
+                return false;
+
             // Magic fallback (=somehow reprehensible) to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image()
             // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window.
             // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled.
             // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive.
-            bool is_hovered = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) != 0;
-            if (!is_hovered && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window))
-                return false;
             source_id = window->DC.LastItemId = window->GetIDFromRectangle(window->DC.LastItemRect);
-            if (is_hovered)
-                SetHoveredID(source_id);
+            bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, source_id);
             if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button])
             {
                 SetActiveID(source_id, window);
@@ -8130,7 +9003,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
     else
     {
         window = NULL;
-        source_id = ImHash("#SourceExtern", 0);
+        source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern");
         source_drag_active = true;
     }
 
@@ -8153,13 +9026,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
         if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
         {
             // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit)
-            // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. 
+            // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents.
             BeginTooltip();
-            if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))
+            if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))
             {
                 ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow;
                 tooltip_window->SkipItems = true;
-                tooltip_window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1;
+                tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
             }
         }
 
@@ -8346,9 +9219,13 @@ void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget()
     g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false;
 }
 
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard.
+// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
 void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)
@@ -8360,9 +9237,15 @@ void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)
     va_list args;
     va_start(args, fmt);
     if (g.LogFile)
-        vfprintf(g.LogFile, fmt, args);
+    {
+        g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0);
+        g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
+        ImFileWrite(g.LogBuffer.c_str(), sizeof(char), (ImU64)g.LogBuffer.size(), g.LogFile);
+    }
     else
-        g.LogClipboard.appendfv(fmt, args);
+    {
+        g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
+    }
     va_end(args);
 }
 
@@ -8376,17 +9259,20 @@ void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char*
     if (!text_end)
         text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
 
-    const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > window->DC.LogLinePosY + 1);
+    const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + 1);
     if (ref_pos)
-        window->DC.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y;
+        g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y;
+    if (log_new_line)
+        g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
 
     const char* text_remaining = text;
-    if (g.LogStartDepth > window->DC.TreeDepth)  // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth
-        g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
-    const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogStartDepth);
+    if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth)  // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth
+        g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+    const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef);
     for (;;)
     {
         // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by spacing corresponding to the current depth of our log entry.
+        // We don't add a trailing \n to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured.
         const char* line_start = text_remaining;
         const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end);
         const bool is_first_line = (line_start == text);
@@ -8395,9 +9281,18 @@ void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char*
         {
             const int char_count = (int)(line_end - line_start);
             if (log_new_line || !is_first_line)
-                LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth*4, "", char_count, line_start);
+                LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth * 4, "", char_count, line_start);
+            else if (g.LogLineFirstItem)
+                LogText("%*s%.*s", tree_depth * 4, "", char_count, line_start);
             else
                 LogText(" %.*s", char_count, line_start);
+            g.LogLineFirstItem = false;
+        }
+        else if (log_new_line)
+        {
+            // An empty "" string at a different Y position should output a carriage return.
+            LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
+            break;
         }
 
         if (is_last_line)
@@ -8406,64 +9301,74 @@ void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char*
     }
 }
 
-// Start logging ImGui output to TTY
-void ImGui::LogToTTY(int max_depth)
+// Start logging/capturing text output
+void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        return;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false);
     IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);
-    g.LogFile = stdout;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty());
     g.LogEnabled = true;
-    g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
-    if (max_depth >= 0)
-        g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+    g.LogType = type;
+    g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+    g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault);
+    g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
+    g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
 }
 
-// Start logging ImGui output to given file
-void ImGui::LogToFile(int max_depth, const char* filename)
+void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (g.LogEnabled)
         return;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_UNUSED(auto_open_depth);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_TTY, auto_open_depth);
+    g.LogFile = stdout;
+#endif
+}
 
+// Start logging/capturing text output to given file
+void ImGui::LogToFile(int auto_open_depth, const char* filename)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+
+    // FIXME: We could probably open the file in text mode "at", however note that clipboard/buffer logging will still
+    // be subject to outputting OS-incompatible carriage return if within strings the user doesn't use IM_NEWLINE.
+    // By opening the file in binary mode "ab" we have consistent output everywhere.
     if (!filename)
-    {
         filename = g.IO.LogFilename;
-        if (!filename)
-            return;
-    }
-
-    IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);
-    g.LogFile = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab");
-    if (!g.LogFile)
+    if (!filename || !filename[0])
+        return;
+    ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab");
+    if (!f)
     {
-        IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile != NULL); // Consider this an error
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
         return;
     }
-    g.LogEnabled = true;
-    g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
-    if (max_depth >= 0)
-        g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_File, auto_open_depth);
+    g.LogFile = f;
 }
 
-// Start logging ImGui output to clipboard
-void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int max_depth)
+// Start logging/capturing text output to clipboard
+void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (g.LogEnabled)
         return;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, auto_open_depth);
+}
 
-    IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);
-    g.LogFile = NULL;
-    g.LogEnabled = true;
-    g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
-    if (max_depth >= 0)
-        g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+void ImGui::LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.LogEnabled)
+        return;
+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Buffer, auto_open_depth);
 }
 
 void ImGui::LogFinish()
@@ -8473,45 +9378,60 @@ void ImGui::LogFinish()
         return;
 
     LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
-    if (g.LogFile != NULL)
+    switch (g.LogType)
     {
-        if (g.LogFile == stdout)
-            fflush(g.LogFile);
-        else
-            fclose(g.LogFile);
-        g.LogFile = NULL;
-    }
-    if (g.LogClipboard.size() > 1)
-    {
-        SetClipboardText(g.LogClipboard.begin());
-        g.LogClipboard.clear();
+    case ImGuiLogType_TTY:
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
+        fflush(g.LogFile);
+#endif
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_File:
+        ImFileClose(g.LogFile);
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_Buffer:
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_Clipboard:
+        if (!g.LogBuffer.empty())
+            SetClipboardText(g.LogBuffer.begin());
+        break;
+    case ImGuiLogType_None:
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+        break;
     }
+
     g.LogEnabled = false;
+    g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;
+    g.LogFile = NULL;
+    g.LogBuffer.clear();
 }
 
 // Helper to display logging buttons
+// FIXME-OBSOLETE: We should probably obsolete this and let the user have their own helper (this is one of the oldest function alive!)
 void ImGui::LogButtons()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
     PushID("LogButtons");
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
     const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine();
+#else
+    const bool log_to_tty = false;
+#endif
     const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine();
     const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine();
-    PushItemWidth(80.0f);
     PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
-    SliderInt("Depth", &g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, 0, 9, NULL);
+    SetNextItemWidth(80.0f);
+    SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL);
     PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
-    PopItemWidth();
     PopID();
 
     // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log
     if (log_to_tty)
-        LogToTTY(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth);
+        LogToTTY();
     if (log_to_file)
-        LogToFile(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, g.IO.LogFilename);
+        LogToFile();
     if (log_to_clipboard)
-        LogToClipboard(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth);
+        LogToClipboard();
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -8536,22 +9456,41 @@ void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window)
 ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.SettingsWindows.push_back(ImGuiWindowSettings());
-    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = &g.SettingsWindows.back();
-    settings->Name = ImStrdup(name);
-    settings->ID = ImHash(name, 0);
+
+#if !IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS
+    // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()
+    // Preserve the full string when IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS is set to make .ini inspection easier.
+    if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###"))
+        name = p;
+#endif
+    const size_t name_len = strlen(name);
+
+    // Allocate chunk
+    const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1;
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size);
+    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings();
+    settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len);
+    memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1);   // Store with zero terminator
+
     return settings;
 }
 
 ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++)
-        if (g.SettingsWindows[i].ID == id)
-            return &g.SettingsWindows[i];
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
+        if (settings->ID == id)
+            return settings;
     return NULL;
 }
 
+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name)
+{
+    if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name)))
+        return settings;
+    return CreateNewWindowSettings(name);
+}
+
 void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename)
 {
     size_t file_data_size = 0;
@@ -8559,13 +9498,13 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename)
     if (!file_data)
         return;
     LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size);
-    ImGui::MemFree(file_data);
+    IM_FREE(file_data);
 }
 
 ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHash(type_name, 0, 0);
+    const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name);
     for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)
         if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash)
             return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n];
@@ -8583,7 +9522,7 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size)
     // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy..
     if (ini_size == 0)
         ini_size = strlen(ini_data);
-    char* buf = (char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(ini_size + 1);
+    char* buf = (char*)IM_ALLOC(ini_size + 1);
     char* buf_end = buf + ini_size;
     memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);
     buf[ini_size] = 0;
@@ -8609,18 +9548,12 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size)
             line_end[-1] = 0;
             const char* name_end = line_end - 1;
             const char* type_start = line + 1;
-            char* type_end = (char*)(intptr_t)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']');
+            char* type_end = (char*)(void*)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']');
             const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL;
             if (!type_end || !name_start)
-            {
-                name_start = type_start; // Import legacy entries that have no type
-                type_start = "Window";
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']'
-                name_start++;  // Skip second '['
-            }
+                continue;
+            *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']'
+            name_start++;  // Skip second '['
             entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start);
             entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL;
         }
@@ -8630,7 +9563,7 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size)
             entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line);
         }
     }
-    ImGui::MemFree(buf);
+    IM_FREE(buf);
     g.SettingsLoaded = true;
 }
 
@@ -8643,11 +9576,11 @@ void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename)
 
     size_t ini_data_size = 0;
     const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size);
-    FILE* f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt");
+    ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt");
     if (!f)
         return;
-    fwrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f);
-    fclose(f);
+    ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f);
+    ImFileClose(f);
 }
 
 // Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer
@@ -8667,70 +9600,80 @@ const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size)
     return g.SettingsIniData.c_str();
 }
 
-static void* SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
+static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
 {
-    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImHash(name, 0));
+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name));
     if (!settings)
         settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name);
     return (void*)settings;
 }
 
-static void SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)
 {
     ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry;
-    float x, y;
+    int x, y;
     int i;
-    if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2)         settings->Pos = ImVec2(x, y);
-    else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2)   settings->Size = ImMax(ImVec2(x, y), GImGui->Style.WindowMinSize);
+    if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2)         settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y);
+    else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2)   settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y);
     else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1)     settings->Collapsed = (i != 0);
 }
 
-static void SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* imgui_ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
+static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
 {
     // Gather data from windows that were active during this session
     // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings)
-    ImGuiContext& g = *imgui_ctx;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
     for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
     {
         ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
         if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
             continue;
 
-        ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsIdx != -1) ? &g.SettingsWindows[window->SettingsIdx] : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID);
+        ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsOffset != -1) ? g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset) : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID);
         if (!settings)
         {
             settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name);
-            window->SettingsIdx = g.SettingsWindows.index_from_pointer(settings);
+            window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);
         }
         IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID);
-        settings->Pos = window->Pos;
-        settings->Size = window->SizeFull;
+        settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)window->Pos.x, (short)window->Pos.y);
+        settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)window->SizeFull.x, (short)window->SizeFull.y);
         settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed;
     }
 
     // Write to text buffer
-    buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.Size * 96); // ballpark reserve
-    for (int i = 0; i != g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++)
+    buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve
+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
     {
-        const ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = &g.SettingsWindows[i];
-        if (settings->Pos.x == FLT_MAX)
-            continue;
-        const char* name = settings->Name;
-        if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###"))  // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()
-            name = p;
-        buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, name);
-        buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Pos.x, (int)settings->Pos.y);
-        buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Size.x, (int)settings->Size.y);
+        const char* settings_name = settings->GetName();
+        buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name);
+        buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y);
+        buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
         buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed);
-        buf->appendf("\n");
+        buf->append("\n");
     }
 }
 
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch)
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] DOCKING
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch)
+
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS_) && (!defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) || !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS))
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS_) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && (!defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) || !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS))
 #ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
 #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
 #endif
@@ -8739,15 +9682,21 @@ static void SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* imgui_ctx, ImGuiSetting
 #else
 #include <windows.h>
 #endif
+#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) // UWP doesn't have Win32 functions
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
 #endif
 
-// Win32 API clipboard implementation
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
 
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma comment(lib, "user32")
 #endif
 
+// Win32 clipboard implementation
 static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*)
 {
     static ImVector<char> buf_local;
@@ -8791,16 +9740,67 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
     ::CloseClipboard();
 }
 
+#elif defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_OSX && defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
+
+#include <Carbon/Carbon.h>  // Use old API to avoid need for separate .mm file
+static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0;
+
+// OSX clipboard implementation
+// If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line!
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
+{
+    if (!main_clipboard)
+        PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);
+    PasteboardClear(main_clipboard);
+    CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text));
+    if (cf_data)
+    {
+        PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0);
+        CFRelease(cf_data);
+    }
+}
+
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*)
+{
+    if (!main_clipboard)
+        PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);
+    PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard);
+
+    ItemCount item_count = 0;
+    PasteboardGetItemCount(main_clipboard, &item_count);
+    for (ItemCount i = 0; i < item_count; i++)
+    {
+        PasteboardItemID item_id = 0;
+        PasteboardGetItemIdentifier(main_clipboard, i + 1, &item_id);
+        CFArrayRef flavor_type_array = 0;
+        PasteboardCopyItemFlavors(main_clipboard, item_id, &flavor_type_array);
+        for (CFIndex j = 0, nj = CFArrayGetCount(flavor_type_array); j < nj; j++)
+        {
+            CFDataRef cf_data;
+            if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr)
+            {
+                static ImVector<char> clipboard_text;
+                int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data);
+                clipboard_text.resize(length + 1);
+                CFDataGetBytes(cf_data, CFRangeMake(0, length), (UInt8*)clipboard_text.Data);
+                clipboard_text[length] = 0;
+                CFRelease(cf_data);
+                return clipboard_text.Data;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
 #else
 
-// Local ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers
+// Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers.
 static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     return g.PrivateClipboard.empty() ? NULL : g.PrivateClipboard.begin();
 }
 
-// Local ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers
 static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -8814,7 +9814,7 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
 #endif
 
 // Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.)
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
 
 #include <imm.h>
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
@@ -8824,7 +9824,8 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
 static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y)
 {
     // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position
-    if (HWND hwnd = (HWND)GImGui->IO.ImeWindowHandle)
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    if (HWND hwnd = (HWND)io.ImeWindowHandle)
         if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd))
         {
             COMPOSITIONFORM cf;
@@ -8846,46 +9847,96 @@ static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int, int) {}
 // [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUG WINDOW
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW
+// Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds.
+static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
+    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+    {
+        ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+        ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f);
+        ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc);
+        ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+        ImGui::EndTooltip();
+    }
+}
+
 void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
 {
-    if (!ImGui::Begin("ImGui Metrics", p_open))
+    if (!ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics", p_open))
     {
         ImGui::End();
         return;
     }
-    static bool show_draw_cmd_clip_rects = true;
-    static bool show_window_begin_order = false;
+
+    // Debugging enums
+    enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type
+    const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentRegionRect" };
+    enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersDesired, TRT_ColumnsContentRowsFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentRowsUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type
+    const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersDesired", "ColumnsContentRowsFrozen", "ColumnsContentRowsUnfrozen" };
+
+    // State
+    static bool show_windows_rects = false;
+    static int  show_windows_rect_type = WRT_WorkRect;
+    static bool show_windows_begin_order = false;
+    static bool show_tables_rects = false;
+    static int  show_tables_rect_type = TRT_WorkRect;
+    static bool show_drawcmd_details = true;
+
+    // Basic info
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
     ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion());
     ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate);
     ImGui::Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3);
     ImGui::Text("%d active windows (%d visible)", io.MetricsActiveWindows, io.MetricsRenderWindows);
-    ImGui::Text("%d allocations", io.MetricsActiveAllocations);
-    ImGui::Checkbox("Show clipping rectangles when hovering draw commands", &show_draw_cmd_clip_rects);
-    ImGui::Checkbox("Ctrl shows window begin order", &show_window_begin_order);
-
+    ImGui::Text("%d active allocations", io.MetricsActiveAllocations);
     ImGui::Separator();
 
+    // Helper functions to display common structures:
+    // - NodeDrawList()
+    // - NodeColumns()
+    // - NodeWindow()
+    // - NodeWindows()
+    // - NodeTabBar()
+    // - NodeStorage()
     struct Funcs
     {
+        static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type)
+        {
+            if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect)                 { return window->Rect(); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRectClipped)     { return window->OuterRectClipped; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect)            { return window->InnerRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect)        { return window->InnerClipRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect)             { return window->WorkRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_Content)              { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect)    { return window->ContentRegionRect; }
+            IM_ASSERT(0);
+            return ImRect();
+        }
+
         static void NodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label)
         {
             bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size);
             if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList())
             {
                 ImGui::SameLine();
-                ImGui::TextColored(ImColor(255,100,100), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
+                ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,0.4f,0.4f,1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
                 if (node_open) ImGui::TreePop();
                 return;
             }
 
-            ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = GetOverlayDrawList(); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list
+            ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list
             if (window && IsItemHovered())
-                overlay_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+                fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
             if (!node_open)
                 return;
 
-            int elem_offset = 0;
+            if (window && !window->WasActive)
+                ImGui::TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!");
+
+            unsigned int elem_offset = 0;
             for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin(); pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.end(); elem_offset += pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd++)
             {
                 if (pcmd->UserCallback == NULL && pcmd->ElemCount == 0)
@@ -8895,41 +9946,78 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
                     ImGui::BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData);
                     continue;
                 }
+
                 ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;
-                bool pcmd_node_open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "Draw %4d %s vtx, tex 0x%p, clip_rect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", pcmd->ElemCount, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0 ? "indexed" : "non-indexed", pcmd->TextureId, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);
-                if (show_draw_cmd_clip_rects && ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+                char buf[300];
+                ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd: %4d triangles, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)",
+                    pcmd->ElemCount/3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId,
+                    pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);
+                bool pcmd_node_open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf);
+                if (show_drawcmd_details && fg_draw_list && ImGui::IsItemHovered())
                 {
                     ImRect clip_rect = pcmd->ClipRect;
-                    ImRect vtxs_rect;
-                    for (int i = elem_offset; i < elem_offset + (int)pcmd->ElemCount; i++)
+                    ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+                    for (unsigned int i = elem_offset; i < elem_offset + (int)pcmd->ElemCount; i++)
                         vtxs_rect.Add(draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[i] : i].pos);
-                    clip_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255));
-                    vtxs_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(vtxs_rect.Min, vtxs_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
+                    fg_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
+                    fg_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255));
                 }
                 if (!pcmd_node_open)
                     continue;
 
+                // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count)
+                // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output.
+                float total_area = 0.0f;
+                for (unsigned int base_idx = elem_offset; base_idx < (elem_offset + pcmd->ElemCount); base_idx += 3)
+                {
+                    ImVec2 triangle[3];
+                    for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++)
+                        triangle[n] = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[base_idx + n] : (base_idx + n)].pos;
+                    total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]);
+                }
+
+                // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame
+                ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area);
+                ImGui::Selectable(buf);
+                if (fg_draw_list && ImGui::IsItemHovered() && show_drawcmd_details)
+                {
+                    // Draw wire-frame version of everything
+                    ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags;
+                    fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
+                    ImRect clip_rect = pcmd->ClipRect;
+                    fg_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255));
+                    for (unsigned int base_idx = elem_offset; base_idx < (elem_offset + pcmd->ElemCount); base_idx += 3)
+                    {
+                        ImVec2 triangle[3];
+                        for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++)
+                            triangle[n] = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[base_idx + n] : (base_idx + n)].pos;
+                        fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), true, 1.0f);
+                    }
+                    fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
+                }
+
                 // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted.
                 ImGuiListClipper clipper(pcmd->ElemCount/3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible.
                 while (clipper.Step())
-                    for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, vtx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)
+                    for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)
                     {
-                        char buf[300];
                         char *buf_p = buf, *buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
-                        ImVec2 triangles_pos[3];
-                        for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, vtx_i++)
+                        ImVec2 triangle[3];
+                        for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++)
                         {
-                            ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[vtx_i] : vtx_i];
-                            triangles_pos[n] = v.pos;
-                            buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p), "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", (n == 0) ? "vtx" : "   ", vtx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);
+                            ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i];
+                            triangle[n] = v.pos;
+                            buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n",
+                                (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : "     ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);
                         }
+
                         ImGui::Selectable(buf, false);
-                        if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+                        if (fg_draw_list && ImGui::IsItemHovered())
                         {
-                            ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = overlay_draw_list->Flags;
-                            overlay_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines at is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
-                            overlay_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangles_pos, 3, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), true, 1.0f);
-                            overlay_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
+                            ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags;
+                            fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
+                            fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), true, 1.0f);
+                            fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
                         }
                     }
                 ImGui::TreePop();
@@ -8937,29 +10025,51 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
 
+        static void NodeColumns(const ImGuiColumns* columns)
+        {
+            if (!ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags))
+                return;
+            ImGui::BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX);
+            for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++)
+                ImGui::BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm));
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
         static void NodeWindows(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& windows, const char* label)
         {
             if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows.Size))
                 return;
             for (int i = 0; i < windows.Size; i++)
+            {
+                ImGui::PushID(windows[i]);
                 Funcs::NodeWindow(windows[i], "Window");
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
 
         static void NodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)
         {
-            if (!ImGui::TreeNode(window, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, window->Active || window->WasActive, window))
+            if (window == NULL)
+            {
+                ImGui::BulletText("%s: NULL", label);
+                return;
+            }
+            bool open = ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, (window->Active || window->WasActive), window);
+            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && window->WasActive)
+                ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+            if (!open)
                 return;
             ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
             NodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList");
-            ImGui::BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), SizeContents (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->SizeContents.x, window->SizeContents.y);
+            ImGui::BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y);
             ImGui::BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags,
                 (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)  ? "Child " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)     ? "Tooltip "   : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "",
                 (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)        ? "Modal " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)   ? "ChildMenu " : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "",
                 (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : "");
-            ImGui::BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f)", window->Scroll.x, GetWindowScrollMaxX(window), window->Scroll.y, GetWindowScrollMaxY(window));
+            ImGui::BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : "");
             ImGui::BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1);
-            ImGui::BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (Reg %d Resize %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesRegular, window->HiddenFramesForResize, window->SkipItems);
+            ImGui::BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems);
             ImGui::BulletText("NavLastIds: 0x%08X,0x%08X, NavLayerActiveMask: %X", window->NavLastIds[0], window->NavLastIds[1], window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask);
             ImGui::BulletText("NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL");
             if (!window->NavRectRel[0].IsInverted())
@@ -8972,32 +10082,58 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
             if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size))
             {
                 for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++)
+                    NodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]);
+                ImGui::TreePop();
+            }
+            NodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage");
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        static void NodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+        {
+            // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings.
+            char buf[256];
+            char* p = buf;
+            const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
+            p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "TabBar (%d tabs)%s", tab_bar->Tabs.Size, (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible < ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2) ? " *Inactive*" : "");
+            if (ImGui::TreeNode(tab_bar, "%s", buf))
+            {
+                for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
                 {
-                    const ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage[n];
-                    if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags))
-                    {
-                        ImGui::BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->MaxX - columns->MinX, columns->MinX, columns->MaxX);
-                        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++)
-                            ImGui::BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, OffsetNormToPixels(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm));
-                        ImGui::TreePop();
-                    }
+                    const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+                    ImGui::PushID(tab);
+                    if (ImGui::SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } ImGui::SameLine(0, 2);
+                    if (ImGui::SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } ImGui::SameLine();
+                    ImGui::Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s'", tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "");
+                    ImGui::PopID();
                 }
                 ImGui::TreePop();
             }
-            ImGui::BulletText("Storage: %d bytes", window->StateStorage.Data.Size * (int)sizeof(ImGuiStorage::Pair));
+        }
+
+        static void NodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label)
+        {
+            if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes()))
+                return;
+            for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++)
+            {
+                const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n];
+                ImGui::BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer.
+            }
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
     };
 
-    // Access private state, we are going to display the draw lists from last frame
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     Funcs::NodeWindows(g.Windows, "Windows");
-    if (ImGui::TreeNode("DrawList", "Active DrawLists (%d)", g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size))
+    //Funcs::NodeWindows(g.WindowsFocusOrder, "WindowsFocusOrder");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("DrawLists", "Active DrawLists (%d)", g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size))
     {
         for (int i = 0; i < g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size; i++)
             Funcs::NodeDrawList(NULL, g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0][i], "DrawList");
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
+
+    // Details for Popups
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size))
     {
         for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++)
@@ -9007,6 +10143,37 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
         }
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
+
+    // Details for TabBars
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetSize()))
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetSize(); n++)
+            Funcs::NodeTabBar(g.TabBars.GetByIndex(n));
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    // Details for Tables
+    IM_UNUSED(trt_rects_names);
+    IM_UNUSED(show_tables_rects);
+    IM_UNUSED(show_tables_rect_type);
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetSize()))
+    {
+        for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetSize(); n++)
+            Funcs::NodeTable(g.Tables.GetByIndex(n));
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+#endif // #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
+
+    // Details for Docking
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Docking"))
+    {
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+#endif // #define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+
+    // Misc Details
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Internal state"))
     {
         const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Nav", "NavKeyboard", "NavGamepad" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT);
@@ -9027,25 +10194,87 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
+    // Tools
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tools"))
+    {
+        // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted.
+        if (ImGui::Button("Item Picker.."))
+            ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker();
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash.");
+
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &show_windows_begin_order);
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &show_windows_rects);
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 12);
+        show_windows_rects |= ImGui::Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &show_windows_rect_type, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count);
+        if (show_windows_rects && g.NavWindow)
+        {
+            ImGui::BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name);
+            ImGui::Indent();
+            for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++)
+            {
+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n);
+                ImGui::Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]);
+            }
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+        }
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Show details when hovering ImDrawCmd node", &show_drawcmd_details);
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
 
-    if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && show_window_begin_order)
+    // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order
+    if (show_windows_rects || show_windows_begin_order)
     {
         for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++)
         {
             ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];
-            if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || !window->WasActive)
+            if (!window->WasActive)
                 continue;
-            char buf[32];
-            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
-            float font_size = ImGui::GetFontSize() * 2;
-            ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = GetOverlayDrawList();
-            overlay_draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));
-            overlay_draw_list->AddText(NULL, font_size, window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+            if (show_windows_rects)
+            {
+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, show_windows_rect_type);
+                draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));
+            }
+            if (show_windows_begin_order && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+            {
+                char buf[32];
+                ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
+                float font_size = ImGui::GetFontSize();
+                draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));
+                draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
+    // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles
+    if (show_tables_rects)
+    {
+        for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetSize(); table_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetByIndex(table_n);
         }
     }
+#endif // #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+    // Overlay: Display Docking info
+    if (show_docking_nodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+    {
+    }
+#endif // #define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
+
     ImGui::End();
 }
 
+#else
+
+void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) { }
+
+#endif
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Include imgui_user.inl at the end of imgui.cpp to access private data/functions that aren't exposed.
@@ -9055,3 +10284,5 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/src/imgui/imgui.h b/src/imgui/imgui.h
index 90cde6304..c2bbb7f71 100644
--- a/src/imgui/imgui.h
+++ b/src/imgui/imgui.h
@@ -1,14 +1,43 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.66 WIP
+// dear imgui, v1.75
 // (headers)
 
-// See imgui.cpp file for documentation.
-// Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code.
-// Read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup ImGui in your codebase.
-// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// Help:
+// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq
+// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.
+// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
+// Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments.
+
+// Resources:
+// - FAQ                   http://dearimgui.org/faq
+// - Homepage & latest     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// - Releases & changelog  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
+// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/2847 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
+// - Glossary              https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
+// - Wiki                  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki
+// - Issues & support      https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
+
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+// Header mess
+// Forward declarations and basic types
+// ImGui API (Dear ImGui end-user API)
+// Flags & Enumerations
+// Memory allocations macros
+// ImVector<>
+// ImGuiStyle
+// ImGuiIO
+// Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload)
+// Obsolete functions
+// Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor)
+// Draw List API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
+// Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont)
+
+*/
 
 #pragma once
 
-// Configuration file (edit imconfig.h or define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG to set your own filename)
+// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or #define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG to your own filename)
 #ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
 #include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
 #endif
@@ -16,19 +45,27 @@
 #include "imconfig.h"
 #endif
 
-#include <float.h>                  // FLT_MAX
-#include <stdarg.h>                 // va_list
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Header mess
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Includes
+#include <float.h>                  // FLT_MIN, FLT_MAX
+#include <stdarg.h>                 // va_list, va_start, va_end
 #include <stddef.h>                 // ptrdiff_t, NULL
 #include <string.h>                 // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp
 
 // Version
-// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY00 then bounced up to XYY01 when release tagging happens)
-#define IMGUI_VERSION               "1.66 WIP"
-#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM           16600
-#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION()        ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert))
+// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens)
+#define IMGUI_VERSION               "1.75"
+#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM           17500
+#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION()        ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx))
 
 // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows)
 // IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default bindings files (imgui_impl_xxx.h)
+// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
 #ifndef IMGUI_API
 #define IMGUI_API
 #endif
@@ -36,44 +73,59 @@
 #define IMGUI_IMPL_API              IMGUI_API
 #endif
 
-// Helpers
+// Helper Macros
 #ifndef IM_ASSERT
 #include <assert.h>
 #define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)            assert(_EXPR)                               // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h
 #endif
-#if defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)
-#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1))) // Apply printf-style warnings to user functions.
+#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__))
+#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1))) // To apply printf-style warnings to our functions.
 #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0)))
 #else
 #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)
 #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)
 #endif
-#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR)          ((int)(sizeof(_ARR)/sizeof(*_ARR)))         // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers!
-#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER)  ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_MEMBER))           // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in modern C++.
+#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR)          ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*_ARR)))       // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers!
+#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR)             ((void)_VAR)                                // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds.
+#if (__cplusplus >= 201100)
+#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER)  offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER)                    // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11
+#else
+#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER)  ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_MEMBER))           // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Old style macro.
+#endif
+#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX     0xFFFF                                     // Last Unicode code point supported by this build.
+#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID 0xFFFD                                     // Standard invalid Unicode code point.
 
+// Warnings
 #if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic push
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 8
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
+#endif
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic push
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
-// Forward declarations
-struct ImDrawChannel;               // Temporary storage for outputting drawing commands out of order, used by ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit()
-struct ImDrawCmd;                   // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call)
-struct ImDrawData;                  // All draw command lists required to render the frame
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Forward declarations and basic types
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImDrawChannel;               // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit()
+struct ImDrawCmd;                   // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback)
+struct ImDrawData;                  // All draw command lists required to render the frame + pos/size coordinates to use for the projection matrix.
 struct ImDrawList;                  // A single draw command list (generally one per window, conceptually you may see this as a dynamic "mesh" builder)
 struct ImDrawListSharedData;        // Data shared among multiple draw lists (typically owned by parent ImGui context, but you may create one yourself)
-struct ImDrawVert;                  // A single vertex (20 bytes by default, override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT)
+struct ImDrawListSplitter;          // Helper to split a draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order, then flattened back.
+struct ImDrawVert;                  // A single vertex (pos + uv + col = 20 bytes by default. Override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT)
 struct ImFont;                      // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas
 struct ImFontAtlas;                 // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader
 struct ImFontConfig;                // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts
-struct ImColor;                     // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*obsolete* please avoid using)
-#ifndef ImTextureID
-typedef void* ImTextureID;          // User data to identify a texture (this is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp)
-#endif
-struct ImGuiContext;                // ImGui context (opaque)
+struct ImFontGlyph;                 // A single font glyph (code point + coordinates within in ImFontAtlas + offset)
+struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder;    // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data
+struct ImColor;                     // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*OBSOLETE* please avoid using)
+struct ImGuiContext;                // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h)
 struct ImGuiIO;                     // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui
 struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData;  // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use)
 struct ImGuiListClipper;            // Helper to manually clip large list of items
@@ -82,40 +134,49 @@ struct ImGuiPayload;                // User data payload for drag and drop opera
 struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData;       // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use)
 struct ImGuiStorage;                // Helper for key->value storage
 struct ImGuiStyle;                  // Runtime data for styling/colors
-struct ImGuiTextFilter;             // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]")
 struct ImGuiTextBuffer;             // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder)
+struct ImGuiTextFilter;             // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]")
 
 // Typedefs and Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags and to not pollute the top of this file)
-// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists.
+// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names in the central column below to find the actual flags/enum lists.
+#ifndef ImTextureID
+typedef void* ImTextureID;          // User data to identify a texture (this is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp)
+#endif
 typedef unsigned int ImGuiID;       // Unique ID used by widgets (typically hashed from a stack of string)
-typedef unsigned short ImWchar;     // Character for keyboard input/display
+typedef unsigned short ImWchar;     // A single U16 character for keyboard input/display. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
 typedef int ImGuiCol;               // -> enum ImGuiCol_             // Enum: A color identifier for styling
-typedef int ImGuiCond;              // -> enum ImGuiCond_            // Enum: A condition for Set*()
+typedef int ImGuiCond;              // -> enum ImGuiCond_            // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions
 typedef int ImGuiDataType;          // -> enum ImGuiDataType_        // Enum: A primary data type
 typedef int ImGuiDir;               // -> enum ImGuiDir_             // Enum: A cardinal direction
 typedef int ImGuiKey;               // -> enum ImGuiKey_             // Enum: A key identifier (ImGui-side enum)
 typedef int ImGuiNavInput;          // -> enum ImGuiNavInput_        // Enum: An input identifier for navigation
+typedef int ImGuiMouseButton;       // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_     // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
 typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor;       // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_     // Enum: A mouse cursor identifier
 typedef int ImGuiStyleVar;          // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_        // Enum: A variable identifier for styling
-typedef int ImDrawCornerFlags;      // -> enum ImDrawCornerFlags_    // Flags: for ImDrawList::AddRect*() etc.
+typedef int ImDrawCornerFlags;      // -> enum ImDrawCornerFlags_    // Flags: for ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled() etc.
 typedef int ImDrawListFlags;        // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_      // Flags: for ImDrawList
 typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags;       // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_     // Flags: for ImFontAtlas
 typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_    // Flags: for io.BackendFlags
-typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_  // Flags: for ColorEdit*(), ColorPicker*()
-typedef int ImGuiColumnsFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_    // Flags: for Columns(), BeginColumns()
+typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_  // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc.
 typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_     // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags
 typedef int ImGuiComboFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_      // Flags: for BeginCombo()
-typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_   // Flags: for *DragDrop*()
+typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_   // Flags: for BeginDragDropSource(), AcceptDragDropPayload()
 typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_    // Flags: for IsWindowFocused()
 typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_    // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc.
-typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_  // Flags: for InputText*()
+typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_  // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline()
 typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags;   // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable()
-typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_   // Flags: for TreeNode*(),CollapsingHeader()
-typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_     // Flags: for Begin*()
+typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_     // Flags: for BeginTabBar()
+typedef int ImGuiTabItemFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_    // Flags: for BeginTabItem()
+typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_   // Flags: for TreeNode(), TreeNodeEx(), CollapsingHeader()
+typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_     // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild()
 typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData *data);
 typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data);
 
 // Scalar data types
+typedef signed char         ImS8;   // 8-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned char       ImU8;   // 8-bit unsigned integer
+typedef signed short        ImS16;  // 16-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned short      ImU16;  // 16-bit unsigned integer
 typedef signed int          ImS32;  // 32-bit signed integer == int
 typedef unsigned int        ImU32;  // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors)
 #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
@@ -136,7 +197,8 @@ struct ImVec2
     float     x, y;
     ImVec2()  { x = y = 0.0f; }
     ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; }
-    float operator[] (size_t i) const { IM_ASSERT(i <= 1); return (&x)[i]; }    // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine.
+    float  operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; }    // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine.
+    float& operator[] (size_t idx)       { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; }    // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine.
 #ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA
     IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA     // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2.
 #endif
@@ -153,35 +215,39 @@ struct ImVec4
 #endif
 };
 
-// Dear ImGui end-user API
-// (In a namespace so you can add extra functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui.cpp/.h!)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGui: Dear ImGui end-user API
+// (Inside a namespace so you can add extra functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 namespace ImGui
 {
     // Context creation and access
     // Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between imgui contexts.
-    // All those functions are not reliant on the current context.
+    // None of those functions is reliant on the current context.
     IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL);
     IMGUI_API void          DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL);   // NULL = destroy current context
     IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext();
     IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx);
 
     // Main
     IMGUI_API ImGuiIO&      GetIO();                                    // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags)
     IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle&   GetStyle();                                 // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame.
-    IMGUI_API void          NewFrame();                                 // start a new ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame().
-    IMGUI_API void          EndFrame();                                 // ends the ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(), you likely don't need to call that yourself directly. If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any imgui windows and not call NewFrame() at all!
-    IMGUI_API void          Render();                                   // ends the ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. (Obsolete: optionally call io.RenderDrawListsFn if set. Nowadays, prefer calling your render function yourself.)
-    IMGUI_API ImDrawData*   GetDrawData();                              // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render. (Obsolete: this used to be passed to your io.RenderDrawListsFn() function.)
+    IMGUI_API void          NewFrame();                                 // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame().
+    IMGUI_API void          EndFrame();                                 // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(), you likely don't need to call that yourself directly. If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any imgui windows and not call NewFrame() at all!
+    IMGUI_API void          Render();                                   // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can get call GetDrawData() to obtain it and run your rendering function. (Obsolete: this used to call io.RenderDrawListsFn(). Nowadays, we allow and prefer calling your render function yourself.)
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawData*   GetDrawData();                              // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render.
 
     // Demo, Debug, Information
-    IMGUI_API void          ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);        // create demo/test window (previously called ShowTestWindow). demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application!
-    IMGUI_API void          ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);     // create metrics window. display ImGui internals: draw commands (with individual draw calls and vertices), window list, basic internal state, etc.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);        // create Demo window (previously called ShowTestWindow). demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application!
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);       // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);     // create Metrics/Debug window. display Dear ImGui internals: draw commands (with individual draw calls and vertices), window list, basic internal state, etc.
     IMGUI_API void          ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL);    // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style)
     IMGUI_API bool          ShowStyleSelector(const char* label);       // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles.
     IMGUI_API void          ShowFontSelector(const char* label);        // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts.
     IMGUI_API void          ShowUserGuide();                            // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls).
-    IMGUI_API const char*   GetVersion();                               // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.23"
+    IMGUI_API const char*   GetVersion();                               // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.23" (essentially the compiled value for IMGUI_VERSION)
 
     // Styles
     IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL);    // new, recommended style (default)
@@ -191,9 +257,14 @@ namespace ImGui
     // Windows
     // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack.
     // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame.
-    // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window, which clicking will set the boolean to false when clicked.
-    // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window.
-    //   Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value [this is due to legacy reason and is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function returned true.]
+    // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window,
+    //   which clicking will set the boolean to false when clicked.
+    // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting
+    //   anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value!
+    //   [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu,
+    //    BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function
+    //    returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.]
+    // - Note that the bottom of window stack always contains a window called "Debug".
     IMGUI_API bool          Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API void          End();
 
@@ -201,44 +272,48 @@ namespace ImGui
     // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child.
     // - For each independent axis of 'size': ==0.0f: use remaining host window size / >0.0f: fixed size / <0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size) / Each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400).
     // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window.
-    //   Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value [this is due to legacy reason and is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function returned true.]
+    //   Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value [as with Begin: this is due to legacy reason and inconsistent with most BeginXXX functions apart from the regular Begin() which behaves like BeginChild().]
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API void          EndChild();
 
     // Windows Utilities
+    // - 'current window' = the window we are appending into while inside a Begin()/End() block. 'next window' = next window we will Begin() into.
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowAppearing();
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowCollapsed();
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options.
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. NB: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Please read the FAQ!
-    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetWindowDrawList();                        // get draw list associated to the window, to append your own drawing primitives
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetWindowDrawList();                        // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowPos();                             // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList API)
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowSize();                            // get current window size
     IMGUI_API float         GetWindowWidth();                           // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x)
     IMGUI_API float         GetWindowHeight();                          // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y)
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMax();                      // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionAvail();                    // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos()
-    IMGUI_API float         GetContentRegionAvailWidth();               //
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMin();                // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMax();                // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates
-    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowContentRegionWidth();              //
 
+    // Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin).
     IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0,0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc.
     IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                  // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size);                               // set next window content size (~ enforce the range of scrollbars). not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.). set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin()
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Sizes will be rounded down. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size);                               // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin()
     IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                 // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowFocus();                                                       // set next window to be focused / front-most. call before Begin()
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha);                                          // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily modify ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowFocus();                                                       // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin()
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha);                                          // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily override the Alpha component of ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground.
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                        // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects.
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                      // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0,0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects.
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                     // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed().
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus();                                                           // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / front-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus().
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFontScale(float scale);                                            // set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus();                                                           // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / top-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFontScale(float scale);                                            // set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes().
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);      // set named window position.
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);    // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis.
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);   // set named window collapsed state
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus(const char* name);                                           // set named window to be focused / front-most. use NULL to remove focus.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus(const char* name);                                           // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus.
+
+    // Content region
+    // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned soon (they are confusing, incomplete and return values in local window coordinates which increases confusion)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMax();                                          // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionAvail();                                        // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos()
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMin();                                    // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMax();                                    // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates
+    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowContentRegionWidth();                                  //
 
     // Windows Scrolling
     IMGUI_API float         GetScrollX();                                                   // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
@@ -247,8 +322,10 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxY();                                                // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.Y - WindowSize.Y
     IMGUI_API void          SetScrollX(float scroll_x);                                     // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
     IMGUI_API void          SetScrollY(float scroll_y);                                     // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
-    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);                     // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosY(float pos_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);    // adjust scrolling amount to make given position valid. use GetCursorPos() or GetCursorStartPos()+offset to get valid positions.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio = 0.5f);                    // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_x_ratio=0.0: left, 0.5: center, 1.0: right. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);                    // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f);  // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);  // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.
 
     // Parameters stacks (shared)
     IMGUI_API void          PushFont(ImFont* font);                                         // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font
@@ -268,10 +345,11 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImU32 col);                                         // retrieve given color with style alpha applied
 
     // Parameters stacks (current window)
-    IMGUI_API void          PushItemWidth(float item_width);                                // width of items for the common item+label case, pixels. 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width, >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side)
+    IMGUI_API void          PushItemWidth(float item_width);                                // set width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side). 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width,
     IMGUI_API void          PopItemWidth();
-    IMGUI_API float         CalcItemWidth();                                                // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position
-    IMGUI_API void          PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x = 0.0f);                       // word-wrapping for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemWidth(float item_width);                             // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side)
+    IMGUI_API float         CalcItemWidth();                                                // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions.
+    IMGUI_API void          PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f);                 // word-wrapping for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space
     IMGUI_API void          PopTextWrapPos();
     IMGUI_API void          PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus);              // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
     IMGUI_API void          PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
@@ -279,24 +357,27 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          PopButtonRepeat();
 
     // Cursor / Layout
+    // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position.
+    // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down.
+    // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceeding widget.
     IMGUI_API void          Separator();                                                    // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator.
-    IMGUI_API void          SameLine(float pos_x = 0.0f, float spacing_w = -1.0f);          // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally
-    IMGUI_API void          NewLine();                                                      // undo a SameLine()
-    IMGUI_API void          Spacing();                                                      // add vertical spacing
-    IMGUI_API void          Dummy(const ImVec2& size);                                      // add a dummy item of given size
+    IMGUI_API void          SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f);  // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates.
+    IMGUI_API void          NewLine();                                                      // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in an horizontal-layout context.
+    IMGUI_API void          Spacing();                                                      // add vertical spacing.
+    IMGUI_API void          Dummy(const ImVec2& size);                                      // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into.
     IMGUI_API void          Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f);                                  // move content position toward the right, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0
     IMGUI_API void          Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f);                                // move content position back to the left, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0
-    IMGUI_API void          BeginGroup();                                                   // lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
-    IMGUI_API void          EndGroup();
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorPos();                                                 // cursor position is relative to window position
-    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosX();                                                // "
-    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosY();                                                // "
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos);                          // "
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosX(float x);                                         // "
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosY(float y);                                         // "
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorStartPos();                                            // initial cursor position
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginGroup();                                                   // lock horizontal starting position
+    IMGUI_API void          EndGroup();                                                     // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorPos();                                                 // cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position)
+    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosX();                                                //   (some functions are using window-relative coordinates, such as: GetCursorPos, GetCursorStartPos, GetContentRegionMax, GetWindowContentRegion* etc.
+    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosY();                                                //    other functions such as GetCursorScreenPos or everything in ImDrawList::
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos);                          //    are using the main, absolute coordinate system.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosX(float local_x);                                   //    GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.)
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosY(float local_y);                                   //
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorStartPos();                                            // initial cursor position in window coordinates
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorScreenPos();                                           // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] (useful to work with ImDrawList API)
-    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& screen_pos);                   // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize]
+    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos);                          // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize]
     IMGUI_API void          AlignTextToFramePadding();                                      // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item)
     IMGUI_API float         GetTextLineHeight();                                            // ~ FontSize
     IMGUI_API float         GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();                                 // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text)
@@ -304,23 +385,24 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API float         GetFrameHeightWithSpacing();                                    // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets)
 
     // ID stack/scopes
-    // Read the FAQ for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most
-    // likely want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them.
-    // You can also use the "##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others.
-    // In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed and used as an ID,
-    // whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not aimed to be displayed.
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id);                                     // push identifier into the ID stack. IDs are hash of the entire stack!
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const void* ptr_id);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushID(int int_id);
-    IMGUI_API void          PopID();
+    // - Read the FAQ for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most
+    //   likely want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them.
+    // - The resulting ID are hashes of the entire stack.
+    // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others.
+    // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed and used as an ID,
+    //   whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed.
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id);                                     // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);       // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const void* ptr_id);                                     // push pointer into the ID stack (will hash pointer).
+    IMGUI_API void          PushID(int int_id);                                             // push integer into the ID stack (will hash integer).
+    IMGUI_API void          PopID();                                                        // pop from the ID stack.
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const char* str_id);                                      // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const void* ptr_id);
 
     // Widgets: Text
-    IMGUI_API void          TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);                // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text.
-    IMGUI_API void          Text(const char* fmt, ...)                                      IM_FMTARGS(1); // simple formatted text
+    IMGUI_API void          TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text.
+    IMGUI_API void          Text(const char* fmt, ...)                                      IM_FMTARGS(1); // formatted text
     IMGUI_API void          TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                            IM_FMTLIST(1);
     IMGUI_API void          TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)            IM_FMTARGS(2); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
     IMGUI_API void          TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args)  IM_FMTLIST(2);
@@ -334,10 +416,11 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                      IM_FMTLIST(1);
 
     // Widgets: Main
-    // Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected
+    // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected
+    // - You may also use one of the many IsItemXXX functions (e.g. IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) to query widget state.
     IMGUI_API bool          Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));    // button
     IMGUI_API bool          SmallButton(const char* label);                                 // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text
-    IMGUI_API bool          InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size);        // button behavior without the visuals, useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.)
+    IMGUI_API bool          InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size);        // button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.)
     IMGUI_API bool          ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir);                  // square button with an arrow shape
     IMGUI_API void          Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0));
     IMGUI_API bool          ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0),  const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));    // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding
@@ -349,18 +432,22 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          Bullet();                                                       // draw a small circle and keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses
 
     // Widgets: Combo Box
-    // The new BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items.
-    // The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose.
+    // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items.
+    // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose.
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API void          EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true!
     IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
     IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);      // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0"
     IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
 
-    // Widgets: Drags (tip: ctrl+click on a drag box to input with keyboard. manually input values aren't clamped, can go off-bounds)
-    // For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x
-    // Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
-    // Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision).
+    // Widgets: Drags
+    // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds.
+    // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x
+    // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
+    // - Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision).
+    // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits.
+    // - Use v_max = FLT_MAX / INT_MAX etc to avoid clamping to a maximum, same with v_min = -FLT_MAX / INT_MIN to avoid clamping to a minimum.
+    // - Use v_min > v_max to lock edits.
     IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);     // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
     IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
     IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
@@ -371,11 +458,12 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d");
     IMGUI_API bool          DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d");
     IMGUI_API bool          DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min = NULL, const void* v_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, float v_speed, const void* v_min = NULL, const void* v_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
 
-    // Widgets: Sliders (tip: ctrl+click on a slider to input with keyboard. manually input values aren't clamped, can go off-bounds)
-    // Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
+    // Widgets: Sliders
+    // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds.
+    // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
     IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);     // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. Use power!=1.0 for power curve sliders
     IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
     IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
@@ -385,30 +473,33 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
     IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
     IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
     IMGUI_API bool          VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
     IMGUI_API bool          VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
-    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
 
     // Widgets: Input with Keyboard
-    // If you want to use InputText() with a dynamic string type such as std::string or your own, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h
+    // - If you want to use InputText() with std::string or any custom dynamic string type, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h and comments in imgui_demo.cpp.
+    // - Most of the ImGuiInputTextFlags flags are only useful for InputText() and not for InputFloatX, InputIntX, InputDouble etc.
     IMGUI_API bool          InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
     IMGUI_API bool          InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step = 0.0f, double step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* step = NULL, const void* step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* step = NULL, const void* step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step = 0.0, double step_fast = 0.0, const char* format = "%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
 
     // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little colored preview square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.)
-    // Note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can the pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x
+    // - Note that in C++ a 'float v[X]' function argument is the _same_ as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible.
+    // - You can pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x
     IMGUI_API bool          ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API bool          ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API bool          ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
@@ -417,9 +508,9 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);                     // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls.
 
     // Widgets: Trees
-    // TreeNode functions return true when the node is open, in which case you need to also call TreePop() when you are finished displaying the tree node contents.
+    // - TreeNode functions return true when the node is open, in which case you need to also call TreePop() when you are finished displaying the tree node contents.
     IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* label);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);   // helper variation to completely decorelate the id from the displayed string. Read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet().
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);   // helper variation to easily decorelate the id from the displayed string. Read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet().
     IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);   // "
     IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
     IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
@@ -431,17 +522,19 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          TreePush(const char* str_id);                                       // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired.
     IMGUI_API void          TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL);                                // "
     IMGUI_API void          TreePop();                                                          // ~ Unindent()+PopId()
-    IMGUI_API void          TreeAdvanceToLabelPos();                                            // advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
     IMGUI_API float         GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing();                                        // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0);              // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
     IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);  // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop().
     IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                  // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
 
     // Widgets: Selectables
+    // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected.
+    // - Neighbors selectable extend their highlight bounds in order to leave no gap between them. This is so a series of selected Selectable appear contiguous.
     IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));  // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height
     IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));       // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper.
 
     // Widgets: List Boxes
+    // - FIXME: To be consistent with all the newer API, ListBoxHeader/ListBoxFooter should in reality be called BeginListBox/EndListBox. Will rename them.
     IMGUI_API bool          ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
     IMGUI_API bool          ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
     IMGUI_API bool          ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. if the function return true, you can output elements then call ListBoxFooter() afterwards.
@@ -454,42 +547,57 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
     IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));
 
-    // Widgets: Value() Helpers. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace)
+    // Widgets: Value() Helpers.
+    // - Those are merely shortcut to calling Text() with a format string. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace)
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, bool b);
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, int v);
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v);
     IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format = NULL);
 
     // Widgets: Menus
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMainMenuBar();                                                 // create and append to a full screen menu-bar.
-    IMGUI_API void          EndMainMenuBar();                                                   // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true!
+    // - Use BeginMenuBar() on a window ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar to append to its menu bar.
+    // - Use BeginMainMenuBar() to create a menu bar at the top of the screen.
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenuBar();                                                     // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window).
     IMGUI_API void          EndMenuBar();                                                       // only call EndMenuBar() if BeginMenuBar() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMainMenuBar();                                                 // create and append to a full screen menu-bar.
+    IMGUI_API void          EndMainMenuBar();                                                   // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true!
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true);                  // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true!
     IMGUI_API void          EndMenu();                                                          // only call EndMenu() if BeginMenu() returns true!
     IMGUI_API bool          MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true);  // return true when activated. shortcuts are displayed for convenience but not processed by ImGui at the moment
     IMGUI_API bool          MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true);              // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL
 
     // Tooltips
+    // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse which do not take focus away.
     IMGUI_API void          BeginTooltip();                                                     // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items).
     IMGUI_API void          EndTooltip();
-    IMGUI_API void          SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                     // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). overidde any previous call to SetTooltip().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                     // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip().
     IMGUI_API void          SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
 
-    // Popups
+    // Popups, Modals
+    // The properties of popups windows are:
+    // - They block normal mouse hovering detection outside them. (*)
+    // - Unless modal, they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
+    // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by imgui instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin() calls.
+    //   User can manipulate the visibility state by calling OpenPopup().
+    // - We default to use the right mouse (ImGuiMouseButton_Right=1) for the Popup Context functions.
+    // (*) You can use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) to bypass it and detect hovering even when normally blocked by a popup.
+    // Those three properties are connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state because it can close popups at any time.
     IMGUI_API void          OpenPopup(const char* str_id);                                      // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). popups are closed when user click outside, or if CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. By default, Selectable()/MenuItem() are calling CloseCurrentPopup(). Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);                                             // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. only call EndPopup() if BeginPopup() returns true!
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1);                                 // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on last item. if you can pass a NULL str_id only if the previous item had an id. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp!
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1, bool also_over_items = true);  // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on current window.
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1);                                 // helper to open and begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no imgui windows).
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 1);                    // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on last item. if you can pass a NULL str_id only if the previous item had an id. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp!
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 1, bool also_over_items = true);  // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on current window.
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 1);                    // helper to open and begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no imgui windows).
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);                     // modal dialog (regular window with title bar, block interactions behind the modal window, can't close the modal window by clicking outside)
     IMGUI_API void          EndPopup();                                                                                             // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true!
-    IMGUI_API bool          OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1);                                  // helper to open popup when clicked on last item (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors). return true when just opened.
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id);                                    // return true if the popup is open
+    IMGUI_API bool          OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 1);                     // helper to open popup when clicked on last item (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors). return true when just opened.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id);                                    // return true if the popup is open at the current begin-ed level of the popup stack.
     IMGUI_API void          CloseCurrentPopup();                                                // close the popup we have begin-ed into. clicking on a MenuItem or Selectable automatically close the current popup.
 
     // Columns
-    // You can also use SameLine(pos_x) for simplified columns. The columns API is work-in-progress and rather lacking (columns are arguably the worst part of dear imgui at the moment!)
+    // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns.
+    // - The columns API is work-in-progress and rather lacking (columns are arguably the worst part of dear imgui at the moment!)
+    // - There is a maximum of 64 columns.
+    // - Currently working on new 'Tables' api which will replace columns (see GitHub #2957)
     IMGUI_API void          Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true);
     IMGUI_API void          NextColumn();                                                       // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished
     IMGUI_API int           GetColumnIndex();                                                   // get current column index
@@ -499,59 +607,71 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x);                  // set position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column
     IMGUI_API int           GetColumnsCount();
 
-    // Logging/Capture: all text output from interface is captured to tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
-    IMGUI_API void          LogToTTY(int max_depth = -1);                                       // start logging to tty
-    IMGUI_API void          LogToFile(int max_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL);         // start logging to file
-    IMGUI_API void          LogToClipboard(int max_depth = -1);                                 // start logging to OS clipboard
+    // Tab Bars, Tabs
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0);        // create and append into a TabBar
+    IMGUI_API void          EndTabBar();                                                        // only call EndTabBar() if BeginTabBar() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0);// create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected.
+    IMGUI_API void          EndTabItem();                                                       // only call EndTabItem() if BeginTabItem() returns true!
+    IMGUI_API void          SetTabItemClosed(const char* tab_or_docked_window_label);           // notify TabBar or Docking system of a closed tab/window ahead (useful to reduce visual flicker on reorderable tab bars). For tab-bar: call after BeginTabBar() and before Tab submissions. Otherwise call with a window name.
+
+    // Logging/Capture
+    // - All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
+    IMGUI_API void          LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth = -1);                                 // start logging to tty (stdout)
+    IMGUI_API void          LogToFile(int auto_open_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL);   // start logging to file
+    IMGUI_API void          LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth = -1);                           // start logging to OS clipboard
     IMGUI_API void          LogFinish();                                                        // stop logging (close file, etc.)
     IMGUI_API void          LogButtons();                                                       // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard
     IMGUI_API void          LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                        // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
 
     // Drag and Drop
-    // [BETA API] Missing Demo code. API may evolve.
+    // [BETA API] API may evolve!
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0);                                      // call when the current item is active. If this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource()
-    IMGUI_API bool          SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);// type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui.
+    IMGUI_API bool          SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0);  // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui.
     IMGUI_API void          EndDragDropSource();                                                                    // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true!
     IMGUI_API bool                  BeginDragDropTarget();                                                          // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget()
     IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload*   AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0);          // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released.
     IMGUI_API void                  EndDragDropTarget();                                                            // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true!
     IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload*   GetDragDropPayload();                                                           // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type.
-    
+
     // Clipping
     IMGUI_API void          PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
     IMGUI_API void          PopClipRect();
 
     // Focus, Activation
-    // (Prefer using "SetItemDefaultFocus()" over "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHereY()" when applicable to signify "this is the default item")
+    // - Prefer using "SetItemDefaultFocus()" over "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHereY()" when applicable to signify "this is the default item"
     IMGUI_API void          SetItemDefaultFocus();                                              // make last item the default focused item of a window.
     IMGUI_API void          SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0);                               // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget.
 
     // Item/Widgets Utilities
-    // See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of many of those functions.
+    // - Most of the functions are referring to the last/previous item we submitted.
+    // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions.
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0);                         // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options.
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemActive();                                                     // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false)
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemFocused();                                                    // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation?
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemClicked(int mouse_button = 0);                                // is the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0);                   // is the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemVisible();                                                    // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling)
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemEdited();                                                     // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemActivated();                                                  // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive).
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemDeactivated();                                                // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing.
     IMGUI_API bool          IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit();                                       // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item).
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemHovered();
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemActive();
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemFocused();
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMin();                                                   // get bounding rectangle of last item, in screen space
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMax();                                                   // "
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectSize();                                                  // get size of last item, in screen space
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemToggledOpen();                                                // was the last item open state toggled? set by TreeNode().
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemHovered();                                                 // is any item hovered?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemActive();                                                  // is any item active?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemFocused();                                                 // is any item focused?
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMin();                                                   // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMax();                                                   // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectSize();                                                  // get size of last item
     IMGUI_API void          SetItemAllowOverlap();                                              // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area.
 
     // Miscellaneous Utilities
     IMGUI_API bool          IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size);                                  // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped.
     IMGUI_API bool          IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max);      // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side.
-    IMGUI_API double        GetTime();
-    IMGUI_API int           GetFrameCount();
-    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetOverlayDrawList();                                               // this draw list will be the last rendered one, useful to quickly draw overlays shapes/text
-    IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData();                                    // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances
-    IMGUI_API const char*   GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx);
+    IMGUI_API double        GetTime();                                                          // get global imgui time. incremented by io.DeltaTime every frame.
+    IMGUI_API int           GetFrameCount();                                                    // get global imgui frame count. incremented by 1 every frame.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetBackgroundDrawList();                                            // this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetForegroundDrawList();                                            // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents.
+    IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData();                                    // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances.
+    IMGUI_API const char*   GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx);                                    // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.).
     IMGUI_API void          SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage);                             // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it)
     IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage();
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f);
@@ -565,50 +685,61 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v);
     IMGUI_API void          ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b);
 
-    // Inputs Utilities
+    // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard
+    // - For 'int user_key_index' you can use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[].
+    // - We don't know the meaning of those value. You can use GetKeyIndex() to map a ImGuiKey_ value into the user index.
     IMGUI_API int           GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key);                                    // map ImGuiKey_* values into user's key index. == io.KeyMap[key]
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyDown(int user_key_index);                                      // is key being held. == io.KeysDown[user_key_index]. note that imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]. Use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]!
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat = true);               // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down). if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index);                                  // was key released (went from Down to !Down)..
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyDown(int user_key_index);                                      // is key being held. == io.KeysDown[user_key_index].
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat = true);               // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index);                                  // was key released (went from Down to !Down)?
     IMGUI_API int           GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDown(int button);                                            // is mouse button held (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyMouseDown();                                                   // is any mouse button held
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat = false);                    // did mouse button clicked (went from !Down to Down) (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button);                                   // did mouse button double-clicked. a double-click returns false in IsMouseClicked(). uses io.MouseDoubleClickTime.
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseReleased(int button);                                        // did mouse button released (went from Down to !Down)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragging(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);      // is mouse dragging. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);  // is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but  disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block.
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL);                    //
+    IMGUI_API void          CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard_value = true);    // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard_value"; after the next NewFrame() call.
+
+    // Inputs Utilities: Mouse
+    // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right.
+    // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle.
+    // - Dragging operations are only reported after mouse has moved a certain distance away from the initial clicking position (see 'lock_threshold' and 'io.MouseDraggingThreshold')
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button);                               // is mouse button held?
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat = false);       // did mouse button clicked? (went from !Down to Down)
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button);                           // did mouse button released? (went from Down to !Down)
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button);                      // did mouse button double-clicked? a double-click returns false in IsMouseClicked(). uses io.MouseDoubleClickTime.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);// is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL);                    // by convention we use (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote that there is no mouse available
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyMouseDown();                                                   // is any mouse button held?
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePos();                                                      // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup();                                 // retrieve backup of mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);    // dragging amount since clicking. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold
-    IMGUI_API void          ResetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0);                                //
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup();                                 // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves)
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);         // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);   // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold)
+    IMGUI_API void          ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0);                   //
     IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor();                                                // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
-    IMGUI_API void          SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor type);                              // set desired cursor type
-    IMGUI_API void          CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture = true);                        // manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered.
-    IMGUI_API void          CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture = true);                           // manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle).
+    IMGUI_API void          SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type);                       // set desired cursor type
+    IMGUI_API void          CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse_value = true);          // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse_value;" after the next NewFrame() call.
 
     // Clipboard Utilities (also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture or output text data to the clipboard)
     IMGUI_API const char*   GetClipboardText();
     IMGUI_API void          SetClipboardText(const char* text);
 
     // Settings/.Ini Utilities
-    // The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini").
-    // Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually.
+    // - The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini").
+    // - Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually.
     IMGUI_API void          LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename);                  // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename).
     IMGUI_API void          LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source.
-    IMGUI_API void          SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename);
+    IMGUI_API void          SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename);                    // this is automatically called (if io.IniFilename is not empty) a few seconds after any modification that should be reflected in the .ini file (and also by DestroyContext).
     IMGUI_API const char*   SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL);               // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings.
 
-    // Memory Utilities
-    // All those functions are not reliant on the current context.
-    // If you reload the contents of imgui.cpp at runtime, you may need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() again.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void(*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL);
+    // Memory Allocators
+    // - All those functions are not reliant on the current context.
+    // - If you reload the contents of imgui.cpp at runtime, you may need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() again because we use global storage for those.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL);
     IMGUI_API void*         MemAlloc(size_t size);
     IMGUI_API void          MemFree(void* ptr);
 
 } // namespace ImGui
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Flags & Enumerations
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 // Flags for ImGui::Begin()
 enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
 {
@@ -616,7 +747,7 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar             = 1 << 0,   // Disable title-bar
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize               = 1 << 1,   // Disable user resizing with the lower-right grip
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove                 = 1 << 2,   // Disable user moving the window
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar            = 1 << 3,   // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programatically)
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar            = 1 << 3,   // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programmatically)
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse      = 1 << 4,   // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set.
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse             = 1 << 5,   // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it
     ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize       = 1 << 6,   // Resize every window to its content every frame
@@ -626,12 +757,13 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
     ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar                = 1 << 10,  // Has a menu-bar
     ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar    = 1 << 11,  // Allow horizontal scrollbar to appear (off by default). You may use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(width,0.0f)); prior to calling Begin() to specify width. Read code in imgui_demo in the "Horizontal Scrolling" section.
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing     = 1 << 12,  // Disable taking focus when transitioning from hidden to visible state
-    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus  = 1 << 13,  // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programatically giving it focus)
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus  = 1 << 13,  // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programmatically giving it focus)
     ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14,  // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y)
     ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15,  // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x)
     ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16,  // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient)
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs            = 1 << 18,  // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus             = 1 << 19,  // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB)
+    ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument        = 1 << 20,  // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to cancel the closure (with a confirmation popup, etc.) without flicker.
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav                  = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus,
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration           = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse,
     ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs               = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus,
@@ -645,8 +777,8 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
     ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu              = 1 << 28   // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu()
 
     // [Obsolete]
-    //ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders          = 1 << 7,   // --> Set style.FrameBorderSize=1.0f / style.WindowBorderSize=1.0f to enable borders around windows and items
-    //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide    = 1 << 17,  // --> Set io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges and make sure mouse cursors are supported by back-end (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)
+    //ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders          = 1 << 7,   // --> Set style.FrameBorderSize=1.0f or style.WindowBorderSize=1.0f to enable borders around items or windows.
+    //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide    = 1 << 17,  // --> Set io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges=true and make sure mouse cursors are supported by back-end (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::InputText()
@@ -658,7 +790,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase      = 1 << 2,   // Turn a..z into A..Z
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank        = 1 << 3,   // Filter out spaces, tabs
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll       = 1 << 4,   // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue    = 1 << 5,   // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to when the value was modified)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue    = 1 << 5,   // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion  = 1 << 6,   // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory     = 1 << 7,   // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways      = 1 << 8,   // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
@@ -673,7 +805,8 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific     = 1 << 17,  // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input)
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize      = 1 << 18,  // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this)
     // [Internal]
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline           = 1 << 20   // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline           = 1 << 20,  // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited        = 1 << 21   // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*()
@@ -691,15 +824,11 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf                 = 1 << 8,   // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes).
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet               = 1 << 9,   // Display a bullet instead of arrow
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding         = 1 << 10,  // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding().
-    //ImGuITreeNodeFlags_SpanAllAvailWidth  = 1 << 11,  // FIXME: TODO: Extend hit box horizontally even if not framed
-    //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen     = 1 << 12,  // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth       = 1 << 11,  // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line. In the future we may refactor the hit system to be front-to-back, allowing natural overlaps and then this can become the default.
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth        = 1 << 12,  // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area).
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13,  // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop)
+    //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen     = 1 << 14,  // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader     = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog
-
-    // Obsolete names (will be removed)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-    , ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap
-#endif
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::Selectable()
@@ -709,7 +838,8 @@ enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_
     ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups    = 1 << 0,   // Clicking this don't close parent popup window
     ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns     = 1 << 1,   // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column)
     ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick   = 1 << 2,   // Generate press events on double clicks too
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled           = 1 << 3    // Cannot be selected, display greyed out text
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled           = 1 << 3,   // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap   = 1 << 4    // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo()
@@ -726,13 +856,39 @@ enum ImGuiComboFlags_
     ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_             = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest
 };
 
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabBar()
+enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_None                           = 0,
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable                    = 1 << 0,   // Allow manually dragging tabs to re-order them + New tabs are appended at the end of list
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs              = 1 << 1,   // Automatically select new tabs when they appear
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton             = 1 << 2,   // Disable buttons to open the tab list popup
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton   = 1 << 3,   // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons      = 1 << 4,   // Disable scrolling buttons (apply when fitting policy is ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip                      = 1 << 5,   // Disable tooltips when hovering a tab
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown        = 1 << 6,   // Resize tabs when they don't fit
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll            = 1 << 7,   // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_             = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll,
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_          = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem()
+enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_None                          = 0,
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument               = 1 << 0,   // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. Also: tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to undo it without flicker.
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected                   = 1 << 1,   // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem()
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton  = 1 << 2,   // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId                      = 1 << 3    // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem()
+};
+
 // Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused()
 enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_
 {
     ImGuiFocusedFlags_None                          = 0,
     ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows                  = 1 << 0,   // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any children of the window is focused
     ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow                    = 1 << 1,   // IsWindowFocused(): Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
-    ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow                     = 1 << 2,   // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any window is focused
+    ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow                     = 1 << 2,   // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use ImGui::GetIO().WantCaptureMouse instead.
     ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows           = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows
 };
 
@@ -748,7 +904,7 @@ enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_
     ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup       = 1 << 3,   // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window
     //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal     = 1 << 4,   // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet.
     ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem  = 1 << 5,   // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns.
-    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped           = 1 << 6,   // Return true even if the position is overlapped by another window
+    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped           = 1 << 6,   // Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window
     ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled             = 1 << 7,   // Return true even if the item is disabled
     ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly                      = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped,
     ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows           = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows
@@ -763,7 +919,7 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_
     ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover         = 1 << 1,   // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item.
     ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers     = 1 << 2,   // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item.
     ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID            = 1 << 3,   // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit.
-    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern                 = 1 << 4,   // External source (from outside of imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously.
+    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern                 = 1 << 4,   // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously.
     ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload      = 1 << 5,   // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged)
     // AcceptDragDropPayload() flags
     ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery         = 1 << 10,  // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered.
@@ -779,10 +935,14 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_
 // A primary data type
 enum ImGuiDataType_
 {
+    ImGuiDataType_S8,       // signed char / char (with sensible compilers)
+    ImGuiDataType_U8,       // unsigned char
+    ImGuiDataType_S16,      // short
+    ImGuiDataType_U16,      // unsigned short
     ImGuiDataType_S32,      // int
     ImGuiDataType_U32,      // unsigned int
-    ImGuiDataType_S64,      // long long, __int64
-    ImGuiDataType_U64,      // unsigned long long, unsigned __int64
+    ImGuiDataType_S64,      // long long / __int64
+    ImGuiDataType_U64,      // unsigned long long / unsigned __int64
     ImGuiDataType_Float,    // float
     ImGuiDataType_Double,   // double
     ImGuiDataType_COUNT
@@ -817,12 +977,13 @@ enum ImGuiKey_
     ImGuiKey_Space,
     ImGuiKey_Enter,
     ImGuiKey_Escape,
-    ImGuiKey_A,         // for text edit CTRL+A: select all
-    ImGuiKey_C,         // for text edit CTRL+C: copy
-    ImGuiKey_V,         // for text edit CTRL+V: paste
-    ImGuiKey_X,         // for text edit CTRL+X: cut
-    ImGuiKey_Y,         // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo
-    ImGuiKey_Z,         // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo
+    ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter,
+    ImGuiKey_A,                 // for text edit CTRL+A: select all
+    ImGuiKey_C,                 // for text edit CTRL+C: copy
+    ImGuiKey_V,                 // for text edit CTRL+V: paste
+    ImGuiKey_X,                 // for text edit CTRL+X: cut
+    ImGuiKey_Y,                 // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo
+    ImGuiKey_Z,                 // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo
     ImGuiKey_COUNT
 };
 
@@ -864,6 +1025,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavInput_
 // Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application.
 enum ImGuiConfigFlags_
 {
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_None                   = 0,
     ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard      = 1 << 0,   // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on io.KeysDown[].
     ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad       = 1 << 1,   // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. This is mostly to instruct your imgui back-end to fill io.NavInputs[]. Back-end also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.
     ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos   = 1 << 2,   // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your binding, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth.
@@ -871,7 +1033,7 @@ enum ImGuiConfigFlags_
     ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse                = 1 << 4,   // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the back-end.
     ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange    = 1 << 5,   // Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the back-end cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead.
 
-    // User storage (to allow your back-end/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are not used by core ImGui)
+    // User storage (to allow your back-end/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are not used by core Dear ImGui)
     ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB                 = 1 << 20,  // Application is SRGB-aware.
     ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen          = 1 << 21   // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse.
 };
@@ -879,9 +1041,11 @@ enum ImGuiConfigFlags_
 // Back-end capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom back-end.
 enum ImGuiBackendFlags_
 {
-    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad            = 1 << 0,   // Back-end supports gamepad and currently has one connected.
-    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors       = 1 << 1,   // Back-end supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape.
-    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos        = 1 << 2    // Back-end supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set).
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_None                  = 0,
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad            = 1 << 0,   // Back-end Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected.
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors       = 1 << 1,   // Back-end Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape.
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos        = 1 << 2,   // Back-end Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set).
+    ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset  = 1 << 3    // Back-end Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices.
 };
 
 // Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor()
@@ -911,7 +1075,7 @@ enum ImGuiCol_
     ImGuiCol_Button,
     ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered,
     ImGuiCol_ButtonActive,
-    ImGuiCol_Header,
+    ImGuiCol_Header,                // Header* colors are used for CollapsingHeader, TreeNode, Selectable, MenuItem
     ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered,
     ImGuiCol_HeaderActive,
     ImGuiCol_Separator,
@@ -920,6 +1084,11 @@ enum ImGuiCol_
     ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip,
     ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered,
     ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive,
+    ImGuiCol_Tab,
+    ImGuiCol_TabHovered,
+    ImGuiCol_TabActive,
+    ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused,
+    ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive,
     ImGuiCol_PlotLines,
     ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered,
     ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram,
@@ -934,10 +1103,8 @@ enum ImGuiCol_
 
     // Obsolete names (will be removed)
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-    , ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg = ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImGuiCol_Column = ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered = ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive = ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive
-    , ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening = ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg
-    //ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered, // [unused since 1.60+] the close button now uses regular button colors.
-    //ImGuiCol_ComboBg,                                                              // [unused since 1.53+] ComboBg has been merged with PopupBg, so a redirect isn't accurate.
+    , ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening = ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg                      // [renamed in 1.63]
+    //, ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered// [unused since 1.60+] the close button now uses regular button colors.
 #endif
 };
 
@@ -946,7 +1113,7 @@ enum ImGuiCol_
 // NB: if changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type.
 enum ImGuiStyleVar_
 {
-    // Enum name ......................// Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions)
+    // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions)
     ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha,               // float     Alpha
     ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding,       // ImVec2    WindowPadding
     ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding,      // float     WindowRounding
@@ -967,20 +1134,22 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_
     ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding,   // float     ScrollbarRounding
     ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize,         // float     GrabMinSize
     ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding,        // float     GrabRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding,         // float     TabRounding
     ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign,     // ImVec2    ButtonTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2    SelectableTextAlign
     ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
 
     // Obsolete names (will be removed)
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-    , ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ = ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding = ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
+    , ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ = ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT                    // [renamed in 1.60]
 #endif
 };
 
-// Enumeration for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton()
+// Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton()
 enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_
 {
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_None            = 0,
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha         = 1 << 1,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (read 3 components from the input pointer).
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha         = 1 << 1,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (will only read 3 components from the input pointer).
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker        = 1 << 2,   //              // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on colored square.
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions       = 1 << 3,   //              // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview.
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview  = 1 << 4,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable colored square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs)
@@ -990,24 +1159,45 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview   = 1 << 8,   //              // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small colored square preview instead.
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop      = 1 << 9,   //              // ColorEdit: disable drag and drop target. ColorButton: disable drag and drop source.
 
-    // User Options (right-click on widget to change some of them). You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The idea is that you probably don't want to override them in most of your calls, let the user choose and/or call SetColorEditOptions() during startup.
+    // User Options (right-click on widget to change some of them).
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar        = 1 << 16,  //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: show vertical alpha bar/gradient in picker.
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview    = 1 << 17,  //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display preview as a transparent color over a checkerboard, instead of opaque.
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf= 1 << 18,  //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display half opaque / half checkerboard, instead of opaque.
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR             = 1 << 19,  //              // (WIP) ColorEdit: Currently only disable 0.0f..1.0f limits in RGBA edition (note: you probably want to use ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float flag as well).
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB             = 1 << 20,  // [Inputs]     // ColorEdit: choose one among RGB/HSV/HEX. ColorPicker: choose any combination using RGB/HSV/HEX.
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV             = 1 << 21,  // [Inputs]     // "
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX             = 1 << 22,  // [Inputs]     // "
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB      = 1 << 20,  // [Display]    // ColorEdit: override _display_ type among RGB/HSV/Hex. ColorPicker: select any combination using one or more of RGB/HSV/Hex.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV      = 1 << 21,  // [Display]    // "
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex      = 1 << 22,  // [Display]    // "
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8           = 1 << 23,  // [DataType]   // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0..255.
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float           = 1 << 24,  // [DataType]   // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0.0f..1.0f floats instead of 0..255 integers. No round-trip of value via integers.
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar    = 1 << 25,  // [PickerMode] // ColorPicker: bar for Hue, rectangle for Sat/Value.
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel  = 1 << 26,  // [PickerMode] // ColorPicker: wheel for Hue, triangle for Sat/Value.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar    = 1 << 25,  // [Picker]     // ColorPicker: bar for Hue, rectangle for Sat/Value.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel  = 1 << 26,  // [Picker]     // ColorPicker: wheel for Hue, triangle for Sat/Value.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB        = 1 << 27,  // [Input]      // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in RGB format.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV        = 1 << 28,  // [Input]      // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in HSV format.
+
+    // Defaults Options. You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The intent is that you probably don't want to
+    // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup.
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
 
     // [Internal] Masks
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask     = ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV|ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX,
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask    = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV|ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex,
     ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask   = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float,
     ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask     = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
-    ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar    // Change application default using SetColorEditOptions()
+    ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask      = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV
+
+    // Obsolete names (will be removed)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    , ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex  // [renamed in 1.69]
+#endif
+};
+
+// Identify a mouse button.
+// Those values are guaranteed to be stable and we frequently use 0/1 directly. Named enums provided for convenience.
+enum ImGuiMouseButton_
+{
+    ImGuiMouseButton_Left = 0,
+    ImGuiMouseButton_Right = 1,
+    ImGuiMouseButton_Middle = 2,
+    ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT = 5
 };
 
 // Enumeration for GetMouseCursor()
@@ -1017,21 +1207,23 @@ enum ImGuiMouseCursor_
     ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1,
     ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0,
     ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput,         // When hovering over InputText, etc.
-    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll,         // (Unused by imgui functions)
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll,         // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions)
     ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS,          // When hovering over an horizontal border
     ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW,          // When hovering over a vertical border or a column
     ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW,        // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window
     ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE,        // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window
-    ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand,              // (Unused by imgui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks)
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand,              // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks)
+    ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed,        // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle.
     ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
 
     // Obsolete names (will be removed)
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-    , ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ = ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
+    , ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ = ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT      // [renamed in 1.60]
 #endif
 };
 
-// Condition for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextTreeNode***() functions
+// Enumeration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions
+// Represent a condition.
 // Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always.
 enum ImGuiCond_
 {
@@ -1039,23 +1231,109 @@ enum ImGuiCond_
     ImGuiCond_Once          = 1 << 1,   // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call with succeed)
     ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver  = 1 << 2,   // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file)
     ImGuiCond_Appearing     = 1 << 3    // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time)
+};
 
-    // Obsolete names (will be removed)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-    , ImGuiSetCond_Always = ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once = ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver = ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing = ImGuiCond_Appearing
-#endif
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Helpers: Memory allocations macros
+// IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE()
+// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax.
+// Defining a custom placement new() with a dummy parameter allows us to bypass including <new> which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImNewDummy {};
+inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewDummy, void* ptr) { return ptr; }
+inline void  operator delete(void*, ImNewDummy, void*)   {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new()
+#define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE)                     ImGui::MemAlloc(_SIZE)
+#define IM_FREE(_PTR)                       ImGui::MemFree(_PTR)
+#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR)              new(ImNewDummy(), _PTR)
+#define IM_NEW(_TYPE)                       new(ImNewDummy(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE
+template<typename T> void IM_DELETE(T* p)   { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } }
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Helper: ImVector<>
+// Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it.
+// - We use std-like naming convention here, which is a little unusual for this codebase.
+// - Important: clear() frees memory, resize(0) keep the allocated buffer. We use resize(0) a lot to intentionally recycle allocated buffers across frames and amortize our costs.
+// - Important: our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors, we treat everything as raw data! This is intentional but be extra mindful of that,
+//   Do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+template<typename T>
+struct ImVector
+{
+    int                 Size;
+    int                 Capacity;
+    T*                  Data;
+
+    // Provide standard typedefs but we don't use them ourselves.
+    typedef T                   value_type;
+    typedef value_type*         iterator;
+    typedef const value_type*   const_iterator;
+
+    // Constructors, destructor
+    inline ImVector()                                       { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; }
+    inline ImVector(const ImVector<T>& src)                 { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); }
+    inline ImVector<T>& operator=(const ImVector<T>& src)   { clear(); resize(src.Size); memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; }
+    inline ~ImVector()                                      { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); }
+
+    inline bool         empty() const                       { return Size == 0; }
+    inline int          size() const                        { return Size; }
+    inline int          size_in_bytes() const               { return Size * (int)sizeof(T); }
+    inline int          capacity() const                    { return Capacity; }
+    inline T&           operator[](int i)                   { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
+    inline const T&     operator[](int i) const             { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
+
+    inline void         clear()                             { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } }
+    inline T*           begin()                             { return Data; }
+    inline const T*     begin() const                       { return Data; }
+    inline T*           end()                               { return Data + Size; }
+    inline const T*     end() const                         { return Data + Size; }
+    inline T&           front()                             { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
+    inline const T&     front() const                       { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
+    inline T&           back()                              { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
+    inline const T&     back() const                        { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
+    inline void         swap(ImVector<T>& rhs)              { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; T* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; }
+
+    inline int          _grow_capacity(int sz) const        { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity/2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; }
+    inline void         resize(int new_size)                { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; }
+    inline void         resize(int new_size, const T& v)    { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; }
+    inline void         shrink(int new_size)                { IM_ASSERT(new_size <= Size); Size = new_size; } // Resize a vector to a smaller size, guaranteed not to cause a reallocation
+    inline void         reserve(int new_capacity)           { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; T* new_data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); if (Data) { memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); IM_FREE(Data); } Data = new_data; Capacity = new_capacity; }
+
+    // NB: It is illegal to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden.
+    inline void         push_back(const T& v)               { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; }
+    inline void         pop_back()                          { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; }
+    inline void         push_front(const T& v)              { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); }
+    inline T*           erase(const T* it)                  { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; }
+    inline T*           erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size && it_last > it && it_last <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; }
+    inline T*           erase_unsorted(const T* it)         { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size);  const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data+Size-1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; }
+    inline T*           insert(const T* it, const T& v)     { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; }
+    inline bool         contains(const T& v) const          { const T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; }
+    inline T*           find(const T& v)                    { T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; }
+    inline const T*     find(const T& v) const              { const T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; }
+    inline bool         find_erase(const T& v)              { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase(it); return true; } return false; }
+    inline bool         find_erase_unsorted(const T& v)     { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; }
+    inline int          index_from_ptr(const T* it) const   { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
 };
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiStyle
 // You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame().
-// During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values, and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors.
+// During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values,
+// and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 struct ImGuiStyle
 {
-    float       Alpha;                      // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui.
+    float       Alpha;                      // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
     ImVec2      WindowPadding;              // Padding within a window.
     float       WindowRounding;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows.
     float       WindowBorderSize;           // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
     ImVec2      WindowMinSize;              // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constraint individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints().
     ImVec2      WindowTitleAlign;           // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered.
+    ImGuiDir    WindowMenuButtonPosition;   // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.
     float       ChildRounding;              // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows.
     float       ChildBorderSize;            // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
     float       PopupRounding;              // Radius of popup window corners rounding. (Note that tooltip windows use WindowRounding)
@@ -1067,82 +1345,99 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
     ImVec2      ItemInnerSpacing;           // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label).
     ImVec2      TouchExtraPadding;          // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
     float       IndentSpacing;              // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
-    float       ColumnsMinSpacing;          // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns.
+    float       ColumnsMinSpacing;          // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
     float       ScrollbarSize;              // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar.
     float       ScrollbarRounding;          // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar.
     float       GrabMinSize;                // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar.
     float       GrabRounding;               // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
-    ImVec2      ButtonTextAlign;            // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontally+vertically centered.
+    float       TabRounding;                // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
+    float       TabBorderSize;              // Thickness of border around tabs.
+    ImGuiDir    ColorButtonPosition;        // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
+    ImVec2      ButtonTextAlign;            // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered).
+    ImVec2      SelectableTextAlign;        // Alignment of selectable text when selectable is larger than text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned).
     ImVec2      DisplayWindowPadding;       // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
     ImVec2      DisplaySafeAreaPadding;     // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly!
     float       MouseCursorScale;           // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
     bool        AntiAliasedLines;           // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.
     bool        AntiAliasedFill;            // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.)
     float       CurveTessellationTol;       // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+    float       CircleSegmentMaxError;      // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
     ImVec4      Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT];
 
     IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle();
     IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor);
 };
 
-// This is where your app communicate with Dear ImGui. Access via ImGui::GetIO().
-// Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiIO
+// Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure.
+// Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 struct ImGuiIO
 {
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Configuration (fill once)            // Default value:
+    // Configuration (fill once)                // Default value
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    ImGuiConfigFlags   ConfigFlags;         // = 0                  // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc.
-    ImGuiBackendFlags  BackendFlags;        // = 0                  // Set ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by imgui_impl_xxx files or custom back-end to communicate features supported by the back-end.
-    ImVec2        DisplaySize;              // <unset>              // Main display size, in pixels. For clamping windows positions.
-    float         DeltaTime;                // = 1.0f/60.0f         // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds.
-    float         IniSavingRate;            // = 5.0f               // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
-    const char*   IniFilename;              // = "imgui.ini"        // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory.
-    const char*   LogFilename;              // = "imgui_log.txt"    // Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified).
-    float         MouseDoubleClickTime;     // = 0.30f              // Time for a double-click, in seconds.
-    float         MouseDoubleClickMaxDist;  // = 6.0f               // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels.
-    float         MouseDragThreshold;       // = 6.0f               // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging.
-    int           KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT];   // <unset>              // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state.
-    float         KeyRepeatDelay;           // = 0.250f             // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.).
-    float         KeyRepeatRate;            // = 0.050f             // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds.
-    void*         UserData;                 // = NULL               // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks.
-
-    ImFontAtlas*  Fonts;                    // <auto>               // Load and assemble one or more fonts into a single tightly packed texture. Output to Fonts array.
-    float         FontGlobalScale;          // = 1.0f               // Global scale all fonts
-    bool          FontAllowUserScaling;     // = false              // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel.
-    ImFont*       FontDefault;              // = NULL               // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0].
-    ImVec2        DisplayFramebufferScale;  // = (1.0f,1.0f)        // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. User storage only, presently not used by ImGui.
-    ImVec2        DisplayVisibleMin;        // <unset> (0.0f,0.0f)  // [obsolete] If you use DisplaySize as a virtual space larger than your screen, set DisplayVisibleMin/Max to the visible area.
-    ImVec2        DisplayVisibleMax;        // <unset> (0.0f,0.0f)  // [obsolete: just use io.DisplaySize] If the values are the same, we defaults to Min=(0.0f) and Max=DisplaySize
-
-    // Miscellaneous configuration options
-    bool          MouseDrawCursor;              // = false          // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by back-end implementations.
-    bool          ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;        // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl (was called io.OptMacOSXBehaviors prior to 1.63)
-    bool          ConfigInputTextCursorBlink;   // = true           // Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting. (was called: io.OptCursorBlink prior to 1.63)
-    bool          ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges; // = false          // [BETA] Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be the ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag)
+    ImGuiConfigFlags   ConfigFlags;             // = 0              // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc.
+    ImGuiBackendFlags  BackendFlags;            // = 0              // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by back-end (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom back-end) to communicate features supported by the back-end.
+    ImVec2      DisplaySize;                    // <unset>          // Main display size, in pixels.
+    float       DeltaTime;                      // = 1.0f/60.0f     // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds.
+    float       IniSavingRate;                  // = 5.0f           // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
+    const char* IniFilename;                    // = "imgui.ini"    // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory.
+    const char* LogFilename;                    // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified).
+    float       MouseDoubleClickTime;           // = 0.30f          // Time for a double-click, in seconds.
+    float       MouseDoubleClickMaxDist;        // = 6.0f           // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels.
+    float       MouseDragThreshold;             // = 6.0f           // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging.
+    int         KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT];         // <unset>          // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state.
+    float       KeyRepeatDelay;                 // = 0.250f         // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.).
+    float       KeyRepeatRate;                  // = 0.050f         // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds.
+    void*       UserData;                       // = NULL           // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks.
+
+    ImFontAtlas*Fonts;                          // <auto>           // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture.
+    float       FontGlobalScale;                // = 1.0f           // Global scale all fonts
+    bool        FontAllowUserScaling;           // = false          // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel.
+    ImFont*     FontDefault;                    // = NULL           // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0].
+    ImVec2      DisplayFramebufferScale;        // = (1, 1)         // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. This generally ends up in ImDrawData::FramebufferScale.
+
+    // Miscellaneous options
+    bool        MouseDrawCursor;                // = false          // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by back-end implementations.
+    bool        ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;          // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl (was called io.OptMacOSXBehaviors prior to 1.63)
+    bool        ConfigInputTextCursorBlink;     // = true           // Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting. (was called: io.OptCursorBlink prior to 1.63)
+    bool        ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges;   // = true           // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag)
+    bool        ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false       // [BETA] Set to true to only allow moving windows when clicked+dragged from the title bar. Windows without a title bar are not affected.
+    float       ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer;// = 60.0f          // [BETA] Compact window memory usage when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable.
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // Settings (User Functions)
+    // Platform Functions
+    // (the imgui_impl_xxxx back-end files are setting those up for you)
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    // Optional: access OS clipboard
+    // Optional: Platform/Renderer back-end name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for back-end/wrappers to store their own stuff.
+    const char* BackendPlatformName;            // = NULL
+    const char* BackendRendererName;            // = NULL
+    void*       BackendPlatformUserData;        // = NULL           // User data for platform back-end
+    void*       BackendRendererUserData;        // = NULL           // User data for renderer back-end
+    void*       BackendLanguageUserData;        // = NULL           // User data for non C++ programming language back-end
+
+    // Optional: Access OS clipboard
     // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures)
     const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data);
     void        (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text);
     void*       ClipboardUserData;
 
-    // Optional: notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME in Windows)
+    // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows)
     // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows)
     void        (*ImeSetInputScreenPosFn)(int x, int y);
-    void*       ImeWindowHandle;            // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
+    void*       ImeWindowHandle;                // = NULL           // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
     // [OBSOLETE since 1.60+] Rendering function, will be automatically called in Render(). Please call your rendering function yourself now!
     // You can obtain the ImDrawData* by calling ImGui::GetDrawData() after Render(). See example applications if you are unsure of how to implement this.
     void        (*RenderDrawListsFn)(ImDrawData* data);
 #else
-    // This is only here to keep ImGuiIO the same size, so that IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS can exceptionally be used outside of imconfig.h.
+    // This is only here to keep ImGuiIO the same size/layout, so that IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS can exceptionally be used outside of imconfig.h.
     void*       RenderDrawListsFnUnused;
 #endif
 
@@ -1159,174 +1454,166 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     bool        KeyAlt;                         // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt
     bool        KeySuper;                       // Keyboard modifier pressed: Cmd/Super/Windows
     bool        KeysDown[512];                  // Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys).
-    ImWchar     InputCharacters[16+1];          // List of characters input (translated by user from keypress+keyboard state). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.
-    float       NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // Gamepad inputs (keyboard keys will be auto-mapped and be written here by ImGui::NewFrame, all values will be cleared back to zero in ImGui::EndFrame)
+    float       NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // Gamepad inputs. Cleared back to zero by EndFrame(). Keyboard keys will be auto-mapped and be written here by NewFrame().
 
     // Functions
-    IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c);                        // Add new character into InputCharacters[]
-    IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars);      // Add new characters into InputCharacters[] from an UTF-8 string
-    inline void    ClearInputCharacters() { InputCharacters[0] = 0; }   // Clear the text input buffer manually
+    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c);          // Queue new character input
+    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str);    // Queue new characters input from an UTF-8 string
+    IMGUI_API void  ClearInputCharacters();                     // Clear the text input buffer manually
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
     // Output - Retrieve after calling NewFrame()
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    bool        WantCaptureMouse;           // When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, imgui will use the mouse inputs, do not dispatch them to your main game/application (in both cases, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.).
-    bool        WantCaptureKeyboard;        // When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, imgui will use the keyboard inputs, do not dispatch them to your main game/application (in both cases, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.).
-    bool        WantTextInput;              // Mobile/console: when io.WantTextInput is true, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active).
-    bool        WantSetMousePos;            // MousePos has been altered, back-end should reposition mouse on next frame. Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled.
-    bool        WantSaveIniSettings;        // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. IMPORTANT: You need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself.
-    bool        NavActive;                  // Directional navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag.
-    bool        NavVisible;                 // Directional navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events).
-    float       Framerate;                  // Application framerate estimation, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on IO.DeltaTime over 120 frames
-    int         MetricsRenderVertices;      // Vertices output during last call to Render()
-    int         MetricsRenderIndices;       // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3
-    int         MetricsRenderWindows;       // Number of visible windows
-    int         MetricsActiveWindows;       // Number of active windows
-    int         MetricsActiveAllocations;   // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts.
-    ImVec2      MouseDelta;                 // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta.
+    bool        WantCaptureMouse;               // When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, imgui will use the mouse inputs, do not dispatch them to your main game/application (in both cases, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.).
+    bool        WantCaptureKeyboard;            // When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, imgui will use the keyboard inputs, do not dispatch them to your main game/application (in both cases, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.).
+    bool        WantTextInput;                  // Mobile/console: when io.WantTextInput is true, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active).
+    bool        WantSetMousePos;                // MousePos has been altered, back-end should reposition mouse on next frame. Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled.
+    bool        WantSaveIniSettings;            // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. IMPORTANT: You need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself.
+    bool        NavActive;                      // Directional navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag.
+    bool        NavVisible;                     // Directional navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events).
+    float       Framerate;                      // Application framerate estimation, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on IO.DeltaTime over 120 frames
+    int         MetricsRenderVertices;          // Vertices output during last call to Render()
+    int         MetricsRenderIndices;           // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3
+    int         MetricsRenderWindows;           // Number of visible windows
+    int         MetricsActiveWindows;           // Number of active windows
+    int         MetricsActiveAllocations;       // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts.
+    ImVec2      MouseDelta;                     // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta.
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
-    // [Internal] ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed!
+    // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed!
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-    ImVec2      MousePosPrev;               // Previous mouse position temporary storage (nb: not for public use, set to MousePos in NewFrame())
-    ImVec2      MouseClickedPos[5];         // Position at time of clicking
-    double      MouseClickedTime[5];        // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click)
-    bool        MouseClicked[5];            // Mouse button went from !Down to Down
-    bool        MouseDoubleClicked[5];      // Has mouse button been double-clicked?
-    bool        MouseReleased[5];           // Mouse button went from Down to !Down
-    bool        MouseDownOwned[5];          // Track if button was clicked inside a window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
-    float       MouseDownDuration[5];       // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
-    float       MouseDownDurationPrev[5];   // Previous time the mouse button has been down
-    ImVec2      MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point
-    float       MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point
-    float       KeysDownDuration[512];      // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed)
-    float       KeysDownDurationPrev[512];  // Previous duration the key has been down
+    ImVec2      MousePosPrev;                   // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid)
+    ImVec2      MouseClickedPos[5];             // Position at time of clicking
+    double      MouseClickedTime[5];            // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click)
+    bool        MouseClicked[5];                // Mouse button went from !Down to Down
+    bool        MouseDoubleClicked[5];          // Has mouse button been double-clicked?
+    bool        MouseReleased[5];               // Mouse button went from Down to !Down
+    bool        MouseDownOwned[5];              // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
+    bool        MouseDownWasDoubleClick[5];     // Track if button down was a double-click
+    float       MouseDownDuration[5];           // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
+    float       MouseDownDurationPrev[5];       // Previous time the mouse button has been down
+    ImVec2      MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5];     // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point
+    float       MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5];     // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point
+    float       KeysDownDuration[512];          // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed)
+    float       KeysDownDurationPrev[512];      // Previous duration the key has been down
     float       NavInputsDownDuration[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];
     float       NavInputsDownDurationPrev[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];
+    ImVector<ImWchar> InputQueueCharacters;     // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform back-end). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.
 
     IMGUI_API   ImGuiIO();
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Misc data structures
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used.
+// The callback function should return 0 by default.
+// Callbacks (follow a flag name and see comments in ImGuiInputTextFlags_ declarations for more details)
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion:  Callback on pressing TAB
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory:     Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways:      Callback on each iteration
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter:  Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
+// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize:      Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow.
+struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData
+{
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag;      // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback*    // Read-only
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags;          // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
+    void*               UserData;       // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
+
+    // Arguments for the different callback events
+    // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary.
+    // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state.
+    ImWchar             EventChar;      // Character input                      // Read-write   // [CharFilter] Replace character with another one, or set to zero to drop. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0;
+    ImGuiKey            EventKey;       // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB)            // Read-only    // [Completion,History]
+    char*               Buf;            // Text buffer                          // Read-write   // [Resize] Can replace pointer / [Completion,History,Always] Only write to pointed data, don't replace the actual pointer!
+    int                 BufTextLen;     // Text length (in bytes)               // Read-write   // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Exclude zero-terminator storage. In C land: == strlen(some_text), in C++ land: string.length()
+    int                 BufSize;        // Buffer size (in bytes) = capacity+1  // Read-only    // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Include zero-terminator storage. In C land == ARRAYSIZE(my_char_array), in C++ land: string.capacity()+1
+    bool                BufDirty;       // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen!    // Write        // [Completion,History,Always]
+    int                 CursorPos;      //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always]
+    int                 SelectionStart; //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always] == to SelectionEnd when no selection)
+    int                 SelectionEnd;   //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always]
+
+    // Helper functions for text manipulation.
+    // Use those function to benefit from the CallbackResize behaviors. Calling those function reset the selection.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextCallbackData();
+    IMGUI_API void      DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count);
+    IMGUI_API void      InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
+    bool                HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; }
+};
+
+// Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin().
+// NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough.
+struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData
+{
+    void*   UserData;       // Read-only.   What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
+    ImVec2  Pos;            // Read-only.   Window position, for reference.
+    ImVec2  CurrentSize;    // Read-only.   Current window size.
+    ImVec2  DesiredSize;    // Read-write.  Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing.
+};
+
+// Data payload for Drag and Drop operations: AcceptDragDropPayload(), GetDragDropPayload()
+struct ImGuiPayload
+{
+    // Members
+    void*           Data;               // Data (copied and owned by dear imgui)
+    int             DataSize;           // Data size
+
+    // [Internal]
+    ImGuiID         SourceId;           // Source item id
+    ImGuiID         SourceParentId;     // Source parent id (if available)
+    int             DataFrameCount;     // Data timestamp
+    char            DataType[32+1];     // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max)
+    bool            Preview;            // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets)
+    bool            Delivery;           // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item.
+
+    ImGuiPayload()  { Clear(); }
+    void Clear()    { SourceId = SourceParentId = 0; Data = NULL; DataSize = 0; memset(DataType, 0, sizeof(DataType)); DataFrameCount = -1; Preview = Delivery = false; }
+    bool IsDataType(const char* type) const { return DataFrameCount != -1 && strcmp(type, DataType) == 0; }
+    bool IsPreview() const                  { return Preview; }
+    bool IsDelivery() const                 { return Delivery; }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Obsolete functions (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details)
+// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
 namespace ImGui
 {
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019)
+    static inline void  TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()               { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); }
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019)
+    static inline void  SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); }
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019)
+    static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth()          { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; }
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019)
+    static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList()            { return GetForegroundDrawList(); }
     // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Sep 2018)
     static inline void  SetScrollHere(float center_ratio=0.5f){ SetScrollHereY(center_ratio); }
-    // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018)
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (between Aug 2018 and Sept 2018)
     static inline bool  IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange()        { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); }
-    // OBSOLETED in 1.61 (from Apr 2018)
-    IMGUI_API bool      InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); // Use the 'const char* format' version instead of 'decimal_precision'!
-    IMGUI_API bool      InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool      InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool      InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
-    // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (from Dec 2017)
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.61 (between Apr 2018 and Aug 2018)
+    IMGUI_API bool      InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); // Use the 'const char* format' version instead of 'decimal_precision'!
+    IMGUI_API bool      InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool      InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool      InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018)
     static inline bool  IsAnyWindowFocused()                  { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); }
     static inline bool  IsAnyWindowHovered()                  { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); }
-    static inline ImVec2 CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge = false, float outward = 0.f) { (void)on_edge; (void)outward; IM_ASSERT(0); return pos; }
-    // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
-    static inline void  ShowTestWindow()                      { return ShowDemoWindow(); }
-    static inline bool  IsRootWindowFocused()                 { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); }
-    static inline bool  IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()       { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); }
-    static inline void  SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w)    { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); }
-    static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()       { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); }
-    // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017)
-    IMGUI_API bool      Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, const ImVec2& size_on_first_use, float bg_alpha_override = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // Use SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) + SetNextWindowBgAlpha() instead.
-    static inline bool  IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered()       { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); }
-    static inline void  AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets()       { AlignTextToFramePadding(); }
-    static inline void  SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiCond c=0) { ImGuiIO& io = GetIO(); SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(io.DisplaySize.x * 0.5f, io.DisplaySize.y * 0.5f), c, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); }
-    // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017)
-    static inline bool  IsItemHoveredRect()                   { return IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly); }
-    static inline bool  IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2&) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } // This was misleading and partly broken. You probably want to use the ImGui::GetIO().WantCaptureMouse flag instead.
-    static inline bool  IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow()            { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); }
-    static inline bool  IsMouseHoveringWindow()               { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem); }
+    static inline ImVec2 CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge = false, float outward = 0.f) { IM_UNUSED(on_edge); IM_UNUSED(outward); IM_ASSERT(0); return pos; }
 }
+typedef ImGuiInputTextCallback      ImGuiTextEditCallback;    // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018): made the names consistent
+typedef ImGuiInputTextCallbackData  ImGuiTextEditCallbackData;
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Helpers
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Helper: Lightweight std::vector<> like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also: Windows implementation of STL with debug enabled is absurdly slow, so let's bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
-// *Important* Our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors. This is intentional, we do not require it but you have to be mindful of that. Do _not_ use this class as a std::vector replacement in your code!
-template<typename T>
-class ImVector
-{
-public:
-    int                         Size;
-    int                         Capacity;
-    T*                          Data;
-
-    typedef T                   value_type;
-    typedef value_type*         iterator;
-    typedef const value_type*   const_iterator;
-
-    inline ImVector()           { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; }
-    inline ~ImVector()          { if (Data) ImGui::MemFree(Data); }
-    inline ImVector(const ImVector<T>& src)                     { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); }
-    inline ImVector<T>& operator=(const ImVector<T>& src)       { clear(); resize(src.Size); memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(value_type)); return *this; }
-
-    inline bool                 empty() const                   { return Size == 0; }
-    inline int                  size() const                    { return Size; }
-    inline int                  capacity() const                { return Capacity; }
-    inline value_type&          operator[](int i)               { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
-    inline const value_type&    operator[](int i) const         { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
-
-    inline void                 clear()                         { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; ImGui::MemFree(Data); Data = NULL; } }
-    inline iterator             begin()                         { return Data; }
-    inline const_iterator       begin() const                   { return Data; }
-    inline iterator             end()                           { return Data + Size; }
-    inline const_iterator       end() const                     { return Data + Size; }
-    inline value_type&          front()                         { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
-    inline const value_type&    front() const                   { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
-    inline value_type&          back()                          { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
-    inline const value_type&    back() const                    { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
-    inline void                 swap(ImVector<value_type>& rhs) { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; value_type* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; }
-
-    inline int          _grow_capacity(int sz) const            { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity/2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; }
-    inline void         resize(int new_size)                    { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; }
-    inline void         resize(int new_size,const value_type& v){ if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; }
-    inline void         reserve(int new_capacity)
-    {
-        if (new_capacity <= Capacity)
-            return;
-        value_type* new_data = (value_type*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(value_type));
-        if (Data)
-        {
-            memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(value_type));
-            ImGui::MemFree(Data);
-        }
-        Data = new_data;
-        Capacity = new_capacity;
-    }
-
-    // NB: It is forbidden to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden.
-    inline void         push_back(const value_type& v)                  { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; }
-    inline void         pop_back()                                      { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; }
-    inline void         push_front(const value_type& v)                 { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); }
-    inline iterator     erase(const_iterator it)                        { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(value_type)); Size--; return Data + off; }
-    inline iterator     erase(const_iterator it, const_iterator it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size && it_last > it && it_last <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - count) * sizeof(value_type)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; }
-    inline iterator     erase_unsorted(const_iterator it)               { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size);  const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data+Size-1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(value_type)); Size--; return Data + off; }
-    inline iterator     insert(const_iterator it, const value_type& v)  { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(value_type)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; }
-    inline bool         contains(const value_type& v) const             { const T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; }
-    inline int          index_from_pointer(const_iterator it) const     { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
-};
-
-// Helper: IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() macros to call MemAlloc + Placement New, Placement Delete + MemFree
-// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax.
-// Defining a custom placement new() with a dummy parameter allows us to bypass including <new> which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions.
-struct ImNewDummy {};
-inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewDummy, void* ptr) { return ptr; }
-inline void  operator delete(void*, ImNewDummy, void*)   {} // This is only required so we can use the symetrical new()
-#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR)              new(ImNewDummy(), _PTR)
-#define IM_NEW(_TYPE)                       new(ImNewDummy(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE
-template<typename T> void IM_DELETE(T* p)   { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } }
-
 // Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame.
 // Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame");
 struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame
@@ -1336,37 +1623,30 @@ struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame
     operator bool() const { int current_frame = ImGui::GetFrameCount(); if (RefFrame == current_frame) return false; RefFrame = current_frame; return true; }
 };
 
-// Helper: Macro for ImGuiOnceUponAFrame. Attention: The macro expands into 2 statement so make sure you don't use it within e.g. an if() statement without curly braces.
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS    // Will obsolete
-#define IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME     static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame imgui_oaf; if (imgui_oaf)
-#endif
-
 // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
 struct ImGuiTextFilter
 {
     IMGUI_API           ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = "");
-    IMGUI_API bool      Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f);    // Helper calling InputText+Build
+    IMGUI_API bool      Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f);  // Helper calling InputText+Build
     IMGUI_API bool      PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const;
     IMGUI_API void      Build();
     void                Clear()          { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); }
     bool                IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); }
 
     // [Internal]
-    struct TextRange
+    struct ImGuiTextRange
     {
-        const char* b;
-        const char* e;
-
-        TextRange() { b = e = NULL; }
-        TextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e) { b = _b; e = _e; }
-        const char*     begin() const   { return b; }
-        const char*     end () const    { return e; }
-        bool            empty() const   { return b == e; }
-        IMGUI_API void  split(char separator, ImVector<TextRange>* out) const;
+        const char*     b;
+        const char*     e;
+
+        ImGuiTextRange()                                { b = e = NULL; }
+        ImGuiTextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e)  { b = _b; e = _e; }
+        bool            empty() const                   { return b == e; }
+        IMGUI_API void  split(char separator, ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>* out) const;
     };
-    char                InputBuf[256];
-    ImVector<TextRange> Filters;
-    int                 CountGrep;
+    char                    InputBuf[256];
+    ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>Filters;
+    int                     CountGrep;
 };
 
 // Helper: Growable text buffer for logging/accumulating text
@@ -1374,17 +1654,18 @@ struct ImGuiTextFilter
 struct ImGuiTextBuffer
 {
     ImVector<char>      Buf;
-    static char         EmptyString[1];
+    IMGUI_API static char EmptyString[1];
 
     ImGuiTextBuffer()   { }
-    inline char         operator[](int i)       { IM_ASSERT(Buf.Data != NULL); return Buf.Data[i]; }
+    inline char         operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(Buf.Data != NULL); return Buf.Data[i]; }
     const char*         begin() const           { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.front() : EmptyString; }
     const char*         end() const             { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.back() : EmptyString; }   // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator
-    int                 size() const            { return Buf.Data ? Buf.Size - 1 : 0; }
-    bool                empty()                 { return Buf.Size <= 1; }
+    int                 size() const            { return Buf.Size ? Buf.Size - 1 : 0; }
+    bool                empty() const           { return Buf.Size <= 1; }
     void                clear()                 { Buf.clear(); }
     void                reserve(int capacity)   { Buf.reserve(capacity); }
     const char*         c_str() const           { return Buf.Data ? Buf.Data : EmptyString; }
+    IMGUI_API void      append(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
     IMGUI_API void      appendf(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);
     IMGUI_API void      appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
 };
@@ -1399,15 +1680,17 @@ struct ImGuiTextBuffer
 // Types are NOT stored, so it is up to you to make sure your Key don't collide with different types.
 struct ImGuiStorage
 {
-    struct Pair
+    // [Internal]
+    struct ImGuiStoragePair
     {
         ImGuiID key;
         union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; };
-        Pair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i)   { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; }
-        Pair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f) { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; }
-        Pair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p) { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; }
+        ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i)      { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; }
+        ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f)    { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; }
+        ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p)    { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; }
     };
-    ImVector<Pair>      Data;
+
+    ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>      Data;
 
     // - Get***() functions find pair, never add/allocate. Pairs are sorted so a query is O(log N)
     // - Set***() functions find pair, insertion on demand if missing.
@@ -1438,79 +1721,41 @@ struct ImGuiStorage
     IMGUI_API void      BuildSortByKey();
 };
 
-// Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used.
-// The callback function should return 0 by default.
-// Callbacks (follow a flag name and see comments in ImGuiInputTextFlags_ declarations for more details)
-// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion:  Callback on pressing TAB
-// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory:     Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows
-// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways:      Callback on each iteration
-// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter:  Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
-// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize:      Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. 
-struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData
-{
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag;      // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback*    // Read-only
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags;          // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
-    void*               UserData;       // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
-
-    // Arguments for the different callback events
-    // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary.
-    // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state.
-    ImWchar             EventChar;      // Character input                      // Read-write   // [CharFilter] Replace character with another one, or set to zero to drop. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0;
-    ImGuiKey            EventKey;       // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB)            // Read-only    // [Completion,History]
-    char*               Buf;            // Text buffer                          // Read-write   // [Resize] Can replace pointer / [Completion,History,Always] Only write to pointed data, don't replace the actual pointer!
-    int                 BufTextLen;     // Text length (in bytes)               // Read-write   // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Exclude zero-terminator storage. In C land: == strlen(some_text), in C++ land: string.length()
-    int                 BufSize;        // Buffer size (in bytes) = capacity+1  // Read-only    // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Include zero-terminator storage. In C land == ARRAYSIZE(my_char_array), in C++ land: string.capacity()+1
-    bool                BufDirty;       // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen!    // Write        // [Completion,History,Always]
-    int                 CursorPos;      //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always]
-    int                 SelectionStart; //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always] == to SelectionEnd when no selection)
-    int                 SelectionEnd;   //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always]
-
-    // Helper functions for text manipulation.
-    // Use those function to benefit from the CallbackResize behaviors. Calling those function reset the selection.
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextCallbackData();
-    IMGUI_API void      DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count);
-    IMGUI_API void      InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
-    bool                HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; }
-};
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-typedef ImGuiInputTextCallback      ImGuiTextEditCallback;      // [OBSOLETE 1.63+] Made the names consistent
-typedef ImGuiInputTextCallbackData  ImGuiTextEditCallbackData;
-#endif
-
-// Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin().
-// NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough.
-struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData
-{
-    void*   UserData;       // Read-only.   What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
-    ImVec2  Pos;            // Read-only.   Window position, for reference.
-    ImVec2  CurrentSize;    // Read-only.   Current window size.
-    ImVec2  DesiredSize;    // Read-write.  Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing.
-};
-
-// Data payload for Drag and Drop operations
-struct ImGuiPayload
+// Helper: Manually clip large list of items.
+// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all.
+// The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped.
+// ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so. Coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost null.
+// Usage:
+//     ImGuiListClipper clipper(1000);  // we have 1000 elements, evenly spaced.
+//     while (clipper.Step())
+//         for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+//             ImGui::Text("line number %d", i);
+// - Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height (step skipped if we passed a known height as second arg to constructor).
+// - Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element.
+// - (Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.)
+// - Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
+struct ImGuiListClipper
 {
-    // Members
-    void*           Data;               // Data (copied and owned by dear imgui)
-    int             DataSize;           // Data size
+    int     DisplayStart, DisplayEnd;
+    int     ItemsCount;
 
     // [Internal]
-    ImGuiID         SourceId;           // Source item id
-    ImGuiID         SourceParentId;     // Source parent id (if available)
-    int             DataFrameCount;     // Data timestamp
-    char            DataType[32+1];     // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max)
-    bool            Preview;            // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets)
-    bool            Delivery;           // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item.
+    int     StepNo;
+    float   ItemsHeight;
+    float   StartPosY;
 
-    ImGuiPayload()  { Clear(); }
-    void Clear()    { SourceId = SourceParentId = 0; Data = NULL; DataSize = 0; memset(DataType, 0, sizeof(DataType)); DataFrameCount = -1; Preview = Delivery = false; }
-    bool IsDataType(const char* type) const { return DataFrameCount != -1 && strcmp(type, DataType) == 0; }
-    bool IsPreview() const                  { return Preview; }
-    bool IsDelivery() const                 { return Delivery; }
+    // items_count:  Use -1 to ignore (you can call Begin later). Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step).
+    // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing().
+    // If you don't specify an items_height, you NEED to call Step(). If you specify items_height you may call the old Begin()/End() api directly, but prefer calling Step().
+    ImGuiListClipper(int items_count = -1, float items_height = -1.0f)  { Begin(items_count, items_height); } // NB: Begin() initialize every fields (as we allow user to call Begin/End multiple times on a same instance if they want).
+    ~ImGuiListClipper()                                                 { IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1); }      // Assert if user forgot to call End() or Step() until false.
+
+    IMGUI_API bool Step();                                              // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items.
+    IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f);  // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1.
+    IMGUI_API void End();                                               // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false.
 };
 
-// Helpers macros to generate 32-bits encoded colors
+// Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors
 #ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
 #define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT    16
 #define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT    8
@@ -1529,7 +1774,7 @@ struct ImGuiPayload
 #define IM_COL32_BLACK       IM_COL32(0,0,0,255)        // Opaque black
 #define IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS IM_COL32(0,0,0,0)          // Transparent black = 0x00000000
 
-// Helper: ImColor() implicity converts colors to either ImU32 (packed 4x1 byte) or ImVec4 (4x1 float)
+// Helper: ImColor() implicitly converts colors to either ImU32 (packed 4x1 byte) or ImVec4 (4x1 float)
 // Prefer using IM_COL32() macros if you want a guaranteed compile-time ImU32 for usage with ImDrawList API.
 // **Avoid storing ImColor! Store either u32 of ImVec4. This is not a full-featured color class. MAY OBSOLETE.
 // **None of the ImGui API are using ImColor directly but you can use it as a convenience to pass colors in either ImU32 or ImVec4 formats. Explicitly cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 if needed.
@@ -1550,60 +1795,47 @@ struct ImColor
     static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f)   { float r,g,b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r,g,b,a); }
 };
 
-// Helper: Manually clip large list of items.
-// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all.
-// The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped.
-// ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so. Coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost null.
-// Usage:
-//     ImGuiListClipper clipper(1000);  // we have 1000 elements, evenly spaced.
-//     while (clipper.Step())
-//         for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
-//             ImGui::Text("line number %d", i);
-// - Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height (step skipped if we passed a known height as second arg to constructor).
-// - Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element.
-// - (Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.)
-// - Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
-struct ImGuiListClipper
-{
-    float   StartPosY;
-    float   ItemsHeight;
-    int     ItemsCount, StepNo, DisplayStart, DisplayEnd;
-
-    // items_count:  Use -1 to ignore (you can call Begin later). Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step).
-    // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing().
-    // If you don't specify an items_height, you NEED to call Step(). If you specify items_height you may call the old Begin()/End() api directly, but prefer calling Step().
-    ImGuiListClipper(int items_count = -1, float items_height = -1.0f)  { Begin(items_count, items_height); } // NB: Begin() initialize every fields (as we allow user to call Begin/End multiple times on a same instance if they want).
-    ~ImGuiListClipper()                                                 { IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1); }      // Assert if user forgot to call End() or Step() until false.
-
-    IMGUI_API bool Step();                                              // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items.
-    IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f);  // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1.
-    IMGUI_API void End();                                               // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false.
-};
-
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Draw List
+// Draw List API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
 // Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Draw callbacks for advanced uses.
-// NB- You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering (you can poke into the draw list for that)
-// Draw callback may be useful for example, A) Change your GPU render state, B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element (without an intermediate texture/render target), etc.
-// The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); else RenderTriangles()'
+// NB: You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering,
+// you can poke into the draw list for that! Draw callback may be useful for example to:
+//  A) Change your GPU render state,
+//  B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element without an intermediate texture/render target, etc.
+// The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) { cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); } else { RenderTriangles() }'
+// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering back-end accordingly.
+#ifndef ImDrawCallback
 typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd);
+#endif
+
+// Special Draw callback value to request renderer back-end to reset the graphics/render state.
+// The renderer back-end needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address.
+// This is useful for example if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored.
+// It is not done by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state for imgui contents (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call).
+#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState     (ImDrawCallback)(-1)
 
 // Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback)
+// Pre 1.71 back-ends will typically ignore the VtxOffset/IdxOffset fields. When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'
+// is enabled, those fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices.
 struct ImDrawCmd
 {
     unsigned int    ElemCount;              // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[].
     ImVec4          ClipRect;               // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates
     ImTextureID     TextureId;              // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas.
+    unsigned int    VtxOffset;              // Start offset in vertex buffer. Pre-1.71 or without ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0. With ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bit indices.
+    unsigned int    IdxOffset;              // Start offset in index buffer. Always equal to sum of ElemCount drawn so far.
     ImDrawCallback  UserCallback;           // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally.
     void*           UserCallbackData;       // The draw callback code can access this.
 
-    ImDrawCmd() { ElemCount = 0; ClipRect.x = ClipRect.y = ClipRect.z = ClipRect.w = 0.0f; TextureId = (ImTextureID)NULL; UserCallback = NULL; UserCallbackData = NULL; }
+    ImDrawCmd() { ElemCount = 0; TextureId = (ImTextureID)NULL; VtxOffset = IdxOffset = 0;  UserCallback = NULL; UserCallbackData = NULL; }
 };
 
-// Vertex index (override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' inside in imconfig.h)
+// Vertex index
+// (to allow large meshes with 16-bit indices: set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in the renderer back-end)
+// (to use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in imconfig.h)
 #ifndef ImDrawIdx
 typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx;
 #endif
@@ -1619,21 +1851,38 @@ struct ImDrawVert
 #else
 // You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h
 // The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine.
-// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef)
+// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared a the time you'd want to set your type up.
 // NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM.
 IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT;
 #endif
 
-// Draw channels are used by the Columns API to "split" the render list into different channels while building, so items of each column can be batched together.
-// You can also use them to simulate drawing layers and submit primitives in a different order than how they will be rendered.
+// For use by ImDrawListSplitter.
 struct ImDrawChannel
 {
-    ImVector<ImDrawCmd>     CmdBuffer;
-    ImVector<ImDrawIdx>     IdxBuffer;
+    ImVector<ImDrawCmd>         _CmdBuffer;
+    ImVector<ImDrawIdx>         _IdxBuffer;
+};
+
+// Split/Merge functions are used to split the draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order.
+// This is used by the Columns api, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call.
+struct ImDrawListSplitter
+{
+    int                         _Current;    // Current channel number (0)
+    int                         _Count;      // Number of active channels (1+)
+    ImVector<ImDrawChannel>     _Channels;   // Draw channels (not resized down so _Count might be < Channels.Size)
+
+    inline ImDrawListSplitter()  { Clear(); }
+    inline ~ImDrawListSplitter() { ClearFreeMemory(); }
+    inline void                 Clear() { _Current = 0; _Count = 1; } // Do not clear Channels[] so our allocations are reused next frame
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearFreeMemory();
+    IMGUI_API void              Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int count);
+    IMGUI_API void              Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list);
+    IMGUI_API void              SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channel_idx);
 };
 
 enum ImDrawCornerFlags_
 {
+    ImDrawCornerFlags_None      = 0,
     ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft   = 1 << 0, // 0x1
     ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight  = 1 << 1, // 0x2
     ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft   = 1 << 2, // 0x4
@@ -1647,13 +1896,17 @@ enum ImDrawCornerFlags_
 
 enum ImDrawListFlags_
 {
-    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0,
-    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill  = 1 << 1
+    ImDrawListFlags_None             = 0,
+    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0,  // Lines are anti-aliased (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line, otherwise *3 the number of triangles)
+    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill  = 1 << 1,  // Filled shapes have anti-aliased edges (*2 the number of vertices)
+    ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset   = 1 << 2   // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled.
 };
 
 // Draw command list
-// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui functions are filling. At the end of the frame, all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering.
-// Each ImGui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives.
+// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui:: functions are filling. At the end of the frame,
+// all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering.
+// Each dear imgui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to
+// access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives.
 // You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list.
 // All positions are generally in pixel coordinates (top-left at (0,0), bottom-right at io.DisplaySize), but you are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (if you apply such transformation you'll want to apply it to ClipRect as well)
 // Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects.
@@ -1668,15 +1921,14 @@ struct ImDrawList
     // [Internal, used while building lists]
     const ImDrawListSharedData* _Data;          // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context)
     const char*             _OwnerName;         // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging
-    unsigned int            _VtxCurrentIdx;     // [Internal] == VtxBuffer.Size
+    unsigned int            _VtxCurrentOffset;  // [Internal] Always 0 unless 'Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset'.
+    unsigned int            _VtxCurrentIdx;     // [Internal] Generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0.
     ImDrawVert*             _VtxWritePtr;       // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
     ImDrawIdx*              _IdxWritePtr;       // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
     ImVector<ImVec4>        _ClipRectStack;     // [Internal]
     ImVector<ImTextureID>   _TextureIdStack;    // [Internal]
     ImVector<ImVec2>        _Path;              // [Internal] current path building
-    int                     _ChannelsCurrent;   // [Internal] current channel number (0)
-    int                     _ChannelsCount;     // [Internal] number of active channels (1+)
-    ImVector<ImDrawChannel> _Channels;          // [Internal] draw channels for columns API (not resized down so _ChannelsCount may be smaller than _Channels.Size)
+    ImDrawListSplitter      _Splitter;          // [Internal] for channels api
 
     // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui)
     ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { _Data = shared_data; _OwnerName = NULL; Clear(); }
@@ -1690,53 +1942,68 @@ struct ImDrawList
     inline ImVec2   GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); }
 
     // Primitives
-    IMGUI_API void  AddLine(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ImDrawCornerFlags_All, float thickness = 1.0f);   // a: upper-left, b: lower-right, rounding_corners_flags: 4-bits corresponding to which corner to round
-    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);                     // a: upper-left, b: lower-right
-    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddQuad(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangle(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddCircle(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12);
+    // - For rectangular primitives, "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners.
+    // - For circle primitives, use "num_segments == 0" to automatically calculate tessellation (preferred). 
+    //   In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles. 
+    //   Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guaranteed a specific number of sides.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All, float thickness = 1.0f);   // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size), rounding_corners_flags: 4 bits corresponding to which corner to round
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);                     // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments);
     IMGUI_API void  AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL);
     IMGUI_API void  AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv_b = ImVec2(1,1), ImU32 col = 0xFFFFFFFF);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv_b = ImVec2(1,0), const ImVec2& uv_c = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec2& uv_d = ImVec2(0,1), ImU32 col = 0xFFFFFFFF);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order.
-    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);
+
+    // Image primitives
+    // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is.
+    // - "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners of the rectangle.
+    // - "uv_min" and "uv_max" represent the normalized texture coordinates to use for those corners. Using (0,0)->(1,1) texture coordinates will generally display the entire texture.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv_max = ImVec2(1, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv2 = ImVec2(1, 0), const ImVec2& uv3 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec2& uv4 = ImVec2(0, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);
 
     // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke()
-    inline    void  PathClear()                                                 { _Path.resize(0); }
+    inline    void  PathClear()                                                 { _Path.Size = 0; }
     inline    void  PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos)                               { _Path.push_back(pos); }
-    inline    void  PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos)                 { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path[_Path.Size-1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
-    inline    void  PathFillConvex(ImU32 col)                                   { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); PathClear(); }  // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order.
-    inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f)  { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness); PathClear(); }
-    IMGUI_API void  PathArcTo(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10);
-    IMGUI_API void  PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12);                                            // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
-    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0);
-    IMGUI_API void  PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);
-
-    // Channels
-    // - Use to simulate layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit foreground primitives before background primitives)
-    // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple non-overlapping clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end)
-    IMGUI_API void  ChannelsSplit(int channels_count);
-    IMGUI_API void  ChannelsMerge();
-    IMGUI_API void  ChannelsSetCurrent(int channel_index);
+    inline    void  PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos)                 { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size-1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
+    inline    void  PathFillConvex(ImU32 col)                                   { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; }  // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order.
+    inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f)  { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; }
+    IMGUI_API void  PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10);
+    IMGUI_API void  PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12);                                            // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
+    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void  PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);
 
     // Advanced
     IMGUI_API void  AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data);  // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles.
     IMGUI_API void  AddDrawCmd();                                               // This is useful if you need to forcefully create a new draw call (to allow for dependent rendering / blending). Otherwise primitives are merged into the same draw-call as much as possible
     IMGUI_API ImDrawList* CloneOutput() const;                                  // Create a clone of the CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer/VtxBuffer.
 
+    // Advanced: Channels
+    // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives)
+    // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end)
+    // - FIXME-OBSOLETE: This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place!
+    //   Prefer using your own persistent copy of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them.
+    //   Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another.
+    inline void     ChannelsSplit(int count)    { _Splitter.Split(this, count); }
+    inline void     ChannelsMerge()             { _Splitter.Merge(this); }
+    inline void     ChannelsSetCurrent(int n)   { _Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(this, n); }
+
     // Internal helpers
     // NB: all primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand!
     IMGUI_API void  Clear();
     IMGUI_API void  ClearFreeMemory();
     IMGUI_API void  PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
+    IMGUI_API void  PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
     IMGUI_API void  PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col);      // Axis aligned rectangle (composed of two triangles)
     IMGUI_API void  PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col);
     IMGUI_API void  PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col);
@@ -1747,8 +2014,9 @@ struct ImDrawList
     IMGUI_API void  UpdateTextureID();
 };
 
-// All draw data to render an ImGui frame
-// (NB: the style and the naming convention here is a little inconsistent but we preserve them for backward compatibility purpose)
+// All draw data to render a Dear ImGui frame
+// (NB: the style and the naming convention here is a little inconsistent, we currently preserve them for backward compatibility purpose,
+// as this is one of the oldest structure exposed by the library! Basically, ImDrawList == CmdList)
 struct ImDrawData
 {
     bool            Valid;                  // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called.
@@ -1758,15 +2026,20 @@ struct ImDrawData
     int             TotalVtxCount;          // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size
     ImVec2          DisplayPos;             // Upper-left position of the viewport to render (== upper-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use)
     ImVec2          DisplaySize;            // Size of the viewport to render (== io.DisplaySize for the main viewport) (DisplayPos + DisplaySize == lower-right of the orthogonal projection matrix to use)
+    ImVec2          FramebufferScale;       // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display.
 
     // Functions
     ImDrawData()    { Valid = false; Clear(); }
     ~ImDrawData()   { Clear(); }
-    void Clear()    { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; DisplayPos = DisplaySize = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext!
-    IMGUI_API void  DeIndexAllBuffers();                // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
-    IMGUI_API void  ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& sc);   // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
+    void Clear()    { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext!
+    IMGUI_API void  DeIndexAllBuffers();                    // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
+    IMGUI_API void  ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
 };
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 struct ImFontConfig
 {
     void*           FontData;               //          // TTF/OTF data
@@ -1774,7 +2047,7 @@ struct ImFontConfig
     bool            FontDataOwnedByAtlas;   // true     // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself).
     int             FontNo;                 // 0        // Index of font within TTF/OTF file
     float           SizePixels;             //          // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height).
-    int             OversampleH;            // 3        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
+    int             OversampleH;            // 3        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details.
     int             OversampleV;            // 1        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
     bool            PixelSnapH;             // false    // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1.
     ImVec2          GlyphExtraSpacing;      // 0, 0     // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now.
@@ -1785,6 +2058,7 @@ struct ImFontConfig
     bool            MergeMode;              // false    // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights.
     unsigned int    RasterizerFlags;        // 0x00     // Settings for custom font rasterizer (e.g. ImGuiFreeType). Leave as zero if you aren't using one.
     float           RasterizerMultiply;     // 1.0f     // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable.
+    ImWchar         EllipsisChar;           // -1       // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used.
 
     // [Internal]
     char            Name[40];               // Name (strictly to ease debugging)
@@ -1801,6 +2075,35 @@ struct ImFontGlyph
     float           U0, V0, U1, V1;     // Texture coordinates
 };
 
+// Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data. Feed your application strings/characters to it then call BuildRanges().
+// This is essentially a tightly packed of vector of 64k booleans = 8KB storage.
+struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
+{
+    ImVector<ImU32> UsedChars;            // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used)
+
+    ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder()          { Clear(); }
+    inline void     Clear()             { int size_in_bytes = (IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1) / 8; UsedChars.resize(size_in_bytes / (int)sizeof(ImU32)); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, (size_t)size_in_bytes); }
+    inline bool     GetBit(int n) const { int off = (n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); return (UsedChars[off] & mask) != 0; }  // Get bit n in the array
+    inline void     SetBit(int n)       { int off = (n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); UsedChars[off] |= mask; }               // Set bit n in the array
+    inline void     AddChar(ImWchar c)  { SetBit(c); }                          // Add character
+    IMGUI_API void  AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);     // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges);                           // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext
+    IMGUI_API void  BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges);                 // Output new ranges
+};
+
+// See ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectXXX functions.
+struct ImFontAtlasCustomRect
+{
+    unsigned int    ID;             // Input    // User ID. Use < 0x110000 to map into a font glyph, >= 0x110000 for other/internal/custom texture data.
+    unsigned short  Width, Height;  // Input    // Desired rectangle dimension
+    unsigned short  X, Y;           // Output   // Packed position in Atlas
+    float           GlyphAdvanceX;  // Input    // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000): glyph xadvance
+    ImVec2          GlyphOffset;    // Input    // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000): glyph display offset
+    ImFont*         Font;           // Input    // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000): target font
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect()         { ID = 0xFFFFFFFF; Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0,0); Font = NULL; }
+    bool IsPacked() const           { return X != 0xFFFF; }
+};
+
 enum ImFontAtlasFlags_
 {
     ImFontAtlasFlags_None               = 0,
@@ -1816,13 +2119,13 @@ enum ImFontAtlasFlags_
 //  - Optionally, call any of the AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font embedded in the code will be loaded for you.
 //  - Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data.
 //  - Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system (see imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp examples)
-//  - Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture in a format natural to your graphics API. 
+//  - Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture in a format natural to your graphics API.
 //    This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture. Read FAQ entry about ImTextureID for more details.
 // Common pitfalls:
-// - If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the 
+// - If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the
 //   atlas is build (when calling GetTexData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data.
 // - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction.
-//   You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed, 
+//   You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed,
 // - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well.
 // - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and and various other reasons! We will address them in the future!
 struct ImFontAtlas
@@ -1843,12 +2146,12 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
     // Build atlas, retrieve pixel data.
     // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory (e.g. create a texture with your engine). Then store your texture handle with SetTexID().
     // The pitch is always = Width * BytesPerPixels (1 or 4)
-    // Building in RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you manually manipulate or copy color data into 
+    // Building in RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you manually manipulate or copy color data into
     // the texture (e.g. when using the AddCustomRect*** api), then the RGB pixels emitted will always be white (~75% of memory/bandwidth waste.
     IMGUI_API bool              Build();                    // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions.
-    IMGUI_API bool              IsBuilt()                   { return Fonts.Size > 0 && (TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); }
     IMGUI_API void              GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL);  // 1 byte per-pixel
     IMGUI_API void              GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL);  // 4 bytes-per-pixel
+    bool                        IsBuilt() const             { return Fonts.Size > 0 && (TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); }
     void                        SetTexID(ImTextureID id)    { TexID = id; }
 
     //-------------------------------------------
@@ -1857,7 +2160,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
 
     // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list)
     // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. In C++11, you can create UTF-8 string literal using the u8"Hello world" syntax. See FAQ for details.
-    // NB: Consider using GlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data.
+    // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data.
     IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesDefault();                // Basic Latin, Extended Latin
     IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesKorean();                 // Default + Korean characters
     IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesJapanese();               // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 1946 Ideographs
@@ -1865,45 +2168,24 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
     IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese
     IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesCyrillic();               // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters
     IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesThai();                   // Default + Thai characters
-
-    // Helpers to build glyph ranges from text data. Feed your application strings/characters to it then call BuildRanges().
-    struct GlyphRangesBuilder
-    {
-        ImVector<unsigned char> UsedChars;  // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used)
-        GlyphRangesBuilder()                { UsedChars.resize(0x10000 / 8); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, 0x10000 / 8); }
-        bool           GetBit(int n) const  { return (UsedChars[n >> 3] & (1 << (n & 7))) != 0; }
-        void           SetBit(int n)        { UsedChars[n >> 3] |= 1 << (n & 7); }  // Set bit 'c' in the array
-        void           AddChar(ImWchar c)   { SetBit(c); }                          // Add character
-        IMGUI_API void AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);      // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added)
-        IMGUI_API void AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges);                            // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext
-        IMGUI_API void BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges);                  // Output new ranges
-    };
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesVietnamese();             // Default + Vietnamese characters
 
     //-------------------------------------------
-    // Custom Rectangles/Glyphs API
+    // [BETA] Custom Rectangles/Glyphs API
     //-------------------------------------------
 
-    // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes. After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels.
-    // You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs.
-    struct CustomRect
-    {
-        unsigned int    ID;             // Input    // User ID. Use <0x10000 to map into a font glyph, >=0x10000 for other/internal/custom texture data.
-        unsigned short  Width, Height;  // Input    // Desired rectangle dimension
-        unsigned short  X, Y;           // Output   // Packed position in Atlas
-        float           GlyphAdvanceX;  // Input    // For custom font glyphs only (ID<0x10000): glyph xadvance
-        ImVec2          GlyphOffset;    // Input    // For custom font glyphs only (ID<0x10000): glyph display offset
-        ImFont*         Font;           // Input    // For custom font glyphs only (ID<0x10000): target font
-        CustomRect()            { ID = 0xFFFFFFFF; Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0,0); Font = NULL; }
-        bool IsPacked() const   { return X != 0xFFFF; }
-    };
-
-    IMGUI_API int       AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height);                                                                   // Id needs to be >= 0x10000. Id >= 0x80000000 are reserved for ImGui and ImDrawList
-    IMGUI_API int       AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0,0));   // Id needs to be < 0x10000 to register a rectangle to map into a specific font.
-    const CustomRect*   GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) const { if (index < 0) return NULL; return &CustomRects[index]; }
+    // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes.
+    // After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels.
+    // You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point),
+    // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs.
+    // Read docs/FONTS.txt for more details about using colorful icons.
+    IMGUI_API int               AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height);                                                                   // Id needs to be >= 0x110000. Id >= 0x80000000 are reserved for ImGui and ImDrawList
+    IMGUI_API int               AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0,0));   // Id needs to be < 0x110000 to register a rectangle to map into a specific font.
+    const ImFontAtlasCustomRect*GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) const { if (index < 0) return NULL; return &CustomRects[index]; }
 
     // [Internal]
-    IMGUI_API void      CalcCustomRectUV(const CustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max);
-    IMGUI_API bool      GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]);
+    IMGUI_API void              CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const;
+    IMGUI_API bool              GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]);
 
     //-------------------------------------------
     // Members
@@ -1913,7 +2195,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
     ImFontAtlasFlags            Flags;              // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_)
     ImTextureID                 TexID;              // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure.
     int                         TexDesiredWidth;    // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height.
-    int                         TexGlyphPadding;    // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1.
+    int                         TexGlyphPadding;    // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0.
 
     // [Internal]
     // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you.
@@ -1924,42 +2206,47 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
     ImVec2                      TexUvScale;         // = (1.0f/TexWidth, 1.0f/TexHeight)
     ImVec2                      TexUvWhitePixel;    // Texture coordinates to a white pixel
     ImVector<ImFont*>           Fonts;              // Hold all the fonts returned by AddFont*. Fonts[0] is the default font upon calling ImGui::NewFrame(), use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to change the current font.
-    ImVector<CustomRect>        CustomRects;        // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas.
+    ImVector<ImFontAtlasCustomRect> CustomRects;    // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas.
     ImVector<ImFontConfig>      ConfigData;         // Internal data
     int                         CustomRectIds[1];   // Identifiers of custom texture rectangle used by ImFontAtlas/ImDrawList
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect    CustomRect;         // OBSOLETED in 1.72+
+    typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+
+#endif
 };
 
 // Font runtime data and rendering
 // ImFontAtlas automatically loads a default embedded font for you when you call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32().
 struct ImFont
 {
-    // Members: Hot ~62/78 bytes
-    float                       FontSize;           // <user set>   // Height of characters, set during loading (don't change after loading)
-    float                       Scale;              // = 1.f        // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetFontScale()
-    ImVec2                      DisplayOffset;      // = (0.f,0.f)  // Offset font rendering by xx pixels
-    ImVector<ImFontGlyph>       Glyphs;             //              // All glyphs.
-    ImVector<float>             IndexAdvanceX;      //              // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (more cache-friendly, for CalcTextSize functions which are often bottleneck in large UI).
-    ImVector<ImWchar>           IndexLookup;        //              // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
-    const ImFontGlyph*          FallbackGlyph;      // == FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)
-    float                       FallbackAdvanceX;   // == FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX
-    ImWchar                     FallbackChar;       // = '?'        // Replacement glyph if one isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar()
-
-    // Members: Cold ~18/26 bytes
-    short                       ConfigDataCount;    // ~ 1          // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
-    ImFontConfig*               ConfigData;         //              // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
-    ImFontAtlas*                ContainerAtlas;     //              // What we has been loaded into
-    float                       Ascent, Descent;    //              // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
-    bool                        DirtyLookupTables;
-    int                         MetricsTotalSurface;//              // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs)
+    // Members: Hot ~20/24 bytes (for CalcTextSize)
+    ImVector<float>             IndexAdvanceX;      // 12-16 // out //            // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI).
+    float                       FallbackAdvanceX;   // 4     // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX
+    float                       FontSize;           // 4     // in  //            // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading)
+
+    // Members: Hot ~36/48 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop)
+    ImVector<ImWchar>           IndexLookup;        // 12-16 // out //            // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
+    ImVector<ImFontGlyph>       Glyphs;             // 12-16 // out //            // All glyphs.
+    const ImFontGlyph*          FallbackGlyph;      // 4-8   // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)
+    ImVec2                      DisplayOffset;      // 8     // in  // = (0,0)    // Offset font rendering by xx pixels
+
+    // Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes
+    ImFontAtlas*                ContainerAtlas;     // 4-8   // out //            // What we has been loaded into
+    const ImFontConfig*         ConfigData;         // 4-8   // in  //            // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
+    short                       ConfigDataCount;    // 2     // in  // ~ 1        // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
+    ImWchar                     FallbackChar;       // 2     // in  // = '?'      // Replacement character if a glyph isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar()
+    ImWchar                     EllipsisChar;       // 2     // out // = -1       // Character used for ellipsis rendering.
+    bool                        DirtyLookupTables;  // 1     // out //
+    float                       Scale;              // 4     // in  // = 1.f      // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale()
+    float                       Ascent, Descent;    // 4+4   // out //            // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
+    int                         MetricsTotalSurface;// 4     // out //            // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs)
 
     // Methods
     IMGUI_API ImFont();
     IMGUI_API ~ImFont();
-    IMGUI_API void              ClearOutputData();
-    IMGUI_API void              BuildLookupTable();
     IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const;
     IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const;
-    IMGUI_API void              SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c);
     float                       GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const     { return ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size) ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX; }
     bool                        IsLoaded() const                    { return ContainerAtlas != NULL; }
     const char*                 GetDebugName() const                { return ConfigData ? ConfigData->Name : "<unknown>"; }
@@ -1971,19 +2258,18 @@ struct ImFont
     IMGUI_API void              RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const;
     IMGUI_API void              RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const;
 
-    // [Internal]
+    // [Internal] Don't use!
+    IMGUI_API void              BuildLookupTable();
+    IMGUI_API void              ClearOutputData();
     IMGUI_API void              GrowIndex(int new_size);
     IMGUI_API void              AddGlyph(ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x);
     IMGUI_API void              AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built.
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-    typedef ImFontGlyph Glyph; // OBSOLETE 1.52+
-#endif
+    IMGUI_API void              SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c);
 };
 
 #if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic pop
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 8
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic pop
 #endif
 
@@ -1991,3 +2277,5 @@ struct ImFont
 #ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
 #include "imgui_user.h"
 #endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/src/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/src/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
index 3173ab858..7664f1b4b 100644
--- a/src/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
+++ b/src/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
@@ -1,25 +1,41 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.66 WIP
+// dear imgui, v1.75
 // (demo code)
 
+// Help:
+// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq
+// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.
+// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
+// Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments.
+// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+
 // Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their code base:
 // Do NOT remove this file from your project! Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other coders
-// will want to refer to and call. Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of 
-// your game/app! Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone in your team, 
+// will want to refer to and call. Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of
+// your game/app! Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone in your team,
 // likely leading you to poorer usage of the library.
 // Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow().
-// If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want an easy guarantee that the demo will not be linked, 
+// If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want a thorough guarantee that the demo will not be linked,
 // you can setup your imconfig.h with #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS and those functions will be empty.
 // In other situation, whenever you have Dear ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference.
 // Thank you,
-// -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (that you won't delete)
+// -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (which you won't delete)
 
-// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword: 
-// In this demo code, we frequently we use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persist across calls, so it is 
-// essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to gather code and data 
+// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword:
+// In this demo code, we frequently we use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persist across calls, so it is
+// essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to gather code and data
 // in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller in size.
-// It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function doesn't need to be reentrant
-// or used in threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, but most of the real data you would be editing is 
-// likely going to be stored outside your functions.
+// It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function doesn't need to be
+// reentrant or used in multiple threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, but most of the real data
+// you would be editing is likely going to be stored outside your functions.
+
+// The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste in into your application!
+// Because of this:
+// - We never omit the ImGui:: namespace when calling functions, even though most of our code is already in the same namespace.
+// - We try to declare static variables in the local scope, as close as possible to the code using them.
+// - We never use any of the helpers/facilities used internally by Dear ImGui, unless it has been exposed in the public API (imgui.h).
+// - We never use maths operators on ImVec2/ImVec4. For other of our sources files, they are provided by imgui_internal.h w/ IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS.
+//   For your own sources file they are optional and require you either enable those, either provide your own via IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h.
+//   Because we don't want to assume anything about your support of maths operators, we don't use them in imgui_demo.cpp.
 
 /*
 
@@ -27,6 +43,7 @@ Index of this file:
 
 // [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers
 // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow()
+// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow()
 // [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor()
 // [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
 // [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole()
@@ -39,6 +56,7 @@ Index of this file:
 // [SECTION] Example App: Simple Overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay()
 // [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles()
 // [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering()
+// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments()
 
 */
 
@@ -47,7 +65,9 @@ Index of this file:
 #endif
 
 #include "imgui.h"
-#include <ctype.h>          // toupper, isprint
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
+#include <ctype.h>          // toupper
 #include <limits.h>         // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
 #include <math.h>           // sqrtf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf
 #include <stdio.h>          // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
@@ -60,47 +80,54 @@ Index of this file:
 
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
-#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
 #endif
-#ifdef __clang__
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"             // warning : use of old-style cast                              // yes, they are more terse.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"    // warning : 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this item.. // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code)
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast"   // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security"            // warning : warning: format string is not a string literal
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors"      // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor       // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros"              // warning : warning: macro is not used                         // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used.
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning : zero as null pointer constant                  // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#endif
+#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"           // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#endif
 #if __has_warning("-Wreserved-id-macro")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro"          // warning : macro name is a reserved identifier                //
 #endif
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                      // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast"          // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security"              // warning : format string is not a string literal (potentially insecure)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"             // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"                   // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
-#if (__GNUC__ >= 6)
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmisleading-indentation"       // warning: this 'if' clause does not guard this statement      // GCC 6.0+ only. See #883 on GitHub.
-#endif
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmisleading-indentation"       // [__GNUC__ >= 6] warning: this 'if' clause does not guard this statement      // GCC 6.0+ only. See #883 on GitHub.
 #endif
 
-// Play it nice with Windows users. Notepad in 2017 still doesn't display text data with Unix-style \n.
+// Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support Unix-style carriage returns!)
 #ifdef _WIN32
-#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n"
+#define IM_NEWLINE  "\r\n"
 #else
-#define IM_NEWLINE "\n"
+#define IM_NEWLINE  "\n"
 #endif
 
-#define IM_MAX(_A,_B)       (((_A) >= (_B)) ? (_A) : (_B))
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(snprintf)
+#define snprintf    _snprintf
+#endif
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf)
+#define vsnprintf   _vsnprintf
+#endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS)   // Obsolete name since 1.53, TEST->DEMO
-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS
-#endif
-
 #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS)
 
 // Forward Declarations
+static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open);
 static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar();
 static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open);
 static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open);
@@ -115,7 +142,8 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open);
 static void ShowExampleMenuFile();
 
 // Helper to display a little (?) mark which shows a tooltip when hovered.
-static void ShowHelpMarker(const char* desc)
+// In your own code you may want to display an actual icon if you are using a merged icon fonts (see docs/FONTS.txt)
+static void HelpMarker(const char* desc)
 {
     ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
     if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
@@ -131,29 +159,42 @@ static void ShowHelpMarker(const char* desc)
 // Helper to display basic user controls.
 void ImGui::ShowUserGuide()
 {
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
     ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window.");
-    ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window\n(double-click to auto fit window to its contents).");
-    ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag on any empty space to move window.");
-    ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag on lower corner to resize window\n(double-click to auto fit window to its contents).");
     ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text.");
-    if (ImGui::GetIO().FontAllowUserScaling)
+    ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields.");
+    if (io.FontAllowUserScaling)
         ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents.");
-    ImGui::BulletText("Mouse Wheel to scroll.");
-    ImGui::BulletText("While editing text:\n");
+    ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n");
     ImGui::Indent();
-    ImGui::BulletText("Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.");
     ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.");
     ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all.");
-    ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use clipboard.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste.");
     ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo.");
     ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert.");
     ImGui::BulletText("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\nUse +- to subtract.");
     ImGui::Unindent();
+    ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:");
+    ImGui::Indent();
+    ImGui::BulletText("Arrow keys to navigate.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("Space to activate a widget.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("Return to input text into a widget.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("Escape to deactivate a widget, close popup, exit child window.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("Alt to jump to the menu layer of a window.");
+    ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window.");
+    ImGui::Unindent();
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
+// - ShowDemoWindowLayout()
+// - ShowDemoWindowPopups()
+// - ShowDemoWindowColumns()
+// - ShowDemoWindowMisc()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly)
 static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets();
@@ -166,7 +207,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc();
 // You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature.
 void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
 {
+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!"); // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused with initial dear imgui setup
+
     // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu)
+    static bool show_app_documents = false;
     static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false;
     static bool show_app_console = false;
     static bool show_app_log = false;
@@ -179,6 +223,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
     static bool show_app_window_titles = false;
     static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false;
 
+    if (show_app_documents)           ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents);
     if (show_app_main_menu_bar)       ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar();
     if (show_app_console)             ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console);
     if (show_app_log)                 ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log);
@@ -191,22 +236,14 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
     if (show_app_window_titles)       ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles);
     if (show_app_custom_rendering)    ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering);
 
-    // Dear ImGui Apps (accessible from the "Help" menu)
+    // Dear ImGui Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu)
     static bool show_app_metrics = false;
     static bool show_app_style_editor = false;
     static bool show_app_about = false;
 
     if (show_app_metrics)             { ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); }
     if (show_app_style_editor)        { ImGui::Begin("Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); }
-    if (show_app_about)
-    {
-        ImGui::Begin("About Dear ImGui", &show_app_about, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize);
-        ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui, %s", ImGui::GetVersion());
-        ImGui::Separator();
-        ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all dear imgui contributors.");
-        ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information.");
-        ImGui::End();
-    }
+    if (show_app_about)               { ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); }
 
     // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default!
     static bool no_titlebar = false;
@@ -237,19 +274,18 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
     ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(550, 680), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
 
     // Main body of the Demo window starts here.
-    if (!ImGui::Begin("ImGui Demo", p_open, window_flags))
+    if (!ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Demo", p_open, window_flags))
     {
         // Early out if the window is collapsed, as an optimization.
         ImGui::End();
         return;
     }
-    ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello. (%s)", IMGUI_VERSION);
 
     // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default.
     //ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.65f);    // Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (default)
     ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12);           // Use fixed width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. We choose a width proportional to our font size.
 
-    // Menu
+    // Menu Bar
     if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
     {
         if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu"))
@@ -270,9 +306,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
             ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay);
             ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles);
             ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering);
+            ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents);
             ImGui::EndMenu();
         }
-        if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Help"))
+        if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools"))
         {
             ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics", NULL, &show_app_metrics);
             ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor);
@@ -282,15 +319,25 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
         ImGui::EndMenuBar();
     }
 
+    ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello. (%s)", IMGUI_VERSION);
     ImGui::Spacing();
+
     if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help"))
     {
+        ImGui::Text("ABOUT THIS DEMO:");
+        ImGui::BulletText("Sections below are demonstrating many aspects of the library.");
+        ImGui::BulletText("The \"Examples\" menu above leads to more demo contents.");
+        ImGui::BulletText("The \"Tools\" menu above gives access to: About Box, Style Editor,\n"
+                          "and Metrics (general purpose Dear ImGui debugging tool).");
+        ImGui::Separator();
+
         ImGui::Text("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:");
-        ImGui::BulletText("Please see the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!");
-        ImGui::BulletText("Please see the comments in imgui.cpp.");
-        ImGui::BulletText("Please see the examples/ in application.");
-        ImGui::BulletText("Enable 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls.");
-        ImGui::BulletText("Enable 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls.");
+        ImGui::BulletText("See the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!");
+        ImGui::BulletText("See comments in imgui.cpp.");
+        ImGui::BulletText("See example applications in the examples/ folder.");
+        ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at http://www.dearimgui.org/faq/");
+        ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls.");
+        ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls.");
         ImGui::Separator();
 
         ImGui::Text("USER GUIDE:");
@@ -305,9 +352,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
         {
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard);
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad);
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Required back-end to feed in gamepad inputs in io.NavInputs[] and set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.\n\nRead instructions in imgui.cpp for details.");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Required back-end to feed in gamepad inputs in io.NavInputs[] and set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.\n\nRead instructions in imgui.cpp for details.");
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableSetMousePos", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos);
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. See comment for ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos.");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. See comment for ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos.");
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouse", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse);
             if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) // Create a way to restore this flag otherwise we could be stuck completely!
             {
@@ -320,29 +367,33 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
                     io.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse;
             }
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange);
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility.");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility.");
             ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink);
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting");
-            ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [beta]", &io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges);
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback.");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges", &io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback.");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly);
             ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor);
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor for you. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something).");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor for you. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something).");
             ImGui::TreePop();
             ImGui::Separator();
         }
 
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Backend Flags"))
         {
-            ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; // Make a local copy to avoid modifying the back-end flags.
+            HelpMarker("Those flags are set by the back-ends (imgui_impl_xxx files) to specify their capabilities.\nHere we expose then as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your back-end.");
+            ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; // Make a local copy to avoid modifying actual back-end flags.
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad);
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors);
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset);
             ImGui::TreePop();
             ImGui::Separator();
         }
 
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style"))
         {
+            HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function.");
             ImGui::ShowStyleEditor();
             ImGui::TreePop();
             ImGui::Separator();
@@ -351,7 +402,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture/Logging"))
         {
             ImGui::TextWrapped("The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded.");
-            ShowHelpMarker("Try opening any of the contents below in this window and then click one of the \"Log To\" button.");
+            HelpMarker("Try opening any of the contents below in this window and then click one of the \"Log To\" button.");
             ImGui::LogButtons();
             ImGui::TextWrapped("You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output.");
             if (ImGui::Button("Copy \"Hello, world!\" to clipboard"))
@@ -416,7 +467,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         // Color buttons, demonstrate using PushID() to add unique identifier in the ID stack, and changing style.
         for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++)
         {
-            if (i > 0) 
+            if (i > 0)
                 ImGui::SameLine();
             ImGui::PushID(i);
             ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.6f, 0.6f));
@@ -468,27 +519,32 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" };
             static int item_current = 0;
             ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Refer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of the full BeginCombo/EndCombo API, and demonstration of various flags.\n");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Refer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of the full BeginCombo/EndCombo API, and demonstration of various flags.\n");
         }
 
         {
+            // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type,
+            // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file.
             static char str0[128] = "Hello, world!";
-            static int i0 = 123;
             ImGui::InputText("input text", str0, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str0));
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("USER:\nHold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n" "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" "ESCAPE to revert.\n\nPROGRAMMER:\nYou can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputText() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example (this is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp).");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("USER:\nHold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n" "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" "ESCAPE to revert.\n\nPROGRAMMER:\nYou can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputText() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example (this is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp).");
+
+            static char str1[128] = "";
+            ImGui::InputTextWithHint("input text (w/ hint)", "enter text here", str1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str1));
 
+            static int i0 = 123;
             ImGui::InputInt("input int", &i0);
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\n  e.g. [ 100 ], input \'*2\', result becomes [ 200 ]\nUse +- to subtract.\n");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\n  e.g. [ 100 ], input \'*2\', result becomes [ 200 ]\nUse +- to subtract.\n");
 
             static float f0 = 0.001f;
-            ImGui::InputFloat("input float", &f0, 0.01f, 1.0f);
+            ImGui::InputFloat("input float", &f0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.3f");
 
             static double d0 = 999999.00000001;
             ImGui::InputDouble("input double", &d0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.8f");
 
             static float f1 = 1.e10f;
             ImGui::InputFloat("input scientific", &f1, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%e");
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("You can input value using the scientific notation,\n  e.g. \"1e+8\" becomes \"100000000\".\n");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("You can input value using the scientific notation,\n  e.g. \"1e+8\" becomes \"100000000\".\n");
 
             static float vec4a[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f };
             ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a);
@@ -497,7 +553,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         {
             static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42;
             ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1);
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click and drag to edit value.\nHold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\nDouble-click or CTRL+click to input value.");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Click and drag to edit value.\nHold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\nDouble-click or CTRL+click to input value.");
 
             ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%d%%");
 
@@ -509,20 +565,31 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         {
             static int i1=0;
             ImGui::SliderInt("slider int", &i1, -1, 3);
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("CTRL+click to input value.");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("CTRL+click to input value.");
 
             static float f1=0.123f, f2=0.0f;
             ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float", &f1, 0.0f, 1.0f, "ratio = %.3f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float (curve)", &f2, -10.0f, 10.0f, "%.4f", 2.0f);
+
             static float angle = 0.0f;
             ImGui::SliderAngle("slider angle", &angle);
+
+            // Using the format string to display a name instead of an integer.
+            // Here we completely omit '%d' from the format string, so it'll only display a name.
+            // This technique can also be used with DragInt().
+            enum Element { Element_Fire, Element_Earth, Element_Air, Element_Water, Element_COUNT };
+            const char* element_names[Element_COUNT] = { "Fire", "Earth", "Air", "Water" };
+            static int current_element = Element_Fire;
+            const char* current_element_name = (current_element >= 0 && current_element < Element_COUNT) ? element_names[current_element] : "Unknown";
+            ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", &current_element, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, current_element_name);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the format string parameter to display a name instead of the underlying integer.");
         }
 
         {
             static float col1[3] = { 1.0f,0.0f,0.2f };
             static float col2[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f };
             ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1);
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nClick and hold to use drag and drop.\nRight-click on the colored square to show options.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nClick and hold to use drag and drop.\nRight-click on the colored square to show options.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n");
 
             ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2);
         }
@@ -534,9 +601,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::ListBox("listbox\n(single select)", &listbox_item_current, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4);
 
             //static int listbox_item_current2 = 2;
-            //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1);
+            //ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1);
             //ImGui::ListBox("##listbox2", &listbox_item_current2, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4);
-            //ImGui::PopItemWidth();
         }
 
         ImGui::TreePop();
@@ -553,20 +619,32 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees"))
         {
             for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+            {
+                // Use SetNextItemOpen() so set the default state of a node to be open.
+                // We could also use TreeNodeEx() with the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen flag to achieve the same thing!
+                if (i == 0)
+                    ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
+
                 if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, "Child %d", i))
                 {
                     ImGui::Text("blah blah");
                     ImGui::SameLine();
-                    if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) { };
+                    if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {};
                     ImGui::TreePop();
                 }
+            }
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
 
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes"))
         {
-            ShowHelpMarker("This is a more standard looking tree with selectable nodes.\nClick to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open.");
+            HelpMarker("This is a more typical looking tree with selectable nodes.\nClick to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open.");
+            static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags base_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth;
             static bool align_label_with_current_x_position = false;
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow", (unsigned int*)&base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", (unsigned int*)&base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", (unsigned int*)&base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", (unsigned int*)&base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
             ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position)", &align_label_with_current_x_position);
             ImGui::Text("Hello!");
             if (align_label_with_current_x_position)
@@ -574,26 +652,30 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
 
             static int selection_mask = (1 << 2); // Dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state. You may carry selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit.
             int node_clicked = -1;                // Temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc.
-            ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, ImGui::GetFontSize()*3); // Increase spacing to differentiate leaves from expanded contents.
             for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++)
             {
                 // Disable the default open on single-click behavior and pass in Selected flag according to our selection state.
-                ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ((selection_mask & (1 << i)) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : 0);
+                ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = base_flags;
+                const bool is_selected = (selection_mask & (1 << i)) != 0;
+                if (is_selected)
+                    node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected;
                 if (i < 3)
                 {
-                    // Node
+                    // Items 0..2 are Tree Node
                     bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i);
                     if (ImGui::IsItemClicked())
                         node_clicked = i;
                     if (node_open)
                     {
-                        ImGui::Text("Blah blah\nBlah Blah");
+                        ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah");
                         ImGui::TreePop();
                     }
                 }
                 else
                 {
-                    // Leaf: The only reason we have a TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. Otherwise we can use BulletText() or TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()+Text().
+                    // Items 3..5 are Tree Leaves
+                    // The only reason we use TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf.
+                    // Otherwise we can use BulletText() or advance the cursor by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() and call Text().
                     node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet
                     ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i);
                     if (ImGui::IsItemClicked())
@@ -608,7 +690,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
                 else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, this commented bit preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection
                     selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked);           // Click to single-select
             }
-            ImGui::PopStyleVar();
             if (align_label_with_current_x_position)
                 ImGui::Indent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
             ImGui::TreePop();
@@ -619,8 +700,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Collapsing Headers"))
     {
         static bool closable_group = true;
-        ImGui::Checkbox("Enable extra group", &closable_group);
-        if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header"))
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Show 2nd header", &closable_group);
+        if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None))
         {
             ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered());
             for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
@@ -632,6 +713,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
                 ImGui::Text("More content %d", i);
         }
+        /*
+        if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a bullet", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet))
+            ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered());
+        */
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
@@ -639,6 +724,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
     {
         ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1");
         ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 2\nOn multiple lines");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree node"))
+        {
+            ImGui::BulletText("Another bullet point");
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
         ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Text("Bullet point 3 (two calls)");
         ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::SmallButton("Button");
         ImGui::TreePop();
@@ -652,7 +742,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,0.0f,1.0f,1.0f), "Pink");
             ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,0.0f,1.0f), "Yellow");
             ImGui::TextDisabled("Disabled");
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("The TextDisabled color is stored in ImGuiStyle.");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The TextDisabled color is stored in ImGuiStyle.");
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
 
@@ -687,14 +777,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text"))
         {
             // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters
-            // (Needs a suitable font, try Noto, or Arial Unicode, or M+ fonts. Read misc/fonts/README.txt for details.)
+            // (Needs a suitable font, try Noto, or Arial Unicode, or M+ fonts. Read docs/FONTS.txt for details.)
             // - From C++11 you can use the u8"my text" syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8
             // - For earlier compiler, you may be able to encode your sources as UTF-8 (e.g. Visual Studio save your file as 'UTF-8 without signature')
             // - FOR THIS DEMO FILE ONLY, BECAUSE WE WANT TO SUPPORT OLD COMPILERS, WE ARE *NOT* INCLUDING RAW UTF-8 CHARACTERS IN THIS SOURCE FILE.
             //   Instead we are encoding a few strings with hexadecimal constants. Don't do this in your application!
             //   Please use u8"text in any language" in your application!
             // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed, so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application.
-            ImGui::TextWrapped("CJK text will only appears if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. Call io.Font->LoadFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. Read misc/fonts/README.txt for details.");
+            ImGui::TextWrapped("CJK text will only appears if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. Call io.Font->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. Read docs/FONTS.txt for details.");
             ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string.
             ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)");
             static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e";
@@ -713,7 +803,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         // Here we are grabbing the font texture because that's the only one we have access to inside the demo code.
         // Remember that ImTextureID is just storage for whatever you want it to be, it is essentially a value that will be passed to the render function inside the ImDrawCmd structure.
         // If you use one of the default imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp renderer, they all have comments at the top of their file to specify what they expect to be stored in ImTextureID.
-        // (for example, the imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer. The imgui_impl_glfw_gl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier etc.)
+        // (for example, the imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer. The imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier etc.)
         // If you decided that ImTextureID = MyEngineTexture*, then you can pass your MyEngineTexture* pointers to ImGui::Image(), and gather width/height through your own functions, etc.
         // Using ShowMetricsWindow() as a "debugger" to inspect the draw data that are being passed to your render will help you debug issues if you are confused about this.
         // Consider using the lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() API, via ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddImage().
@@ -723,7 +813,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
 
         ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h);
         ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
-        ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,1), ImColor(255,255,255,255), ImColor(255,255,255,128));
+        ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,1), ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,1.0f), ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,0.5f));
         if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
         {
             ImGui::BeginTooltip();
@@ -735,7 +825,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x + region_sz, region_y + region_sz);
             ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((region_x) / my_tex_w, (region_y) / my_tex_h);
             ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((region_x + region_sz) / my_tex_w, (region_y + region_sz) / my_tex_h);
-            ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, ImColor(255,255,255,255), ImColor(255,255,255,128));
+            ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f), ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f));
             ImGui::EndTooltip();
         }
         ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons..");
@@ -744,7 +834,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         {
             ImGui::PushID(i);
             int frame_padding = -1 + i;     // -1 = uses default padding
-            if (ImGui::ImageButton(my_tex_id, ImVec2(32,32), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(32.0f/my_tex_w,32/my_tex_h), frame_padding, ImColor(0,0,0,255)))
+            if (ImGui::ImageButton(my_tex_id, ImVec2(32,32), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(32.0f/my_tex_w,32/my_tex_h), frame_padding, ImVec4(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)))
                 pressed_count += 1;
             ImGui::PopID();
             ImGui::SameLine();
@@ -759,6 +849,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         // Expose flags as checkbox for the demo
         static ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0;
         ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft);
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only makes a difference if the popup is larger than the combo");
         if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton))
             flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview;     // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both
         if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
@@ -829,7 +920,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         }
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Multiple Selection"))
         {
-            ShowHelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items.");
+            HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items.");
             static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false };
             for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
             {
@@ -856,7 +947,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns"))
         {
             ImGui::Columns(3, NULL, false);
-            static bool selected[16] = { 0 };
+            static bool selected[16] = {};
             for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++)
             {
                 char label[32]; sprintf(label, "Item %d", i);
@@ -868,67 +959,139 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         }
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid"))
         {
-            static bool selected[16] = { true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true };
-            for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+            static bool selected[4*4] = { true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true };
+            for (int i = 0; i < 4*4; i++)
             {
                 ImGui::PushID(i);
                 if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", &selected[i], 0, ImVec2(50,50)))
                 {
-                    int x = i % 4, y = i / 4;
-                    if (x > 0) selected[i - 1] ^= 1;
-                    if (x < 3) selected[i + 1] ^= 1;
-                    if (y > 0) selected[i - 4] ^= 1;
-                    if (y < 3) selected[i + 4] ^= 1;
+                    // Note: We _unnecessarily_ test for both x/y and i here only to silence some static analyzer. The second part of each test is unnecessary.
+                    int x = i % 4;
+                    int y = i / 4;
+                    if (x > 0)           { selected[i - 1] ^= 1; }
+                    if (x < 3 && i < 15) { selected[i + 1] ^= 1; }
+                    if (y > 0 && i > 3)  { selected[i - 4] ^= 1; }
+                    if (y < 3 && i < 12) { selected[i + 4] ^= 1; }
                 }
                 if ((i % 4) < 3) ImGui::SameLine();
                 ImGui::PopID();
             }
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Alignment"))
+        {
+            HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content.\nBy default, Selectables uses style.SelectableTextAlign but it can be overriden on a per-item basis using PushStyleVar().");
+            static bool selected[3*3] = { true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true };
+            for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++)
+            {
+                for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++)
+                {
+                    ImVec2 alignment = ImVec2((float)x / 2.0f, (float)y / 2.0f);
+                    char name[32];
+                    sprintf(name, "(%.1f,%.1f)", alignment.x, alignment.y);
+                    if (x > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+                    ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, alignment);
+                    ImGui::Selectable(name, &selected[3*y+x], ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, ImVec2(80,80));
+                    ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
-    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input"))
+    // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type,
+    // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file.
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Input"))
     {
-        static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64);
-        static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal);
-        static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
-        static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
-        static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
-        struct TextFilters { static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) return 0; return 1; } };
-        static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters);
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input"))
+        {
+            // Note: we are using a fixed-sized buffer for simplicity here. See ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize
+            // and the code in misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for how to setup InputText() for dynamically resizing strings.
+            static char text[1024 * 16] =
+                "/*\n"
+                " The Pentium F00F bug, shorthand for F0 0F C7 C8,\n"
+                " the hexadecimal encoding of one offending instruction,\n"
+                " more formally, the invalid operand with locked CMPXCHG8B\n"
+                " instruction bug, is a design flaw in the majority of\n"
+                " Intel Pentium, Pentium MMX, and Pentium OverDrive\n"
+                " processors (all in the P5 microarchitecture).\n"
+                "*/\n\n"
+                "label:\n"
+                "\tlock cmpxchg8b eax\n";
+
+            static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput;
+            HelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp because we don't want to include <string> in here)");
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine);
+            ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags);
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
 
-        ImGui::Text("Password input");
-        static char bufpass[64] = "password123";
-        ImGui::InputText("password", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
-        ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n");
-        ImGui::InputText("password (clear)", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input"))
+        {
+            static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64);
+            static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal);
+            static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
+            static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
+            static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
+            struct TextFilters { static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) return 0; return 1; } };
+            static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters);
+
+            ImGui::Text("Password input");
+            static char bufpass[64] = "password123";
+            ImGui::InputText("password", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n");
+            ImGui::InputTextWithHint("password (w/ hint)", "<password>", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
+            ImGui::InputText("password (clear)", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
 
-        ImGui::TreePop();
-    }
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resize Callback"))
+        {
+            // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type,
+            // you can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag + create a custom ImGui::InputText() wrapper using your prefered type.
+            // See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this using std::string.
+            HelpMarker("Demonstrate using ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize to wire your resizable string type to InputText().\n\nSee misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this for std::string.");
+            struct Funcs
+            {
+                static int MyResizeCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data)
+                {
+                    if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize)
+                    {
+                        ImVector<char>* my_str = (ImVector<char>*)data->UserData;
+                        IM_ASSERT(my_str->begin() == data->Buf);
+                        my_str->resize(data->BufSize);  // NB: On resizing calls, generally data->BufSize == data->BufTextLen + 1
+                        data->Buf = my_str->begin();
+                    }
+                    return 0;
+                }
+
+                // Tip: Because ImGui:: is a namespace you would typicall add your own function into the namespace in your own source files.
+                // For example, you may add a function called ImGui::InputText(const char* label, MyString* my_str).
+                static bool MyInputTextMultiline(const char* label, ImVector<char>* my_str, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0)
+                {
+                    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) == 0);
+                    return ImGui::InputTextMultiline(label, my_str->begin(), (size_t)my_str->size(), size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize, Funcs::MyResizeCallback, (void*)my_str);
+                }
+            };
+
+            // For this demo we are using ImVector as a string container.
+            // Note that because we need to store a terminating zero character, our size/capacity are 1 more than usually reported by a typical string class.
+            static ImVector<char> my_str;
+            if (my_str.empty())
+                my_str.push_back(0);
+            Funcs::MyInputTextMultiline("##MyStr", &my_str, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16));
+            ImGui::Text("Data: %p\nSize: %d\nCapacity: %d", (void*)my_str.begin(), my_str.size(), my_str.capacity());
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
 
-    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input"))
-    {
-        static bool read_only = false;
-        static char text[1024*16] =
-            "/*\n"
-            " The Pentium F00F bug, shorthand for F0 0F C7 C8,\n"
-            " the hexadecimal encoding of one offending instruction,\n"
-            " more formally, the invalid operand with locked CMPXCHG8B\n"
-            " instruction bug, is a design flaw in the majority of\n"
-            " Intel Pentium, Pentium MMX, and Pentium OverDrive\n"
-            " processors (all in the P5 microarchitecture).\n"
-            "*/\n\n"
-            "label:\n"
-            "\tlock cmpxchg8b eax\n";
-
-        ShowHelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp)");
-        ImGui::Checkbox("Read-only", &read_only);
-        ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput | (read_only ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly : 0);
-        ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-1.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags);
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
+    // Plot/Graph widgets are currently fairly limited.
+    // Consider writing your own plotting widget, or using a third-party one (see "Wiki->Useful Widgets", or github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/2747)
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plots Widgets"))
     {
         static bool animate = true;
@@ -939,10 +1102,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
 
         // Create a dummy array of contiguous float values to plot
         // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float and the sizeof() of your structure in the Stride parameter.
-        static float values[90] = { 0 };
+        static float values[90] = {};
         static int values_offset = 0;
         static double refresh_time = 0.0;
-        if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0f)
+        if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0)
             refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime();
         while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create dummy data at fixed 60 hz rate for the demo
         {
@@ -952,7 +1115,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             phase += 0.10f*values_offset;
             refresh_time += 1.0f/60.0f;
         }
-        ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, "avg 0.0", -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80));
+
+        // Plots can display overlay texts
+        // (in this example, we will display an average value)
+        {
+            float average = 0.0f;
+            for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); n++)
+                average += values[n];
+            average /= (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(values);
+            char overlay[32];
+            sprintf(overlay, "avg %f", average);
+            ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, overlay, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80));
+        }
         ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80));
 
         // Use functions to generate output
@@ -964,7 +1138,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         };
         static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70;
         ImGui::Separator();
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100);
+        ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0");
         ImGui::SameLine();
         ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400);
         float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw;
@@ -981,7 +1156,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
         }
 
-        // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) to use all available width, or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth.
+        // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) or ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f) to use all available width,
+        // or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth.
         ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f));
         ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
         ImGui::Text("Progress Bar");
@@ -995,7 +1171,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
 
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Color/Picker Widgets"))
     {
-        static ImVec4 color = ImColor(114, 144, 154, 200);
+        static ImVec4 color = ImVec4(114.0f/255.0f, 144.0f/255.0f, 154.0f/255.0f, 200.0f/255.0f);
 
         static bool alpha_preview = true;
         static bool alpha_half_preview = false;
@@ -1005,40 +1181,42 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Preview", &alpha_preview);
         ImGui::Checkbox("With Half Alpha Preview", &alpha_half_preview);
         ImGui::Checkbox("With Drag and Drop", &drag_and_drop);
-        ImGui::Checkbox("With Options Menu", &options_menu); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Right-click on the individual color widget to show options.");
-        ImGui::Checkbox("With HDR", &hdr); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Currently all this does is to lift the 0..1 limits on dragging widgets.");
-        int misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions);
+        ImGui::Checkbox("With Options Menu", &options_menu); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Right-click on the individual color widget to show options.");
+        ImGui::Checkbox("With HDR", &hdr); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Currently all this does is to lift the 0..1 limits on dragging widgets.");
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions);
 
         ImGui::Text("Color widget:");
-        ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n");
         ImGui::ColorEdit3("MyColor##1", (float*)&color, misc_flags);
 
         ImGui::Text("Color widget HSV with Alpha:");
-        ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV | misc_flags);
+        ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | misc_flags);
 
         ImGui::Text("Color widget with Float Display:");
         ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2f", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | misc_flags);
 
         ImGui::Text("Color button with Picker:");
-        ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs flag you can hide all the slider/text inputs.\nWith the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel flag you can pass a non-empty label which will only be used for the tooltip and picker popup.");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs flag you can hide all the slider/text inputs.\nWith the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel flag you can pass a non-empty label which will only be used for the tooltip and picker popup.");
         ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##3", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | misc_flags);
 
         ImGui::Text("Color button with Custom Picker Popup:");
 
-        // Generate a dummy palette
-        static bool saved_palette_inited = false;
-        static ImVec4 saved_palette[32];
-        if (!saved_palette_inited)
+        // Generate a dummy default palette. The palette will persist and can be edited.
+        static bool saved_palette_init = true;
+        static ImVec4 saved_palette[32] = {};
+        if (saved_palette_init)
+        {
             for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++)
             {
                 ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(n / 31.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f, saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z);
                 saved_palette[n].w = 1.0f; // Alpha
             }
-        saved_palette_inited = true;
+            saved_palette_init = false;
+        }
 
         static ImVec4 backup_color;
         bool open_popup = ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3b", color, misc_flags);
-        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SameLine(0, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
         open_popup |= ImGui::Button("Palette");
         if (open_popup)
         {
@@ -1047,12 +1225,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         }
         if (ImGui::BeginPopup("mypicker"))
         {
-            // FIXME: Adding a drag and drop example here would be perfect!
             ImGui::Text("MY CUSTOM COLOR PICKER WITH AN AMAZING PALETTE!");
             ImGui::Separator();
             ImGui::ColorPicker4("##picker", (float*)&color, misc_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview);
             ImGui::SameLine();
-            ImGui::BeginGroup();
+
+            ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position
             ImGui::Text("Current");
             ImGui::ColorButton("##current", color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60,40));
             ImGui::Text("Previous");
@@ -1068,6 +1246,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
                 if (ImGui::ColorButton("##palette", saved_palette[n], ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, ImVec2(20,20)))
                     color = ImVec4(saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z, color.w); // Preserve alpha!
 
+                // Allow user to drop colors into each palette entry
+                // (Note that ColorButton is already a drag source by default, unless using ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop)
                 if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget())
                 {
                     if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F))
@@ -1092,7 +1272,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         static bool side_preview = true;
         static bool ref_color = false;
         static ImVec4 ref_color_v(1.0f,0.0f,1.0f,0.5f);
-        static int inputs_mode = 2;
+        static int display_mode = 0;
         static int picker_mode = 0;
         ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha", &alpha);
         ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Bar", &alpha_bar);
@@ -1107,28 +1287,39 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
                 ImGui::ColorEdit4("##RefColor", &ref_color_v.x, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | misc_flags);
             }
         }
-        ImGui::Combo("Inputs Mode", &inputs_mode, "All Inputs\0No Inputs\0RGB Input\0HSV Input\0HEX Input\0");
+        ImGui::Combo("Display Mode", &display_mode, "Auto/Current\0None\0RGB Only\0HSV Only\0Hex Only\0");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ColorEdit defaults to displaying RGB inputs if you don't specify a display mode, but the user can change it with a right-click.\n\nColorPicker defaults to displaying RGB+HSV+Hex if you don't specify a display mode.\n\nYou can change the defaults using SetColorEditOptions().");
         ImGui::Combo("Picker Mode", &picker_mode, "Auto/Current\0Hue bar + SV rect\0Hue wheel + SV triangle\0");
-        ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("User can right-click the picker to change mode.");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("User can right-click the picker to change mode.");
         ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = misc_flags;
-        if (!alpha) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha; // This is by default if you call ColorPicker3() instead of ColorPicker4()
-        if (alpha_bar) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
-        if (!side_preview) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview;
-        if (picker_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar;
-        if (picker_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel;
-        if (inputs_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs;
-        if (inputs_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB;
-        if (inputs_mode == 3) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV;
-        if (inputs_mode == 4) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX;
+        if (!alpha)            flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha;        // This is by default if you call ColorPicker3() instead of ColorPicker4()
+        if (alpha_bar)         flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
+        if (!side_preview)     flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview;
+        if (picker_mode == 1)  flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar;
+        if (picker_mode == 2)  flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel;
+        if (display_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs;       // Disable all RGB/HSV/Hex displays
+        if (display_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB;     // Override display mode
+        if (display_mode == 3) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV;
+        if (display_mode == 4) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex;
         ImGui::ColorPicker4("MyColor##4", (float*)&color, flags, ref_color ? &ref_color_v.x : NULL);
 
         ImGui::Text("Programmatically set defaults:");
-        ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("SetColorEditOptions() is designed to allow you to set boot-time default.\nWe don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed, and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid encouraging you to persistently save values that aren't forward-compatible.");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("SetColorEditOptions() is designed to allow you to set boot-time default.\nWe don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed, and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid encouraging you to persistently save values that aren't forward-compatible.");
         if (ImGui::Button("Default: Uint8 + HSV + Hue Bar"))
-            ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar);
+            ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar);
         if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel"))
             ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel);
 
+        // HSV encoded support (to avoid RGB<>HSV round trips and singularities when S==0 or V==0)
+        static ImVec4 color_stored_as_hsv(0.23f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+        ImGui::Text("HSV encoded colors");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("By default, colors are given to ColorEdit and ColorPicker in RGB, but ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV allows you to store colors as HSV and pass them to ColorEdit and ColorPicker as HSV. This comes with the added benefit that you can manipulate hue values with the picker even when saturation or value are zero.");
+        ImGui::Text("Color widget with InputHSV:");
+        ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as RGB##1", (float*)&color_stored_as_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float);
+        ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as HSV##1", (float*)&color_stored_as_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float);
+        ImGui::DragFloat4("Raw HSV values", (float*)&color_stored_as_hsv, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
@@ -1144,15 +1335,15 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Data Types"))
     {
         // The DragScalar/InputScalar/SliderScalar functions allow various data types: signed/unsigned int/long long and float/double
-        // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum to pass the type, 
-        // and passing all arguments by address. 
+        // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum to pass the type,
+        // and passing all arguments by address.
         // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each types.
-        // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, you can wrap it 
-        // yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*, and then pass their address 
+        // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, you can wrap it
+        // yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*, and then pass their address
         // to the generic function. For example:
-        //   bool MySliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld") 
-        //   { 
-        //      return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format); 
+        //   bool MySliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld")
+        //   {
+        //      return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format);
         //   }
 
         // Limits (as helper variables that we can take the address of)
@@ -1162,6 +1353,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         ImS64 LLONG_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL;
         ImU64 ULLONG_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1);
         #endif
+        const char    s8_zero  = 0,   s8_one  = 1,   s8_fifty  = 50, s8_min  = -128,        s8_max = 127;
+        const ImU8    u8_zero  = 0,   u8_one  = 1,   u8_fifty  = 50, u8_min  = 0,           u8_max = 255;
+        const short   s16_zero = 0,   s16_one = 1,   s16_fifty = 50, s16_min = -32768,      s16_max = 32767;
+        const ImU16   u16_zero = 0,   u16_one = 1,   u16_fifty = 50, u16_min = 0,           u16_max = 65535;
         const ImS32   s32_zero = 0,   s32_one = 1,   s32_fifty = 50, s32_min = INT_MIN/2,   s32_max = INT_MAX/2,    s32_hi_a = INT_MAX/2 - 100,    s32_hi_b = INT_MAX/2;
         const ImU32   u32_zero = 0,   u32_one = 1,   u32_fifty = 50, u32_min = 0,           u32_max = UINT_MAX/2,   u32_hi_a = UINT_MAX/2 - 100,   u32_hi_b = UINT_MAX/2;
         const ImS64   s64_zero = 0,   s64_one = 1,   s64_fifty = 50, s64_min = LLONG_MIN/2, s64_max = LLONG_MAX/2,  s64_hi_a = LLONG_MAX/2 - 100,  s64_hi_b = LLONG_MAX/2;
@@ -1170,6 +1365,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         const double  f64_zero = 0.,  f64_one = 1.,  f64_lo_a = -1000000000000000.0, f64_hi_a = +1000000000000000.0;
 
         // State
+        static char   s8_v  = 127;
+        static ImU8   u8_v  = 255;
+        static short  s16_v = 32767;
+        static ImU16  u16_v = 65535;
         static ImS32  s32_v = -1;
         static ImU32  u32_v = (ImU32)-1;
         static ImS64  s64_v = -1;
@@ -1180,17 +1379,25 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         const float drag_speed = 0.2f;
         static bool drag_clamp = false;
         ImGui::Text("Drags:");
-        ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("As with every widgets in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\nYou can override the clamping limits by using CTRL+Click to input a value.");
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("As with every widgets in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\nYou can override the clamping limits by using CTRL+Click to input a value.");
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag s8",        ImGuiDataType_S8,     &s8_v,  drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s8_zero  : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s8_fifty  : NULL);
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag u8",        ImGuiDataType_U8,     &u8_v,  drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u8_zero  : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u8_fifty  : NULL, "%u ms");
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag s16",       ImGuiDataType_S16,    &s16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s16_fifty : NULL);
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag u16",       ImGuiDataType_U16,    &u16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u16_fifty : NULL, "%u ms");
         ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32",       ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL);
         ImGui::DragScalar("drag u32",       ImGuiDataType_U32,    &u32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u32_fifty : NULL, "%u ms");
         ImGui::DragScalar("drag s64",       ImGuiDataType_S64,    &s64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s64_fifty : NULL);
         ImGui::DragScalar("drag u64",       ImGuiDataType_U64,    &u64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u64_fifty : NULL);
         ImGui::DragScalar("drag float",     ImGuiDataType_Float,  &f32_v, 0.005f,  &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", 1.0f);
-        ImGui::DragScalar("drag float ^2",  ImGuiDataType_Float,  &f32_v, 0.005f,  &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", 2.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("You can use the 'power' parameter to increase tweaking precision on one side of the range.");
+        ImGui::DragScalar("drag float ^2",  ImGuiDataType_Float,  &f32_v, 0.005f,  &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", 2.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("You can use the 'power' parameter to increase tweaking precision on one side of the range.");
         ImGui::DragScalar("drag double",    ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, NULL,     "%.10f grams", 1.0f);
         ImGui::DragScalar("drag double ^2", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", 2.0f);
 
         ImGui::Text("Sliders");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full",     ImGuiDataType_S8,     &s8_v,  &s8_min,   &s8_max,   "%d");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full",     ImGuiDataType_U8,     &u8_v,  &u8_min,   &u8_max,   "%u");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s16 full",    ImGuiDataType_S16,    &s16_v, &s16_min,  &s16_max,  "%d");
+        ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u16 full",    ImGuiDataType_U16,    &u16_v, &u16_min,  &u16_max,  "%u");
         ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 low",     ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty,"%d");
         ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 high",    ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, &s32_hi_a, &s32_hi_b, "%d");
         ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 full",    ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, &s32_min,  &s32_max,  "%d");
@@ -1213,6 +1420,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         static bool inputs_step = true;
         ImGui::Text("Inputs");
         ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input s8",      ImGuiDataType_S8,     &s8_v,  inputs_step ? &s8_one  : NULL, NULL, "%d");
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input u8",      ImGuiDataType_U8,     &u8_v,  inputs_step ? &u8_one  : NULL, NULL, "%u");
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input s16",     ImGuiDataType_S16,    &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input u16",     ImGuiDataType_U16,    &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
         ImGui::InputScalar("input s32",     ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
         ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal);
         ImGui::InputScalar("input u32",     ImGuiDataType_U32,    &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
@@ -1287,7 +1498,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         ImGui::PushID("set2");
         static float values2[4] = { 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.40f, 0.25f };
         const int rows = 3;
-        const ImVec2 small_slider_size(18, (160.0f-(rows-1)*spacing)/rows);
+        const ImVec2 small_slider_size(18, (float)(int)((160.0f - (rows - 1) * spacing) / rows));
         for (int nx = 0; nx < 4; nx++)
         {
             if (nx > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
@@ -1322,22 +1533,21 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
 
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and Drop"))
     {
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop in standard widgets"))
         {
             // ColorEdit widgets automatically act as drag source and drag target.
             // They are using standardized payload strings IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F and IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F to allow your own widgets
             // to use colors in their drag and drop interaction. Also see the demo in Color Picker -> Palette demo.
-            ImGui::BulletText("Drag and drop in standard widgets");
-            ImGui::Indent();
-            static float col1[3] = { 1.0f,0.0f,0.2f };
-            static float col2[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f };
+            HelpMarker("You can drag from the colored squares.");
+            static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f };
+            static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f };
             ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1);
             ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2);
-            ImGui::Unindent();
+            ImGui::TreePop();
         }
 
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop to copy/swap items"))
         {
-            ImGui::BulletText("Drag and drop to copy/swap items");
-            ImGui::Indent();
             enum Mode
             {
                 Mode_Copy,
@@ -1347,7 +1557,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             static int mode = 0;
             if (ImGui::RadioButton("Copy", mode == Mode_Copy)) { mode = Mode_Copy; } ImGui::SameLine();
             if (ImGui::RadioButton("Move", mode == Mode_Move)) { mode = Mode_Move; } ImGui::SameLine();
-            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Swap", mode == Mode_Swap)) { mode = Mode_Swap; } 
+            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Swap", mode == Mode_Swap)) { mode = Mode_Swap; }
             static const char* names[9] = { "Bobby", "Beatrice", "Betty", "Brianna", "Barry", "Bernard", "Bibi", "Blaine", "Bryn" };
             for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); n++)
             {
@@ -1359,8 +1569,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
                 // Our buttons are both drag sources and drag targets here!
                 if (ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags_None))
                 {
-                    ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL", &n, sizeof(int));        // Set payload to carry the index of our item (could be anything)
-                    if (mode == Mode_Copy) { ImGui::Text("Copy %s", names[n]); }        // Display preview (could be anything, e.g. when dragging an image we could decide to display the filename and a small preview of the image, etc.)
+                    ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL", &n, sizeof(int));    // Set payload to carry the index of our item (could be anything)
+                    if (mode == Mode_Copy) { ImGui::Text("Copy %s", names[n]); }    // Display preview (could be anything, e.g. when dragging an image we could decide to display the filename and a small preview of the image, etc.)
                     if (mode == Mode_Move) { ImGui::Text("Move %s", names[n]); }
                     if (mode == Mode_Swap) { ImGui::Text("Swap %s", names[n]); }
                     ImGui::EndDragDropSource();
@@ -1391,7 +1601,31 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
                 }
                 ImGui::PopID();
             }
-            ImGui::Unindent();
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag to reorder items (simple)"))
+        {
+            // Simple reordering
+            HelpMarker("We don't use the drag and drop api at all here! Instead we query when the item is held but not hovered, and order items accordingly.");
+            static const char* item_names[] = { "Item One", "Item Two", "Item Three", "Item Four", "Item Five" };
+            for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names); n++)
+            {
+                const char* item = item_names[n];
+                ImGui::Selectable(item);
+
+                if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && !ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+                {
+                    int n_next = n + (ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0).y < 0.f ? -1 : 1);
+                    if (n_next >= 0 && n_next < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names))
+                    {
+                        item_names[n] = item_names[n_next];
+                        item_names[n_next] = item;
+                        ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            ImGui::TreePop();
         }
 
         ImGui::TreePop();
@@ -1399,25 +1633,33 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
 
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Status (Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)"))
     {
-        // Display the value of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. Note that the flags can be combined.
-        // (because BulletText is an item itself and that would affect the output of IsItemHovered() we pass all state in a single call to simplify the code).
+        // Submit an item (various types available) so we can query their status in the following block.
         static int item_type = 1;
+        ImGui::Combo("Item Type", &item_type, "Text\0Button\0Button (w/ repeat)\0Checkbox\0SliderFloat\0InputText\0InputFloat\0InputFloat3\0ColorEdit4\0MenuItem\0TreeNode\0TreeNode (w/ double-click)\0ListBox\0", 20);
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        HelpMarker("Testing how various types of items are interacting with the IsItemXXX functions.");
+        bool ret = false;
         static bool b = false;
         static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f };
-        ImGui::RadioButton("Text", &item_type, 0);
-        ImGui::RadioButton("Button", &item_type, 1);
-        ImGui::RadioButton("CheckBox", &item_type, 2);
-        ImGui::RadioButton("SliderFloat", &item_type, 3);
-        ImGui::RadioButton("ColorEdit4", &item_type, 4);
-        ImGui::RadioButton("ListBox", &item_type, 5);
-        ImGui::Separator();
-        bool ret = false;
+        static char str[16] = {};
         if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); }                                              // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction
         if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); }                                    // Testing button
-        if (item_type == 2) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: CheckBox", &b); }                            // Testing checkbox
-        if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); }   // Testing basic item
-        if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); }                     // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged)
-        if (item_type == 5) { const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", &current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); }
+        if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); } // Testing button (with repeater)
+        if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: Checkbox", &b); }                            // Testing checkbox
+        if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); }   // Testing basic item
+        if (item_type == 5) { ret = ImGui::InputText("ITEM: InputText", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); }  // Testing input text (which handles tabbing)
+        if (item_type == 6) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat("ITEM: InputFloat", col4f, 1.0f); }               // Testing +/- buttons on scalar input
+        if (item_type == 7) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat3("ITEM: InputFloat3", col4f); }                   // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged)
+        if (item_type == 8) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); }                     // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged)
+        if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); }                                // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy)
+        if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); }     // Testing tree node
+        if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy.
+        if (item_type == 12){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", &current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); }
+
+        // Display the value of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions.
+        // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined.
+        // Because BulletText is an item itself and that would affect the output of IsItemXXX functions,
+        // we query every state in a single call to avoid storing them and to simplify the code
         ImGui::BulletText(
             "Return value = %d\n"
             "IsItemFocused() = %d\n"
@@ -1428,9 +1670,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n"
             "IsItemActive() = %d\n"
             "IsItemEdited() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemActivated() = %d\n"
             "IsItemDeactivated() = %d\n"
-            "IsItemDeactivatedEdit() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() = %d\n"
             "IsItemVisible() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemClicked() = %d\n"
+            "IsItemToggledOpen() = %d\n"
             "GetItemRectMin() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n"
             "GetItemRectMax() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n"
             "GetItemRectSize() = (%.1f, %.1f)",
@@ -1443,9 +1688,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly),
             ImGui::IsItemActive(),
             ImGui::IsItemEdited(),
+            ImGui::IsItemActivated(),
             ImGui::IsItemDeactivated(),
             ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(),
             ImGui::IsItemVisible(),
+            ImGui::IsItemClicked(),
+            ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen(),
             ImGui::GetItemRectMin().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMin().y,
             ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMax().y,
             ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y
@@ -1456,7 +1704,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window)
             ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), true);
 
-        // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags. Note that the flags can be combined.
+        // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags.
+        // Note that the ImGuiFocusedFlags_XXX flags can be combined.
         ImGui::BulletText(
             "IsWindowFocused() = %d\n"
             "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows) = %d\n"
@@ -1469,13 +1718,15 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow),
             ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow));
 
-        // Testing IsWindowHovered() function with its various flags. Note that the flags can be combined.
+        // Testing IsWindowHovered() function with its various flags.
+        // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined.
         ImGui::BulletText(
             "IsWindowHovered() = %d\n"
             "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n"
             "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n"
             "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows) = %d\n"
             "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n"
+            "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n"
             "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow) = %d\n"
             "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n",
             ImGui::IsWindowHovered(),
@@ -1483,16 +1734,20 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem),
             ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows),
             ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow),
+            ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup),
             ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow),
             ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow));
 
         ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), true);
-        ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing with the _ChildWindows flag.");
+        ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing the _ChildWindows flag.");
         ImGui::EndChild();
         if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window)
             ImGui::EndChild();
 
-        // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar. 
+        static char dummy_str[] = "This is a dummy field to be able to tab-out of the widgets above.";
+        ImGui::InputText("dummy", dummy_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dummy_str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
+
+        // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar.
         // This is useful in particular if you want to create a context menu (with BeginPopupContextItem) associated to the title bar of a window.
         static bool test_window = false;
         ImGui::Checkbox("Hovered/Active tests after Begin() for title bar testing", &test_window);
@@ -1520,8 +1775,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
     if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout"))
         return;
 
-    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child regions"))
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows"))
     {
+        HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window.");
         static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false;
         static bool disable_menu = false;
         ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Mouse Wheel", &disable_mouse_wheel);
@@ -1530,13 +1786,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
         static int line = 50;
         bool goto_line = ImGui::Button("Goto");
         ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100);
         goto_line |= ImGui::InputInt("##Line", &line, 0, 0, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue);
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
 
         // Child 1: no border, enable horizontal scrollbar
         {
-            ImGui::BeginChild("Child1", ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() * 0.5f, 300), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (disable_mouse_wheel ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse : 0));
+            ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (disable_mouse_wheel ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse : 0);
+            ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() * 0.5f, 260), false, window_flags);
             for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
             {
                 ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i);
@@ -1552,8 +1808,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
 
         // Child 2: rounded border
         {
+            ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = (disable_mouse_wheel ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse : 0) | (disable_menu ? 0 : ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar);
             ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f);
-            ImGui::BeginChild("Child2", ImVec2(0, 300), true, (disable_mouse_wheel ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse : 0) | (disable_menu ? 0 : ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar));
+            ImGui::BeginChild("ChildR", ImVec2(0, 260), true, window_flags);
             if (!disable_menu && ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
             {
                 if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu"))
@@ -1568,47 +1825,69 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
             {
                 char buf[32];
                 sprintf(buf, "%03d", i);
-                ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-1.0f, 0.0f));
+                ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f));
                 ImGui::NextColumn();
             }
             ImGui::EndChild();
             ImGui::PopStyleVar();
         }
 
+        ImGui::Separator();
+
+        // Demonstrate a few extra things
+        // - Changing ImGuiCol_ChildBg (which is transparent black in default styles)
+        // - Using SetCursorPos() to position the child window (because the child window is an item from the POV of the parent window)
+        //   You can also call SetNextWindowPos() to position the child window. The parent window will effectively layout from this position.
+        // - Using ImGui::GetItemRectMin/Max() to query the "item" state (because the child window is an item from the POV of the parent window)
+        //   See "Widgets" -> "Querying Status (Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)" section for more details about this.
+        {
+            ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + 10);
+            ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100));
+            ImGui::BeginChild("Red", ImVec2(200, 100), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
+            for (int n = 0; n < 50; n++)
+                ImGui::Text("Some test %d", n);
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+            ImVec2 child_rect_min = ImGui::GetItemRectMin();
+            ImVec2 child_rect_max = ImGui::GetItemRectMax();
+            ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+            ImGui::Text("Rect of child window is: (%.0f,%.0f) (%.0f,%.0f)", child_rect_min.x, child_rect_min.y, child_rect_max.x, child_rect_max.y);
+        }
+
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width"))
     {
+        // Use SetNextItemWidth() to set the width of a single upcoming item.
+        // Use PushItemWidth()/PopItemWidth() to set the width of a group of items.
         static float f = 0.0f;
-        ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(100)");
-        ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Fixed width.");
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+        ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(100)");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Fixed width.");
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100);
         ImGui::DragFloat("float##1", &f);
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
 
-        ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f)");
-        ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Half of window width.");
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f);
+        ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f)");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of window width.");
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f);
         ImGui::DragFloat("float##2", &f);
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
 
-        ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvailWidth() * 0.5f)");
-        ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)");
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() * 0.5f);
+        ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)");
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f);
         ImGui::DragFloat("float##3", &f);
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
 
-        ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(-100)");
-        ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Align to right edge minus 100");
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(-100);
+        ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-100)");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus 100");
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-100);
         ImGui::DragFloat("float##4", &f);
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
 
-        ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(-1)");
-        ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Align to right edge");
+        // Demonstrate using PushItemWidth to surround three items. Calling SetNextItemWidth() before each of them would have the same effect.
+        ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-1)");
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge");
         ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1);
-        ImGui::DragFloat("float##5", &f);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("##float5a", &f);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("##float5b", &f);
+        ImGui::DragFloat("##float5c", &f);
         ImGui::PopItemWidth();
 
         ImGui::TreePop();
@@ -1702,9 +1981,80 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabs"))
+    {
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
+        {
+            ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None;
+            if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags))
+            {
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Avocado"))
+                {
+                    ImGui::Text("This is the Avocado tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah");
+                    ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                }
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Broccoli"))
+                {
+                    ImGui::Text("This is the Broccoli tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah");
+                    ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                }
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Cucumber"))
+                {
+                    ImGui::Text("This is the Cucumber tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah");
+                    ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndTabBar();
+            }
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced & Close Button"))
+        {
+            // Expose a couple of the available flags. In most cases you may just call BeginTabBar() with no flags (0).
+            static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable;
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton);
+            if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0)
+                tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_;
+            if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown))
+                tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown);
+            if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll))
+                tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll);
+
+            // Tab Bar
+            const char* names[4] = { "Artichoke", "Beetroot", "Celery", "Daikon" };
+            static bool opened[4] = { true, true, true, true }; // Persistent user state
+            for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++)
+            {
+                if (n > 0) { ImGui::SameLine(); }
+                ImGui::Checkbox(names[n], &opened[n]);
+            }
+
+            // Passing a bool* to BeginTabItem() is similar to passing one to Begin(): the underlying bool will be set to false when the tab is closed.
+            if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags))
+            {
+                for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++)
+                    if (opened[n] && ImGui::BeginTabItem(names[n], &opened[n], ImGuiTabItemFlags_None))
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", names[n]);
+                        if (n & 1)
+                            ImGui::Text("I am an odd tab.");
+                        ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                    }
+                ImGui::EndTabBar();
+            }
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Groups"))
     {
-        ImGui::TextWrapped("(Using ImGui::BeginGroup()/EndGroup() to layout items. BeginGroup() basically locks the horizontal position. EndGroup() bundles the whole group so that you can use functions such as IsItemHovered() on it.)");
+        HelpMarker("BeginGroup() basically locks the horizontal position for new line. EndGroup() bundles the whole group so that you can use \"item\" functions such as IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive() or SameLine() etc. on the whole group.");
         ImGui::BeginGroup();
         {
             ImGui::BeginGroup();
@@ -1748,104 +2098,219 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
 
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Baseline Alignment"))
     {
-        ImGui::TextWrapped("(This is testing the vertical alignment that occurs on text to keep it at the same baseline as widgets. Lines only composed of text or \"small\" widgets fit in less vertical spaces than lines with normal widgets)");
+        {
+            ImGui::BulletText("Text baseline:");
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker("This is testing the vertical alignment that gets applied on text to keep it aligned with widgets. Lines only composed of text or \"small\" widgets fit in less vertical spaces than lines with normal widgets.");
+            ImGui::Indent();
 
-        ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Text("Banana");
+            ImGui::Text("KO Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker("Baseline of button will look misaligned with text..");
 
-        ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree");
+            // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets.
+            // Because we don't know what's coming after the Text() statement, we need to move the text baseline down by FramePadding.y
+            ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+            ImGui::Text("OK Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker("We call AlignTextToFramePadding() to vertically align the text baseline by +FramePadding.y");
 
-        ImGui::Button("HOP##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Text("Banana");
+            // SmallButton() uses the same vertical padding as Text
+            ImGui::Button("TEST##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("TEST"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::SmallButton("TEST##2");
 
-        ImGui::Button("HOP##2"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Text("Banana");
+            // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets.
+            ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+            ImGui::Text("Text aligned to framed item"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("Item##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Item"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::SmallButton("Item##2"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("Item##3");
 
-        ImGui::Button("TEST##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Text("TEST"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::SmallButton("TEST##2");
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+        }
 
-        ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // If your line starts with text, call this to align it to upcoming widgets.
-        ImGui::Text("Text aligned to Widget"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Button("Widget##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Text("Widget"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::SmallButton("Widget##2"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Button("Widget##3");
+        ImGui::Spacing();
 
-        // Tree
-        const float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x;
-        ImGui::Button("Button##1");
-        ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Node##1")) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); }    // Dummy tree data
+        {
+            ImGui::BulletText("Multi-line text:");
+            ImGui::Indent();
+            ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Banana");
+
+            ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree");
+
+            ImGui::Button("HOP##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Banana");
+
+            ImGui::Button("HOP##2"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Text("Banana");
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+        }
 
-        ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();         // Vertically align text node a bit lower so it'll be vertically centered with upcoming widget. Otherwise you can use SmallButton (smaller fit).
-        bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Node##2");  // Common mistake to avoid: if we want to SameLine after TreeNode we need to do it before we add child content.
-        ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##2");
-        if (node_open) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); }   // Dummy tree data
+        ImGui::Spacing();
 
-        // Bullet
-        ImGui::Button("Button##3");
-        ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
-        ImGui::BulletText("Bullet text");
+        {
+            ImGui::BulletText("Misc items:");
+            ImGui::Indent();
 
-        ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
-        ImGui::BulletText("Node");
-        ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##4");
+            // SmallButton() sets FramePadding to zero. Text baseline is aligned to match baseline of previous Button
+            ImGui::Button("80x80", ImVec2(80, 80));
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("50x50", ImVec2(50, 50));
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Button("Button()");
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::SmallButton("SmallButton()");
+
+            // Tree
+            const float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+            ImGui::Button("Button##1");
+            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
+            if (ImGui::TreeNode("Node##1")) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); }    // Dummy tree data
+
+            ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();           // Vertically align text node a bit lower so it'll be vertically centered with upcoming widget. Otherwise you can use SmallButton (smaller fit).
+            bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Node##2");// Common mistake to avoid: if we want to SameLine after TreeNode we need to do it before we add child content.
+            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##2");
+            if (node_open) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); }   // Dummy tree data
+
+            // Bullet
+            ImGui::Button("Button##3");
+            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
+            ImGui::BulletText("Bullet text");
+
+            ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+            ImGui::BulletText("Node");
+            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##4");
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+        }
 
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Scrolling"))
     {
-        ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use SetScrollHereY() or SetScrollFromPosY() to scroll to a given position.)");
-        static bool track = true;
-        static int track_line = 50, scroll_to_px = 200;
-        ImGui::Checkbox("Track", &track);
+        // Vertical scroll functions
+        HelpMarker("Use SetScrollHereY() or SetScrollFromPosY() to scroll to a given vertical position.");
+
+        static int track_item = 50;
+        static bool enable_track = true;
+        static bool enable_extra_decorations = false;
+        static float scroll_to_off_px = 0.0f;
+        static float scroll_to_pos_px = 200.0f;
+
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Decoration", &enable_extra_decorations);
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        HelpMarker("We expose this for testing because scrolling sometimes had issues with window decoration such as menu-bars.");
+
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Track", &enable_track);
         ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
-        ImGui::SameLine(130); track |= ImGui::DragInt("##line", &track_line, 0.25f, 0, 99, "Line = %d");
-        bool scroll_to = ImGui::Button("Scroll To Pos");
-        ImGui::SameLine(130); scroll_to |= ImGui::DragInt("##pos_y", &scroll_to_px, 1.00f, 0, 9999, "Y = %d px");
+        ImGui::SameLine(140); enable_track |= ImGui::DragInt("##item", &track_item, 0.25f, 0, 99, "Item = %d");
+
+        bool scroll_to_off = ImGui::Button("Scroll Offset");
+        ImGui::SameLine(140); scroll_to_off |= ImGui::DragFloat("##off", &scroll_to_off_px, 1.00f, 0, FLT_MAX, "+%.0f px");
+
+        bool scroll_to_pos = ImGui::Button("Scroll To Pos");
+        ImGui::SameLine(140); scroll_to_pos |= ImGui::DragFloat("##pos", &scroll_to_pos_px, 1.00f, -10, FLT_MAX, "X/Y = %.0f px");
         ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-        if (scroll_to) track = false;
 
+        if (scroll_to_off || scroll_to_pos)
+            enable_track = false;
+
+        ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
+        float child_w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - 4 * style.ItemSpacing.x) / 5;
+        if (child_w < 1.0f)
+            child_w = 1.0f;
+        ImGui::PushID("##VerticalScrolling");
         for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
         {
             if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
             ImGui::BeginGroup();
-            ImGui::Text("%s", i == 0 ? "Top" : i == 1 ? "25%" : i == 2 ? "Center" : i == 3 ? "75%" : "Bottom");
-            ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i), ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.17f, 200.0f), true);
-            if (scroll_to)
-                ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().y + scroll_to_px, i * 0.25f);
-            for (int line = 0; line < 100; line++)
+            const char* names[] = { "Top", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Bottom" };
+            ImGui::TextUnformatted(names[i]);
+
+            ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar : 0;
+            bool window_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i), ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), true, child_flags);
+            if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+            {
+                ImGui::TextUnformatted("abc");
+                ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+            }
+            if (scroll_to_off)
+                ImGui::SetScrollY(scroll_to_off_px);
+            if (scroll_to_pos)
+                ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().y + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f);
+            if (window_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items
             {
-                if (track && line == track_line)
+                for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++)
                 {
-                    ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Line %d", line);
-                    ImGui::SetScrollHereY(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:top, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:bottom
+                    if (enable_track && item == track_item)
+                    {
+                        ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item);
+                        ImGui::SetScrollHereY(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:top, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:bottom
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("Item %d", item);
+                    }
                 }
-                else
+            }
+            float scroll_y = ImGui::GetScrollY();
+            float scroll_max_y = ImGui::GetScrollMaxY();
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+            ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_y, scroll_max_y);
+            ImGui::EndGroup();
+        }
+        ImGui::PopID();
+
+        // Horizontal scroll functions
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+        HelpMarker("Use SetScrollHereX() or SetScrollFromPosX() to scroll to a given horizontal position.\n\nUsing the \"Scroll To Pos\" button above will make the discontinuity at edges visible: scrolling to the top/bottom/left/right-most item will add an additional WindowPadding to reflect on reaching the edge of the list.\n\nBecause the clipping rectangle of most window hides half worth of WindowPadding on the left/right, using SetScrollFromPosX(+1) will usually result in clipped text whereas the equivalent SetScrollFromPosY(+1) wouldn't.");
+        ImGui::PushID("##HorizontalScrolling");
+        for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+        {
+            float child_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() + style.ScrollbarSize + style.WindowPadding.y * 2.0f;
+            ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar : 0);
+            bool window_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i), ImVec2(-100, child_height), true, child_flags);
+            if (scroll_to_off)
+                ImGui::SetScrollX(scroll_to_off_px);
+            if (scroll_to_pos)
+                ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().x + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f);
+            if (window_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items
+            {
+                for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++)
                 {
-                    ImGui::Text("Line %d", line);
+                    if (enable_track && item == track_item)
+                    {
+                        ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item);
+                        ImGui::SetScrollHereX(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:left, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:right
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("Item %d", item);
+                    }
+                    ImGui::SameLine();
                 }
             }
-            float scroll_y = ImGui::GetScrollY(), scroll_max_y = ImGui::GetScrollMaxY();
+            float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX();
+            float scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX();
             ImGui::EndChild();
-            ImGui::Text("%.0f/%0.f", scroll_y, scroll_max_y);
-            ImGui::EndGroup();
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            const char* names[] = { "Left", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Right" };
+            ImGui::Text("%s\n%.0f/%.0f", names[i], scroll_x, scroll_max_x);
+            ImGui::Spacing();
         }
-        ImGui::TreePop();
-    }
+        ImGui::PopID();
 
-    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling"))
-    {
-        ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::TextWrapped("Horizontal scrolling for a window has to be enabled explicitly via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag.");
-        ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::TextWrapped("You may want to explicitly specify content width by calling SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin().");
+        // Miscellaneous Horizontal Scrolling Demo
+        HelpMarker("Horizontal scrolling for a window has to be enabled explicitly via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag.\n\nYou may want to explicitly specify content width by calling SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin().");
         static int lines = 7;
         ImGui::SliderInt("Lines", &lines, 1, 15);
         ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f);
@@ -1872,20 +2337,112 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
                 ImGui::PopID();
             }
         }
-        float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX(), scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX();
+        float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX();
+        float scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX();
         ImGui::EndChild();
         ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
         float scroll_x_delta = 0.0f;
-        ImGui::SmallButton("<<"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SmallButton("<<"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) { scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; } ImGui::SameLine();
         ImGui::Text("Scroll from code"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::SmallButton(">>"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SmallButton(">>"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) { scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; } ImGui::SameLine();
         ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_x, scroll_max_x);
         if (scroll_x_delta != 0.0f)
         {
             ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling"); // Demonstrate a trick: you can use Begin to set yourself in the context of another window (here we are already out of your child window)
             ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGui::GetScrollX() + scroll_x_delta);
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+        }
+        ImGui::Spacing();
+
+        static bool show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window = false;
+        ImGui::Checkbox("Show Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window);
+
+        if (show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window)
+        {
+            static bool show_h_scrollbar = true;
+            static bool show_button = true;
+            static bool show_tree_nodes = true;
+            static bool show_text_wrapped = false;
+            static bool show_columns = true;
+            static bool show_tab_bar = true;
+            static bool show_child = false;
+            static bool explicit_content_size = false;
+            static float contents_size_x = 300.0f;
+            if (explicit_content_size)
+                ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(contents_size_x, 0.0f));
+            ImGui::Begin("Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window, show_h_scrollbar ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : 0);
+            ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(2, 0));
+            ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 0));
+            HelpMarker("Test of different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\nUse 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles.");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("H-scrollbar", &show_h_scrollbar);
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Button", &show_button);            // Will grow contents size (unless explicitly overwritten)
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Tree nodes", &show_tree_nodes);    // Will grow contents size and display highlight over full width
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Text wrapped", &show_text_wrapped);// Will grow and use contents size
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Columns", &show_columns);          // Will use contents size
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Tab bar", &show_tab_bar);          // Will use contents size
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Child", &show_child);              // Will grow and use contents size
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Explicit content size", &explicit_content_size);
+            ImGui::Text("Scroll %.1f/%.1f %.1f/%.1f", ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(), ImGui::GetScrollY(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxY());
+            if (explicit_content_size)
+            {
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+                ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100);
+                ImGui::DragFloat("##csx", &contents_size_x);
+                ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+                ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x + 10, p.y + 10), IM_COL32_WHITE);
+                ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p.x + contents_size_x - 10, p.y), ImVec2(p.x + contents_size_x, p.y + 10), IM_COL32_WHITE);
+                ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(0, 10));
+            }
+            ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
+            ImGui::Separator();
+            if (show_button)
+            {
+                ImGui::Button("this is a 300-wide button", ImVec2(300, 0));
+            }
+            if (show_tree_nodes)
+            {
+                bool open = true;
+                if (ImGui::TreeNode("this is a tree node"))
+                {
+                    if (ImGui::TreeNode("another one of those tree node..."))
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("Some tree contents");
+                        ImGui::TreePop();
+                    }
+                    ImGui::TreePop();
+                }
+                ImGui::CollapsingHeader("CollapsingHeader", &open);
+            }
+            if (show_text_wrapped)
+            {
+                ImGui::TextWrapped("This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the work rectangle.");
+            }
+            if (show_columns)
+            {
+                ImGui::Columns(4);
+                for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
+                {
+                    ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth());
+                    ImGui::NextColumn();
+                }
+                ImGui::Columns(1);
+            }
+            if (show_tab_bar && ImGui::BeginTabBar("Hello"))
+            {
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("OneOneOne")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); }
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("TwoTwoTwo")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); }
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("ThreeThreeThree")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); }
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("FourFourFour")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); }
+                ImGui::EndTabBar();
+            }
+            if (show_child)
+            {
+                ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0,0), true);
+                ImGui::EndChild();
+            }
             ImGui::End();
         }
+
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
@@ -1893,12 +2450,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
     {
         static ImVec2 size(100, 100), offset(50, 20);
         ImGui::TextWrapped("On a per-widget basis we are occasionally clipping text CPU-side if it won't fit in its frame. Otherwise we are doing coarser clipping + passing a scissor rectangle to the renderer. The system is designed to try minimizing both execution and CPU/GPU rendering cost.");
-        ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 0.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f");
+        ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 1.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f");
         ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag)");
         ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
         ImVec4 clip_rect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y);
         ImGui::InvisibleButton("##dummy", size);
-        if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging()) { offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x; offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y; }
+        if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(0)) { offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x; offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y; }
         ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(pos, ImVec2(pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y), IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255));
         ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddText(ImGui::GetFont(), ImGui::GetFontSize()*2.0f, ImVec2(pos.x + offset.x, pos.y + offset.y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!", NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect);
         ImGui::TreePop();
@@ -1910,12 +2467,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
     if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Popups & Modal windows"))
         return;
 
-    // Popups are windows with a few special properties:
+    // The properties of popups windows are:
     // - They block normal mouse hovering detection outside them. (*)
     // - Unless modal, they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
-    // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by imgui instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin() calls.
+    // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by Dear ImGui instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin() calls.
+    //   User can manipulate the visibility state by calling OpenPopup().
     // (*) One can use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) to bypass it and detect hovering even when normally blocked by a popup.
-    // Those three properties are intimately connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state because it can close popups at any time.
+    // Those three properties are connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state because it can close popups at any time.
 
     // Typical use for regular windows:
     //   bool my_tool_is_active = false; if (ImGui::Button("Open")) my_tool_is_active = true; [...] if (my_tool_is_active) Begin("My Tool", &my_tool_is_active) { [...] } End();
@@ -1923,7 +2481,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
     //   if (ImGui::Button("Open")) ImGui::OpenPopup("MyPopup"); if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyPopup") { [...] EndPopup(); }
 
     // With popups we have to go through a library call (here OpenPopup) to manipulate the visibility state.
-    // This may be a bit confusing at first but it should quickly make sense. Follow on the examples below. 
+    // This may be a bit confusing at first but it should quickly make sense. Follow on the examples below.
 
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups"))
     {
@@ -1976,6 +2534,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
                 if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu"))
                 {
                     ImGui::MenuItem("Click me");
+                    if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup"))
+                        ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup");
+                    if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup"))
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("I am the last one here.");
+                        ImGui::EndPopup();
+                    }
                     ImGui::EndMenu();
                 }
                 ImGui::EndPopup();
@@ -2008,18 +2573,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
         {
             if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f;
             if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to PI")) value = 3.1415f;
-            ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1);
+            ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1);
             ImGui::DragFloat("##Value", &value, 0.1f, 0.0f, 0.0f);
-            ImGui::PopItemWidth();
             ImGui::EndPopup();
         }
 
         // We can also use OpenPopupOnItemClick() which is the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the Begin call.
         // So here we will make it that clicking on the text field with the right mouse button (1) will toggle the visibility of the popup above.
-        ImGui::Text("(You can also right-click me to the same popup as above.)");
+        ImGui::Text("(You can also right-click me to open the same popup as above.)");
         ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("item context menu", 1);
 
-        // When used after an item that has an ID (here the Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem(). 
+        // When used after an item that has an ID (here the Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem().
         // BeginPopupContextItem() will use the last item ID as the popup ID.
         // In addition here, we want to include your editable label inside the button label. We use the ### operator to override the ID (read FAQ about ID for details)
         static char name[32] = "Label1";
@@ -2044,6 +2608,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
 
         if (ImGui::Button("Delete.."))
             ImGui::OpenPopup("Delete?");
+
         if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
         {
             ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n");
@@ -2066,17 +2631,32 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
 
         if (ImGui::Button("Stacked modals.."))
             ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 1");
-        if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1"))
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
         {
+            if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+            {
+                if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
+                {
+                    if (ImGui::MenuItem("Dummy menu item")) {}
+                    ImGui::EndMenu();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+            }
             ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The First\nUsing style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] behind it.");
+
+            // Testing behavior of widgets stacking their own regular popups over the modal.
             static int item = 1;
-            ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
             static float color[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f };
-            ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color);  // This is to test behavior of stacked regular popups over a modal
+            ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
+            ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color);
 
             if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal.."))
                 ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2");
-            if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2"))
+
+            // Also demonstrate passing a bool* to BeginPopupModal(), this will create a regular close button which will close the popup.
+            // Note that the visibility state of popups is owned by imgui, so the input value of the bool actually doesn't matter here.
+            bool dummy_open = true;
+            if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2", &dummy_open))
             {
                 ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second!");
                 if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
@@ -2119,6 +2699,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns()
 
     ImGui::PushID("Columns");
 
+    static bool disable_indent = false;
+    ImGui::Checkbox("Disable tree indentation", &disable_indent);
+    ImGui::SameLine();
+    HelpMarker("Disable the indenting of tree nodes so demo columns can use the full window width.");
+    if (disable_indent)
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, 0.0f);
+
     // Basic columns
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
     {
@@ -2130,7 +2717,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns()
             char label[32];
             sprintf(label, "Item %d", n);
             if (ImGui::Selectable(label)) {}
-            //if (ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-1,0))) {}
+            //if (ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f))) {}
             ImGui::NextColumn();
         }
         ImGui::Columns(1);
@@ -2164,6 +2751,40 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns()
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders"))
+    {
+        // NB: Future columns API should allow automatic horizontal borders.
+        static bool h_borders = true;
+        static bool v_borders = true;
+        static int columns_count = 4;
+        const int lines_count = 3;
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
+        ImGui::DragInt("##columns_count", &columns_count, 0.1f, 2, 10, "%d columns");
+        if (columns_count < 2)
+            columns_count = 2;
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Checkbox("horizontal", &h_borders);
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::Checkbox("vertical", &v_borders);
+        ImGui::Columns(columns_count, NULL, v_borders);
+        for (int i = 0; i < columns_count * lines_count; i++)
+        {
+            if (h_borders && ImGui::GetColumnIndex() == 0)
+                ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::Text("%c%c%c", 'a' + i, 'a' + i, 'a' + i);
+            ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth());
+            ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x);
+            ImGui::Text("Offset %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnOffset());
+            ImGui::Text("Long text that is likely to clip");
+            ImGui::Button("Button", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f));
+            ImGui::NextColumn();
+        }
+        ImGui::Columns(1);
+        if (h_borders)
+            ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
     // Create multiple items in a same cell before switching to next column
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mixed items"))
     {
@@ -2210,29 +2831,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns()
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
-    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders"))
-    {
-        // NB: Future columns API should allow automatic horizontal borders.
-        static bool h_borders = true;
-        static bool v_borders = true;
-        ImGui::Checkbox("horizontal", &h_borders);
-        ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::Checkbox("vertical", &v_borders);
-        ImGui::Columns(4, NULL, v_borders);
-        for (int i = 0; i < 4*3; i++)
-        {
-            if (h_borders && ImGui::GetColumnIndex() == 0)
-                ImGui::Separator();
-            ImGui::Text("%c%c%c", 'a'+i, 'a'+i, 'a'+i);
-            ImGui::Text("Width %.2f\nOffset %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth(), ImGui::GetColumnOffset());
-            ImGui::NextColumn();
-        }
-        ImGui::Columns(1);
-        if (h_borders)
-            ImGui::Separator();
-        ImGui::TreePop();
-    }
-
     // Scrolling columns
     /*
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Scrolling"))
@@ -2280,18 +2878,44 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns()
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
-    bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Tree within single cell");
-    ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("NB: Tree node must be poped before ending the cell. There's no storage of state per-cell.");
-    if (node_open)
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree"))
     {
-        ImGui::Columns(2, "tree items");
-        ImGui::Separator();
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Hello")) { ImGui::BulletText("Sailor"); ImGui::TreePop(); } ImGui::NextColumn();
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bonjour")) { ImGui::BulletText("Marin"); ImGui::TreePop(); } ImGui::NextColumn();
+        ImGui::Columns(2, "tree", true);
+        for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++)
+        {
+            bool open1 = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)x, "Node%d", x);
+            ImGui::NextColumn();
+            ImGui::Text("Node contents");
+            ImGui::NextColumn();
+            if (open1)
+            {
+                for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++)
+                {
+                    bool open2 = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)y, "Node%d.%d", x, y);
+                    ImGui::NextColumn();
+                    ImGui::Text("Node contents");
+                    if (open2)
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("Even more contents");
+                        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree in column"))
+                        {
+                            ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
+                            ImGui::TreePop();
+                        }
+                    }
+                    ImGui::NextColumn();
+                    if (open2)
+                        ImGui::TreePop();
+                }
+                ImGui::TreePop();
+            }
+        }
         ImGui::Columns(1);
-        ImGui::Separator();
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
+
+    if (disable_indent)
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
     ImGui::PopID();
 }
 
@@ -2299,6 +2923,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
 {
     if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Filtering"))
     {
+        // Helper class to easy setup a text filter.
+        // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application.
         static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
         ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n"
                     "  \"\"         display all lines\n"
@@ -2316,12 +2942,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
     {
         ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
 
+        // Display ImGuiIO output flags
         ImGui::Text("WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse);
         ImGui::Text("WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard);
         ImGui::Text("WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput);
         ImGui::Text("WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos);
         ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible);
 
+        // Display Keyboard/Mouse state
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard, Mouse & Navigation State"))
         {
             if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid())
@@ -2335,10 +2963,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
             ImGui::Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseReleased(i))         { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); }
             ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel);
 
-            ImGui::Text("Keys down:");      for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (io.KeysDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f)     { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.KeysDownDuration[i]); }
-            ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:");   for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(i))             { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", i); }
-            ImGui::Text("Keys release:");   for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(i))            { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", i); }
+            ImGui::Text("Keys down:");      for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (io.KeysDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f)     { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X) (%.02f secs)", i, i, io.KeysDownDuration[i]); }
+            ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:");   for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(i))             { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X)", i, i); }
+            ImGui::Text("Keys release:");   for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(i))            { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X)", i, i); }
             ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : "");
+            ImGui::Text("Chars queue:");    for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine();  ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public.
 
             ImGui::Text("NavInputs down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f)                    { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d] %.2f", i, io.NavInputs[i]); }
             ImGui::Text("NavInputs pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] == 0.0f)    { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d]", i); }
@@ -2364,7 +2993,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
             ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
             ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
             ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
-            //ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelperMarker("Use ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool)\nto disable tabbing through certain widgets.");
+            //ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Use ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool)\nto disable tabbing through certain widgets.");
             ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
             ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
             ImGui::TreePop();
@@ -2400,9 +3029,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
             // Use >= 0 parameter to SetKeyboardFocusHere() to focus an upcoming item
             static float f3[3] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f };
             int focus_ahead = -1;
-            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on X")) focus_ahead = 0; ImGui::SameLine();
-            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Y")) focus_ahead = 1; ImGui::SameLine();
-            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Z")) focus_ahead = 2;
+            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on X")) { focus_ahead = 0; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Y")) { focus_ahead = 1; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Z")) { focus_ahead = 2; }
             if (focus_ahead != -1) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(focus_ahead);
             ImGui::SliderFloat3("Float3", &f3[0], 0.0f, 1.0f);
 
@@ -2416,33 +3045,28 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
             for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++)
                 ImGui::Text("IsMouseDragging(%d):\n  w/ default threshold: %d,\n  w/ zero threshold: %d\n  w/ large threshold: %d",
                     button, ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button), ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 0.0f), ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 20.0f));
+
             ImGui::Button("Drag Me");
             if (ImGui::IsItemActive())
-            {
-                // Draw a line between the button and the mouse cursor
-                ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
-                draw_list->PushClipRectFullScreen();
-                draw_list->AddLine(io.MouseClickedPos[0], io.MousePos, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Button), 4.0f);
-                draw_list->PopClipRect();
-
-                // Drag operations gets "unlocked" when the mouse has moved past a certain threshold (the default threshold is stored in io.MouseDragThreshold)
-                // You can request a lower or higher threshold using the second parameter of IsMouseDragging() and GetMouseDragDelta()
-                ImVec2 value_raw = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0, 0.0f);
-                ImVec2 value_with_lock_threshold = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0);
-                ImVec2 mouse_delta = io.MouseDelta;
-                ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("Raw (%.1f, %.1f), WithLockThresold (%.1f, %.1f), MouseDelta (%.1f, %.1f)", value_raw.x, value_raw.y, value_with_lock_threshold.x, value_with_lock_threshold.y, mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y);
-            }
+                ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(io.MouseClickedPos[0], io.MousePos, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Button), 4.0f); // Draw a line between the button and the mouse cursor
+
+            // Drag operations gets "unlocked" when the mouse has moved past a certain threshold (the default threshold is stored in io.MouseDragThreshold)
+            // You can request a lower or higher threshold using the second parameter of IsMouseDragging() and GetMouseDragDelta()
+            ImVec2 value_raw = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0, 0.0f);
+            ImVec2 value_with_lock_threshold = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0);
+            ImVec2 mouse_delta = io.MouseDelta;
+            ImGui::Text("GetMouseDragDelta(0):\n  w/ default threshold: (%.1f, %.1f),\n  w/ zero threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)\nMouseDelta: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_with_lock_threshold.x, value_with_lock_threshold.y, value_raw.x, value_raw.y, mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y);
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
 
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse cursors"))
         {
-            const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "Move", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand" };
+            const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "NotAllowed" };
             IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT);
 
             ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", ImGui::GetMouseCursor(), mouse_cursors_names[ImGui::GetMouseCursor()]);
             ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:");
-            ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, otherwise your backend needs to handle it.");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, otherwise your backend needs to handle it.");
             for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; i++)
             {
                 char label[32];
@@ -2457,8 +3081,149 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow()
+// Access from Dear ImGui Demo -> Tools -> About
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open)
+{
+    if (!ImGui::Begin("About Dear ImGui", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+    {
+        ImGui::End();
+        return;
+    }
+    ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion());
+    ImGui::Separator();
+    ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors.");
+    ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information.");
+
+    static bool show_config_info = false;
+    ImGui::Checkbox("Config/Build Information", &show_config_info);
+    if (show_config_info)
+    {
+        ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+        ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
+
+        bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::Button("Copy to clipboard");
+        ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("cfginfos"), ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 18), ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove);
+        if (copy_to_clipboard)
+        {
+            ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+            ImGui::LogText("```\n"); // Back quotes will make the text appears without formatting when pasting to GitHub
+        }
+
+        ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM);
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::Text("sizeof(size_t): %d, sizeof(ImDrawIdx): %d, sizeof(ImDrawVert): %d", (int)sizeof(size_t), (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx), (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert));
+        ImGui::Text("define: __cplusplus=%d", (int)__cplusplus);
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS");
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
+        ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR");
+#endif
+#ifdef _WIN32
+        ImGui::Text("define: _WIN32");
+#endif
+#ifdef _WIN64
+        ImGui::Text("define: _WIN64");
+#endif
+#ifdef __linux__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __linux__");
+#endif
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __APPLE__");
+#endif
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+        ImGui::Text("define: _MSC_VER=%d", _MSC_VER);
+#endif
+#ifdef __MINGW32__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW32__");
+#endif
+#ifdef __MINGW64__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW64__");
+#endif
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __GNUC__=%d", (int)__GNUC__);
+#endif
+#ifdef __clang_version__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __clang_version__=%s", __clang_version__);
+#endif
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::Text("io.BackendPlatformName: %s", io.BackendPlatformName ? io.BackendPlatformName : "NULL");
+        ImGui::Text("io.BackendRendererName: %s", io.BackendRendererName ? io.BackendRendererName : "NULL");
+        ImGui::Text("io.ConfigFlags: 0x%08X", io.ConfigFlags);
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard)        ImGui::Text(" NavEnableKeyboard");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad)         ImGui::Text(" NavEnableGamepad");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos)     ImGui::Text(" NavEnableSetMousePos");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)     ImGui::Text(" NavNoCaptureKeyboard");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse)                  ImGui::Text(" NoMouse");
+        if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange)      ImGui::Text(" NoMouseCursorChange");
+        if (io.MouseDrawCursor)                                         ImGui::Text("io.MouseDrawCursor");
+        if (io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors)                                   ImGui::Text("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors");
+        if (io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink)                              ImGui::Text("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink");
+        if (io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges)                            ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges");
+        if (io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly)                       ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly");
+        if (io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f)                 ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer = %.1ff", io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer);
+        ImGui::Text("io.BackendFlags: 0x%08X", io.BackendFlags);
+        if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad)             ImGui::Text(" HasGamepad");
+        if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)        ImGui::Text(" HasMouseCursors");
+        if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)         ImGui::Text(" HasSetMousePos");
+        if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset)   ImGui::Text(" RendererHasVtxOffset");
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::Text("io.Fonts: %d fonts, Flags: 0x%08X, TexSize: %d,%d", io.Fonts->Fonts.Size, io.Fonts->Flags, io.Fonts->TexWidth, io.Fonts->TexHeight);
+        ImGui::Text("io.DisplaySize: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplaySize.x, io.DisplaySize.y);
+        ImGui::Text("io.DisplayFramebufferScale: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
+        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::Text("style.WindowPadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.WindowPadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y);
+        ImGui::Text("style.WindowBorderSize: %.2f", style.WindowBorderSize);
+        ImGui::Text("style.FramePadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.FramePadding.x, style.FramePadding.y);
+        ImGui::Text("style.FrameRounding: %.2f", style.FrameRounding);
+        ImGui::Text("style.FrameBorderSize: %.2f", style.FrameBorderSize);
+        ImGui::Text("style.ItemSpacing: %.2f,%.2f", style.ItemSpacing.x, style.ItemSpacing.y);
+        ImGui::Text("style.ItemInnerSpacing: %.2f,%.2f", style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, style.ItemInnerSpacing.y);
+
+        if (copy_to_clipboard)
+        {
+            ImGui::LogText("\n```\n");
+            ImGui::LogFinish();
+        }
+        ImGui::EndChildFrame();
+    }
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ShowStyleSelector()
+// - ShowFontSelector()
+// - ShowStyleEditor()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options.
 // Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string. Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally.
@@ -2487,15 +3252,20 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label)
     if (ImGui::BeginCombo(label, font_current->GetDebugName()))
     {
         for (int n = 0; n < io.Fonts->Fonts.Size; n++)
-            if (ImGui::Selectable(io.Fonts->Fonts[n]->GetDebugName(), io.Fonts->Fonts[n] == font_current))
-                io.FontDefault = io.Fonts->Fonts[n];
+        {
+            ImFont* font = io.Fonts->Fonts[n];
+            ImGui::PushID((void*)font);
+            if (ImGui::Selectable(font->GetDebugName(), font == font_current))
+                io.FontDefault = font;
+            ImGui::PopID();
+        }
         ImGui::EndCombo();
     }
     ImGui::SameLine();
-    ShowHelpMarker(
+    HelpMarker(
         "- Load additional fonts with io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF().\n"
         "- The font atlas is built when calling io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsXXXX() or io.Fonts->Build().\n"
-        "- Read FAQ and documentation in misc/fonts/ for more details.\n"
+        "- Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.txt for more details.\n"
         "- If you need to add/remove fonts at runtime (e.g. for DPI change), do it before calling NewFrame().");
 }
 
@@ -2535,188 +3305,213 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
     if (ImGui::Button("Revert Ref"))
         style = *ref;
     ImGui::SameLine();
-    ShowHelpMarker("Save/Revert in local non-persistent storage. Default Colors definition are not affected. Use \"Export Colors\" below to save them somewhere.");
-
-    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering"))
-    {
-        ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines", &style.AntiAliasedLines); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("When disabling anti-aliasing lines, you'll probably want to disable borders in your style as well.");
-        ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased fill", &style.AntiAliasedFill);
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
-        ImGui::DragFloat("Curve Tessellation Tolerance", &style.CurveTessellationTol, 0.02f, 0.10f, FLT_MAX, "%.2f", 2.0f);
-        if (style.CurveTessellationTol < 0.10f) style.CurveTessellationTol = 0.10f;
-        ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero.
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-        ImGui::TreePop();
-    }
+    HelpMarker("Save/Revert in local non-persistent storage. Default Colors definition are not affected. Use \"Export\" below to save them somewhere.");
 
-    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Settings"))
-    {
-        ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 16.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::Text("BorderSize");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderSize", &style.WindowBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::Text("Rounding");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 14.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 16.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::Text("Alignment");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content.");
-        ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding"); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).");
-        ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f");
-        ImGui::TreePop();
-    }
+    ImGui::Separator();
 
-    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colors"))
+    if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None))
     {
-        static int output_dest = 0;
-        static bool output_only_modified = true;
-        if (ImGui::Button("Export Unsaved"))
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Sizes"))
         {
-            if (output_dest == 0)
-                ImGui::LogToClipboard();
-            else
-                ImGui::LogToTTY();
-            ImGui::LogText("ImVec4* colors = ImGui::GetStyle().Colors;" IM_NEWLINE);
-            for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
-            {
-                const ImVec4& col = style.Colors[i];
-                const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i);
-                if (!output_only_modified || memcmp(&col, &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
-                    ImGui::LogText("colors[ImGuiCol_%s]%*s= ImVec4(%.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff);" IM_NEWLINE, name, 23-(int)strlen(name), "", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w);
-            }
-            ImGui::LogFinish();
+            ImGui::Text("Main");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::Text("Borders");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderSize", &style.WindowBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::Text("Rounding");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::Text("Alignment");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
+            int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1;
+            if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0"))
+                style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = window_menu_button_position - 1;
+            ImGui::Combo("ColorButtonPosition", (int*)&style.ColorButtonPosition, "Left\0Right\0");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content.");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content.");
+            ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
         }
-        ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::PushItemWidth(120); ImGui::Combo("##output_type", &output_dest, "To Clipboard\0To TTY\0"); ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-        ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox("Only Modified Colors", &output_only_modified);
 
-        ImGui::Text("Tip: Left-click on colored square to open color picker,\nRight-click to open edit options menu.");
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Colors"))
+        {
+            static int output_dest = 0;
+            static bool output_only_modified = true;
+            if (ImGui::Button("Export"))
+            {
+                if (output_dest == 0)
+                    ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+                else
+                    ImGui::LogToTTY();
+                ImGui::LogText("ImVec4* colors = ImGui::GetStyle().Colors;" IM_NEWLINE);
+                for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
+                {
+                    const ImVec4& col = style.Colors[i];
+                    const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i);
+                    if (!output_only_modified || memcmp(&col, &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
+                        ImGui::LogText("colors[ImGuiCol_%s]%*s= ImVec4(%.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff);" IM_NEWLINE, name, 23 - (int)strlen(name), "", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w);
+                }
+                ImGui::LogFinish();
+            }
+            ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(120); ImGui::Combo("##output_type", &output_dest, "To Clipboard\0To TTY\0");
+            ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox("Only Modified Colors", &output_only_modified);
 
-        static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
-        filter.Draw("Filter colors", 200);
+            static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
+            filter.Draw("Filter colors", ImGui::GetFontSize() * 16);
 
-        static ImGuiColorEditFlags alpha_flags = 0;
-        ImGui::RadioButton("Opaque", &alpha_flags, 0); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::RadioButton("Alpha", &alpha_flags, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview); ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::RadioButton("Both", &alpha_flags, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf);
+            static ImGuiColorEditFlags alpha_flags = 0;
+            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Opaque", alpha_flags == 0))                                     { alpha_flags = 0; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Alpha",  alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview))      { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            if (ImGui::RadioButton("Both",   alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf))  { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; } ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker("In the color list:\nLeft-click on colored square to open color picker,\nRight-click to open edit options menu.");
 
-        ImGui::BeginChild("#colors", ImVec2(0, 300), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(-160);
-        for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
-        {
-            const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i);
-            if (!filter.PassFilter(name))
-                continue;
-            ImGui::PushID(i);
-            ImGui::ColorEdit4("##color", (float*)&style.Colors[i], ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar | alpha_flags);
-            if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
+            ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);
+            ImGui::PushItemWidth(-160);
+            for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
             {
-                // Tips: in a real user application, you may want to merge and use an icon font into the main font, so instead of "Save"/"Revert" you'd use icons.
-                // Read the FAQ and misc/fonts/README.txt about using icon fonts. It's really easy and super convenient!
-                ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) ref->Colors[i] = style.Colors[i];
-                ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) style.Colors[i] = ref->Colors[i];
+                const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i);
+                if (!filter.PassFilter(name))
+                    continue;
+                ImGui::PushID(i);
+                ImGui::ColorEdit4("##color", (float*)&style.Colors[i], ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar | alpha_flags);
+                if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
+                {
+                    // Tips: in a real user application, you may want to merge and use an icon font into the main font, so instead of "Save"/"Revert" you'd use icons.
+                    // Read the FAQ and docs/FONTS.txt about using icon fonts. It's really easy and super convenient!
+                    ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) ref->Colors[i] = style.Colors[i];
+                    ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) style.Colors[i] = ref->Colors[i];
+                }
+                ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+                ImGui::TextUnformatted(name);
+                ImGui::PopID();
             }
-            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-            ImGui::TextUnformatted(name);
-            ImGui::PopID();
-        }
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-        ImGui::EndChild();
-
-        ImGui::TreePop();
-    }
+            ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+            ImGui::EndChild();
 
-    bool fonts_opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->Fonts.Size);
-    if (fonts_opened)
-    {
-        ImFontAtlas* atlas = ImGui::GetIO().Fonts;
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))
-        {
-            ImGui::Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,1), ImColor(255,255,255,255), ImColor(255,255,255,128));
-            ImGui::TreePop();
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
         }
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
-        for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++)
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Fonts"))
         {
-            ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i];
-            ImGui::PushID(font);
-            bool font_details_opened = ImGui::TreeNode(font, "Font %d: \'%s\', %.2f px, %d glyphs", i, font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size);
-            ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("Set as default")) ImGui::GetIO().FontDefault = font;
-            if (font_details_opened)
+            ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+            ImFontAtlas* atlas = io.Fonts;
+            HelpMarker("Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.txt for details on font loading.");
+            ImGui::PushItemWidth(120);
+            for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++)
             {
-                ImGui::PushFont(font);
-                ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
-                ImGui::PopFont();
-                ImGui::DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f");   // Scale only this font
-                ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\nFont are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system should hopefully be rewritten in the future to make scaling more natural and automatic.)");
-                ImGui::InputFloat("Font offset", &font->DisplayOffset.y, 1, 1, "%.0f");
-                ImGui::Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);
-                ImGui::Text("Fallback character: '%c' (%d)", font->FallbackChar, font->FallbackChar);
-                ImGui::Text("Texture surface: %d pixels (approx) ~ %dx%d", font->MetricsTotalSurface, (int)sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface), (int)sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface));
-                for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)
-                    if (ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])
-                        ImGui::BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d", config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH);
-                if (ImGui::TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))
+                ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i];
+                ImGui::PushID(font);
+                bool font_details_opened = ImGui::TreeNode(font, "Font %d: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)", i, font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount);
+                ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("Set as default")) { io.FontDefault = font; }
+                if (font_details_opened)
                 {
-                    // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters
-                    for (int base = 0; base < 0x10000; base += 256)
+                    ImGui::PushFont(font);
+                    ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
+                    ImGui::PopFont();
+                    ImGui::DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f");   // Scale only this font
+                    ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\nFont are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system should hopefully be rewritten in the future to make scaling more natural and automatic.)");
+                    ImGui::InputFloat("Font offset", &font->DisplayOffset.y, 1, 1, "%.0f");
+                    ImGui::Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);
+                    ImGui::Text("Fallback character: '%c' (U+%04X)", font->FallbackChar, font->FallbackChar);
+                    ImGui::Text("Ellipsis character: '%c' (U+%04X)", font->EllipsisChar, font->EllipsisChar);
+                    const float surface_sqrt = sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface);
+                    ImGui::Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, (int)surface_sqrt, (int)surface_sqrt);
+                    for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)
+                        if (font->ConfigData)
+                            if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])
+                                ImGui::BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d", config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH);
+                    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))
                     {
-                        int count = 0;
-                        for (int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
-                            count += font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)) ? 1 : 0;
-                        if (count > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base+255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph"))
+                        // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters
+                        for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256)
                         {
-                            float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1;
-                            float cell_spacing = style.ItemSpacing.y;
-                            ImVec2 base_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
-                            ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
-                            for (int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
+                            int count = 0;
+                            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
+                                count += font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)) ? 1 : 0;
+                            if (count > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph"))
                             {
-                                ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing));
-                                ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size);
-                                const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base+n));
-                                draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255,255,255,100) : IM_COL32(255,255,255,50));
-                                if (glyph)
-                                    font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), (ImWchar)(base+n)); // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions available to generate a string.
-                                if (glyph && ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2))
+                                float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1;
+                                float cell_spacing = style.ItemSpacing.y;
+                                ImVec2 base_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+                                ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+                                for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
                                 {
-                                    ImGui::BeginTooltip();
-                                    ImGui::Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", base+n);
-                                    ImGui::Separator();
-                                    ImGui::Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX);
-                                    ImGui::Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1);
-                                    ImGui::Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1);
-                                    ImGui::EndTooltip();
+                                    ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing));
+                                    ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size);
+                                    const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n));
+                                    draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50));
+                                    if (glyph)
+                                        font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), (ImWchar)(base + n)); // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions available to generate a string.
+                                    if (glyph && ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2))
+                                    {
+                                        ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+                                        ImGui::Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", base + n);
+                                        ImGui::Separator();
+                                        ImGui::Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX);
+                                        ImGui::Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1);
+                                        ImGui::Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1);
+                                        ImGui::EndTooltip();
+                                    }
                                 }
+                                ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16));
+                                ImGui::TreePop();
                             }
-                            ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16));
-                            ImGui::TreePop();
                         }
+                        ImGui::TreePop();
                     }
                     ImGui::TreePop();
                 }
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+            if (ImGui::TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))
+            {
+                ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
+                ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f);
+                ImGui::Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), tint_col, border_col);
                 ImGui::TreePop();
             }
-            ImGui::PopID();
+
+            HelpMarker("Those are old settings provided for convenience.\nHowever, the _correct_ way of scaling your UI is currently to reload your font at the designed size, rebuild the font atlas, and call style.ScaleAllSizes() on a reference ImGuiStyle structure.");
+            static float window_scale = 1.0f;
+            if (ImGui::DragFloat("window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.2f"))   // scale only this window
+                ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(window_scale);
+            ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &io.FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.2f");      // scale everything
+            ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
         }
-        static float window_scale = 1.0f;
-        ImGui::DragFloat("this window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f");              // scale only this window
-        ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &ImGui::GetIO().FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); // scale everything
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-        ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(window_scale);
-        ImGui::TreePop();
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Rendering"))
+        {
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines", &style.AntiAliasedLines); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When disabling anti-aliasing lines, you'll probably want to disable borders in your style as well.");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased fill", &style.AntiAliasedFill);
+            ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+            ImGui::DragFloat("Curve Tessellation Tolerance", &style.CurveTessellationTol, 0.02f, 0.10f, 10.0f, "%.2f");
+            if (style.CurveTessellationTol < 0.10f) style.CurveTessellationTol = 0.10f;
+            ImGui::DragFloat("Circle segment Max Error", &style.CircleSegmentMaxError, 0.01f, 0.10f, 10.0f, "%.2f");
+            ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero.
+            ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::EndTabBar();
     }
 
     ImGui::PopItemWidth();
@@ -2725,8 +3520,14 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
+// - ShowExampleMenuFile()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Demonstrate creating a fullscreen menu bar and populating it.
+// Demonstrate creating a "main" fullscreen menu bar and populating it.
+// Note the difference between BeginMainMenuBar() and BeginMenuBar():
+// - BeginMenuBar() = menu-bar inside current window we Begin()-ed into (the window needs the ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag)
+// - BeginMainMenuBar() = helper to create menu-bar-sized window at the top of the main viewport + call BeginMenuBar() into it.
 static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
 {
     if (ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar())
@@ -2750,6 +3551,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
     }
 }
 
+// Note that shortcuts are currently provided for display only (future version will add flags to BeginMenu to process shortcuts)
 static void ShowExampleMenuFile()
 {
     ImGui::MenuItem("(dummy menu)", NULL, false, false);
@@ -2825,10 +3627,12 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
 {
     char                  InputBuf[256];
     ImVector<char*>       Items;
-    bool                  ScrollToBottom;
+    ImVector<const char*> Commands;
     ImVector<char*>       History;
     int                   HistoryPos;    // -1: new line, 0..History.Size-1 browsing history.
-    ImVector<const char*> Commands;
+    ImGuiTextFilter       Filter;
+    bool                  AutoScroll;
+    bool                  ScrollToBottom;
 
     ExampleAppConsole()
     {
@@ -2839,6 +3643,8 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
         Commands.push_back("HISTORY");
         Commands.push_back("CLEAR");
         Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY");  // "classify" is only here to provide an example of "C"+[tab] completing to "CL" and displaying matches.
+        AutoScroll = true;
+        ScrollToBottom = false;
         AddLog("Welcome to Dear ImGui!");
     }
     ~ExampleAppConsole()
@@ -2851,7 +3657,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
     // Portable helpers
     static int   Stricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)         { int d; while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } return d; }
     static int   Strnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, int n) { int d = 0; while (n > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; n--; } return d; }
-    static char* Strdup(const char *str)                             { size_t len = strlen(str) + 1; void* buff = malloc(len); return (char*)memcpy(buff, (const void*)str, len); }
+    static char* Strdup(const char *str)                             { size_t len = strlen(str) + 1; void* buf = malloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len); }
     static void  Strtrim(char* str)                                  { char* str_end = str + strlen(str); while (str_end > str && str_end[-1] == ' ') str_end--; *str_end = 0; }
 
     void    ClearLog()
@@ -2859,7 +3665,6 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
         for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)
             free(Items[i]);
         Items.clear();
-        ScrollToBottom = true;
     }
 
     void    AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2)
@@ -2872,7 +3677,6 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
         buf[IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)-1] = 0;
         va_end(args);
         Items.push_back(Strdup(buf));
-        ScrollToBottom = true;
     }
 
     void    Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open)
@@ -2898,19 +3702,26 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
 
         // TODO: display items starting from the bottom
 
-        if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Text")) { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); } ImGui::SameLine();
+        if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Text"))  { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); } ImGui::SameLine();
         if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Error")) { AddLog("[error] something went wrong"); } ImGui::SameLine();
         if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear")) { ClearLog(); } ImGui::SameLine();
-        bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::SmallButton("Copy"); ImGui::SameLine();
-        if (ImGui::SmallButton("Scroll to bottom")) ScrollToBottom = true;
+        bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::SmallButton("Copy");
         //static float t = 0.0f; if (ImGui::GetTime() - t > 0.02f) { t = ImGui::GetTime(); AddLog("Spam %f", t); }
 
         ImGui::Separator();
 
-        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0,0));
-        static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
-        filter.Draw("Filter (\"incl,-excl\") (\"error\")", 180);
-        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+        // Options menu
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options"))
+        {
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll);
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        // Options, Filter
+        if (ImGui::Button("Options"))
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("Options");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        Filter.Draw("Filter (\"incl,-excl\") (\"error\")", 180);
         ImGui::Separator();
 
         const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // 1 separator, 1 input text
@@ -2935,24 +3746,27 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
         ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4,1)); // Tighten spacing
         if (copy_to_clipboard)
             ImGui::LogToClipboard();
-        ImVec4 col_default_text = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text);
         for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)
         {
             const char* item = Items[i];
-            if (!filter.PassFilter(item))
+            if (!Filter.PassFilter(item))
                 continue;
-            ImVec4 col = col_default_text;
-            if (strstr(item, "[error]")) col = ImColor(1.0f,0.4f,0.4f,1.0f);
-            else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) col = ImColor(1.0f,0.78f,0.58f,1.0f);
-            ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col);
+
+            // Normally you would store more information in your item (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.)
+            bool pop_color = false;
+            if (strstr(item, "[error]"))            { ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f)); pop_color = true; }
+            else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0)   { ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f)); pop_color = true; }
             ImGui::TextUnformatted(item);
-            ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+            if (pop_color)
+                ImGui::PopStyleColor();
         }
         if (copy_to_clipboard)
             ImGui::LogFinish();
-        if (ScrollToBottom)
+
+        if (ScrollToBottom || (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()))
             ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
         ScrollToBottom = false;
+
         ImGui::PopStyleVar();
         ImGui::EndChild();
         ImGui::Separator();
@@ -3013,6 +3827,9 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
         {
             AddLog("Unknown command: '%s'\n", command_line);
         }
+
+        // On commad input, we scroll to bottom even if AutoScroll==false
+        ScrollToBottom = true;
     }
 
     static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) // In C++11 you are better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks
@@ -3140,10 +3957,21 @@ struct ExampleAppLog
 {
     ImGuiTextBuffer     Buf;
     ImGuiTextFilter     Filter;
-    ImVector<int>       LineOffsets;        // Index to lines offset
-    bool                ScrollToBottom;
+    ImVector<int>       LineOffsets;        // Index to lines offset. We maintain this with AddLog() calls, allowing us to have a random access on lines
+    bool                AutoScroll;     // Keep scrolling if already at the bottom
+
+    ExampleAppLog()
+    {
+        AutoScroll = true;
+        Clear();
+    }
 
-    void    Clear()     { Buf.clear(); LineOffsets.clear(); }
+    void    Clear()
+    {
+        Buf.clear();
+        LineOffsets.clear();
+        LineOffsets.push_back(0);
+    }
 
     void    AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2)
     {
@@ -3154,47 +3982,88 @@ struct ExampleAppLog
         va_end(args);
         for (int new_size = Buf.size(); old_size < new_size; old_size++)
             if (Buf[old_size] == '\n')
-                LineOffsets.push_back(old_size);
-        ScrollToBottom = true;
+                LineOffsets.push_back(old_size + 1);
     }
 
     void    Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open = NULL)
     {
-        ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500,400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
         if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open))
         {
             ImGui::End();
             return;
         }
-        if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) Clear();
+
+        // Options menu
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options"))
+        {
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll);
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+
+        // Main window
+        if (ImGui::Button("Options"))
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("Options");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        bool clear = ImGui::Button("Clear");
         ImGui::SameLine();
         bool copy = ImGui::Button("Copy");
         ImGui::SameLine();
         Filter.Draw("Filter", -100.0f);
+
         ImGui::Separator();
         ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0,0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
-        if (copy) ImGui::LogToClipboard();
 
+        if (clear)
+            Clear();
+        if (copy)
+            ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0));
+        const char* buf = Buf.begin();
+        const char* buf_end = Buf.end();
         if (Filter.IsActive())
         {
-            const char* buf_begin = Buf.begin();
-            const char* line = buf_begin;
-            for (int line_no = 0; line != NULL; line_no++)
+            // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled.
+            // This is because we don't have a random access on the result on our filter.
+            // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of search/filter.
+            // especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp).
+            for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++)
             {
-                const char* line_end = (line_no < LineOffsets.Size) ? buf_begin + LineOffsets[line_no] : NULL;
-                if (Filter.PassFilter(line, line_end))
-                    ImGui::TextUnformatted(line, line_end);
-                line = line_end && line_end[1] ? line_end + 1 : NULL;
+                const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no];
+                const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end;
+                if (Filter.PassFilter(line_start, line_end))
+                    ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end);
             }
         }
         else
         {
-            ImGui::TextUnformatted(Buf.begin());
+            // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer:
+            //   ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end);
+            // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward to skip non-visible lines.
+            // Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are within the visible area.
+            // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them on your side is recommended.
+            // Using ImGuiListClipper requires A) random access into your data, and B) items all being the  same height,
+            // both of which we can handle since we an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text.
+            // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper.
+            // Storing or skimming through the search result would make it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries)
+            ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+            clipper.Begin(LineOffsets.Size);
+            while (clipper.Step())
+            {
+                for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++)
+                {
+                    const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no];
+                    const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end;
+                    ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end);
+                }
+            }
+            clipper.End();
         }
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
 
-        if (ScrollToBottom)
+        if (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY())
             ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
-        ScrollToBottom = false;
+
         ImGui::EndChild();
         ImGui::End();
     }
@@ -3205,16 +4074,26 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open)
 {
     static ExampleAppLog log;
 
-    // Demo: add random items (unless Ctrl is held)
-    static double last_time = -1.0;
-    double time = ImGui::GetTime();
-    if (time - last_time >= 0.20f && !ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl)
+    // For the demo: add a debug button _BEFORE_ the normal log window contents
+    // We take advantage of a rarely used feature: multiple calls to Begin()/End() are appending to the _same_ window.
+    // Most of the contents of the window will be added by the log.Draw() call.
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+    ImGui::Begin("Example: Log", p_open);
+    if (ImGui::SmallButton("[Debug] Add 5 entries"))
     {
-        const char* random_words[] = { "system", "info", "warning", "error", "fatal", "notice", "log" };
-        log.AddLog("[%s] Hello, time is %.1f, frame count is %d\n", random_words[rand() % IM_ARRAYSIZE(random_words)], time, ImGui::GetFrameCount());
-        last_time = time;
+        static int counter = 0;
+        for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
+        {
+            const char* categories[3] = { "info", "warn", "error" };
+            const char* words[] = { "Bumfuzzled", "Cattywampus", "Snickersnee", "Abibliophobia", "Absquatulate", "Nincompoop", "Pauciloquent" };
+            log.AddLog("[%05d] [%s] Hello, current time is %.1f, here's a word: '%s'\n",
+                ImGui::GetFrameCount(), categories[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(categories)], ImGui::GetTime(), words[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(words)]);
+            counter++;
+        }
     }
+    ImGui::End();
 
+    // Actually call in the regular Log helper (which will Begin() into the same window as we just did)
     log.Draw("Example: Log", p_open);
 }
 
@@ -3226,7 +4105,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open)
 static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open)
 {
     ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 440), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
-    if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Layout", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+    if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple layout", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
     {
         if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
         {
@@ -3256,7 +4135,20 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open)
             ImGui::BeginChild("item view", ImVec2(0, -ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing())); // Leave room for 1 line below us
                 ImGui::Text("MyObject: %d", selected);
                 ImGui::Separator();
-                ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. ");
+                if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##Tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None))
+                {
+                    if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Description"))
+                    {
+                        ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. ");
+                        ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                    }
+                    if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Details"))
+                    {
+                        ImGui::Text("ID: 0123456789");
+                        ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                    }
+                    ImGui::EndTabBar();
+                }
             ImGui::EndChild();
             if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) {}
             ImGui::SameLine();
@@ -3280,7 +4172,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open)
         return;
     }
 
-    ShowHelpMarker("This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\nAll objects/fields data are dummies here.\nRemember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\nyour cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API.");
+    HelpMarker("This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\nAll objects/fields data are dummies here.\nRemember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\nyour cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API.");
 
     ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2,2));
     ImGui::Columns(2);
@@ -3313,12 +4205,11 @@ static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open)
                         ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
                         ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Field", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet, "Field_%d", i);
                         ImGui::NextColumn();
-                        ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1);
+                        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1);
                         if (i >= 5)
                             ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &dummy_members[i], 1.0f);
                         else
                             ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &dummy_members[i], 0.01f);
-                        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
                         ImGui::NextColumn();
                     }
                     ImGui::PopID();
@@ -3357,7 +4248,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open)
     static ImGuiTextBuffer log;
     static int lines = 0;
     ImGui::Text("Printing unusually long amount of text.");
-    ImGui::Combo("Test type", &test_type, "Single call to TextUnformatted()\0Multiple calls to Text(), clipped manually\0Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)\0");
+    ImGui::Combo("Test type", &test_type, "Single call to TextUnformatted()\0Multiple calls to Text(), clipped\0Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)\0");
     ImGui::Text("Buffer contents: %d lines, %d bytes", lines, log.size());
     if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) { log.clear(); lines = 0; }
     ImGui::SameLine();
@@ -3427,7 +4318,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open)
 {
     struct CustomConstraints // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints
     {
-        static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize = ImVec2(IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y), IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y)); }
+        static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = (data->DesiredSize.x > data->DesiredSize.y ? data->DesiredSize.x : data->DesiredSize.y); }
         static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data)   { float step = (float)(int)(intptr_t)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); }
     };
 
@@ -3439,8 +4330,8 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open)
     if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100
     if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1),  ImVec2(500, -1));          // Width 400-500
     if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400),  ImVec2(-1, 500));          // Height 400-500
-    if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square);          // Always Square
-    if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)100);// Fixed Step
+    if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square);                     // Always Square
+    if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)(intptr_t)100); // Fixed Step
 
     ImGuiWindowFlags flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0;
     if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, flags))
@@ -3458,10 +4349,10 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open)
         if (ImGui::Button("200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine();
         if (ImGui::Button("500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine();
         if (ImGui::Button("800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); }
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth(200);
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200);
         ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(desc));
+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200);
         ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100);
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
         ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize);
         for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++)
             ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, "");
@@ -3478,17 +4369,20 @@ static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open)
 {
     const float DISTANCE = 10.0f;
     static int corner = 0;
-    ImVec2 window_pos = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.x - DISTANCE : DISTANCE, (corner & 2) ? ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.y - DISTANCE : DISTANCE);
-    ImVec2 window_pos_pivot = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f, (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
     if (corner != -1)
+    {
+        ImVec2 window_pos = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? io.DisplaySize.x - DISTANCE : DISTANCE, (corner & 2) ? io.DisplaySize.y - DISTANCE : DISTANCE);
+        ImVec2 window_pos_pivot = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f, (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
         ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot);
-    ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.3f); // Transparent background
-    if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple Overlay", p_open, (corner != -1 ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove : 0) | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav))
+    }
+    ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.35f); // Transparent background
+    if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple overlay", p_open, (corner != -1 ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove : 0) | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav))
     {
         ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "in the corner of the screen.\n" "(right-click to change position)");
         ImGui::Separator();
         if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid())
-            ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y);
+            ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
         else
             ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: <invalid>");
         if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow())
@@ -3543,7 +4437,6 @@ static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*)
 // Demonstrate using the low-level ImDrawList to draw custom shapes.
 static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
 {
-    ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(350, 560), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
     if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Custom rendering", p_open))
     {
         ImGui::End();
@@ -3556,102 +4449,424 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
     // In this example we are not using the maths operators!
     ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
 
-    // Primitives
-    ImGui::Text("Primitives");
-    static float sz = 36.0f;
-    static float thickness = 4.0f;
-    static ImVec4 col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.4f, 1.0f);
-    ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 72.0f, "%.0f");
-    ImGui::DragFloat("Thickness", &thickness, 0.05f, 1.0f, 8.0f, "%.02f");
-    ImGui::ColorEdit3("Color", &col.x);
-    {
-        const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
-        const ImU32 col32 = ImColor(col);
-        float x = p.x + 4.0f, y = p.y + 4.0f, spacing = 8.0f;
-        for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
-        {
-            float curr_thickness = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness;
-            draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 20, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;
-            draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;
-            draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;
-            draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;
-            draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y), ImVec2(x+sz,y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x,y+sz-0.5f), col32, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;
-            draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y   ), col32, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;   // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
-            draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x,    y+sz), col32, curr_thickness); x += spacing;      // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
-            draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing;   // Diagonal line
-            draw_list->AddBezierCurve(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz*1.3f,y+sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x+sz-sz*1.3f,y+sz-sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, curr_thickness);
-            x = p.x + 4;
-            y += sz+spacing;
-        }
-        draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 32); x += sz+spacing;
-        draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32); x += sz+spacing;
-        draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f); x += sz+spacing;
-        draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); x += sz+spacing;
-        draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y), ImVec2(x+sz,y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x,y+sz-0.5f), col32); x += sz+spacing;
-        draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+thickness), col32); x += sz+spacing;          // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness)
-        draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+thickness, y+sz), col32); x += spacing+spacing;     // Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness)
-        draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+1, y+1), col32);          x += sz;                  // Pixel (faster than AddLine)
-        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), IM_COL32(0,0,0,255), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,0,255));
-        ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz+spacing)*8, (sz+spacing)*3));
-    }
-    ImGui::Separator();
+    if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##TabBar"))
     {
-        static ImVector<ImVec2> points;
-        static bool adding_line = false;
-        ImGui::Text("Canvas example");
-        if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) points.clear();
-        if (points.Size >= 2) { ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Undo")) { points.pop_back(); points.pop_back(); } }
-        ImGui::Text("Left-click and drag to add lines,\nRight-click to undo");
-
-        // Here we are using InvisibleButton() as a convenience to 1) advance the cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered()
-        // But you can also draw directly and poll mouse/keyboard by yourself. You can manipulate the cursor using GetCursorPos() and SetCursorPos().
-        // If you only use the ImDrawList API, you can notify the owner window of its extends by using SetCursorPos(max).
-        ImVec2 canvas_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();            // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates!
-        ImVec2 canvas_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail();        // Resize canvas to what's available
-        if (canvas_size.x < 50.0f) canvas_size.x = 50.0f;
-        if (canvas_size.y < 50.0f) canvas_size.y = 50.0f;
-        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255), IM_COL32(50, 50, 60, 255), IM_COL32(60, 60, 70, 255), IM_COL32(50, 50, 60, 255));
-        draw_list->AddRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255));
-
-        bool adding_preview = false;
-        ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_size);
-        ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas = ImVec2(ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x - canvas_pos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y - canvas_pos.y);
-        if (adding_line)
-        {
-            adding_preview = true;
-            points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas);
-            if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(0))
-                adding_line = adding_preview = false;
+        // Primitives
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Primitives"))
+        {
+            static float sz = 36.0f;
+            static float thickness = 3.0f;
+            static int ngon_sides = 6;
+            static bool circle_segments_override = false;
+            static int circle_segments_override_v = 12;
+            static ImVec4 colf = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.4f, 1.0f);
+            ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetFontSize() * 10);
+            ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 72.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::DragFloat("Thickness", &thickness, 0.05f, 1.0f, 8.0f, "%.02f");
+            ImGui::SliderInt("N-gon sides", &ngon_sides, 3, 12);
+            ImGui::Checkbox("##circlesegmentoverride", &circle_segments_override);
+            ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            if (ImGui::SliderInt("Circle segments", &circle_segments_override_v, 3, 40))
+                circle_segments_override = true;
+            ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", &colf.x);
+            ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+            const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+            const ImU32 col = ImColor(colf);
+            const float spacing = 10.0f;
+            const ImDrawCornerFlags corners_none = 0;
+            const ImDrawCornerFlags corners_all = ImDrawCornerFlags_All;
+            const ImDrawCornerFlags corners_tl_br = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight;
+            const int circle_segments = circle_segments_override ? circle_segments_override_v : 0;
+            float x = p.x + 4.0f, y = p.y + 4.0f;
+            for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
+            {
+                // First line uses a thickness of 1.0f, second line uses the configurable thickness
+                float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness;
+                draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th);         x += sz + spacing;  // N-gon
+                draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th);  x += sz + spacing;  // Circle
+                draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f,  corners_none, th);     x += sz + spacing;  // Square
+                draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_all, th);      x += sz + spacing;  // Square with all rounded corners
+                draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br, th);    x += sz + spacing;  // Square with two rounded corners
+                draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);      x += sz + spacing;      // Triangle
+                draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle
+                draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th);                               x += sz + spacing;  // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
+                draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y + sz), col, th);                               x += spacing;       // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
+                draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th);                          x += sz + spacing;  // Diagonal line
+                draw_list->AddBezierCurve(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz*1.3f, y + sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz - sz*1.3f, y + sz - sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th);
+                x = p.x + 4;
+                y += sz + spacing;
+            }
+            draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides);   x += sz + spacing;  // N-gon
+            draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments);x += sz + spacing;  // Circle
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col);                        x += sz + spacing;  // Square
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f);                 x += sz + spacing;  // Square with all rounded corners
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br);  x += sz + spacing;  // Square with two rounded corners
+            draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col);      x += sz + spacing;      // Triangle
+            draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + thickness), col);                 x += sz + spacing;  // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness)
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + thickness, y + sz), col);                 x += spacing*2.0f;  // Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness)
+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + 1, y + 1), col);                          x += sz;            // Pixel (faster than AddLine)
+            draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+            ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 9.8f, (sz + spacing) * 3));
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
         }
-        if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Canvas"))
         {
-            if (!adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0))
+            static ImVector<ImVec2> points;
+            static bool adding_line = false;
+            if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) points.clear();
+            if (points.Size >= 2) { ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Undo")) { points.pop_back(); points.pop_back(); } }
+            ImGui::Text("Left-click and drag to add lines,\nRight-click to undo");
+
+            // Here we are using InvisibleButton() as a convenience to 1) advance the cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered()
+            // But you can also draw directly and poll mouse/keyboard by yourself. You can manipulate the cursor using GetCursorPos() and SetCursorPos().
+            // If you only use the ImDrawList API, you can notify the owner window of its extends by using SetCursorPos(max).
+            ImVec2 canvas_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();            // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates!
+            ImVec2 canvas_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail();        // Resize canvas to what's available
+            if (canvas_size.x < 50.0f) canvas_size.x = 50.0f;
+            if (canvas_size.y < 50.0f) canvas_size.y = 50.0f;
+            draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255), IM_COL32(50, 50, 60, 255), IM_COL32(60, 60, 70, 255), IM_COL32(50, 50, 60, 255));
+            draw_list->AddRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255));
+
+            bool adding_preview = false;
+            ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_size);
+            ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas = ImVec2(ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x - canvas_pos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y - canvas_pos.y);
+            if (adding_line)
             {
+                adding_preview = true;
                 points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas);
-                adding_line = true;
+                if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(0))
+                    adding_line = adding_preview = false;
             }
-            if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(1) && !points.empty())
+            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
             {
-                adding_line = adding_preview = false;
-                points.pop_back();
+                if (!adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0))
+                {
+                    points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas);
+                    adding_line = true;
+                }
+                if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(1) && !points.empty())
+                {
+                    adding_line = adding_preview = false;
+                    points.pop_back();
+                    points.pop_back();
+                }
+            }
+            draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), true);      // clip lines within the canvas (if we resize it, etc.)
+            for (int i = 0; i < points.Size - 1; i += 2)
+                draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i].y), ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i + 1].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i + 1].y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 2.0f);
+            draw_list->PopClipRect();
+            if (adding_preview)
                 points.pop_back();
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
+        }
+
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("BG/FG draw lists"))
+        {
+            static bool draw_bg = true;
+            static bool draw_fg = true;
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Draw in Background draw list", &draw_bg);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The Background draw list will be rendered below every Dear ImGui windows.");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Draw in Foreground draw list", &draw_fg);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The Foreground draw list will be rendered over every Dear ImGui windows.");
+            ImVec2 window_pos = ImGui::GetWindowPos();
+            ImVec2 window_size = ImGui::GetWindowSize();
+            ImVec2 window_center = ImVec2(window_pos.x + window_size.x * 0.5f, window_pos.y + window_size.y * 0.5f);
+            if (draw_bg)
+                ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.x * 0.6f, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 48, 10+4);
+            if (draw_fg)
+                ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.y * 0.6f, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 200), 48, 10);
+            ImGui::EndTabItem();
+        }
+
+        ImGui::EndTabBar();
+    }
+
+    ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Simplified structure to mimic a Document model
+struct MyDocument
+{
+    const char* Name;           // Document title
+    bool        Open;           // Set when the document is open (in this demo, we keep an array of all available documents to simplify the demo)
+    bool        OpenPrev;       // Copy of Open from last update.
+    bool        Dirty;          // Set when the document has been modified
+    bool        WantClose;      // Set when the document
+    ImVec4      Color;          // An arbitrary variable associated to the document
+
+    MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,1.0f))
+    {
+        Name = name;
+        Open = OpenPrev = open;
+        Dirty = false;
+        WantClose = false;
+        Color = color;
+    }
+    void DoOpen()       { Open = true; }
+    void DoQueueClose() { WantClose = true; }
+    void DoForceClose() { Open = false; Dirty = false; }
+    void DoSave()       { Dirty = false; }
+
+    // Display dummy contents for the Document
+    static void DisplayContents(MyDocument* doc)
+    {
+        ImGui::PushID(doc);
+        ImGui::Text("Document \"%s\"", doc->Name);
+        ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, doc->Color);
+        ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.");
+        ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+        if (ImGui::Button("Modify", ImVec2(100, 0)))
+            doc->Dirty = true;
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        if (ImGui::Button("Save", ImVec2(100, 0)))
+            doc->DoSave();
+        ImGui::ColorEdit3("color", &doc->Color.x);  // Useful to test drag and drop and hold-dragged-to-open-tab behavior.
+        ImGui::PopID();
+    }
+
+    // Display context menu for the Document
+    static void DisplayContextMenu(MyDocument* doc)
+    {
+        if (!ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem())
+            return;
+
+        char buf[256];
+        sprintf(buf, "Save %s", doc->Name);
+        if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "CTRL+S", false, doc->Open))
+            doc->DoSave();
+        if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "CTRL+W", false, doc->Open))
+            doc->DoQueueClose();
+        ImGui::EndPopup();
+    }
+};
+
+struct ExampleAppDocuments
+{
+    ImVector<MyDocument> Documents;
+
+    ExampleAppDocuments()
+    {
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Lettuce",             true,  ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Eggplant",            true,  ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Carrot",              true,  ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Tomato",              false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("A Rather Long Title", false));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Some Document",       false));
+    }
+};
+
+// [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface.
+// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo, as opposed
+// to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for the tab bar to notice its absence.
+// During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar
+// will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively give the impression of a flicker for one frame.
+// We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch.
+// Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag.
+static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app)
+{
+    for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+    {
+        MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n];
+        if (!doc->Open && doc->OpenPrev)
+            ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc->Name);
+        doc->OpenPrev = doc->Open;
+    }
+}
+
+void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
+{
+    static ExampleAppDocuments app;
+
+    // Options
+    static bool opt_reorderable = true;
+    static ImGuiTabBarFlags opt_fitting_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_;
+
+    bool window_contents_visible = ImGui::Begin("Example: Documents", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar);
+    if (!window_contents_visible)
+    {
+        ImGui::End();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Menu
+    if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+    {
+        if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
+        {
+            int open_count = 0;
+            for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+                open_count += app.Documents[doc_n].Open ? 1 : 0;
+
+            if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open", open_count < app.Documents.Size))
+            {
+                for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+                {
+                    MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n];
+                    if (!doc->Open)
+                        if (ImGui::MenuItem(doc->Name))
+                            doc->DoOpen();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndMenu();
+            }
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0))
+                for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+                    app.Documents[doc_n].DoQueueClose();
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Alt+F4")) {}
+            ImGui::EndMenu();
+        }
+        ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+    }
+
+    // [Debug] List documents with one checkbox for each
+    for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+    {
+        MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n];
+        if (doc_n > 0)
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::PushID(doc);
+        if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc->Name, &doc->Open))
+            if (!doc->Open)
+                doc->DoForceClose();
+        ImGui::PopID();
+    }
+
+    ImGui::Separator();
+
+    // Submit Tab Bar and Tabs
+    {
+        ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = (opt_fitting_flags) | (opt_reorderable ? ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable : 0);
+        if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", tab_bar_flags))
+        {
+            if (opt_reorderable)
+                NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(app);
+
+            // [DEBUG] Stress tests
+            //if ((ImGui::GetFrameCount() % 30) == 0) docs[1].Open ^= 1;            // [DEBUG] Automatically show/hide a tab. Test various interactions e.g. dragging with this on.
+            //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) ImGui::SetTabItemSelected(docs[1].Name);  // [DEBUG] Test SetTabItemSelected(), probably not very useful as-is anyway..
+
+            // Submit Tabs
+            for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+            {
+                MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n];
+                if (!doc->Open)
+                    continue;
+
+                ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc->Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0);
+                bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc->Name, &doc->Open, tab_flags);
+
+                // Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup.
+                if (!doc->Open && doc->Dirty)
+                {
+                    doc->Open = true;
+                    doc->DoQueueClose();
+                }
+
+                MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(doc);
+                if (visible)
+                {
+                    MyDocument::DisplayContents(doc);
+                    ImGui::EndTabItem();
+                }
+            }
+
+            ImGui::EndTabBar();
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Update closing queue
+    static ImVector<MyDocument*> close_queue;
+    if (close_queue.empty())
+    {
+        // Close queue is locked once we started a popup
+        for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
+        {
+            MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n];
+            if (doc->WantClose)
+            {
+                doc->WantClose = false;
+                close_queue.push_back(doc);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Display closing confirmation UI
+    if (!close_queue.empty())
+    {
+        int close_queue_unsaved_documents = 0;
+        for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
+            if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
+                close_queue_unsaved_documents++;
+
+        if (close_queue_unsaved_documents == 0)
+        {
+            // Close documents when all are unsaved
+            for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
+                close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
+            close_queue.clear();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (!ImGui::IsPopupOpen("Save?"))
+                ImGui::OpenPopup("Save?");
+            if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Save?"))
+            {
+                ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?");
+                ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1.0f);
+                if (ImGui::ListBoxHeader("##", close_queue_unsaved_documents, 6))
+                {
+                    for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
+                        if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
+                            ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name);
+                    ImGui::ListBoxFooter();
+                }
+
+                if (ImGui::Button("Yes", ImVec2(80, 0)))
+                {
+                    for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
+                    {
+                        if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
+                            close_queue[n]->DoSave();
+                        close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
+                    }
+                    close_queue.clear();
+                    ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+                }
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+                if (ImGui::Button("No", ImVec2(80, 0)))
+                {
+                    for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
+                        close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
+                    close_queue.clear();
+                    ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+                }
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+                if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", ImVec2(80, 0)))
+                {
+                    close_queue.clear();
+                    ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+                }
+                ImGui::EndPopup();
             }
         }
-        draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), true);      // clip lines within the canvas (if we resize it, etc.)
-        for (int i = 0; i < points.Size - 1; i += 2)
-            draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i].y), ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i + 1].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i + 1].y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 2.0f);
-        draw_list->PopClipRect();
-        if (adding_preview)
-            points.pop_back();
     }
+
     ImGui::End();
 }
 
 // End of Demo code
 #else
 
+void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool*) {}
 void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool*) {}
 void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() {}
 void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle*) {}
 
 #endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/src/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/src/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
index 553fb16ee..4bb91ccfe 100644
--- a/src/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
+++ b/src/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.66 WIP
+// dear imgui, v1.75
 // (drawing and font code)
 
 /*
@@ -8,11 +8,13 @@ Index of this file:
 // [SECTION] STB libraries implementation
 // [SECTION] Style functions
 // [SECTION] ImDrawList
+// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter
 // [SECTION] ImDrawData
 // [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions
 // [SECTION] ImFontConfig
 // [SECTION] ImFontAtlas
-// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers + GlyphRangesBuilder
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers
+// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
 // [SECTION] ImFont
 // [SECTION] Internal Render Helpers
 // [SECTION] Decompression code
@@ -25,6 +27,8 @@ Index of this file:
 #endif
 
 #include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
 #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #endif
@@ -32,7 +36,7 @@ Index of this file:
 
 #include <stdio.h>      // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
 #if !defined(alloca)
-#if defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
+#if defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__SWITCH__)
 #include <alloca.h>     // alloca (glibc uses <alloca.h>. Note that Cygwin may have _WIN32 defined, so the order matters here)
 #elif defined(_WIN32)
 #include <malloc.h>     // alloca
@@ -46,16 +50,20 @@ Index of this file:
 
 // Visual Studio warnings
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant
 #pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
 #pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
 #endif
 
 // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
-#ifdef __clang__
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"         // warning : use of old-style cast                              // yes, they are more terse.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"            // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe   // storing and comparing against same constants ok.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"    // warning : declaration requires a global destructor           // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference it.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"    // warning : declaration requires a global destructor           // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness             //
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning : zero as null pointer constant              // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#endif
 #if __has_warning("-Wcomma")
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma"                  // warning : possible misuse of comma operator here             //
 #endif
@@ -63,15 +71,15 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro"      // warning : macro name is a reserved identifier                //
 #endif
 #if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion")
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"       // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"       // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
 #endif
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"          // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"         // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"               // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
-#if __GNUC__ >= 8
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
-#endif
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstack-protector"          // warning: stack protector not protecting local variables: variable length buffer
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -79,7 +87,7 @@ Index of this file:
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Compile time options:
-//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE           ImGuiStb
+//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE           ImStb
 //#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME   "my_folder/stb_truetype.h"
 //#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME  "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h"
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
@@ -95,7 +103,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
 #pragma warning (disable: 4456)                             // declaration of 'xx' hides previous local declaration
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __clang__
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic push
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"
@@ -103,7 +111,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"              // warning : cast from 'const xxxx *' to 'xxx *' drops const qualifier //
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __GNUC__
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic push
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits"              // warning: comparison is always true due to limited range of data type [-Wtype-limits]
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual"                // warning: cast from type 'const xxxx *' to type 'xxxx *' casts away qualifiers
@@ -125,8 +133,8 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
 
 #ifndef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION                         // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds)
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
-#define STBTT_malloc(x,u)   ((void)(u), ImGui::MemAlloc(x))
-#define STBTT_free(x,u)     ((void)(u), ImGui::MemFree(x))
+#define STBTT_malloc(x,u)   ((void)(u), IM_ALLOC(x))
+#define STBTT_free(x,u)     ((void)(u), IM_FREE(x))
 #define STBTT_assert(x)     IM_ASSERT(x)
 #define STBTT_fmod(x,y)     ImFmod(x,y)
 #define STBTT_sqrt(x)       ImSqrt(x)
@@ -146,20 +154,20 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
 #endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __GNUC__
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic pop
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __clang__
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic pop
 #endif
 
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
 #pragma warning (pop)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
-} // namespace ImGuiStb
+} // namespace ImStb
 using namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE;
 #endif
 
@@ -175,7 +183,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.06f, 0.06f, 0.94f);
-    colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(0.08f, 0.08f, 0.08f, 0.94f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.50f, 0.50f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
@@ -205,6 +213,11 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.25f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive]              = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused]           = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab],          colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive]     = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive],    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(0.61f, 0.61f, 0.61f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
@@ -249,12 +262,17 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.90f, 0.45f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.45f, 0.45f, 0.90f, 0.80f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.53f, 0.53f, 0.87f, 0.80f);
-    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.60f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.70f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.16f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive]              = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused]           = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab],          colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive]     = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive],    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
@@ -300,12 +318,17 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
-    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 0.62f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 0.78f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.56f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive]              = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused]           = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab],          colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive]     = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive],    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
@@ -327,14 +350,30 @@ ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData()
     Font = NULL;
     FontSize = 0.0f;
     CurveTessellationTol = 0.0f;
+    CircleSegmentMaxError = 0.0f;
     ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(-8192.0f, -8192.0f, +8192.0f, +8192.0f);
+    InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None;
 
-    // Const data
+    // Lookup tables
     for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleVtx12); i++)
     {
         const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleVtx12);
         CircleVtx12[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a));
     }
+    memset(CircleSegmentCounts, 0, sizeof(CircleSegmentCounts)); // This will be set by SetCircleSegmentMaxError()
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleSegmentMaxError(float max_error)
+{
+    if (CircleSegmentMaxError == max_error)
+        return;
+    CircleSegmentMaxError = max_error;
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++)
+    {
+        const float radius = i + 1.0f;
+        const int segment_count = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError);
+        CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)ImMin(segment_count, 255);
+    }
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::Clear()
@@ -342,16 +381,15 @@ void ImDrawList::Clear()
     CmdBuffer.resize(0);
     IdxBuffer.resize(0);
     VtxBuffer.resize(0);
-    Flags = ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines | ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill;
+    Flags = _Data ? _Data->InitialFlags : ImDrawListFlags_None;
+    _VtxCurrentOffset = 0;
     _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
     _VtxWritePtr = NULL;
     _IdxWritePtr = NULL;
     _ClipRectStack.resize(0);
     _TextureIdStack.resize(0);
     _Path.resize(0);
-    _ChannelsCurrent = 0;
-    _ChannelsCount = 1;
-    // NB: Do not clear channels so our allocations are re-used after the first frame.
+    _Splitter.Clear();
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::ClearFreeMemory()
@@ -365,20 +403,12 @@ void ImDrawList::ClearFreeMemory()
     _ClipRectStack.clear();
     _TextureIdStack.clear();
     _Path.clear();
-    _ChannelsCurrent = 0;
-    _ChannelsCount = 1;
-    for (int i = 0; i < _Channels.Size; i++)
-    {
-        if (i == 0) memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(_Channels[0]));  // channel 0 is a copy of CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer, don't destruct again
-        _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.clear();
-        _Channels[i].IdxBuffer.clear();
-    }
-    _Channels.clear();
+    _Splitter.ClearFreeMemory();
 }
 
 ImDrawList* ImDrawList::CloneOutput() const
 {
-    ImDrawList* dst = IM_NEW(ImDrawList(NULL));
+    ImDrawList* dst = IM_NEW(ImDrawList(_Data));
     dst->CmdBuffer = CmdBuffer;
     dst->IdxBuffer = IdxBuffer;
     dst->VtxBuffer = VtxBuffer;
@@ -388,13 +418,15 @@ ImDrawList* ImDrawList::CloneOutput() const
 
 // Using macros because C++ is a terrible language, we want guaranteed inline, no code in header, and no overhead in Debug builds
 #define GetCurrentClipRect()    (_ClipRectStack.Size ? _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size-1]  : _Data->ClipRectFullscreen)
-#define GetCurrentTextureId()   (_TextureIdStack.Size ? _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size-1] : NULL)
+#define GetCurrentTextureId()   (_TextureIdStack.Size ? _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size-1] : (ImTextureID)NULL)
 
 void ImDrawList::AddDrawCmd()
 {
     ImDrawCmd draw_cmd;
     draw_cmd.ClipRect = GetCurrentClipRect();
     draw_cmd.TextureId = GetCurrentTextureId();
+    draw_cmd.VtxOffset = _VtxCurrentOffset;
+    draw_cmd.IdxOffset = IdxBuffer.Size;
 
     IM_ASSERT(draw_cmd.ClipRect.x <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.z && draw_cmd.ClipRect.y <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.w);
     CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd);
@@ -501,89 +533,21 @@ void ImDrawList::PopTextureID()
     UpdateTextureID();
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit(int channels_count)
-{
-    IM_ASSERT(_ChannelsCurrent == 0 && _ChannelsCount == 1);
-    int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size;
-    if (old_channels_count < channels_count)
-        _Channels.resize(channels_count);
-    _ChannelsCount = channels_count;
-
-    // _Channels[] (24/32 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with this->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
-    // The content of _Channels[0] at this point doesn't matter. We clear it to make state tidy in a debugger but we don't strictly need to.
-    // When we switch to the next channel, we'll copy _CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer into _Channels[0] and then _Channels[1] into _CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
-    memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
-    for (int i = 1; i < channels_count; i++)
-    {
-        if (i >= old_channels_count)
-        {
-            IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&_Channels[i]) ImDrawChannel();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.resize(0);
-            _Channels[i].IdxBuffer.resize(0);
-        }
-        if (_Channels[i].CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
-        {
-            ImDrawCmd draw_cmd;
-            draw_cmd.ClipRect = _ClipRectStack.back();
-            draw_cmd.TextureId = _TextureIdStack.back();
-            _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd);
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::ChannelsMerge()
+// Reserve space for a number of vertices and indices.
+// You must finish filling your reserved data before calling PrimReserve() again, as it may reallocate or
+// submit the intermediate results. PrimUnreserve() can be used to release unused allocations.
+void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
 {
-    // Note that we never use or rely on channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use.
-    if (_ChannelsCount <= 1)
-        return;
-
-    ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
-    if (CmdBuffer.Size && CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0)
-        CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-
-    int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0, new_idx_buffer_count = 0;
-    for (int i = 1; i < _ChannelsCount; i++)
+    // Large mesh support (when enabled)
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0);
+    if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 && (_VtxCurrentIdx + vtx_count >= (1 << 16)) && (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset))
     {
-        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
-        if (ch.CmdBuffer.Size && ch.CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0)
-            ch.CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-        new_cmd_buffer_count += ch.CmdBuffer.Size;
-        new_idx_buffer_count += ch.IdxBuffer.Size;
-    }
-    CmdBuffer.resize(CmdBuffer.Size + new_cmd_buffer_count);
-    IdxBuffer.resize(IdxBuffer.Size + new_idx_buffer_count);
-
-    ImDrawCmd* cmd_write = CmdBuffer.Data + CmdBuffer.Size - new_cmd_buffer_count;
-    _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + IdxBuffer.Size - new_idx_buffer_count;
-    for (int i = 1; i < _ChannelsCount; i++)
-    {
-        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
-        if (int sz = ch.CmdBuffer.Size) { memcpy(cmd_write, ch.CmdBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawCmd)); cmd_write += sz; }
-        if (int sz = ch.IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(_IdxWritePtr, ch.IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); _IdxWritePtr += sz; }
+        _VtxCurrentOffset = VtxBuffer.Size;
+        _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
+        AddDrawCmd();
     }
-    UpdateClipRect(); // We call this instead of AddDrawCmd(), so that empty channels won't produce an extra draw call.
-    _ChannelsCount = 1;
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::ChannelsSetCurrent(int idx)
-{
-    IM_ASSERT(idx < _ChannelsCount);
-    if (_ChannelsCurrent == idx) return;
-    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].CmdBuffer, &CmdBuffer, sizeof(CmdBuffer)); // copy 12 bytes, four times
-    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].IdxBuffer, &IdxBuffer, sizeof(IdxBuffer));
-    _ChannelsCurrent = idx;
-    memcpy(&CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].CmdBuffer, sizeof(CmdBuffer));
-    memcpy(&IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].IdxBuffer, sizeof(IdxBuffer));
-    _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + IdxBuffer.Size;
-}
 
-// NB: this can be called with negative count for removing primitives (as long as the result does not underflow)
-void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
-{
-    ImDrawCmd& draw_cmd = CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size-1];
+    ImDrawCmd& draw_cmd = CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
     draw_cmd.ElemCount += idx_count;
 
     int vtx_buffer_old_size = VtxBuffer.Size;
@@ -595,6 +559,17 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
     _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_old_size;
 }
 
+// Release the a number of reserved vertices/indices from the end of the last reservation made with PrimReserve().
+void ImDrawList::PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0);
+
+    ImDrawCmd& draw_cmd = CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
+    draw_cmd.ElemCount -= idx_count;
+    VtxBuffer.shrink(VtxBuffer.Size - vtx_count);
+    IdxBuffer.shrink(IdxBuffer.Size - idx_count);
+}
+
 // Fully unrolled with inline call to keep our debug builds decently fast.
 void ImDrawList::PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col)
 {
@@ -640,7 +615,13 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c
     _IdxWritePtr += 6;
 }
 
+// On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superflous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds.
+// Those macros expects l-values.
+#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY)     { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = 1.0f / ImSqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } }
+#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY)               { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 < 0.5f) d2 = 0.5f; float inv_lensq = 1.0f / d2; VX *= inv_lensq; VY *= inv_lensq; }
+
 // TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe.
+// We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
 void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness)
 {
     if (points_count < 2)
@@ -664,16 +645,17 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
         PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
 
         // Temporary buffer
-        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * (thick_line ? 5 : 3) * sizeof(ImVec2));
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * (thick_line ? 5 : 3) * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630
         ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count;
 
         for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
         {
             const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
-            ImVec2 diff = points[i2] - points[i1];
-            diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f);
-            temp_normals[i1].x = diff.y;
-            temp_normals[i1].y = -diff.x;
+            float dx = points[i2].x - points[i1].x;
+            float dy = points[i2].y - points[i1].y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            temp_normals[i1].x = dy;
+            temp_normals[i1].y = -dx;
         }
         if (!closed)
             temp_normals[points_count-1] = temp_normals[points_count-2];
@@ -696,17 +678,18 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
                 unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+3;
 
                 // Average normals
-                ImVec2 dm = (temp_normals[i1] + temp_normals[i2]) * 0.5f;
-                float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y;
-                if (dmr2 > 0.000001f)
-                {
-                    float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
-                    if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f;
-                    dm *= scale;
-                }
-                dm *= AA_SIZE;
-                temp_points[i2*2+0] = points[i2] + dm;
-                temp_points[i2*2+1] = points[i2] - dm;
+                float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f;
+                float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f;
+                IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y)
+                dm_x *= AA_SIZE;
+                dm_y *= AA_SIZE;
+
+                // Add temporary vertexes
+                ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2*2];
+                out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_x;
+                out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_y;
+                out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x - dm_x;
+                out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y - dm_y;
 
                 // Add indexes
                 _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2);
@@ -750,20 +733,24 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
                 unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+4;
 
                 // Average normals
-                ImVec2 dm = (temp_normals[i1] + temp_normals[i2]) * 0.5f;
-                float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y;
-                if (dmr2 > 0.000001f)
-                {
-                    float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
-                    if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f;
-                    dm *= scale;
-                }
-                ImVec2 dm_out = dm * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
-                ImVec2 dm_in = dm * half_inner_thickness;
-                temp_points[i2*4+0] = points[i2] + dm_out;
-                temp_points[i2*4+1] = points[i2] + dm_in;
-                temp_points[i2*4+2] = points[i2] - dm_in;
-                temp_points[i2*4+3] = points[i2] - dm_out;
+                float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f;
+                float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f;
+                IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+                float dm_out_x = dm_x * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                float dm_out_y = dm_y * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+                float dm_in_x = dm_x * half_inner_thickness;
+                float dm_in_y = dm_y * half_inner_thickness;
+
+                // Add temporary vertexes
+                ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2*4];
+                out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_out_x;
+                out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_out_y;
+                out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x + dm_in_x;
+                out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y + dm_in_y;
+                out_vtx[2].x = points[i2].x - dm_in_x;
+                out_vtx[2].y = points[i2].y - dm_in_y;
+                out_vtx[3].x = points[i2].x - dm_out_x;
+                out_vtx[3].y = points[i2].y - dm_out_y;
 
                 // Add indexes
                 _IdxWritePtr[0]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[1]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[2]  = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2);
@@ -801,11 +788,13 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
             const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
             const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
             const ImVec2& p2 = points[i2];
-            ImVec2 diff = p2 - p1;
-            diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f);
 
-            const float dx = diff.x * (thickness * 0.5f);
-            const float dy = diff.y * (thickness * 0.5f);
+            float dx = p2.x - p1.x;
+            float dy = p2.y - p1.y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            dx *= (thickness * 0.5f);
+            dy *= (thickness * 0.5f);
+
             _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
             _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
             _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
@@ -820,6 +809,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
     }
 }
 
+// We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
 void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col)
 {
     if (points_count < 3)
@@ -846,15 +836,16 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun
         }
 
         // Compute normals
-        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2));
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630
         for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
         {
             const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0];
             const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
-            ImVec2 diff = p1 - p0;
-            diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f);
-            temp_normals[i0].x = diff.y;
-            temp_normals[i0].y = -diff.x;
+            float dx = p1.x - p0.x;
+            float dy = p1.y - p0.y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            temp_normals[i0].x = dy;
+            temp_normals[i0].y = -dx;
         }
 
         for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
@@ -862,19 +853,15 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun
             // Average normals
             const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0];
             const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1];
-            ImVec2 dm = (n0 + n1) * 0.5f;
-            float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y;
-            if (dmr2 > 0.000001f)
-            {
-                float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
-                if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f;
-                dm *= scale;
-            }
-            dm *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+            float dm_x = (n0.x + n1.x) * 0.5f;
+            float dm_y = (n0.y + n1.y) * 0.5f;
+            IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+            dm_x *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+            dm_y *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
 
             // Add vertices
-            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = (points[i1] - dm); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;        // Inner
-            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = (points[i1] + dm); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;  // Outer
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = (points[i1].x - dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = (points[i1].y - dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;        // Inner
+            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = (points[i1].x + dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = (points[i1].y + dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;  // Outer
             _VtxWritePtr += 2;
 
             // Add indexes for fringes
@@ -904,36 +891,50 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12)
+void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12)
 {
     if (radius == 0.0f || a_min_of_12 > a_max_of_12)
     {
-        _Path.push_back(centre);
+        _Path.push_back(center);
         return;
     }
     _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_max_of_12 - a_min_of_12 + 1));
     for (int a = a_min_of_12; a <= a_max_of_12; a++)
     {
         const ImVec2& c = _Data->CircleVtx12[a % IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleVtx12)];
-        _Path.push_back(ImVec2(centre.x + c.x * radius, centre.y + c.y * radius));
+        _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + c.x * radius, center.y + c.y * radius));
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
+void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
 {
     if (radius == 0.0f)
     {
-        _Path.push_back(centre);
+        _Path.push_back(center);
         return;
     }
+
+    // Note that we are adding a point at both a_min and a_max.
+    // If you are trying to draw a full closed circle you don't want the overlapping points!
     _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1));
     for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++)
     {
         const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min);
-        _Path.push_back(ImVec2(centre.x + ImCos(a) * radius, centre.y + ImSin(a) * radius));
+        _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a) * radius));
     }
 }
 
+ImVec2 ImBezierCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t)
+{
+    float u = 1.0f - t;
+    float w1 = u*u*u;
+    float w2 = 3*u*u*t;
+    float w3 = 3*u*t*t;
+    float w4 = t*t*t;
+    return ImVec2(w1*p1.x + w2*p2.x + w3*p3.x + w4*p4.x, w1*p1.y + w2*p2.y + w3*p3.y + w4*p4.y);
+}
+
+// Closely mimics BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep() in imgui.cpp
 static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
 {
     float dx = x4 - x1;
@@ -954,7 +955,6 @@ static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, fl
         float x123 = (x12+x23)*0.5f,    y123 = (y12+y23)*0.5f;
         float x234 = (x23+x34)*0.5f,    y234 = (y23+y34)*0.5f;
         float x1234 = (x123+x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123+y234)*0.5f;
-
         PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1,y1,        x12,y12,    x123,y123,  x1234,y1234, tess_tol, level+1);
         PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1234,y1234,  x234,y234,  x34,y34,    x4,y4,       tess_tol, level+1);
     }
@@ -965,26 +965,17 @@ void ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImV
     ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back();
     if (num_segments == 0)
     {
-        // Auto-tessellated
-        PathBezierToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0);
+        PathBezierToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated
     }
     else
     {
         float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
         for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
-        {
-            float t = t_step * i_step;
-            float u = 1.0f - t;
-            float w1 = u*u*u;
-            float w2 = 3*u*u*t;
-            float w3 = 3*u*t*t;
-            float w4 = t*t*t;
-            _Path.push_back(ImVec2(w1*p1.x + w2*p2.x + w3*p3.x + w4*p4.x, w1*p1.y + w2*p2.y + w3*p3.y + w4*p4.y));
-        }
+            _Path.push_back(ImBezierCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step));
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, int rounding_corners)
+void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners)
 {
     rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Top)  == ImDrawCornerFlags_Top)  || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot)   == ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot)   ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
     rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
@@ -1009,44 +1000,46 @@ void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, int
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
-    PathLineTo(a + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f));
-    PathLineTo(b + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f));
+    PathLineTo(p1 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+    PathLineTo(p2 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
     PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
 }
 
-// a: upper-left, b: lower-right. we don't render 1 px sized rectangles properly.
-void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags, float thickness)
+// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
+// Note we don't render 1 pixels sized rectangles properly.
+void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners, float thickness)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
     if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
-        PathRect(a + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f), b - ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), rounding, rounding_corners_flags);
+        PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), rounding, rounding_corners);
     else
-        PathRect(a + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f), b - ImVec2(0.49f,0.49f), rounding, rounding_corners_flags); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes.
+        PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f,0.49f), rounding, rounding_corners); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes.
     PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags)
+void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
     if (rounding > 0.0f)
     {
-        PathRect(a, b, rounding, rounding_corners_flags);
+        PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, rounding_corners);
         PathFillConvex(col);
     }
     else
     {
         PrimReserve(6, 4);
-        PrimRect(a, b, col);
+        PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col);
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left)
+// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
+void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left)
 {
     if (((col_upr_left | col_upr_right | col_bot_right | col_bot_left) & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
@@ -1055,85 +1048,150 @@ void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32
     PrimReserve(6, 4);
     PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2));
     PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3));
-    PrimWriteVtx(a, uv, col_upr_left);
-    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(c.x, a.y), uv, col_upr_right);
-    PrimWriteVtx(c, uv, col_bot_right);
-    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(a.x, c.y), uv, col_bot_left);
+    PrimWriteVtx(p_min, uv, col_upr_left);
+    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_max.x, p_min.y), uv, col_upr_right);
+    PrimWriteVtx(p_max, uv, col_bot_right);
+    PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_min.x, p_max.y), uv, col_bot_left);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(a);
-    PathLineTo(b);
-    PathLineTo(c);
-    PathLineTo(d);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathLineTo(p4);
     PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col)
+void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(a);
-    PathLineTo(b);
-    PathLineTo(c);
-    PathLineTo(d);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
+    PathLineTo(p4);
     PathFillConvex(col);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(a);
-    PathLineTo(b);
-    PathLineTo(c);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
     PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col)
+void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(a);
-    PathLineTo(b);
-    PathLineTo(c);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathLineTo(p2);
+    PathLineTo(p3);
     PathFillConvex(col);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
 {
-    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f)
         return;
 
-    const float a_max = IM_PI*2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
-    PathArcTo(centre, radius-0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments);
+    // Obtain segment count
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+    {
+        // Automatic segment count
+        const int radius_idx = (int)radius - 1;
+        if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts))
+            num_segments = _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value
+        else
+            num_segments = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes)
+        num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX);
+    }
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    if (num_segments == 12)
+        PathArcToFast(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, 12);
+    else
+        PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
     PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
+void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
 {
-    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f)
         return;
 
-    const float a_max = IM_PI*2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
-    PathArcTo(centre, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments);
+    // Obtain segment count
+    if (num_segments <= 0)
+    {
+        // Automatic segment count
+        const int radius_idx = (int)radius - 1;
+        if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts))
+            num_segments = _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value
+        else
+            num_segments = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes)
+        num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX);
+    }
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    if (num_segments == 12)
+        PathArcToFast(center, radius, 0, 12);
+    else
+        PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
     PathFillConvex(col);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
+// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments'
+void ImDrawList::AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2)
+        return;
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
+}
+
+// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments'
+void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2)
+        return;
+
+    // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
+    const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+    PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathFillConvex(col);
+}
+
+// Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points
+void ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
-    PathLineTo(pos0);
-    PathBezierCurveTo(cp0, cp1, pos1, num_segments);
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathBezierCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments);
     PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
 }
 
@@ -1171,7 +1229,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, c
     AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, col, text_begin, text_end);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col)
+void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
@@ -1181,13 +1239,13 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const Im
         PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
 
     PrimReserve(6, 4);
-    PrimRectUV(a, b, uv_a, uv_b, col);
+    PrimRectUV(p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col);
 
     if (push_texture_id)
         PopTextureID();
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col)
+void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& uv2, const ImVec2& uv3, const ImVec2& uv4, ImU32 col)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
@@ -1197,20 +1255,20 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, cons
         PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
 
     PrimReserve(6, 4);
-    PrimQuadUV(a, b, c, d, uv_a, uv_b, uv_c, uv_d, col);
+    PrimQuadUV(p1, p2, p3, p4, uv1, uv2, uv3, uv4, col);
 
     if (push_texture_id)
         PopTextureID();
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners)
+void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
     if (rounding <= 0.0f || (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_All) == 0)
     {
-        AddImage(user_texture_id, a, b, uv_a, uv_b, col);
+        AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col);
         return;
     }
 
@@ -1219,15 +1277,143 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, c
         PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
 
     int vert_start_idx = VtxBuffer.Size;
-    PathRect(a, b, rounding, rounding_corners);
+    PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, rounding_corners);
     PathFillConvex(col);
     int vert_end_idx = VtxBuffer.Size;
-    ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, a, b, uv_a, uv_b, true);
+    ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, true);
 
     if (push_texture_id)
         PopTextureID();
 }
 
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImDrawListSplitter
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FIXME: This may be a little confusing, trying to be a little too low-level/optimal instead of just doing vector swap..
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::ClearFreeMemory()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < _Channels.Size; i++)
+    {
+        if (i == _Current)
+            memset(&_Channels[i], 0, sizeof(_Channels[i]));  // Current channel is a copy of CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer, don't destruct again
+        _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.clear();
+        _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.clear();
+    }
+    _Current = 0;
+    _Count = 1;
+    _Channels.clear();
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(_Current == 0 && _Count <= 1 && "Nested channel splitting is not supported. Please use separate instances of ImDrawListSplitter.");
+    int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size;
+    if (old_channels_count < channels_count)
+        _Channels.resize(channels_count);
+    _Count = channels_count;
+
+    // Channels[] (24/32 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
+    // The content of Channels[0] at this point doesn't matter. We clear it to make state tidy in a debugger but we don't strictly need to.
+    // When we switch to the next channel, we'll copy draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer into Channels[0] and then Channels[1] into draw_list->CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
+    memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+    for (int i = 1; i < channels_count; i++)
+    {
+        if (i >= old_channels_count)
+        {
+            IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&_Channels[i]) ImDrawChannel();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.resize(0);
+            _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.resize(0);
+        }
+        if (_Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+        {
+            ImDrawCmd draw_cmd;
+            draw_cmd.ClipRect = draw_list->_ClipRectStack.back();
+            draw_cmd.TextureId = draw_list->_TextureIdStack.back();
+            _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static inline bool CanMergeDrawCommands(ImDrawCmd* a, ImDrawCmd* b)
+{
+    return memcmp(&a->ClipRect, &b->ClipRect, sizeof(a->ClipRect)) == 0 && a->TextureId == b->TextureId && a->VtxOffset == b->VtxOffset && !a->UserCallback && !b->UserCallback;
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list)
+{
+    // Note that we never use or rely on channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use.
+    if (_Count <= 1)
+        return;
+
+    SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, 0);
+    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size != 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0)
+        draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+
+    // Calculate our final buffer sizes. Also fix the incorrect IdxOffset values in each command.
+    int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0;
+    int new_idx_buffer_count = 0;
+    ImDrawCmd* last_cmd = (_Count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 0) ? &draw_list->CmdBuffer.back() : NULL;
+    int idx_offset = last_cmd ? last_cmd->IdxOffset + last_cmd->ElemCount : 0;
+    for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++)
+    {
+        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
+        if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0)
+            ch._CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+        if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && last_cmd != NULL && CanMergeDrawCommands(last_cmd, &ch._CmdBuffer[0]))
+        {
+            // Merge previous channel last draw command with current channel first draw command if matching.
+            last_cmd->ElemCount += ch._CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount;
+            idx_offset += ch._CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount;
+            ch._CmdBuffer.erase(ch._CmdBuffer.Data); // FIXME-OPT: Improve for multiple merges.
+        }
+        if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0)
+            last_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer.back();
+        new_cmd_buffer_count += ch._CmdBuffer.Size;
+        new_idx_buffer_count += ch._IdxBuffer.Size;
+        for (int cmd_n = 0; cmd_n < ch._CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_n++)
+        {
+            ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].IdxOffset = idx_offset;
+            idx_offset += ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].ElemCount;
+        }
+    }
+    draw_list->CmdBuffer.resize(draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size + new_cmd_buffer_count);
+    draw_list->IdxBuffer.resize(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + new_idx_buffer_count);
+
+    // Write commands and indices in order (they are fairly small structures, we don't copy vertices only indices)
+    ImDrawCmd* cmd_write = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - new_cmd_buffer_count;
+    ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size - new_idx_buffer_count;
+    for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++)
+    {
+        ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
+        if (int sz = ch._CmdBuffer.Size) { memcpy(cmd_write, ch._CmdBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawCmd)); cmd_write += sz; }
+        if (int sz = ch._IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(idx_write, ch._IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); idx_write += sz; }
+    }
+    draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write;
+    draw_list->UpdateClipRect(); // We call this instead of AddDrawCmd(), so that empty channels won't produce an extra draw call.
+    draw_list->UpdateTextureID();
+    _Count = 1;
+}
+
+void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < _Count);
+    if (_Current == idx)
+        return;
+    // Overwrite ImVector (12/16 bytes), four times. This is merely a silly optimization instead of doing .swap()
+    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._CmdBuffer, &draw_list->CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer));
+    memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._IdxBuffer, &draw_list->IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer));
+    _Current = idx;
+    memcpy(&draw_list->CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer));
+    memcpy(&draw_list->IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer));
+    draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
+}
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] ImDrawData
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1251,8 +1437,10 @@ void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers()
     }
 }
 
-// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
-void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& scale)
+// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd.
+// Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than draw_data->DisplaySize,
+// or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
+void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale)
 {
     for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++)
     {
@@ -1260,7 +1448,7 @@ void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& scale)
         for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
         {
             ImDrawCmd* cmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
-            cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * scale.y);
+            cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y);
         }
     }
 }
@@ -1323,7 +1511,7 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig()
     FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
     FontNo = 0;
     SizePixels = 0.0f;
-    OversampleH = 3;
+    OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default?
     OversampleV = 1;
     PixelSnapH = false;
     GlyphExtraSpacing = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
@@ -1334,6 +1522,7 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig()
     MergeMode = false;
     RasterizerFlags = 0x00;
     RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f;
+    EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
     memset(Name, 0, sizeof(Name));
     DstFont = NULL;
 }
@@ -1343,7 +1532,7 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank)
-// The white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in ImGui to render filled shapes.
+// The white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in Dear ImGui to render filled shapes.
 const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF = 108;
 const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H      = 27;
 const unsigned int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID = 0x80000000;
@@ -1420,7 +1609,7 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData()
     for (int i = 0; i < ConfigData.Size; i++)
         if (ConfigData[i].FontData && ConfigData[i].FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
         {
-            ImGui::MemFree(ConfigData[i].FontData);
+            IM_FREE(ConfigData[i].FontData);
             ConfigData[i].FontData = NULL;
         }
 
@@ -1441,9 +1630,9 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData()
 {
     IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
     if (TexPixelsAlpha8)
-        ImGui::MemFree(TexPixelsAlpha8);
+        IM_FREE(TexPixelsAlpha8);
     if (TexPixelsRGBA32)
-        ImGui::MemFree(TexPixelsRGBA32);
+        IM_FREE(TexPixelsRGBA32);
     TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL;
     TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL;
 }
@@ -1489,7 +1678,7 @@ void    ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid
         GetTexDataAsAlpha8(&pixels, NULL, NULL);
         if (pixels)
         {
-            TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)(TexWidth * TexHeight * 4));
+            TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)TexWidth * (size_t)TexHeight * 4);
             const unsigned char* src = pixels;
             unsigned int* dst = TexPixelsRGBA32;
             for (int n = TexWidth * TexHeight; n > 0; n--)
@@ -1513,19 +1702,22 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg)
     if (!font_cfg->MergeMode)
         Fonts.push_back(IM_NEW(ImFont));
     else
-        IM_ASSERT(!Fonts.empty()); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font.
+        IM_ASSERT(!Fonts.empty() && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font.
 
     ConfigData.push_back(*font_cfg);
     ImFontConfig& new_font_cfg = ConfigData.back();
-    if (!new_font_cfg.DstFont)
+    if (new_font_cfg.DstFont == NULL)
         new_font_cfg.DstFont = Fonts.back();
     if (!new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
     {
-        new_font_cfg.FontData = ImGui::MemAlloc(new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
+        new_font_cfg.FontData = IM_ALLOC(new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
         new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
         memcpy(new_font_cfg.FontData, font_cfg->FontData, (size_t)new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
     }
 
+    if (new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1)
+        new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar;
+
     // Invalidate texture
     ClearTexData();
     return new_font_cfg.DstFont;
@@ -1556,8 +1748,11 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template)
         font_cfg.OversampleH = font_cfg.OversampleV = 1;
         font_cfg.PixelSnapH = true;
     }
-    if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') strcpy(font_cfg.Name, "ProggyClean.ttf, 13px");
-    if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f) font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f;
+    if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f)
+        font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f * 1.0f;
+    if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0')
+        ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels);
+    font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085;
 
     const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85();
     const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault();
@@ -1573,7 +1768,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels,
     void* data = ImFileLoadToMemory(filename, "rb", &data_size, 0);
     if (!data)
     {
-        IM_ASSERT(0); // Could not load file.
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Could not load font file!");
         return NULL;
     }
     ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
@@ -1604,7 +1799,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float si
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
 {
     const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data);
-    unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char *)ImGui::MemAlloc(buf_decompressed_size);
+    unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char *)IM_ALLOC(buf_decompressed_size);
     stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size);
 
     ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
@@ -1616,19 +1811,20 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_d
 ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_ttf_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
 {
     int compressed_ttf_size = (((int)strlen(compressed_ttf_data_base85) + 4) / 5) * 4;
-    void* compressed_ttf = ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)compressed_ttf_size);
+    void* compressed_ttf = IM_ALLOC((size_t)compressed_ttf_size);
     Decode85((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data_base85, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf);
     ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(compressed_ttf, compressed_ttf_size, size_pixels, font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
-    ImGui::MemFree(compressed_ttf);
+    IM_FREE(compressed_ttf);
     return font;
 }
 
 int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(id >= 0x10000);
+    // Breaking change on 2019/11/21 (1.74): ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID >= 0x110000 (instead of >= 0x10000)
+    IM_ASSERT(id >= 0x110000);
     IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF);
     IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF);
-    CustomRect r;
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect r;
     r.ID = id;
     r.Width = (unsigned short)width;
     r.Height = (unsigned short)height;
@@ -1641,7 +1837,7 @@ int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int
     IM_ASSERT(font != NULL);
     IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF);
     IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF);
-    CustomRect r;
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect r;
     r.ID = id;
     r.Width = (unsigned short)width;
     r.Height = (unsigned short)height;
@@ -1652,7 +1848,7 @@ int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int
     return CustomRects.Size - 1; // Return index
 }
 
-void ImFontAtlas::CalcCustomRectUV(const CustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max)
+void ImFontAtlas::CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const
 {
     IM_ASSERT(TexWidth > 0 && TexHeight > 0);   // Font atlas needs to be built before we can calculate UV coordinates
     IM_ASSERT(rect->IsPacked());                // Make sure the rectangle has been packed
@@ -1668,7 +1864,7 @@ bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* ou
         return false;
 
     IM_ASSERT(CustomRectIds[0] != -1);
-    ImFontAtlas::CustomRect& r = CustomRects[CustomRectIds[0]];
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect& r = CustomRects[CustomRectIds[0]];
     IM_ASSERT(r.ID == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID);
     ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][0] + ImVec2((float)r.X, (float)r.Y);
     ImVec2 size = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][1];
@@ -1705,222 +1901,296 @@ void    ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsig
             data[i] = table[data[i]];
 }
 
+// Temporary data for one source font (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont)
+// (C++03 doesn't allow instancing ImVector<> with function-local types so we declare the type here.)
+struct ImFontBuildSrcData
+{
+    stbtt_fontinfo      FontInfo;
+    stbtt_pack_range    PackRange;          // Hold the list of codepoints to pack (essentially points to Codepoints.Data)
+    stbrp_rect*         Rects;              // Rectangle to pack. We first fill in their size and the packer will give us their position.
+    stbtt_packedchar*   PackedChars;        // Output glyphs
+    const ImWchar*      SrcRanges;          // Ranges as requested by user (user is allowed to request too much, e.g. 0x0020..0xFFFF)
+    int                 DstIndex;           // Index into atlas->Fonts[] and dst_tmp_array[]
+    int                 GlyphsHighest;      // Highest requested codepoint
+    int                 GlyphsCount;        // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font)
+    ImBoolVector        GlyphsSet;          // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB)
+    ImVector<int>       GlyphsList;         // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsMap)
+};
+
+// Temporary data for one destination ImFont* (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont)
+struct ImFontBuildDstData
+{
+    int                 SrcCount;           // Number of source fonts targeting this destination font.
+    int                 GlyphsHighest;
+    int                 GlyphsCount;
+    ImBoolVector        GlyphsSet;          // This is used to resolve collision when multiple sources are merged into a same destination font.
+};
+
+static void UnpackBoolVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBoolVector* in, ImVector<int>* out)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(sizeof(in->Storage.Data[0]) == sizeof(int));
+    const int* it_begin = in->Storage.begin();
+    const int* it_end = in->Storage.end();
+    for (const int* it = it_begin; it < it_end; it++)
+        if (int entries_32 = *it)
+            for (int bit_n = 0; bit_n < 32; bit_n++)
+                if (entries_32 & (1u << bit_n))
+                    out->push_back((int)((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n);
+}
+
 bool    ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0);
 
     ImFontAtlasBuildRegisterDefaultCustomRects(atlas);
 
+    // Clear atlas
     atlas->TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL;
     atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexHeight = 0;
     atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
     atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
     atlas->ClearTexData();
 
-    // Count glyphs/ranges
-    int total_glyphs_count = 0;
-    int total_ranges_count = 0;
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
-    {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[input_i];
-        if (!cfg.GlyphRanges)
-            cfg.GlyphRanges = atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault();
-        for (const ImWchar* in_range = cfg.GlyphRanges; in_range[0] && in_range[1]; in_range += 2, total_ranges_count++)
-            total_glyphs_count += (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1;
-    }
+    // Temporary storage for building
+    ImVector<ImFontBuildSrcData> src_tmp_array;
+    ImVector<ImFontBuildDstData> dst_tmp_array;
+    src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->ConfigData.Size);
+    dst_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Fonts.Size);
+    memset(src_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)src_tmp_array.size_in_bytes());
+    memset(dst_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)dst_tmp_array.size_in_bytes());
 
-    // We need a width for the skyline algorithm. Using a dumb heuristic here to decide of width. User can override TexDesiredWidth and TexGlyphPadding if they wish.
-    // Width doesn't really matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height.
-    atlas->TexWidth = (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0) ? atlas->TexDesiredWidth : (total_glyphs_count > 4000) ? 4096 : (total_glyphs_count > 2000) ? 2048 : (total_glyphs_count > 1000) ? 1024 : 512;
-    atlas->TexHeight = 0;
-
-    // Start packing
-    const int max_tex_height = 1024*32;
-    stbtt_pack_context spc = {};
-    if (!stbtt_PackBegin(&spc, NULL, atlas->TexWidth, max_tex_height, 0, atlas->TexGlyphPadding, NULL))
-        return false;
-    stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, 1, 1);
-
-    // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values).
-    ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(atlas, spc.pack_info);
-
-    // Initialize font information (so we can error without any cleanup)
-    struct ImFontTempBuildData
-    {
-        stbtt_fontinfo      FontInfo;
-        stbrp_rect*         Rects;
-        int                 RectsCount;
-        stbtt_pack_range*   Ranges;
-        int                 RangesCount;
-    };
-    ImFontTempBuildData* tmp_array = (ImFontTempBuildData*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)atlas->ConfigData.Size * sizeof(ImFontTempBuildData));
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+    // 1. Initialize font loading structure, check font data validity
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; src_i++)
     {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[input_i];
-        ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
         IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas));
 
+        // Find index from cfg.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices)
+        src_tmp.DstIndex = -1;
+        for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++)
+            if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i])
+                src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i;
+        IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array?
+        if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1)
+            return false;
+
+        // Initialize helper structure for font loading and verify that the TTF/OTF data is correct
         const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo);
         IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found.");
-        if (!stbtt_InitFont(&tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset))
-        {
-            atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexHeight = 0; // Reset output on failure
-            ImGui::MemFree(tmp_array);
+        if (!stbtt_InitFont(&src_tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset))
             return false;
-        }
+
+        // Measure highest codepoints
+        ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
+        src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault();
+        for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
+            src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]);
+        dst_tmp.SrcCount++;
+        dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest);
     }
 
+    // 2. For every requested codepoint, check for their presence in the font data, and handle redundancy or overlaps between source fonts to avoid unused glyphs.
+    int total_glyphs_count = 0;
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
+        src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Resize(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
+        if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.empty())
+            dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Resize(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
+
+        for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
+            for (unsigned int codepoint = src_range[0]; codepoint <= src_range[1]; codepoint++)
+            {
+                if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.GetBit(codepoint))    // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option for MergeMode (e.g. MergeOverwrite==true)
+                    continue;
+                if (!stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, codepoint))    // It is actually in the font?
+                    continue;
+
+                // Add to avail set/counters
+                src_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
+                dst_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
+                src_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint, true);
+                dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint, true);
+                total_glyphs_count++;
+            }
+    }
+
+    // 3. Unpack our bit map into a flat list (we now have all the Unicode points that we know are requested _and_ available _and_ not overlapping another)
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        src_tmp.GlyphsList.reserve(src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+        UnpackBoolVectorToFlatIndexList(&src_tmp.GlyphsSet, &src_tmp.GlyphsList);
+        src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Clear();
+        IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size == src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+    }
+    for (int dst_i = 0; dst_i < dst_tmp_array.Size; dst_i++)
+        dst_tmp_array[dst_i].GlyphsSet.Clear();
+    dst_tmp_array.clear();
+
     // Allocate packing character data and flag packed characters buffer as non-packed (x0=y0=x1=y1=0)
-    int buf_packedchars_n = 0, buf_rects_n = 0, buf_ranges_n = 0;
-    stbtt_packedchar* buf_packedchars = (stbtt_packedchar*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyphs_count * sizeof(stbtt_packedchar));
-    stbrp_rect* buf_rects = (stbrp_rect*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyphs_count * sizeof(stbrp_rect));
-    stbtt_pack_range* buf_ranges = (stbtt_pack_range*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_ranges_count * sizeof(stbtt_pack_range));
-    memset(buf_packedchars, 0, total_glyphs_count * sizeof(stbtt_packedchar));
-    memset(buf_rects, 0, total_glyphs_count * sizeof(stbrp_rect));              // Unnecessary but let's clear this for the sake of sanity.
-    memset(buf_ranges, 0, total_ranges_count * sizeof(stbtt_pack_range));
-
-    // First font pass: pack all glyphs (no rendering at this point, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point)
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
-    {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[input_i];
-        ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
-
-        // Setup ranges
-        int font_glyphs_count = 0;
-        int font_ranges_count = 0;
-        for (const ImWchar* in_range = cfg.GlyphRanges; in_range[0] && in_range[1]; in_range += 2, font_ranges_count++)
-            font_glyphs_count += (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1;
-        tmp.Ranges = buf_ranges + buf_ranges_n;
-        tmp.RangesCount = font_ranges_count;
-        buf_ranges_n += font_ranges_count;
-        for (int i = 0; i < font_ranges_count; i++)
-        {
-            const ImWchar* in_range = &cfg.GlyphRanges[i * 2];
-            stbtt_pack_range& range = tmp.Ranges[i];
-            range.font_size = cfg.SizePixels;
-            range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = in_range[0];
-            range.num_chars = (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1;
-            range.chardata_for_range = buf_packedchars + buf_packedchars_n;
-            buf_packedchars_n += range.num_chars;
-        }
+    // (We technically don't need to zero-clear buf_rects, but let's do it for the sake of sanity)
+    ImVector<stbrp_rect> buf_rects;
+    ImVector<stbtt_packedchar> buf_packedchars;
+    buf_rects.resize(total_glyphs_count);
+    buf_packedchars.resize(total_glyphs_count);
+    memset(buf_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_rects.size_in_bytes());
+    memset(buf_packedchars.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_packedchars.size_in_bytes());
+
+    // 4. Gather glyphs sizes so we can pack them in our virtual canvas.
+    int total_surface = 0;
+    int buf_rects_out_n = 0;
+    int buf_packedchars_out_n = 0;
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
 
-        // Gather the sizes of all rectangle we need
-        tmp.Rects = buf_rects + buf_rects_n;
-        tmp.RectsCount = font_glyphs_count;
-        buf_rects_n += font_glyphs_count;
-        stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, cfg.OversampleH, cfg.OversampleV);
-        int n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(&spc, &tmp.FontInfo, tmp.Ranges, tmp.RangesCount, tmp.Rects);
-        IM_ASSERT(n == font_glyphs_count);
-
-        // Detect missing glyphs and replace them with a zero-sized box instead of relying on the default glyphs
-        // This allows us merging overlapping icon fonts more easily.
-        int rect_i = 0;
-        for (int range_i = 0; range_i < tmp.RangesCount; range_i++)
-            for (int char_i = 0; char_i < tmp.Ranges[range_i].num_chars; char_i++, rect_i++)
-                if (stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&tmp.FontInfo, tmp.Ranges[range_i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + char_i) == 0)
-                    tmp.Rects[rect_i].w = tmp.Rects[rect_i].h = 0;
-
-        // Pack
-        stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, tmp.Rects, n);
-
-        // Extend texture height
-        // Also mark missing glyphs as non-packed so we don't attempt to render into them
-        for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
+        src_tmp.Rects = &buf_rects[buf_rects_out_n];
+        src_tmp.PackedChars = &buf_packedchars[buf_packedchars_out_n];
+        buf_rects_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount;
+        buf_packedchars_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount;
+
+        // Convert our ranges in the format stb_truetype wants
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = 0;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.array_of_unicode_codepoints = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Data;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.num_chars = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.chardata_for_range = src_tmp.PackedChars;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.h_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleH;
+        src_tmp.PackRange.v_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleV;
+
+        // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack (this loop is based on stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects)
+        const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels);
+        const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding;
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++)
         {
-            if (tmp.Rects[i].w == 0 && tmp.Rects[i].h == 0)
-                tmp.Rects[i].was_packed = 0;
-            if (tmp.Rects[i].was_packed)
-                atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, tmp.Rects[i].y + tmp.Rects[i].h);
+            int x0, y0, x1, y1;
+            const int glyph_index_in_font = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]);
+            IM_ASSERT(glyph_index_in_font != 0);
+            stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(&src_tmp.FontInfo, glyph_index_in_font, scale * cfg.OversampleH, scale * cfg.OversampleV, 0, 0, &x0, &y0, &x1, &y1);
+            src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w = (stbrp_coord)(x1 - x0 + padding + cfg.OversampleH - 1);
+            src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h = (stbrp_coord)(y1 - y0 + padding + cfg.OversampleV - 1);
+            total_surface += src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w * src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h;
         }
     }
-    IM_ASSERT(buf_rects_n == total_glyphs_count);
-    IM_ASSERT(buf_packedchars_n == total_glyphs_count);
-    IM_ASSERT(buf_ranges_n == total_ranges_count);
 
-    // Create texture
+    // We need a width for the skyline algorithm, any width!
+    // The exact width doesn't really matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height.
+    // User can override TexDesiredWidth and TexGlyphPadding if they wish, otherwise we use a simple heuristic to select the width based on expected surface.
+    const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)total_surface) + 1;
+    atlas->TexHeight = 0;
+    if (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0)
+        atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexDesiredWidth;
+    else
+        atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096*0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048*0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024*0.7f) ? 1024 : 512;
+
+    // 5. Start packing
+    // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values).
+    const int TEX_HEIGHT_MAX = 1024 * 32;
+    stbtt_pack_context spc = {};
+    stbtt_PackBegin(&spc, NULL, atlas->TexWidth, TEX_HEIGHT_MAX, 0, atlas->TexGlyphPadding, NULL);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(atlas, spc.pack_info);
+
+    // 6. Pack each source font. No rendering yet, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point.
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, src_tmp.Rects, src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+
+        // Extend texture height and mark missing glyphs as non-packed so we won't render them.
+        // FIXME: We are not handling packing failure here (would happen if we got off TEX_HEIGHT_MAX or if a single if larger than TexWidth?)
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++)
+            if (src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].was_packed)
+                atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].y + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h);
+    }
+
+    // 7. Allocate texture
     atlas->TexHeight = (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight) ? (atlas->TexHeight + 1) : ImUpperPowerOfTwo(atlas->TexHeight);
     atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(1.0f / atlas->TexWidth, 1.0f / atlas->TexHeight);
-    atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
+    atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
     memset(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
     spc.pixels = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8;
     spc.height = atlas->TexHeight;
 
-    // Second pass: render font characters
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+    // 8. Render/rasterize font characters into the texture
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
     {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[input_i];
-        ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
-        stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, cfg.OversampleH, cfg.OversampleV);
-        stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &tmp.FontInfo, tmp.Ranges, tmp.RangesCount, tmp.Rects);
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &src_tmp.FontInfo, &src_tmp.PackRange, 1, src_tmp.Rects);
+
+        // Apply multiply operator
         if (cfg.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f)
         {
             unsigned char multiply_table[256];
             ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, cfg.RasterizerMultiply);
-            for (const stbrp_rect* r = tmp.Rects; r != tmp.Rects + tmp.RectsCount; r++)
+            stbrp_rect* r = &src_tmp.Rects[0];
+            for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++, r++)
                 if (r->was_packed)
-                    ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(multiply_table, spc.pixels, r->x, r->y, r->w, r->h, spc.stride_in_bytes);
+                    ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(multiply_table, atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, r->x, r->y, r->w, r->h, atlas->TexWidth * 1);
         }
-        tmp.Rects = NULL;
+        src_tmp.Rects = NULL;
     }
 
     // End packing
     stbtt_PackEnd(&spc);
-    ImGui::MemFree(buf_rects);
-    buf_rects = NULL;
+    buf_rects.clear();
 
-    // Third pass: setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime
-    for (int input_i = 0; input_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+    // 9. Setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
     {
-        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[input_i];
-        ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
+        ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
         ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; // We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font (when using MergeMode=true)
-        if (cfg.MergeMode)
-            dst_font->BuildLookupTable();
 
-        const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels);
+        const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels);
         int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap;
-        stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap);
+        stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&src_tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap);
 
         const float ascent = ImFloor(unscaled_ascent * font_scale + ((unscaled_ascent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1));
         const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale + ((unscaled_descent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1));
         ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent);
         const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x;
-        const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + (float)(int)(dst_font->Ascent + 0.5f);
+        const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent);
 
-        for (int i = 0; i < tmp.RangesCount; i++)
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++)
         {
-            stbtt_pack_range& range = tmp.Ranges[i];
-            for (int char_idx = 0; char_idx < range.num_chars; char_idx += 1)
-            {
-                const stbtt_packedchar& pc = range.chardata_for_range[char_idx];
-                if (!pc.x0 && !pc.x1 && !pc.y0 && !pc.y1)
-                    continue;
-
-                const int codepoint = range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + char_idx;
-                if (cfg.MergeMode && dst_font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)codepoint))
-                    continue;
-
-                float char_advance_x_org = pc.xadvance;
-                float char_advance_x_mod = ImClamp(char_advance_x_org, cfg.GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg.GlyphMaxAdvanceX);
-                float char_off_x = font_off_x;
-                if (char_advance_x_org != char_advance_x_mod)
-                    char_off_x += cfg.PixelSnapH ? (float)(int)((char_advance_x_mod - char_advance_x_org) * 0.5f) : (char_advance_x_mod - char_advance_x_org) * 0.5f;
-
-                stbtt_aligned_quad q;
-                float dummy_x = 0.0f, dummy_y = 0.0f;
-                stbtt_GetPackedQuad(range.chardata_for_range, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, char_idx, &dummy_x, &dummy_y, &q, 0);
-                dst_font->AddGlyph((ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + char_off_x, q.y0 + font_off_y, q.x1 + char_off_x, q.y1 + font_off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, char_advance_x_mod);
-            }
+            const int codepoint = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i];
+            const stbtt_packedchar& pc = src_tmp.PackedChars[glyph_i];
+
+            const float char_advance_x_org = pc.xadvance;
+            const float char_advance_x_mod = ImClamp(char_advance_x_org, cfg.GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg.GlyphMaxAdvanceX);
+            float char_off_x = font_off_x;
+            if (char_advance_x_org != char_advance_x_mod)
+                char_off_x += cfg.PixelSnapH ? ImFloor((char_advance_x_mod - char_advance_x_org) * 0.5f) : (char_advance_x_mod - char_advance_x_org) * 0.5f;
+
+            // Register glyph
+            stbtt_aligned_quad q;
+            float dummy_x = 0.0f, dummy_y = 0.0f;
+            stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &dummy_x, &dummy_y, &q, 0);
+            dst_font->AddGlyph((ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + char_off_x, q.y0 + font_off_y, q.x1 + char_off_x, q.y1 + font_off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, char_advance_x_mod);
         }
     }
 
-    // Cleanup temporaries
-    ImGui::MemFree(buf_packedchars);
-    ImGui::MemFree(buf_ranges);
-    ImGui::MemFree(tmp_array);
+    // Cleanup temporary (ImVector doesn't honor destructor)
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+        src_tmp_array[src_i].~ImFontBuildSrcData();
 
     ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas);
-
     return true;
 }
 
@@ -1948,16 +2218,17 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* f
     font->ConfigDataCount++;
 }
 
-void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* pack_context_opaque)
+void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque)
 {
-    stbrp_context* pack_context = (stbrp_context*)pack_context_opaque;
+    stbrp_context* pack_context = (stbrp_context*)stbrp_context_opaque;
+    IM_ASSERT(pack_context != NULL);
 
-    ImVector<ImFontAtlas::CustomRect>& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects;
+    ImVector<ImFontAtlasCustomRect>& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects;
     IM_ASSERT(user_rects.Size >= 1); // We expect at least the default custom rects to be registered, else something went wrong.
 
     ImVector<stbrp_rect> pack_rects;
     pack_rects.resize(user_rects.Size);
-    memset(pack_rects.Data, 0, sizeof(stbrp_rect) * user_rects.Size);
+    memset(pack_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)pack_rects.size_in_bytes());
     for (int i = 0; i < user_rects.Size; i++)
     {
         pack_rects[i].w = user_rects[i].Width;
@@ -1978,7 +2249,7 @@ static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(atlas->CustomRectIds[0] >= 0);
     IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL);
-    ImFontAtlas::CustomRect& r = atlas->CustomRects[atlas->CustomRectIds[0]];
+    ImFontAtlasCustomRect& r = atlas->CustomRects[atlas->CustomRectIds[0]];
     IM_ASSERT(r.ID == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID);
     IM_ASSERT(r.IsPacked());
 
@@ -2013,8 +2284,8 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
     // Register custom rectangle glyphs
     for (int i = 0; i < atlas->CustomRects.Size; i++)
     {
-        const ImFontAtlas::CustomRect& r = atlas->CustomRects[i];
-        if (r.Font == NULL || r.ID > 0x10000)
+        const ImFontAtlasCustomRect& r = atlas->CustomRects[i];
+        if (r.Font == NULL || r.ID >= 0x110000)
             continue;
 
         IM_ASSERT(r.Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas);
@@ -2027,6 +2298,23 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
     for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++)
         if (atlas->Fonts[i]->DirtyLookupTables)
             atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable();
+
+    // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis).
+    // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character.
+    // FIXME: Also note that 0x2026 is currently seldomly included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots.
+    for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.size(); i++)
+    {
+        ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i];
+        if (font->EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1)
+            continue;
+        const ImWchar ellipsis_variants[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 };
+        for (int j = 0; j < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_variants); j++)
+            if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(ellipsis_variants[j]) != NULL) // Verify glyph exists
+            {
+                font->EllipsisChar = ellipsis_variants[j];
+                break;
+            }
+    }
 }
 
 // Retrieve list of range (2 int per range, values are inclusive)
@@ -2057,7 +2345,8 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseFull()
     static const ImWchar ranges[] =
     {
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
-        0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
         0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
         0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms
@@ -2077,7 +2366,7 @@ static void UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(int base_codepoint, const short*
 }
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers + GlyphRangesBuilder
+// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon()
@@ -2085,7 +2374,7 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon()
     // Store 2500 regularly used characters for Simplified Chinese.
     // Sourced from https://zh.wiktionary.org/wiki/%E9%99%84%E5%BD%95:%E7%8E%B0%E4%BB%A3%E6%B1%89%E8%AF%AD%E5%B8%B8%E7%94%A8%E5%AD%97%E8%A1%A8
     // This table covers 97.97% of all characters used during the month in July, 1987.
-    // You can use ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
+    // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
     // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.)
     static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
     {
@@ -2133,9 +2422,10 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon()
     static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
     {
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
-        0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
-        0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFF00, 0xFFEF  // Half-width characters
     };
     static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00) * 2 + 1] = { 0 };
     if (!full_ranges[0])
@@ -2151,7 +2441,7 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese()
     // 1946 common ideograms code points for Japanese
     // Sourced from http://theinstructionlimit.com/common-kanji-character-ranges-for-xna-spritefont-rendering
     // FIXME: Source a list of the revised 2136 Joyo Kanji list from 2010 and rebuild this.
-    // You can use ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
+    // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
     // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.)
     static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
     {
@@ -2186,14 +2476,14 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese()
         3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,6,3,2,1,3,11,3,1,6,10,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,11,3,6,4,1,7,2,1,2,5,5,34,4,14,18,4,19,7,5,8,2,6,79,1,5,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,36,28,16,
         4,1,1,1,2,12,6,42,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21,64,6,9,28,8,12,3,3,41,59,24,51,55,57,294,9,9,2,6,2,15,1,2,13,38,90,9,9,9,3,11,7,1,1,1,5,6,3,2,
         1,2,2,3,8,1,4,4,1,5,7,1,4,3,20,4,9,1,1,1,5,5,17,1,5,2,6,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,11,11,32,7,5,4,7,11,127,8,4,3,3,1,10,1,1,6,21,14,1,16,1,7,1,3,6,9,65,
-        51,4,3,13,3,10,1,1,12,9,21,110,3,19,24,1,1,10,62,4,1,29,42,78,28,20,18,82,6,3,15,6,84,58,253,15,155,264,15,21,9,14,7,58,40,39, 
+        51,4,3,13,3,10,1,1,12,9,21,110,3,19,24,1,1,10,62,4,1,29,42,78,28,20,18,82,6,3,15,6,84,58,253,15,155,264,15,21,9,14,7,58,40,39,
     };
     static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
     {
         0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
-        0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+        0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
         0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
-        0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+        0xFF00, 0xFFEF  // Half-width characters
     };
     static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1] = { 0 };
     if (!full_ranges[0])
@@ -2229,7 +2519,28 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesThai()
     return &ranges[0];
 }
 
-void ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesVietnamese()
+{
+    static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+    {
+        0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin
+        0x0102, 0x0103,
+        0x0110, 0x0111,
+        0x0128, 0x0129,
+        0x0168, 0x0169,
+        0x01A0, 0x01A1,
+        0x01AF, 0x01B0,
+        0x1EA0, 0x1EF9,
+        0,
+    };
+    return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end)
 {
     while (text_end ? (text < text_end) : *text)
     {
@@ -2238,25 +2549,26 @@ void ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text
         text += c_len;
         if (c_len == 0)
             break;
-        if (c < 0x10000)
+        if (c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX)
             AddChar((ImWchar)c);
     }
 }
 
-void ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder::AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges)
+void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges)
 {
     for (; ranges[0]; ranges += 2)
         for (ImWchar c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1]; c++)
             AddChar(c);
 }
 
-void ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges)
+void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges)
 {
-    for (int n = 0; n < 0x10000; n++)
+    const int max_codepoint = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX;
+    for (int n = 0; n <= max_codepoint; n++)
         if (GetBit(n))
         {
             out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n);
-            while (n < 0x10000 && GetBit(n + 1))
+            while (n < max_codepoint && GetBit(n + 1))
                 n++;
             out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n);
         }
@@ -2269,38 +2581,37 @@ void ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges)
 
 ImFont::ImFont()
 {
-    Scale = 1.0f;
+    FontSize = 0.0f;
+    FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
     FallbackChar = (ImWchar)'?';
+    EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
     DisplayOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    ClearOutputData();
+    FallbackGlyph = NULL;
+    ContainerAtlas = NULL;
+    ConfigData = NULL;
+    ConfigDataCount = 0;
+    DirtyLookupTables = false;
+    Scale = 1.0f;
+    Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
+    MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
 }
 
 ImFont::~ImFont()
 {
-    // Invalidate active font so that the user gets a clear crash instead of a dangling pointer.
-    // If you want to delete fonts you need to do it between Render() and NewFrame().
-    // FIXME-CLEANUP
-    /*
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.Font == this)
-        g.Font = NULL;
-    */
     ClearOutputData();
 }
 
 void    ImFont::ClearOutputData()
 {
     FontSize = 0.0f;
+    FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
     Glyphs.clear();
     IndexAdvanceX.clear();
     IndexLookup.clear();
     FallbackGlyph = NULL;
-    FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
-    ConfigDataCount = 0;
-    ConfigData = NULL;
     ContainerAtlas = NULL;
-    Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
     DirtyLookupTables = true;
+    Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
     MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
 }
 
@@ -2331,7 +2642,7 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable()
         ImFontGlyph& tab_glyph = Glyphs.back();
         tab_glyph = *FindGlyph((ImWchar)' ');
         tab_glyph.Codepoint = '\t';
-        tab_glyph.AdvanceX *= 4;
+        tab_glyph.AdvanceX *= IM_TABSIZE;
         IndexAdvanceX[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (float)tab_glyph.AdvanceX;
         IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (ImWchar)(Glyphs.Size-1);
     }
@@ -2376,7 +2687,7 @@ void ImFont::AddGlyph(ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1,
     glyph.AdvanceX = advance_x + ConfigData->GlyphExtraSpacing.x;  // Bake spacing into AdvanceX
 
     if (ConfigData->PixelSnapH)
-        glyph.AdvanceX = (float)(int)(glyph.AdvanceX + 0.5f);
+        glyph.AdvanceX = IM_ROUND(glyph.AdvanceX);
 
     // Compute rough surface usage metrics (+1 to account for average padding, +0.99 to round)
     DirtyLookupTables = true;
@@ -2386,7 +2697,7 @@ void ImFont::AddGlyph(ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1,
 void ImFont::AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(IndexLookup.Size > 0);    // Currently this can only be called AFTER the font has been built, aka after calling ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAs*() function.
-    int index_size = IndexLookup.Size;
+    unsigned int index_size = (unsigned int)IndexLookup.Size;
 
     if (dst < index_size && IndexLookup.Data[dst] == (ImWchar)-1 && !overwrite_dst) // 'dst' already exists
         return;
@@ -2402,7 +2713,7 @@ const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const
 {
     if (c >= IndexLookup.Size)
         return FallbackGlyph;
-    const ImWchar i = IndexLookup[c];
+    const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c];
     if (i == (ImWchar)-1)
         return FallbackGlyph;
     return &Glyphs.Data[i];
@@ -2412,7 +2723,7 @@ const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const
 {
     if (c >= IndexLookup.Size)
         return NULL;
-    const ImWchar i = IndexLookup[c];
+    const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c];
     if (i == (ImWchar)-1)
         return NULL;
     return &Glyphs.Data[i];
@@ -2472,7 +2783,7 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
             }
         }
 
-        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX);
+        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX);
         if (ImCharIsBlankW(c))
         {
             if (inside_word)
@@ -2503,7 +2814,7 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
         }
 
         // We ignore blank width at the end of the line (they can be skipped)
-        if (line_width + word_width >= wrap_width)
+        if (line_width + word_width > wrap_width)
         {
             // Words that cannot possibly fit within an entire line will be cut anywhere.
             if (word_width < wrap_width)
@@ -2589,7 +2900,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
                 continue;
         }
 
-        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX) * scale;
+        const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX) * scale;
         if (line_width + char_width >= max_width)
         {
             s = prev_s;
@@ -2618,8 +2929,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col
     if (const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c))
     {
         float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f;
-        pos.x = (float)(int)pos.x + DisplayOffset.x;
-        pos.y = (float)(int)pos.y + DisplayOffset.y;
+        pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x + DisplayOffset.x);
+        pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y + DisplayOffset.y);
         draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4);
         draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X0 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X1 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col);
     }
@@ -2628,11 +2939,11 @@ void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col
 void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const
 {
     if (!text_end)
-        text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls.
+        text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls.
 
     // Align to be pixel perfect
-    pos.x = (float)(int)pos.x + DisplayOffset.x;
-    pos.y = (float)(int)pos.y + DisplayOffset.y;
+    pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x + DisplayOffset.x);
+    pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y + DisplayOffset.y);
     float x = pos.x;
     float y = pos.y;
     if (y > clip_rect.w)
@@ -2662,7 +2973,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col
         while (y_end < clip_rect.w && s_end < text_end)
         {
             s_end = (const char*)memchr(s_end, '\n', text_end - s_end);
-            s = s ? s + 1 : text_end;
+            s_end = s_end ? s_end + 1 : text_end;
             y_end += line_height;
         }
         text_end = s_end;
@@ -2805,13 +3116,13 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col
         x += char_width;
     }
 
-    // Give back unused vertices
-    draw_list->VtxBuffer.resize((int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data));
-    draw_list->IdxBuffer.resize((int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data));
+    // Give back unused vertices (clipped ones, blanks) ~ this is essentially a PrimUnreserve() action.
+    draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size = (int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data); // Same as calling shrink()
+    draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size = (int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data);
     draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size-1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
     draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write;
     draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write;
-    draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = (unsigned int)draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+    draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_current_idx;
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2823,16 +3134,12 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col
 // - RenderRectFilledRangeH()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor)
+void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow)
 {
     if (mouse_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None)
         return;
     IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT);
 
-    const ImU32 col_shadow = IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48);
-    const ImU32 col_border = IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255);          // Black
-    const ImU32 col_fill   = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255);    // White
-
     ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas;
     ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4];
     if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2]))
@@ -2889,13 +3196,14 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im
     const float inv_rounding = 1.0f / rounding;
     const float arc0_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p0.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding);
     const float arc0_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p1.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding);
+    const float half_pi = IM_PI * 0.5f; // We will == compare to this because we know this is the exact value ImAcos01 can return.
     const float x0 = ImMax(p0.x, rect.Min.x + rounding);
     if (arc0_b == arc0_e)
     {
         draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y));
         draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y));
     }
-    else if (arc0_b == 0.0f && arc0_e == IM_PI*0.5f)
+    else if (arc0_b == 0.0f && arc0_e == half_pi)
     {
         draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 3, 6); // BL
         draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); // TR
@@ -2915,7 +3223,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im
             draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y));
             draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y));
         }
-        else if (arc1_b == 0.0f && arc1_e == IM_PI*0.5f)
+        else if (arc1_b == 0.0f && arc1_e == half_pi)
         {
             draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); // TR
             draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 0, 3);  // BR
@@ -2929,7 +3237,6 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im
     draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
 }
 
-
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Decompression code
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2990,9 +3297,9 @@ static unsigned int stb_adler32(unsigned int adler32, unsigned char *buffer, uns
 {
     const unsigned long ADLER_MOD = 65521;
     unsigned long s1 = adler32 & 0xffff, s2 = adler32 >> 16;
-    unsigned long blocklen, i;
+    unsigned long blocklen = buflen % 5552;
 
-    blocklen = buflen % 5552;
+    unsigned long i;
     while (buflen) {
         for (i=0; i + 7 < blocklen; i += 8) {
             s1 += buffer[0], s2 += s1;
@@ -3019,10 +3326,9 @@ static unsigned int stb_adler32(unsigned int adler32, unsigned char *buffer, uns
 
 static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i, unsigned int /*length*/)
 {
-    unsigned int olen;
     if (stb__in4(0) != 0x57bC0000) return 0;
     if (stb__in4(4) != 0)          return 0; // error! stream is > 4GB
-    olen = stb_decompress_length(i);
+    const unsigned int olen = stb_decompress_length(i);
     stb__barrier_in_b = i;
     stb__barrier_out_e = output + olen;
     stb__barrier_out_b = output;
@@ -3154,3 +3460,5 @@ static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85()
 {
     return proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85;
 }
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/src/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/src/imgui/imgui_internal.h
index bac04ae6a..5de13c365 100644
--- a/src/imgui/imgui_internal.h
+++ b/src/imgui/imgui_internal.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.66 WIP
+// dear imgui, v1.75
 // (internal structures/api)
 
 // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility!
@@ -6,69 +6,120 @@
 //   #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 // To implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not collide with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA along with your own math types+operators)
 
+/*
+
+Index of this file:
+// Header mess
+// Forward declarations
+// STB libraries includes
+// Context pointer
+// Generic helpers
+// Misc data structures
+// Main imgui context
+// Tab bar, tab item
+// Internal API
+
+*/
+
 #pragma once
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Header mess
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_VERSION
 #error Must include imgui.h before imgui_internal.h
 #endif
 
-#include <stdio.h>      // FILE*
+#include <stdio.h>      // FILE*, sscanf
 #include <stdlib.h>     // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi, atof
 #include <math.h>       // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf
 #include <limits.h>     // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
 
+// Visual Studio warnings
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma warning (push)
 #pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport)
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __clang__
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic push
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"        // for stb_textedit.h
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"     // for stb_textedit.h
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
+#endif
+#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"
+#endif
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#endif
+
+// Legacy defines
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS                // Renamed in 1.74
+#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS                         // Renamed in 1.74
+#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Forward Declarations
+// Forward declarations
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+struct ImBoolVector;                // Store 1-bit per value
 struct ImRect;                      // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points)
 struct ImDrawDataBuilder;           // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance
 struct ImDrawListSharedData;        // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
 struct ImGuiColorMod;               // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
 struct ImGuiColumnData;             // Storage data for a single column
-struct ImGuiColumnsSet;             // Storage data for a columns set
-struct ImGuiContext;                // Main imgui context
+struct ImGuiColumns;                // Storage data for a columns set
+struct ImGuiContext;                // Main Dear ImGui context
+struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo;           // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum
 struct ImGuiGroupData;              // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
 struct ImGuiInputTextState;         // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
 struct ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup;  // Backup and restore IsItemHovered() internal data
 struct ImGuiMenuColumns;            // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only
 struct ImGuiNavMoveResult;          // Result of a directional navigation move query result
-struct ImGuiNextWindowData;         // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions
-struct ImGuiPopupRef;               // Storage for current popup stack
+struct ImGuiNextWindowData;         // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
+struct ImGuiNextItemData;           // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
+struct ImGuiPopupData;              // Storage for current popup stack
 struct ImGuiSettingsHandler;        // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file
 struct ImGuiStyleMod;               // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
+struct ImGuiTabBar;                 // Storage for a tab bar
+struct ImGuiTabItem;                // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar)
 struct ImGuiWindow;                 // Storage for one window
 struct ImGuiWindowTempData;         // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame)
-struct ImGuiWindowSettings;         // Storage for window settings stored in .ini file (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session)
+struct ImGuiWindowSettings;         // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session)
 
 // Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists.
-typedef int ImGuiLayoutType;        // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_        // Enum: Horizontal or vertical
-typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_       // Flags: for ButtonEx(), ButtonBehavior()
-typedef int ImGuiItemFlags;         // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_         // Flags: for PushItemFlag()
-typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags;   // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_   // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags
-typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight()
-typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ // Flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d()
-typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_      // Flags: for navigation requests
-typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_    // Flags: for Separator() - internal
-typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_       // Flags: for SliderBehavior()
+typedef int ImGuiLayoutType;            // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_         // Enum: Horizontal or vertical
+typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags;           // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_        // Flags: for ButtonEx(), ButtonBehavior()
+typedef int ImGuiColumnsFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_       // Flags: BeginColumns()
+typedef int ImGuiDragFlags;             // -> enum ImGuiDragFlags_          // Flags: for DragBehavior()
+typedef int ImGuiItemFlags;             // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_          // Flags: for PushItemFlag()
+typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_    // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags
+typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_  // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight()
+typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_  // Flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d()
+typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_       // Flags: for navigation requests
+typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_  // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions
+typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags;   // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions
+typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_     // Flags: for SeparatorEx()
+typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags;           // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_        // Flags: for SliderBehavior()
+typedef int ImGuiTextFlags;             // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_          // Flags: for TextEx()
+typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_       // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx()
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// STB libraries
+// STB libraries includes
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-namespace ImGuiStb
+namespace ImStb
 {
 
 #undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING
@@ -76,31 +127,63 @@ namespace ImGuiStb
 #define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING             ImGuiInputTextState
 #define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE           ImWchar
 #define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE   -1.0f
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT     99
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT      999
 #include "imstb_textedit.h"
 
-} // namespace ImGuiStb
+} // namespace ImStb
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Context
+// Context pointer
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #ifndef GImGui
-extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui;  // Current implicit ImGui context pointer
+extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui;  // Current implicit context pointer
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Helpers
+// Macros
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#define IM_PI           3.14159265358979323846f
+// Debug Logging
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(_FMT,...)       printf("[%05d] " _FMT, GImGui->FrameCount, __VA_ARGS__)
+#endif
+
+// Static Asserts
+#if (__cplusplus >= 201100)
+#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND)         static_assert(_COND, "")
+#else
+#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND)         typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1]
+#endif
+
+// "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the code too much.
+// We currently don't have many of those so the effect is currently negligible, but onward intent to add more aggressive ones in the code.
+//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
+#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
+#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR)       IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)
+#else
+#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR)
+#endif
+
+// Error handling
+// Down the line in some frameworks/languages we would like to have a way to redirect those to the programmer and recover from more faults.
+#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR
+#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXP,_MSG) IM_ASSERT((_EXP) && _MSG)   // Recoverable User Error
+#endif
+
+// Misc Macros
+#define IM_PI                           3.14159265358979323846f
 #ifdef _WIN32
-#define IM_NEWLINE      "\r\n"   // Play it nice with Windows users (2018/05 news: Microsoft announced that Notepad will finally display Unix-style carriage returns!)
+#define IM_NEWLINE                      "\r\n"   // Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support Unix-style carriage returns!)
 #else
-#define IM_NEWLINE      "\n"
+#define IM_NEWLINE                      "\n"
 #endif
-#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND)         typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1]
+#define IM_TABSIZE                      (4)
 #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL)    ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f)))   // Unsaturated, for display purpose
 #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL)        ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f))               // Saturated, always output 0..255
+#define IM_FLOOR(_VAL)                  ((float)(int)(_VAL))                                    // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds
+#define IM_ROUND(_VAL)                  ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f))                           //
 
 // Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
@@ -109,48 +192,64 @@ extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui;  // Current implicit ImGui context pointe
 #define IMGUI_CDECL
 #endif
 
-// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);      // return output UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);          // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL);   // return input UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                            // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count)
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                        // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8
-IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);                   // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Generic helpers
+// Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions.
+// ImGui functions or the ImGui context are never called/used from other ImXXX functions.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Helpers: Misc
+// - Helpers: Bit manipulation
+// - Helpers: String, Formatting
+// - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
+// - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
+// - Helpers: Maths
+// - Helpers: Geometry
+// - Helper: ImBoolVector
+// - Helper: ImPool<>
+// - Helper: ImChunkStream<>
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Helpers: Misc
-IMGUI_API ImU32         ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed = 0);    // Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings
-IMGUI_API void*         ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0);
-IMGUI_API FILE*         ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode);
-static inline bool      ImCharIsBlankA(char c)          { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; }
-static inline bool      ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c)  { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; }
-static inline bool      ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v)           { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
-static inline int       ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v)        { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; }
 #define ImQsort         qsort
+IMGUI_API ImU32         ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0);
+IMGUI_API ImU32         ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0);
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+static inline ImU32     ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0) { return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed); } // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68]
+#endif
 
-// Helpers: Geometry
-IMGUI_API ImVec2        ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p);
-IMGUI_API bool          ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
-IMGUI_API ImVec2        ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
-IMGUI_API void          ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w);
-IMGUI_API ImGuiDir      ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy);
+// Helpers: Bit manipulation
+static inline bool      ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v)           { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
+static inline int       ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v)        { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; }
 
-// Helpers: String
+// Helpers: String, Formatting
 IMGUI_API int           ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2);
 IMGUI_API int           ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count);
 IMGUI_API void          ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count);
 IMGUI_API char*         ImStrdup(const char* str);
+IMGUI_API char*         ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str);
 IMGUI_API const char*   ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c);
 IMGUI_API int           ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str);
 IMGUI_API const char*   ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end);                // End end-of-line
 IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin);   // Find beginning-of-line
 IMGUI_API const char*   ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end);
 IMGUI_API void          ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str);
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str);
 IMGUI_API int           ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
 IMGUI_API int           ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
 IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format);
 IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format);
-IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, int buf_size);
+IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size);
 IMGUI_API int           ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value);
+static inline bool      ImCharIsBlankA(char c)          { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; }
+static inline bool      ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c)  { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; }
+
+// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);      // return output UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);          // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL);   // return input UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                            // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count)
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                        // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);                   // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8
 
 // Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
 // We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.)
@@ -171,29 +270,54 @@ static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)
 static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)            { return ImVec4(lhs.x*rhs.x, lhs.y*rhs.y, lhs.z*rhs.z, lhs.w*rhs.w); }
 #endif
 
+// Helpers: File System
+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+typedef void* ImFileHandle;
+static inline ImFileHandle  ImFileOpen(const char*, const char*)                    { return NULL; }
+static inline bool          ImFileClose(ImFileHandle)                               { return false; }
+static inline ImU64         ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle)                             { return (ImU64)-1; }
+static inline ImU64         ImFileRead(void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle)           { return 0; }
+static inline ImU64         ImFileWrite(const void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle)    { return 0; }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
+typedef FILE* ImFileHandle;
+IMGUI_API ImFileHandle      ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode);
+IMGUI_API bool              ImFileClose(ImFileHandle file);
+IMGUI_API ImU64             ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle file);
+IMGUI_API ImU64             ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file);
+IMGUI_API ImU64             ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file);
+#else
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS // Can't use stdout, fflush if we are not using default file functions
+#endif
+IMGUI_API void*             ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0);
+
 // Helpers: Maths
 // - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS
-static inline float  ImFabs(float x)                                            { return fabsf(x); }
-static inline float  ImSqrt(float x)                                            { return sqrtf(x); }
-static inline float  ImPow(float x, float y)                                    { return powf(x, y); }
-static inline double ImPow(double x, double y)                                  { return pow(x, y); }
-static inline float  ImFmod(float x, float y)                                   { return fmodf(x, y); }
-static inline double ImFmod(double x, double y)                                 { return fmod(x, y); }
-static inline float  ImCos(float x)                                             { return cosf(x); }
-static inline float  ImSin(float x)                                             { return sinf(x); }
-static inline float  ImAcos(float x)                                            { return acosf(x); }
-static inline float  ImAtan2(float y, float x)                                  { return atan2f(y, x); }
-static inline double ImAtof(const char* s)                                      { return atof(s); }
-static inline float  ImFloorStd(float x)                                        { return floorf(x); }   // we already uses our own ImFloor() { return (float)(int)v } internally so the standard one wrapper is named differently (it's used by stb_truetype)
-static inline float  ImCeil(float x)                                            { return ceilf(x); }
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
+#define ImFabs(X)           fabsf(X)
+#define ImSqrt(X)           sqrtf(X)
+#define ImFmod(X, Y)        fmodf((X), (Y))
+#define ImCos(X)            cosf(X)
+#define ImSin(X)            sinf(X)
+#define ImAcos(X)           acosf(X)
+#define ImAtan2(Y, X)       atan2f((Y), (X))
+#define ImAtof(STR)         atof(STR)
+#define ImFloorStd(X)       floorf(X)           // We already uses our own ImFloor() { return (float)(int)v } internally so the standard one wrapper is named differently (it's used by e.g. stb_truetype)
+#define ImCeil(X)           ceilf(X)
+static inline float  ImPow(float x, float y)    { return powf(x, y); }          // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision
+static inline double ImPow(double x, double y)  { return pow(x, y); }
 #endif
-// - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support for variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double, using templates here but we could also redefine them 6 times
+// - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double
+// (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for those types)
 template<typename T> static inline T ImMin(T lhs, T rhs)                        { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
 template<typename T> static inline T ImMax(T lhs, T rhs)                        { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
 template<typename T> static inline T ImClamp(T v, T mn, T mx)                   { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; }
 template<typename T> static inline T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t)                  { return (T)(a + (b - a) * t); }
 template<typename T> static inline void ImSwap(T& a, T& b)                      { T tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; }
+template<typename T> static inline T ImAddClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)   { if (b < 0 && (a < mn - b)) return mn; if (b > 0 && (a > mx - b)) return mx; return a + b; }
+template<typename T> static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)   { if (b > 0 && (a < mn + b)) return mn; if (b < 0 && (a > mx + b)) return mx; return a - b; }
 // - Misc maths helpers
 static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
 static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
@@ -205,42 +329,117 @@ static inline float  ImSaturate(float f)
 static inline float  ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs)                             { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; }
 static inline float  ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs)                             { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y + lhs.z*lhs.z + lhs.w*lhs.w; }
 static inline float  ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value)           { float d = lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; if (d > 0.0f) return 1.0f / ImSqrt(d); return fail_value; }
-static inline float  ImFloor(float f)                                           { return (float)(int)f; }
-static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v)                                   { return ImVec2((float)(int)v.x, (float)(int)v.y); }
+static inline float  ImFloor(float f)                                           { return (float)(int)(f); }
+static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v)                                   { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); }
+static inline int    ImModPositive(int a, int b)                                { return (a + b) % b; }
 static inline float  ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b)                    { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; }
 static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a)        { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); }
 static inline float  ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed)    { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; }
 static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); }
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Types
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Helpers: Geometry
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t);                                         // Cubic Bezier
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments);       // For curves with explicit number of segments
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p);
+IMGUI_API bool       ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
+IMGUI_API void       ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w);
+inline float         ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; }
+IMGUI_API ImGuiDir   ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy);
+
+// Helper: ImBoolVector
+// Store 1-bit per value. Note that Resize() currently clears the whole vector.
+struct IMGUI_API ImBoolVector
+{
+    ImVector<int>   Storage;
+    ImBoolVector()  { }
+    void            Resize(int sz)          { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); }
+    void            Clear()                 { Storage.clear(); }
+    bool            GetBit(int n) const     { int off = (n >> 5); int mask = 1 << (n & 31); return (Storage[off] & mask) != 0; }
+    void            SetBit(int n, bool v)   { int off = (n >> 5); int mask = 1 << (n & 31); if (v) Storage[off] |= mask; else Storage[off] &= ~mask; }
+};
 
-// 1D vector (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D and maintenance of some patches)
-struct ImVec1
+// Helper: ImPool<>
+// Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer,
+// Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object.
+typedef int ImPoolIdx;
+template<typename T>
+struct IMGUI_API ImPool
 {
-    float     x;
-    ImVec1() { x = 0.0f; }
-    ImVec1(float _x) { x = _x; }
+    ImVector<T>     Buf;        // Contiguous data
+    ImGuiStorage    Map;        // ID->Index
+    ImPoolIdx       FreeIdx;    // Next free idx to use
+
+    ImPool()    { FreeIdx = 0; }
+    ~ImPool()   { Clear(); }
+    T*          GetByKey(ImGuiID key)               { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; }
+    T*          GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n)             { return &Buf[n]; }
+    ImPoolIdx   GetIndex(const T* p) const          { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); }
+    T*          GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key)          { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); }
+    bool        Contains(const T* p) const          { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
+    void        Clear()                             { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = 0; }
+    T*          Add()                               { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); return &Buf[idx]; }
+    void        Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p)     { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); }
+    void        Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx)  { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); }
+    void        Reserve(int capacity)               { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(capacity); }
+    int         GetSize() const                     { return Buf.Size; }
+};
+
+// Helper: ImChunkStream<>
+// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures.
+// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count.
+// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries (this what the '(X + 3) & ~3' statement is for)
+// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings.
+template<typename T>
+struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream
+{
+    ImVector<char>  Buf;
+
+    void    clear()                     { Buf.clear(); }
+    bool    empty() const               { return Buf.Size == 0; }
+    int     size() const                { return Buf.Size; }
+    T*      alloc_chunk(size_t sz)      { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = ((HDR_SZ + sz) + 3u) & ~3u; int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); }
+    T*      begin()                     { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); }
+    T*      next_chunk(T* p)            { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; }
+    int     chunk_size(const T* p)      { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; }
+    T*      end()                       { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
+    int     offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; }
+    T*      ptr_from_offset(int off)    { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); }
 };
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Misc data structures
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
 {
     ImGuiButtonFlags_None                   = 0,
     ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat                 = 1 << 0,   // hold to repeat
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease  = 1 << 1,   // return true on click + release on same item [DEFAULT if no PressedOn* flag is set]
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick         = 1 << 2,   // return true on click (default requires click+release)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease       = 1 << 3,   // return true on release (default requires click+release)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick   = 1 << 4,   // return true on double-click (default requires click+release)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren        = 1 << 5,   // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap       = 1 << 6,   // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap()
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups        = 1 << 7,   // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED]
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled               = 1 << 8,   // disable interactions
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine      = 1 << 9,   // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers         = 1 << 10,  // disable interaction if a key modifier is held
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID      = 1 << 11,  // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold  = 1 << 12,  // press when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus             = 1 << 13   // don't override navigation focus when activated
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick         = 1 << 1,   // return true on click (mouse down event)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease  = 1 << 2,   // [Default] return true on click + release on same item <-- this is what the majority of Button are using
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere = 1 << 3, // return true on click + release even if the release event is not done while hovering the item
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease       = 1 << 4,   // return true on release (default requires click+release)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick   = 1 << 5,   // return true on double-click (default requires click+release)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold  = 1 << 6,   // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren        = 1 << 7,   // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap       = 1 << 8,   // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap()
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups        = 1 << 9,   // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED]
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled               = 1 << 10,  // disable interactions
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine      = 1 << 11,  // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers         = 1 << 12,  // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId      = 1 << 13,  // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus             = 1 << 14,  // don't override navigation focus when activated
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnNav         = 1 << 15,  // don't report as hovered when navigated on
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft        = 1 << 16,  // [Default] react on left mouse button 
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight       = 1 << 17,  // react on right mouse button
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle      = 1 << 18,  // react on center mouse button
+    
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_       = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle,
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonShift_      = 16,
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_    = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft,
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_         = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold,
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_      = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease
 };
 
 enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
@@ -249,6 +448,12 @@ enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
     ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical               = 1 << 0
 };
 
+enum ImGuiDragFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiDragFlags_None                     = 0,
+    ImGuiDragFlags_Vertical                 = 1 << 0
+};
+
 enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_
 {
     // Default: 0
@@ -260,20 +465,45 @@ enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_
     ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize= 1 << 4    // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove.
 };
 
+// Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_
 enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_
 {
     // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID  = 1 << 10,
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick     = 1 << 11,
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease   = 1 << 12,
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth = 1 << 13
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID  = 1 << 20,
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick     = 1 << 21,
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease   = 1 << 22,
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth = 1 << 23,  // FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379 for menus)
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld= 1 << 24,  // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow.
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover    = 1 << 25
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
+enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20
 };
 
 enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_
 {
     ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None                = 0,
     ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal          = 1 << 0,   // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar
-    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical            = 1 << 1
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical            = 1 << 1,
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns      = 1 << 2
+};
+
+// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first Begin().
+// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough.
+enum ImGuiItemFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiItemFlags_None                     = 0,
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop                = 1 << 0,  // false
+    ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat             = 1 << 1,  // false    // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings.
+    ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled                 = 1 << 2,  // false    // [BETA] Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals yet. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav                    = 1 << 3,  // false
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus        = 1 << 4,  // false
+    ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5,  // false    // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window
+    ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue               = 1 << 6,  // false    // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_Default_                 = 0
 };
 
 // Storage for LastItem data
@@ -282,16 +512,51 @@ enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None               = 0,
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect        = 1 << 0,
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect     = 1 << 1,
-    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited             = 1 << 2    // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets)
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited             = 1 << 2,   // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets)
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection   = 1 << 3,   // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected" because reporting the change allows us to handle clipping with less issues.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen        = 1 << 4,   // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated     = 1 << 5,   // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated        = 1 << 6    // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set.
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    , // [imgui_tests only]
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable           = 1 << 10,  //
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened             = 1 << 11,  //
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable          = 1 << 12,  //
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked            = 1 << 13   //
+#endif
+};
+
+enum ImGuiTextFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0,
+    ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0
+};
+
+enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0,
+    ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0      // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append)
 };
 
 // FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet.
+// Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2
 enum ImGuiLayoutType_
 {
-    ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical,
-    ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal
+    ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0,
+    ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1
 };
 
+enum ImGuiLogType
+{
+    ImGuiLogType_None = 0,
+    ImGuiLogType_TTY,
+    ImGuiLogType_File,
+    ImGuiLogType_Buffer,
+    ImGuiLogType_Clipboard
+};
+
+// X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2
 enum ImGuiAxis
 {
     ImGuiAxis_None = -1,
@@ -331,7 +596,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_
     ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None         = 0,
     ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault  = 1 << 0,
     ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin     = 1 << 1,
-    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw   = 1 << 2,
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw   = 1 << 2,       // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse.
     ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding   = 1 << 3
 };
 
@@ -351,7 +616,8 @@ enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_
     ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX                 = 1 << 2,   // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left)
     ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY                 = 1 << 3,   // This is not super useful for provided for completeness
     ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId     = 1 << 4,   // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place)
-    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet   = 1 << 5    // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet that only comprise elements that are already fully visible.
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet   = 1 << 5,   // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet that only comprise elements that are already fully visible.
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge          = 1 << 6
 };
 
 enum ImGuiNavForward
@@ -361,12 +627,36 @@ enum ImGuiNavForward
     ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive
 };
 
+enum ImGuiNavLayer
+{
+    ImGuiNavLayer_Main  = 0,    // Main scrolling layer
+    ImGuiNavLayer_Menu  = 1,    // Menu layer (access with Alt/ImGuiNavInput_Menu)
+    ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT
+};
+
 enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy
 {
     ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default,
     ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox
 };
 
+// 1D vector (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches)
+struct ImVec1
+{
+    float   x;
+    ImVec1()         { x = 0.0f; }
+    ImVec1(float _x) { x = _x; }
+};
+
+// 2D vector (half-size integer)
+struct ImVec2ih
+{
+    short   x, y;
+    ImVec2ih()                           { x = y = 0; }
+    ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y)         { x = _x; y = _y; }
+    explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) { x = (short)rhs.x; y = (short)rhs.y; }
+};
+
 // 2D axis aligned bounding-box
 // NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here
 struct IMGUI_API ImRect
@@ -374,7 +664,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect
     ImVec2      Min;    // Upper-left
     ImVec2      Max;    // Lower-right
 
-    ImRect()                                        : Min(FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX), Max(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)  {}
+    ImRect()                                        : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f)              {}
     ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max)    : Min(min), Max(max)                            {}
     ImRect(const ImVec4& v)                         : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w)                  {}
     ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2)  : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2)                      {}
@@ -399,10 +689,18 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect
     void        TranslateY(float dy)                { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; }
     void        ClipWith(const ImRect& r)           { Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min); Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max); }                   // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display.
     void        ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r)       { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped.
-    void        Floor()                             { Min.x = (float)(int)Min.x; Min.y = (float)(int)Min.y; Max.x = (float)(int)Max.x; Max.y = (float)(int)Max.y; }
+    void        Floor()                             { Min.x = IM_FLOOR(Min.x); Min.y = IM_FLOOR(Min.y); Max.x = IM_FLOOR(Max.x); Max.y = IM_FLOOR(Max.y); }
     bool        IsInverted() const                  { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; }
 };
 
+// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo().
+struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo
+{
+    size_t      Size;           // Size in byte
+    const char* PrintFmt;       // Default printf format for the type
+    const char* ScanFmt;        // Default scanf format for the type
+};
+
 // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
 struct ImGuiColorMod
 {
@@ -427,73 +725,78 @@ struct ImGuiGroupData
     ImVec2      BackupCursorMaxPos;
     ImVec1      BackupIndent;
     ImVec1      BackupGroupOffset;
-    ImVec2      BackupCurrentLineSize;
-    float       BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
-    float       BackupLogLinePosY;
+    ImVec2      BackupCurrLineSize;
+    float       BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
     ImGuiID     BackupActiveIdIsAlive;
     bool        BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
-    bool        AdvanceCursor;
+    bool        EmitItem;
 };
 
 // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper.
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns
 {
-    int         Count;
     float       Spacing;
     float       Width, NextWidth;
-    float       Pos[4], NextWidths[4];
+    float       Pos[3], NextWidths[3];
 
     ImGuiMenuColumns();
     void        Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear);
     float       DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2);
-    float       CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w);
+    float       CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const;
 };
 
 // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState
 {
     ImGuiID                 ID;                     // widget id owning the text state
+    int                     CurLenW, CurLenA;       // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 len is valid even if TextA is not.
     ImVector<ImWchar>       TextW;                  // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer.
-    ImVector<char>          InitialText;            // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered)
-    ImVector<char>          TempBuffer;             // temporary buffer for callback and other other operations. size=capacity.
-    int                     CurLenA, CurLenW;       // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format.
+    ImVector<char>          TextA;                  // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity.
+    ImVector<char>          InitialTextA;           // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered)
+    bool                    TextAIsValid;           // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument)
     int                     BufCapacityA;           // end-user buffer capacity
-    float                   ScrollX;
-    ImGuiStb::STB_TexteditState StbState;
-    float                   CursorAnim;
-    bool                    CursorFollow;
-    bool                    SelectedAllMouseLock;
-
-    // Temporarily set when active
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags     UserFlags;
-    ImGuiInputTextCallback  UserCallback;
-    void*                   UserCallbackData;
-
-    ImGuiInputTextState()                           { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-    void                CursorAnimReset()           { CursorAnim = -0.30f; }                                   // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking
-    void                CursorClamp()               { StbState.cursor = ImMin(StbState.cursor, CurLenW); StbState.select_start = ImMin(StbState.select_start, CurLenW); StbState.select_end = ImMin(StbState.select_end, CurLenW); }
-    bool                HasSelection() const        { return StbState.select_start != StbState.select_end; }
-    void                ClearSelection()            { StbState.select_start = StbState.select_end = StbState.cursor; }
-    void                SelectAll()                 { StbState.select_start = 0; StbState.cursor = StbState.select_end = CurLenW; StbState.has_preferred_x = false; }
-    void                OnKeyPressed(int key);      // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation
+    float                   ScrollX;                // horizontal scrolling/offset
+    ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb;                   // state for stb_textedit.h
+    float                   CursorAnim;             // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately
+    bool                    CursorFollow;           // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!)
+    bool                    SelectedAllMouseLock;   // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags     UserFlags;              // Temporarily set while we call user's callback
+    ImGuiInputTextCallback  UserCallback;           // "
+    void*                   UserCallbackData;       // "
+
+    ImGuiInputTextState()                   { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    void        ClearText()                 { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); }
+    void        ClearFreeMemory()           { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); }
+    int         GetUndoAvailCount() const   { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; }
+    int         GetRedoAvailCount() const   { return STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; }
+    void        OnKeyPressed(int key);      // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation
+
+    // Cursor & Selection
+    void        CursorAnimReset()           { CursorAnim = -0.30f; }                                   // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking
+    void        CursorClamp()               { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); }
+    bool        HasSelection() const        { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; }
+    void        ClearSelection()            { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; }
+    void        SelectAll()                 { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; }
 };
 
 // Windows data saved in imgui.ini file
+// Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily.
+// (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure)
 struct ImGuiWindowSettings
 {
-    char*       Name;
     ImGuiID     ID;
-    ImVec2      Pos;
-    ImVec2      Size;
+    ImVec2ih    Pos;
+    ImVec2ih    Size;
     bool        Collapsed;
 
-    ImGuiWindowSettings() { Name = NULL; ID = 0; Pos = Size = ImVec2(0,0); Collapsed = false; }
+    ImGuiWindowSettings()       { ID = 0; Pos = Size = ImVec2ih(0, 0); Collapsed = false; }
+    char* GetName()             { return (char*)(this + 1); }
 };
 
 struct ImGuiSettingsHandler
 {
-    const char* TypeName;   // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']'
-    ImGuiID     TypeHash;   // == ImHash(TypeName, 0, 0)
+    const char* TypeName;       // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']'
+    ImGuiID     TypeHash;       // == ImHashStr(TypeName)
     void*       (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name);              // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]"
     void        (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry
     void        (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf);      // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf'
@@ -503,15 +806,17 @@ struct ImGuiSettingsHandler
 };
 
 // Storage for current popup stack
-struct ImGuiPopupRef
+struct ImGuiPopupData
 {
     ImGuiID             PopupId;        // Set on OpenPopup()
     ImGuiWindow*        Window;         // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup()
-    ImGuiWindow*        ParentWindow;   // Set on OpenPopup()
+    ImGuiWindow*        SourceWindow;   // Set on OpenPopup() copy of NavWindow at the time of opening the popup
     int                 OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup()
-    ImGuiID             OpenParentId;   // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differenciate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items)
+    ImGuiID             OpenParentId;   // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items)
     ImVec2              OpenPopupPos;   // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse)
     ImVec2              OpenMousePos;   // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup
+
+    ImGuiPopupData() { PopupId = 0; Window = SourceWindow = NULL; OpenFrameCount = -1; OpenParentId = 0; }
 };
 
 struct ImGuiColumnData
@@ -521,10 +826,10 @@ struct ImGuiColumnData
     ImGuiColumnsFlags   Flags;              // Not exposed
     ImRect              ClipRect;
 
-    ImGuiColumnData()   { OffsetNorm = OffsetNormBeforeResize = 0.0f; Flags = 0; }
+    ImGuiColumnData()   { OffsetNorm = OffsetNormBeforeResize = 0.0f; Flags = ImGuiColumnsFlags_None; }
 };
 
-struct ImGuiColumnsSet
+struct ImGuiColumns
 {
     ImGuiID             ID;
     ImGuiColumnsFlags   Flags;
@@ -532,43 +837,55 @@ struct ImGuiColumnsSet
     bool                IsBeingResized;
     int                 Current;
     int                 Count;
-    float               MinX, MaxX;
+    float               OffMinX, OffMaxX;       // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x
     float               LineMinY, LineMaxY;
-    float               StartPosY;          // Copy of CursorPos
-    float               StartMaxPosX;       // Copy of CursorMaxPos
+    float               HostCursorPosY;         // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns()
+    float               HostCursorMaxPosX;      // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns()
+    ImRect              HostClipRect;           // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns()
+    ImRect              HostWorkRect;           // Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns()
     ImVector<ImGuiColumnData> Columns;
+    ImDrawListSplitter  Splitter;
 
-    ImGuiColumnsSet()   { Clear(); }
+    ImGuiColumns()      { Clear(); }
     void Clear()
     {
         ID = 0;
-        Flags = 0;
+        Flags = ImGuiColumnsFlags_None;
         IsFirstFrame = false;
         IsBeingResized = false;
         Current = 0;
         Count = 1;
-        MinX = MaxX = 0.0f;
+        OffMinX = OffMaxX = 0.0f;
         LineMinY = LineMaxY = 0.0f;
-        StartPosY = 0.0f;
-        StartMaxPosX = 0.0f;
+        HostCursorPosY = 0.0f;
+        HostCursorMaxPosX = 0.0f;
         Columns.clear();
     }
 };
 
+// Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value.
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN                     12
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX                     512
+#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR)    ImClamp((int)((IM_PI * 2.0f) / ImAcos((_RAD - _MAXERROR) / _RAD)), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX)
+
 // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
+// You may want to create your own instance of this if you want to use ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that case, watch out for future changes to this structure.
 struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData
 {
     ImVec2          TexUvWhitePixel;            // UV of white pixel in the atlas
     ImFont*         Font;                       // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload)
     float           FontSize;                   // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload)
-    float           CurveTessellationTol;
+    float           CurveTessellationTol;       // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo()
+    float           CircleSegmentMaxError;      // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc
     ImVec4          ClipRectFullscreen;         // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen()
+    ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags;               // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards)
 
-    // Const data
-    // FIXME: Bake rounded corners fill/borders in atlas
-    ImVec2          CircleVtx12[12];
+    // [Internal] Lookup tables
+    ImVec2          CircleVtx12[12];            // FIXME: Bake rounded corners fill/borders in atlas
+    ImU8            CircleSegmentCounts[64];    // Precomputed segment count for given radius (array index + 1) before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead)
 
     ImDrawListSharedData();
+    void SetCircleSegmentMaxError(float max_error);
 };
 
 struct ImDrawDataBuilder
@@ -582,134 +899,182 @@ struct ImDrawDataBuilder
 
 struct ImGuiNavMoveResult
 {
-    ImGuiID       ID;           // Best candidate
-    ImGuiWindow*  Window;       // Best candidate window
-    float         DistBox;      // Best candidate box distance to current NavId
-    float         DistCenter;   // Best candidate center distance to current NavId
-    float         DistAxial;
-    ImRect        RectRel;      // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space
+    ImGuiWindow*    Window;             // Best candidate window
+    ImGuiID         ID;                 // Best candidate ID
+    ImGuiID         FocusScopeId;       // Best candidate focus scope ID
+    float           DistBox;            // Best candidate box distance to current NavId
+    float           DistCenter;         // Best candidate center distance to current NavId
+    float           DistAxial;
+    ImRect          RectRel;            // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space
 
     ImGuiNavMoveResult() { Clear(); }
-    void Clear()         { ID = 0; Window = NULL; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; RectRel = ImRect(); }
+    void Clear()         { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; RectRel = ImRect(); }
+};
+
+enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None               = 0,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos             = 1 << 0,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize            = 1 << 1,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize     = 1 << 2,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed       = 1 << 3,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint  = 1 << 4,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus           = 1 << 5,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha         = 1 << 6
 };
 
 // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions
 struct ImGuiNextWindowData
 {
-    ImGuiCond               PosCond;
-    ImGuiCond               SizeCond;
-    ImGuiCond               ContentSizeCond;
-    ImGuiCond               CollapsedCond;
-    ImGuiCond               SizeConstraintCond;
-    ImGuiCond               FocusCond;
-    ImGuiCond               BgAlphaCond;
-    ImVec2                  PosVal;
-    ImVec2                  PosPivotVal;
-    ImVec2                  SizeVal;
-    ImVec2                  ContentSizeVal;
-    bool                    CollapsedVal;
-    ImRect                  SizeConstraintRect;
-    ImGuiSizeCallback       SizeCallback;
-    void*                   SizeCallbackUserData;
-    float                   BgAlphaVal;
-    ImVec2                  MenuBarOffsetMinVal;                // This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it.
-
-    ImGuiNextWindowData()
-    {
-        PosCond = SizeCond = ContentSizeCond = CollapsedCond = SizeConstraintCond = FocusCond = BgAlphaCond = 0;
-        PosVal = PosPivotVal = SizeVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        ContentSizeVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        CollapsedVal = false;
-        SizeConstraintRect = ImRect();
-        SizeCallback = NULL;
-        SizeCallbackUserData = NULL;
-        BgAlphaVal = FLT_MAX;
-        MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    }
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags    Flags;
+    ImGuiCond                   PosCond;
+    ImGuiCond                   SizeCond;
+    ImGuiCond                   CollapsedCond;
+    ImVec2                      PosVal;
+    ImVec2                      PosPivotVal;
+    ImVec2                      SizeVal;
+    ImVec2                      ContentSizeVal;
+    bool                        CollapsedVal;
+    ImRect                      SizeConstraintRect;
+    ImGuiSizeCallback           SizeCallback;
+    void*                       SizeCallbackUserData;
+    float                       BgAlphaVal;             // Override background alpha
+    ImVec2                      MenuBarOffsetMinVal;    // *Always on* This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it.
+
+    ImGuiNextWindowData()       { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    inline void ClearFlags()    { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; }
+};
 
-    void    Clear()
-    {
-        PosCond = SizeCond = ContentSizeCond = CollapsedCond = SizeConstraintCond = FocusCond = BgAlphaCond = 0;
-    }
+enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None     = 0,
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0,
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen  = 1 << 1
 };
 
-// Main imgui context
+struct ImGuiNextItemData
+{
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags      Flags;
+    float                       Width;          // Set by SetNextItemWidth()
+    ImGuiID                     FocusScopeId;   // Set by SetNextItemMultiSelectData() (!= 0 signify value has been set, so it's an alternate version of HasSelectionData, we don't use Flags for this because they are cleared too early. This is mostly used for debugging)
+    ImGuiCond                   OpenCond;
+    bool                        OpenVal;        // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
+
+    ImGuiNextItemData()         { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    inline void ClearFlags()    { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()!
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Tabs
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem
+{
+    int             Index;
+    float           Width;
+};
+
+struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex
+{
+    void*           Ptr;                // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in a pool.
+    int             Index;              // Usually index in a main pool.
+
+    ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr)          { Ptr = ptr; Index = -1; }
+    ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index)          { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Main Dear ImGui context
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 struct ImGuiContext
 {
     bool                    Initialized;
-    bool                    FrameScopeActive;                   // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame()/Render()
-    bool                    FontAtlasOwnedByContext;            // Io.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it.
+    bool                    FontAtlasOwnedByContext;            // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it.
     ImGuiIO                 IO;
     ImGuiStyle              Style;
     ImFont*                 Font;                               // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back()
     float                   FontSize;                           // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window.
     float                   FontBaseSize;                       // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height.
     ImDrawListSharedData    DrawListSharedData;
-
     double                  Time;
     int                     FrameCount;
     int                     FrameCountEnded;
     int                     FrameCountRendered;
+    bool                    WithinFrameScope;                   // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame()
+    bool                    WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window has been pushed
+    bool                    WithinEndChild;                     // Set within EndChild()
+
+    // Windows state
     ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  Windows;                            // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front
-    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsFocusOrder;                  // Windows, sorted in focus order, back to front
-    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsSortBuffer;
+    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsFocusOrder;                  // Windows, sorted in focus order, back to front. (FIXME: We could only store root windows here! Need to sort out the Docking equivalent which is RootWindowDockStop and is unfortunately a little more dynamic)
+    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsTempSortBuffer;              // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child
     ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  CurrentWindowStack;
-    ImGuiStorage            WindowsById;
-    int                     WindowsActiveCount;
-    ImGuiWindow*            CurrentWindow;                      // Being drawn into
+    ImGuiStorage            WindowsById;                        // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow*
+    int                     WindowsActiveCount;                 // Number of unique windows submitted by frame
+    ImGuiWindow*            CurrentWindow;                      // Window being drawn into
     ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindow;                      // Will catch mouse inputs
     ImGuiWindow*            HoveredRootWindow;                  // Will catch mouse inputs (for focus/move only)
+    ImGuiWindow*            MovingWindow;                       // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actually window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow.
+    ImGuiWindow*            WheelingWindow;                     // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window.
+    ImVec2                  WheelingWindowRefMousePos;
+    float                   WheelingWindowTimer;
+
+    // Item/widgets state and tracking information
     ImGuiID                 HoveredId;                          // Hovered widget
     bool                    HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
     ImGuiID                 HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
     float                   HoveredIdTimer;                     // Measure contiguous hovering time
     float                   HoveredIdNotActiveTimer;            // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active
     ImGuiID                 ActiveId;                           // Active widget
-    ImGuiID                 ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
     ImGuiID                 ActiveIdIsAlive;                    // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame)
     float                   ActiveIdTimer;
     bool                    ActiveIdIsJustActivated;            // Set at the time of activation for one frame
     bool                    ActiveIdAllowOverlap;               // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always)
-    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenEdited;              // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state.
-    bool                    ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
-    bool                    ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEdited;
-    int                     ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags;           // Active widget allows using directional navigation (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it)
+    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore;       // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch.
+    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;        // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state.
+    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame;
+    ImU32                   ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask;            // Active widget will want to read those directional navigation requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it)
+    ImU32                   ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask;          // Active widget will want to read those nav inputs.
+    ImU64                   ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask;          // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first, either redesign this into e.g. a small array.
     ImVec2                  ActiveIdClickOffset;                // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior)
     ImGuiWindow*            ActiveIdWindow;
-    ImGuiWindow*            ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow;
     ImGuiInputSource        ActiveIdSource;                     // Activating with mouse or nav (gamepad/keyboard)
+    int                     ActiveIdMouseButton;
+    ImGuiID                 ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
+    bool                    ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
+    bool                    ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore;
+    ImGuiWindow*            ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow;
     ImGuiID                 LastActiveId;                       // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation.
     float                   LastActiveIdTimer;                  // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation.
-    ImGuiWindow*            MovingWindow;                       // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actually window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow.
-    ImVector<ImGuiColorMod>   ColorModifiers;                     // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor()
+
+    // Next window/item data
+    ImGuiNextWindowData     NextWindowData;                     // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
+    ImGuiNextItemData       NextItemData;                       // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
+
+    // Shared stacks
+    ImVector<ImGuiColorMod> ColorModifiers;                     // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor()
     ImVector<ImGuiStyleMod> StyleModifiers;                     // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar()
     ImVector<ImFont*>       FontStack;                          // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont()
-    ImVector<ImGuiPopupRef> OpenPopupStack;                     // Which popups are open (persistent)
-    ImVector<ImGuiPopupRef> CurrentPopupStack;                  // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame)
-    ImGuiNextWindowData     NextWindowData;                     // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
-    bool                    NextTreeNodeOpenVal;                // Storage for SetNextTreeNode** functions
-    ImGuiCond               NextTreeNodeOpenCond;
+    ImVector<ImGuiPopupData>OpenPopupStack;                     // Which popups are open (persistent)
+    ImVector<ImGuiPopupData>BeginPopupStack;                    // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame)
 
-    // Navigation data (for gamepad/keyboard)
+    // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation
     ImGuiWindow*            NavWindow;                          // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusWindow'
     ImGuiID                 NavId;                              // Focused item for navigation
+    ImGuiID                 NavFocusScopeId;
     ImGuiID                 NavActivateId;                      // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem()
     ImGuiID                 NavActivateDownId;                  // ~~ IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0
     ImGuiID                 NavActivatePressedId;               // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0
     ImGuiID                 NavInputId;                         // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input) ? NavId : 0
     ImGuiID                 NavJustTabbedId;                    // Just tabbed to this id.
-    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToId;                   // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest)
-    ImGuiID                 NavNextActivateId;                  // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame
-    ImGuiInputSource        NavInputSource;                     // Keyboard or Gamepad mode?
+    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToId;                   // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
+    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId;         // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
+    ImGuiID                 NavNextActivateId;                  // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame.
+    ImGuiInputSource        NavInputSource;                     // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard.
     ImRect                  NavScoringRectScreen;               // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->DC.NavRefRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring.
     int                     NavScoringCount;                    // Metrics for debugging
-    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingTarget;                 // When selecting a window (holding Menu+FocusPrev/Next, or equivalent of CTRL-TAB) this window is temporarily displayed front-most.
-    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingTargetAnim;             // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f
-    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingList;
-    float                   NavWindowingTimer;
-    float                   NavWindowingHighlightAlpha;
-    bool                    NavWindowingToggleLayer;
-    int                     NavLayer;                           // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later.
+    ImGuiNavLayer           NavLayer;                           // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later.
     int                     NavIdTabCounter;                    // == NavWindow->DC.FocusIdxTabCounter at time of NavId processing
     bool                    NavIdIsAlive;                       // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRefRectRel is valid
     bool                    NavMousePosDirty;                   // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default)
@@ -725,62 +1090,101 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImGuiNavMoveFlags       NavMoveRequestFlags;
     ImGuiNavForward         NavMoveRequestForward;              // None / ForwardQueued / ForwardActive (this is used to navigate sibling parent menus from a child menu)
     ImGuiDir                NavMoveDir, NavMoveDirLast;         // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down), direction of the previous move request
-    ImGuiDir                NavMoveClipDir;
+    ImGuiDir                NavMoveClipDir;                     // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename?
     ImGuiNavMoveResult      NavMoveResultLocal;                 // Best move request candidate within NavWindow
     ImGuiNavMoveResult      NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet;       // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag)
     ImGuiNavMoveResult      NavMoveResultOther;                 // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag)
 
+    // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB, holding Menu button + directional pads to move/resize)
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingTarget;                 // When selecting a window (holding Menu+FocusPrev/Next, or equivalent of CTRL-TAB) this window is temporarily displayed top-most.
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingTargetAnim;             // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f
+    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingList;
+    float                   NavWindowingTimer;
+    float                   NavWindowingHighlightAlpha;
+    bool                    NavWindowingToggleLayer;
+
+    // Legacy Focus/Tabbing system (older than Nav, active even if Nav is disabled, misnamed. FIXME-NAV: This needs a redesign!)
+    ImGuiWindow*            FocusRequestCurrWindow;             //
+    ImGuiWindow*            FocusRequestNextWindow;             //
+    int                     FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular;     // Any item being requested for focus, stored as an index (we on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame, semi-ouch)
+    int                     FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop;     // Tab item being requested for focus, stored as an index
+    int                     FocusRequestNextCounterRegular;     // Stored for next frame
+    int                     FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop;     // "
+    bool                    FocusTabPressed;                    //
+
     // Render
     ImDrawData              DrawData;                           // Main ImDrawData instance to pass render information to the user
     ImDrawDataBuilder       DrawDataBuilder;
     float                   DimBgRatio;                         // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list)
-    ImDrawList              OverlayDrawList;                    // Optional software render of mouse cursors, if io.MouseDrawCursor is set + a few debug overlays
+    ImDrawList              BackgroundDrawList;                 // First draw list to be rendered.
+    ImDrawList              ForegroundDrawList;                 // Last draw list to be rendered. This is where we the render software mouse cursor (if io.MouseDrawCursor is set) and most debug overlays.
     ImGuiMouseCursor        MouseCursor;
 
     // Drag and Drop
     bool                    DragDropActive;
-    bool                    DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget;
+    bool                    DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget;       // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block.
     ImGuiDragDropFlags      DragDropSourceFlags;
     int                     DragDropSourceFrameCount;
     int                     DragDropMouseButton;
     ImGuiPayload            DragDropPayload;
-    ImRect                  DragDropTargetRect;
+    ImRect                  DragDropTargetRect;                 // Store rectangle of current target candidate (we favor small targets when overlapping)
     ImGuiID                 DragDropTargetId;
     ImGuiDragDropFlags      DragDropAcceptFlags;
     float                   DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface;    // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the smaller surface)
     ImGuiID                 DragDropAcceptIdCurr;               // Target item id (set at the time of accepting the payload)
     ImGuiID                 DragDropAcceptIdPrev;               // Target item id from previous frame (we need to store this to allow for overlapping drag and drop targets)
     int                     DragDropAcceptFrameCount;           // Last time a target expressed a desire to accept the source
-    ImVector<unsigned char> DragDropPayloadBufHeap;             // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly
-    unsigned char           DragDropPayloadBufLocal[8];         // Local buffer for small payloads
+    ImVector<unsigned char> DragDropPayloadBufHeap;             // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly, ImGuiPayload only holds pointer+size
+    unsigned char           DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16];        // Local buffer for small payloads
+
+    // Tab bars
+    ImGuiTabBar*                    CurrentTabBar;
+    ImPool<ImGuiTabBar>             TabBars;
+    ImVector<ImGuiPtrOrIndex>       CurrentTabBarStack;
+    ImVector<ImGuiShrinkWidthItem>  ShrinkWidthBuffer;
 
     // Widget state
+    ImVec2                  LastValidMousePos;
     ImGuiInputTextState     InputTextState;
     ImFont                  InputTextPasswordFont;
-    ImGuiID                 ScalarAsInputTextId;                // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc.
+    ImGuiID                 TempInputTextId;                    // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc.
     ImGuiColorEditFlags     ColorEditOptions;                   // Store user options for color edit widgets
-    ImVec4                  ColorPickerRef;
+    float                   ColorEditLastHue;                   // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
+    float                   ColorEditLastSat;                   // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
+    float                   ColorEditLastColor[3];
+    ImVec4                  ColorPickerRef;                     // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker.
     bool                    DragCurrentAccumDirty;
     float                   DragCurrentAccum;                   // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings
     float                   DragSpeedDefaultRatio;              // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio
-    ImVec2                  ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter;    // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
+    float                   ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter;    // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
     int                     TooltipOverrideCount;
     ImVector<char>          PrivateClipboard;                   // If no custom clipboard handler is defined
-    ImVec2                  PlatformImePos, PlatformImeLastPos; // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor
+
+    // Platform support
+    ImVec2                  PlatformImePos;                     // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor
+    ImVec2                  PlatformImeLastPos;
 
     // Settings
-    bool                           SettingsLoaded;
-    float                          SettingsDirtyTimer;          // Save .ini Settings to memory when time reaches zero
-    ImGuiTextBuffer                SettingsIniData;             // In memory .ini settings
-    ImVector<ImGuiSettingsHandler> SettingsHandlers;            // List of .ini settings handlers
-    ImVector<ImGuiWindowSettings>  SettingsWindows;             // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries (parsed from the last loaded .ini file and maintained on saving)
+    bool                    SettingsLoaded;
+    float                   SettingsDirtyTimer;                 // Save .ini Settings to memory when time reaches zero
+    ImGuiTextBuffer         SettingsIniData;                    // In memory .ini settings
+    ImVector<ImGuiSettingsHandler>      SettingsHandlers;       // List of .ini settings handlers
+    ImChunkStream<ImGuiWindowSettings>  SettingsWindows;        // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries
 
-    // Logging
+    // Capture/Logging
     bool                    LogEnabled;
-    FILE*                   LogFile;                            // If != NULL log to stdout/ file
-    ImGuiTextBuffer         LogClipboard;                       // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators.
-    int                     LogStartDepth;
-    int                     LogAutoExpandMaxDepth;
+    ImGuiLogType            LogType;
+    ImFileHandle            LogFile;                            // If != NULL log to stdout/ file
+    ImGuiTextBuffer         LogBuffer;                          // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators.
+    float                   LogLinePosY;
+    bool                    LogLineFirstItem;
+    int                     LogDepthRef;
+    int                     LogDepthToExpand;
+    int                     LogDepthToExpandDefault;            // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call.
+
+    // Debug Tools
+    bool                    DebugItemPickerActive;
+    ImGuiID                 DebugItemPickerBreakId;             // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this id
 
     // Misc
     float                   FramerateSecPerFrame[120];          // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 2 seconds.
@@ -791,55 +1195,59 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     int                     WantTextInputNextFrame;
     char                    TempBuffer[1024*3+1];               // Temporary text buffer
 
-    ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) : OverlayDrawList(NULL)
+    ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) : BackgroundDrawList(&DrawListSharedData), ForegroundDrawList(&DrawListSharedData)
     {
         Initialized = false;
-        FrameScopeActive = false;
         Font = NULL;
         FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f;
         FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true;
         IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)();
-
         Time = 0.0f;
         FrameCount = 0;
         FrameCountEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1;
+        WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false;
+
         WindowsActiveCount = 0;
         CurrentWindow = NULL;
         HoveredWindow = NULL;
         HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
+        MovingWindow = NULL;
+        WheelingWindow = NULL;
+        WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f;
+
         HoveredId = 0;
         HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
         HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0;
         HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
         ActiveId = 0;
-        ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0;
         ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;
         ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
         ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
         ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
-        ActiveIdHasBeenEdited = false;
-        ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
-        ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEdited = false;
-        ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = 0;
+        ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;
+        ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
+        ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
+        ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
+        ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
+        ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00;
         ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1,-1);
-        ActiveIdWindow = ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
+        ActiveIdWindow = NULL;
         ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None;
+        ActiveIdMouseButton = 0;
+        ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0;
+        ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
+        ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
+        ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
         LastActiveId = 0;
         LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
-        MovingWindow = NULL;
-        NextTreeNodeOpenVal = false;
-        NextTreeNodeOpenCond = 0;
 
         NavWindow = NULL;
-        NavId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavInputId = 0;
-        NavJustTabbedId = NavJustMovedToId = NavNextActivateId = 0;
+        NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavInputId = 0;
+        NavJustTabbedId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0;
         NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None;
         NavScoringRectScreen = ImRect();
         NavScoringCount = 0;
-        NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingList = NULL;
-        NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
-        NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
-        NavLayer = 0;
+        NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
         NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX;
         NavIdIsAlive = false;
         NavMousePosDirty = false;
@@ -851,42 +1259,63 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         NavInitResultId = 0;
         NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false;
         NavMoveRequest = false;
-        NavMoveRequestFlags = 0;
+        NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;
         NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None;
         NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirLast = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None;
 
+        NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingList = NULL;
+        NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
+        NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+
+        FocusRequestCurrWindow = FocusRequestNextWindow = NULL;
+        FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX;
+        FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX;
+        FocusTabPressed = false;
+
         DimBgRatio = 0.0f;
-        OverlayDrawList._Data = &DrawListSharedData;
-        OverlayDrawList._OwnerName = "##Overlay"; // Give it a name for debugging
+        BackgroundDrawList._OwnerName = "##Background"; // Give it a name for debugging
+        ForegroundDrawList._OwnerName = "##Foreground"; // Give it a name for debugging
         MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
 
         DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false;
-        DragDropSourceFlags = 0;
+        DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
         DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1;
         DragDropMouseButton = -1;
         DragDropTargetId = 0;
-        DragDropAcceptFlags = 0;
+        DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
         DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f;
         DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0;
         DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;
         memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
 
-        ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+        CurrentTabBar = NULL;
+
+        LastValidMousePos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        TempInputTextId = 0;
         ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault;
+        ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f;
+        ColorEditLastColor[0] = ColorEditLastColor[1] = ColorEditLastColor[2] = FLT_MAX;
         DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
         DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
         DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f;
-        ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
         TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
+
         PlatformImePos = PlatformImeLastPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
 
         SettingsLoaded = false;
         SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
 
         LogEnabled = false;
+        LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;
         LogFile = NULL;
-        LogStartDepth = 0;
-        LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = 2;
+        LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
+        LogLineFirstItem = false;
+        LogDepthRef = 0;
+        LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2;
+
+        DebugItemPickerActive = false;
+        DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
 
         memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame));
         FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = 0;
@@ -896,51 +1325,57 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     }
 };
 
-// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first Begin().
-// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough.
-enum ImGuiItemFlags_
-{
-    ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop                    = 1 << 0,  // false
-    ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat                 = 1 << 1,  // false    // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings.
-    ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled                     = 1 << 2,  // false    // [BETA] Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals yet. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
-    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav                        = 1 << 3,  // false
-    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus            = 1 << 4,  // false
-    ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup     = 1 << 5,  // false    // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window
-    ImGuiItemFlags_Default_                     = 0
-};
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiWindow
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC variable name in ImGuiWindow.
 // FIXME: That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered.
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
 {
-    ImVec2                  CursorPos;
+    // Layout
+    ImVec2                  CursorPos;              // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates.
     ImVec2                  CursorPosPrevLine;
-    ImVec2                  CursorStartPos;         // Initial position in client area with padding
-    ImVec2                  CursorMaxPos;           // Used to implicitly calculate the size of our contents, always growing during the frame. Turned into window->SizeContents at the beginning of next frame
-    ImVec2                  CurrentLineSize;
-    float                   CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ImVec2                  CursorStartPos;         // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding.
+    ImVec2                  CursorMaxPos;           // Used to implicitly calculate the size of our contents, always growing during the frame. Used to calculate window->ContentSize at the beginning of next frame
+    ImVec2                  CurrLineSize;
     ImVec2                  PrevLineSize;
+    float                   CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added).
     float                   PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
-    float                   LogLinePosY;
-    int                     TreeDepth;
-    ImU32                   TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31
-    ImGuiID                 LastItemId;
-    ImGuiItemStatusFlags    LastItemStatusFlags;
-    ImRect                  LastItemRect;           // Interaction rect
-    ImRect                  LastItemDisplayRect;    // End-user display rect (only valid if LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect)
-    bool                    NavHideHighlightOneFrame;
-    bool                    NavHasScroll;           // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f)
-    int                     NavLayerCurrent;        // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1)
+    ImVec1                  Indent;                 // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.)
+    ImVec1                  ColumnsOffset;          // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API.
+    ImVec1                  GroupOffset;
+
+    // Last item status
+    ImGuiID                 LastItemId;             // ID for last item
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags    LastItemStatusFlags;    // Status flags for last item (see ImGuiItemStatusFlags_)
+    ImRect                  LastItemRect;           // Interaction rect for last item
+    ImRect                  LastItemDisplayRect;    // End-user display rect for last item (only valid if LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect)
+
+    // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation
+    ImGuiNavLayer           NavLayerCurrent;        // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1)
     int                     NavLayerCurrentMask;    // = (1 << NavLayerCurrent) used by ItemAdd prior to clipping.
     int                     NavLayerActiveMask;     // Which layer have been written to (result from previous frame)
     int                     NavLayerActiveMaskNext; // Which layer have been written to (buffer for current frame)
+    ImGuiID                 NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; // Current focus scope ID while appending
+    bool                    NavHideHighlightOneFrame;
+    bool                    NavHasScroll;           // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f)
+
+    // Miscellaneous
     bool                    MenuBarAppending;       // FIXME: Remove this
     ImVec2                  MenuBarOffset;          // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs.
+    ImGuiMenuColumns        MenuColumns;            // Simplified columns storage for menu items measurement
+    int                     TreeDepth;              // Current tree depth.
+    ImU32                   TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary.
     ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  ChildWindows;
-    ImGuiStorage*           StateStorage;
+    ImGuiStorage*           StateStorage;           // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state)
+    ImGuiColumns*           CurrentColumns;         // Current columns set
     ImGuiLayoutType         LayoutType;
     ImGuiLayoutType         ParentLayoutType;       // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin()
+    int                     FocusCounterRegular;    // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Sequential counter, start at -1 and increase as assigned via FocusableItemRegister() (FIXME-NAV: Needs redesign)
+    int                     FocusCounterTabStop;    // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Same, but only count widgets which you can Tab through.
 
+    // Local parameters stacks
     // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings.
     ImGuiItemFlags          ItemFlags;              // == ItemFlagsStack.back() [empty == ImGuiItemFlags_Default]
     float                   ItemWidth;              // == ItemWidthStack.back(). 0.0: default, >0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window
@@ -949,67 +1384,67 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
     ImVector<float>         ItemWidthStack;
     ImVector<float>         TextWrapPosStack;
     ImVector<ImGuiGroupData>GroupStack;
-    int                     StackSizesBackup[6];    // Store size of various stacks for asserting
-
-    ImVec1                  Indent;                 // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.)
-    ImVec1                  GroupOffset;
-    ImVec1                  ColumnsOffset;          // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API.
-    ImGuiColumnsSet*        ColumnsSet;             // Current columns set
+    short                   StackSizesBackup[6];    // Store size of various stacks for asserting
 
     ImGuiWindowTempData()
     {
         CursorPos = CursorPosPrevLine = CursorStartPos = CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        CurrentLineSize = PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
-        LogLinePosY = -1.0f;
-        TreeDepth = 0;
-        TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop = 0x00;
+        CurrLineSize = PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        CurrLineTextBaseOffset = PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+        Indent = ImVec1(0.0f);
+        ColumnsOffset = ImVec1(0.0f);
+        GroupOffset = ImVec1(0.0f);
+
         LastItemId = 0;
-        LastItemStatusFlags = 0;
+        LastItemStatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None;
         LastItemRect = LastItemDisplayRect = ImRect();
+
+        NavLayerActiveMask = NavLayerActiveMaskNext = 0x00;
+        NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+        NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
+        NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = 0;
         NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false;
         NavHasScroll = false;
-        NavLayerActiveMask = NavLayerActiveMaskNext = 0x00;
-        NavLayerCurrent = 0;
-        NavLayerCurrentMask = 1 << 0;
+
         MenuBarAppending = false;
         MenuBarOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+        TreeDepth = 0;
+        TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00;
         StateStorage = NULL;
+        CurrentColumns = NULL;
         LayoutType = ParentLayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
-        ItemWidth = 0.0f;
+        FocusCounterRegular = FocusCounterTabStop = -1;
+
         ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_Default_;
+        ItemWidth = 0.0f;
         TextWrapPos = -1.0f;
         memset(StackSizesBackup, 0, sizeof(StackSizesBackup));
-
-        Indent = ImVec1(0.0f);
-        GroupOffset = ImVec1(0.0f);
-        ColumnsOffset = ImVec1(0.0f);
-        ColumnsSet = NULL;
     }
 };
 
 // Storage for one window
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
 {
-    char*                   Name;
-    ImGuiID                 ID;                                 // == ImHash(Name)
+    char*                   Name;                               // Window name, owned by the window.
+    ImGuiID                 ID;                                 // == ImHashStr(Name)
     ImGuiWindowFlags        Flags;                              // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
     ImVec2                  Pos;                                // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel)
     ImVec2                  Size;                               // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size)
     ImVec2                  SizeFull;                           // Size when non collapsed
-    ImVec2                  SizeFullAtLastBegin;                // Copy of SizeFull at the end of Begin. This is the reference value we'll use on the next frame to decide if we need scrollbars.
-    ImVec2                  SizeContents;                       // Size of contents (== extents reach of the drawing cursor) from previous frame. Include decoration, window title, border, menu, etc.
-    ImVec2                  SizeContentsExplicit;               // Size of contents explicitly set by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize()
-    ImVec2                  WindowPadding;                      // Window padding at the time of begin.
-    float                   WindowRounding;                     // Window rounding at the time of begin.
-    float                   WindowBorderSize;                   // Window border size at the time of begin.
+    ImVec2                  ContentSize;                        // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor) from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding.
+    ImVec2                  ContentSizeExplicit;                // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize().
+    ImVec2                  WindowPadding;                      // Window padding at the time of Begin().
+    float                   WindowRounding;                     // Window rounding at the time of Begin().
+    float                   WindowBorderSize;                   // Window border size at the time of Begin().
+    int                     NameBufLen;                         // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)!
     ImGuiID                 MoveId;                             // == window->GetID("#MOVE")
     ImGuiID                 ChildId;                            // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window)
     ImVec2                  Scroll;
+    ImVec2                  ScrollMax;
     ImVec2                  ScrollTarget;                       // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change)
     ImVec2                  ScrollTargetCenterRatio;            // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered
     ImVec2                  ScrollbarSizes;                     // Size taken by scrollbars on each axis
-    bool                    ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY;
+    bool                    ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY;             // Are scrollbars visible?
     bool                    Active;                             // Set to true on Begin(), unless Collapsed
     bool                    WasActive;
     bool                    WriteAccessed;                      // Set to true when any widget access the current window
@@ -1017,37 +1452,45 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
     bool                    WantCollapseToggle;
     bool                    SkipItems;                          // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed)
     bool                    Appearing;                          // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing)
-    bool                    Hidden;                             // Do not display (== (HiddenFramesForResize > 0) ||
+    bool                    Hidden;                             // Do not display (== (HiddenFrames*** > 0))
+    bool                    IsFallbackWindow;                   // Set on the "Debug##Default" window.
     bool                    HasCloseButton;                     // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL)
-    int                     BeginCount;                         // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs)
-    int                     BeginOrderWithinParent;             // Order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
-    int                     BeginOrderWithinContext;            // Order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues.
+    signed char             ResizeBorderHeld;                   // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3)
+    short                   BeginCount;                         // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs)
+    short                   BeginOrderWithinParent;             // Order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
+    short                   BeginOrderWithinContext;            // Order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues.
     ImGuiID                 PopupId;                            // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling)
-    int                     AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY;
+    ImS8                    AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY;
+    ImS8                    AutoFitChildAxises;
     bool                    AutoFitOnlyGrows;
-    int                     AutoFitChildAxises;
     ImGuiDir                AutoPosLastDirection;
-    int                     HiddenFramesRegular;                // Hide the window for N frames
-    int                     HiddenFramesForResize;              // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size
+    int                     HiddenFramesCanSkipItems;           // Hide the window for N frames
+    int                     HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems;        // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size
     ImGuiCond               SetWindowPosAllowFlags;             // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use.
     ImGuiCond               SetWindowSizeAllowFlags;            // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use.
     ImGuiCond               SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags;       // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use.
     ImVec2                  SetWindowPosVal;                    // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed when we know the window size)
     ImVec2                  SetWindowPosPivot;                  // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0,0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1,1) for bottom right.
 
+    ImVector<ImGuiID>       IDStack;                            // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack. (In theory this should be in the TempData structure)
     ImGuiWindowTempData     DC;                                 // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the "DC" variable name.
-    ImVector<ImGuiID>       IDStack;                            // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack
-    ImRect                  ClipRect;                           // Current clipping rectangle. = DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back(). Scissoring / clipping rectangle. x1, y1, x2, y2.
-    ImRect                  OuterRectClipped;                   // = WindowRect just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window.
-    ImRect                  InnerMainRect, InnerClipRect;
-    ImRect                  ContentsRegionRect;                 // FIXME: This is currently confusing/misleading. Maximum visible content position ~~ Pos + (SizeContentsExplicit ? SizeContentsExplicit : Size - ScrollbarSizes) - CursorStartPos, per axis
+
+    // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics -> Tools -> Show windows rectangles' viewer.
+    // The main 'OuterRect', omitted as a field, is window->Rect().
+    ImRect                  OuterRectClipped;                   // == Window->Rect() just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window.
+    ImRect                  InnerRect;                          // Inner rectangle (omit title bar, menu bar, scroll bar)
+    ImRect                  InnerClipRect;                      // == InnerRect shrunk by WindowPadding*0.5f on each side, clipped within viewport or parent clip rect.
+    ImRect                  WorkRect;                           // Cover the whole scrolling region, shrunk by WindowPadding*1.0f on each side. This is meant to replace ContentRegionRect over time (from 1.71+ onward).
+    ImRect                  ClipRect;                           // Current clipping/scissoring rectangle, evolve as we are using PushClipRect(), etc. == DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back().
+    ImRect                  ContentRegionRect;                  // FIXME: This is currently confusing/misleading. It is essentially WorkRect but not handling of scrolling. We currently rely on it as right/bottom aligned sizing operation need some size to rely on.
+
     int                     LastFrameActive;                    // Last frame number the window was Active.
+    float                   LastTimeActive;                     // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there)
     float                   ItemWidthDefault;
-    ImGuiMenuColumns        MenuColumns;                        // Simplified columns storage for menu items
     ImGuiStorage            StateStorage;
-    ImVector<ImGuiColumnsSet> ColumnsStorage;
-    float                   FontWindowScale;                    // User scale multiplier per-window
-    int                     SettingsIdx;                        // Index into SettingsWindow[] (indices are always valid as we only grow the array from the back)
+    ImVector<ImGuiColumns>  ColumnsStorage;
+    float                   FontWindowScale;                    // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale()
+    int                     SettingsOffset;                     // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the back)
 
     ImDrawList*             DrawList;                           // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we keep this a pointer)
     ImDrawList              DrawListInst;
@@ -1057,17 +1500,12 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
     ImGuiWindow*            RootWindowForNav;                   // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag.
 
     ImGuiWindow*            NavLastChildNavWindow;              // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.)
-    ImGuiID                 NavLastIds[2];                      // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1)
-    ImRect                  NavRectRel[2];                      // Reference rectangle, in window relative space
-
-    // Navigation / Focus
-    // FIXME-NAV: Merge all this with the new Nav system, at least the request variables should be moved to ImGuiContext
-    int                     FocusIdxAllCounter;                 // Start at -1 and increase as assigned via FocusItemRegister()
-    int                     FocusIdxTabCounter;                 // (same, but only count widgets which you can Tab through)
-    int                     FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent;          // Item being requested for focus
-    int                     FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent;          // Tab-able item being requested for focus
-    int                     FocusIdxAllRequestNext;             // Item being requested for focus, for next update (relies on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame)
-    int                     FocusIdxTabRequestNext;             // "
+    ImGuiID                 NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT];    // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1)
+    ImRect                  NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT];    // Reference rectangle, in window relative space
+
+    bool                    MemoryCompacted;
+    int                     MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity;
+    int                     MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity;
 
 public:
     ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name);
@@ -1075,17 +1513,19 @@ public:
 
     ImGuiID     GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
     ImGuiID     GetID(const void* ptr);
+    ImGuiID     GetID(int n);
     ImGuiID     GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
     ImGuiID     GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr);
+    ImGuiID     GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n);
     ImGuiID     GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs);
 
     // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWidow.
-    ImRect      Rect() const                            { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x+Size.x, Pos.y+Size.y); }
-    float       CalcFontSize() const                    { return GImGui->FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; }
-    float       TitleBarHeight() const                  { return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + GImGui->Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; }
-    ImRect      TitleBarRect() const                    { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); }
-    float       MenuBarHeight() const                   { return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + GImGui->Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; }
-    ImRect      MenuBarRect() const                     { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); }
+    ImRect      Rect() const                { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x+Size.x, Pos.y+Size.y); }
+    float       CalcFontSize() const        { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; }
+    float       TitleBarHeight() const      { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; }
+    ImRect      TitleBarRect() const        { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); }
+    float       MenuBarHeight() const       { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; }
+    ImRect      MenuBarRect() const         { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); }
 };
 
 // Backup and restore just enough data to be able to use IsItemHovered() on item A after another B in the same window has overwritten the data.
@@ -1102,35 +1542,111 @@ struct ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Tab bar, tab item
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Extend ImGuiTabBarFlags_
+enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode                   = 1 << 20,  // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it facilitate branch syncing to keep this around]
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused                  = 1 << 21,
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings               = 1 << 22   // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_
+enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton             = 1 << 20   // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout)
+};
+
+// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 26~32 bytes)
+struct ImGuiTabItem
+{
+    ImGuiID             ID;
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags   Flags;
+    int                 LastFrameVisible;
+    int                 LastFrameSelected;      // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little maintenance
+    int                 NameOffset;             // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames
+    float               Offset;                 // Position relative to beginning of tab
+    float               Width;                  // Width currently displayed
+    float               ContentWidth;           // Width of actual contents, stored during BeginTabItem() call
+
+    ImGuiTabItem()      { ID = 0; Flags = ImGuiTabItemFlags_None; LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; NameOffset = -1; Offset = Width = ContentWidth = 0.0f; }
+};
+
+// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 92~96 bytes)
+struct ImGuiTabBar
+{
+    ImVector<ImGuiTabItem> Tabs;
+    ImGuiID             ID;                     // Zero for tab-bars used by docking
+    ImGuiID             SelectedTabId;          // Selected tab/window
+    ImGuiID             NextSelectedTabId;
+    ImGuiID             VisibleTabId;           // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for CTRL+TAB preview)
+    int                 CurrFrameVisible;
+    int                 PrevFrameVisible;
+    ImRect              BarRect;
+    float               LastTabContentHeight;   // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar
+    float               OffsetMax;              // Distance from BarRect.Min.x, locked during layout
+    float               OffsetMaxIdeal;         // Ideal offset if all tabs were visible and not clipped
+    float               OffsetNextTab;          // Distance from BarRect.Min.x, incremented with each BeginTabItem() call, not used if ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable if set.
+    float               ScrollingAnim;
+    float               ScrollingTarget;
+    float               ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility;
+    float               ScrollingSpeed;
+    ImGuiTabBarFlags    Flags;
+    ImGuiID             ReorderRequestTabId;
+    ImS8                ReorderRequestDir;
+    bool                WantLayout;
+    bool                VisibleTabWasSubmitted;
+    short               LastTabItemIdx;         // For BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem()
+    ImVec2              FramePadding;           // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar()
+    ImGuiTextBuffer     TabsNames;              // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer.
+
+    ImGuiTabBar();
+    int                 GetTabOrder(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const  { return Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); }
+    const char*         GetTabName(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size);
+        return TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset;
+    }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Internal API
 // No guarantee of forward compatibility here.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 namespace ImGui
 {
+    // Windows
     // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window)
     // If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either
     // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal.
     // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal.
     inline    ImGuiWindow*  GetCurrentWindowRead()      { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; }
     inline    ImGuiWindow*  GetCurrentWindow()          { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; }
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindWindowByName(const char* name);
-    IMGUI_API void          FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
-    IMGUI_API void          FocusPreviousWindowIgnoringOne(ImGuiWindow* ignore_window);
-    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window);
-    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window);
-    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API void          UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window);
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent);
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window);
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x);
-    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y);
-    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowScrollMaxX(ImGuiWindow* window);
-    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowScrollMaxY(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API ImRect        GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
+
+    // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order
+    IMGUI_API void          FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window);
+    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    
+    // Fonts, drawing
     IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font);
     inline ImFont*          GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; }
+    inline ImDrawList*      GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return &g.ForegroundDrawList; } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches.
 
     // Init
     IMGUI_API void          Initialize(ImGuiContext* context);
@@ -1139,17 +1655,27 @@ namespace ImGui
     // NewFrame
     IMGUI_API void          UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
     IMGUI_API void          StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
-    IMGUI_API void          UpdateMouseMovingWindow();
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
 
     // Settings
     IMGUI_API void                  MarkIniSettingsDirty();
     IMGUI_API void                  MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name);
 
+    // Scrolling
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect);
+
     // Basic Accessors
     inline ImGuiID          GetItemID()     { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; }
+    inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; }
     inline ImGuiID          GetActiveID()   { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; }
     inline ImGuiID          GetFocusID()    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; }
     IMGUI_API void          SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
@@ -1158,31 +1684,39 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetHoveredID();
     IMGUI_API void          SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API void          KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id);
-    IMGUI_API void          MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API void          MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id);     // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
+    IMGUI_API void          PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id);     // Push given value at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes)
 
     // Basic Helpers for widget code
-    IMGUI_API void          ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y = 0.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void          ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y = 0.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f);
     IMGUI_API bool          ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL);
     IMGUI_API bool          ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API bool          IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged);
-    IMGUI_API bool          FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, bool tab_stop = true);      // Return true if focus is requested
+    IMGUI_API bool          FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id);   // Return true if focus is requested
     IMGUI_API void          FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window);
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h);
     IMGUI_API float         CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full = 0.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full);
     IMGUI_API void          PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled);
     IMGUI_API void          PopItemFlag();
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemToggledSelection();                           // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMaxAbs();
+    IMGUI_API void          ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess);
+
+    // Logging/Capture
+    IMGUI_API void          LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth);   // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name.
+    IMGUI_API void          LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1);              // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer
 
     // Popups, Modals, Tooltips
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
     IMGUI_API void          OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id);
-    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopup(ImGuiID id);
-    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining);
-    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window);
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id); // Test for id within current popup stack level (currently begin-ed into); this doesn't scan the whole popup stack!
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags);
-    IMGUI_API void          BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, bool override_previous_tooltip = true);
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetFrontMostPopupModal();
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetTopMostPopupModal();
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy = ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default);
 
@@ -1194,26 +1728,52 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags);
     IMGUI_API float         GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode);
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor = 0.0f, float fast_factor = 0.0f);
-    IMGUI_API int           CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(float t, float t_prev, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate);
+    IMGUI_API int           CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate);
     IMGUI_API void          ActivateItem(ImGuiID id);   // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer);
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, const ImRect& rect_rel);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel);
+
+    // Focus scope (WIP)
+    IMGUI_API void          PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id);     // Note: this is storing in same stack as IDStack, so Push/Pop mismatch will be reported there.
+    IMGUI_API void          PopFocusScope();
+    inline ImGuiID          GetFocusScopeID()               { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavFocusScopeId; }
 
     // Inputs
-    inline bool             IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true)           { const int key_index = GImGui->IO.KeyMap[key]; return (key_index >= 0) ? IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat) : false; }
-    inline bool             IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n)                             { return GImGui->IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f; }
-    inline bool             IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) { return GetNavInputAmount(n, mode) > 0.0f; }
-    inline bool             IsNavInputPressedAnyOfTwo(ImGuiNavInput n1, ImGuiNavInput n2, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) { return (GetNavInputAmount(n1, mode) + GetNavInputAmount(n2, mode)) > 0.0f; }
+    // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions.
+    inline bool             IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir)                         { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; }
+    inline bool             IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput input)                { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << input)) != 0; }
+    inline bool             IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key)                            { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(key < 64); return (g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask & ((ImU64)1 << key)) != 0; }
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);
+    inline bool             IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true)           { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const int key_index = g.IO.KeyMap[key]; return (key_index >= 0) ? IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat) : false; }
+    inline bool             IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n)                             { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f; }
+    inline bool             IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode rm)      { return (GetNavInputAmount(n, rm) > 0.0f); }
 
     // Drag and Drop
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API void          ClearDragDrop();
     IMGUI_API bool          IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted();
 
-    // New Columns API (FIXME-WIP)
+    // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables api)
     IMGUI_API void          BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns().
     IMGUI_API void          EndColumns();                                                             // close columns
-    IMGUI_API void          PushColumnClipRect(int column_index = -1);
+    IMGUI_API void          PushColumnClipRect(int column_index);
+    IMGUI_API void          PushColumnsBackground();
+    IMGUI_API void          PopColumnsBackground();
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset_norm);
+    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset);
+
+    // Tab Bars
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id);
 
     // Render helpers
     // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT.
@@ -1221,49 +1781,68 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0,0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ~0);
-    IMGUI_API void          RenderArrow(ImVec2 pos, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void          RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight
     IMGUI_API const char*   FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text.
     IMGUI_API void          LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
 
     // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!)
-    IMGUI_API void          RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void          RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col);
     IMGUI_API void          RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding);
 
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    // [1.71: 2019/06/07: Updating prototypes of some of the internal functions. Leaving those for reference for a short while]
+    inline void RenderArrow(ImVec2 pos, ImGuiDir dir, float scale=1.0f) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), dir, scale); }
+    inline void RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos)                                { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderBullet(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); }
+#endif
+
     // Widgets
+    IMGUI_API void          TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API bool          ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius);
+    IMGUI_API bool          CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos);
     IMGUI_API bool          CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos);
-    IMGUI_API bool          ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags);
-    IMGUI_API void          Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction);
-    IMGUI_API void          VerticalSeparator();        // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). Not exposed because it is misleading and it doesn't have an effect on regular layout.
+    IMGUI_API bool          ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float avail_v, float contents_v, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowResizeID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners, 4..7: borders
+    IMGUI_API void          SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags);
 
     // Widgets low-level behaviors
     IMGUI_API bool          ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power);
-    IMGUI_API bool          SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb);
     IMGUI_API bool          SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f);
     IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);                     // Consume previous SetNextTreeNodeOpened() data, if any. May return true when logging
-    IMGUI_API void          TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);                     // Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging
+    IMGUI_API void          TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id);
 
-    // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. 
+    // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types.
     // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036).
     // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT<float, float>(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); "
-    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API bool  DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, const T v_min, const T v_max, const char* format, float power);
-    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API bool  SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, const T v_min, const T v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb);
+    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API bool  DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags);
+    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API bool  SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb);
     template<typename T, typename FLOAT_T>                      IMGUI_API float SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, float power, float linear_zero_pos);
     template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T>                     IMGUI_API T     RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v);
 
+    // Data type helpers
+    IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo*  DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type);
+    IMGUI_API int           DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format);
+    IMGUI_API void          DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format);
+
     // InputText
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format);
+    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API bool          TempInputTextScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format);
+    inline bool             TempInputTextIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputTextId == id); }
 
     // Color
     IMGUI_API void          ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
@@ -1271,27 +1850,68 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
 
     // Plot
-    IMGUI_API void          PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size);
+    IMGUI_API void          PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size);
 
     // Shade functions (write over already created vertices)
     IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1);
     IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp);
 
+    // Garbage collection
+    IMGUI_API void          GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void          GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+    // Debug Tools
+    inline void             DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255))    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max, col); }
+    inline void             DebugStartItemPicker()                                  { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; }
+
 } // namespace ImGui
 
 // ImFontAtlas internals
 IMGUI_API bool              ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
 IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildRegisterDefaultCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
 IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent);
-IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* spc);
+IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque);
 IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
 IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor);
 IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride);
 
-#ifdef __clang__
+// Debug Tools
+// Use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item.
+#ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __builtin_debugtrap()
+#elif defined (_MSC_VER)
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __debugbreak()
+#else
+#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    IM_ASSERT(0)    // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger!
+#endif
+#endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK
+
+// Test Engine Hooks (imgui_tests)
+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+extern void                 ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+extern void                 ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+extern void                 ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
+extern void                 ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags);
+extern void                 ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...);
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB, _ID)                ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID)               // Register item bounding box
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS)    ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS)   // Register item label and status flags (optional)
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT, ...)                    ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__)          // Custom log entry from user land into test log
+#else
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB, _ID)                do { } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS)    do { } while (0)
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT, ...)                    do { } while (0)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__clang__)
 #pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
 #endif
 
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma warning (pop)
 #endif
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/src/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/src/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
index 7bf5938bd..6d2c95d99 100644
--- a/src/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
+++ b/src/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.66 WIP
+// dear imgui, v1.75
 // (widgets code)
 
 /*
@@ -22,6 +22,9 @@ Index of this file:
 // [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram
 // [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers
 // [SECTION] Widgets: MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc.
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc.
 
 */
 
@@ -30,12 +33,14 @@ Index of this file:
 #endif
 
 #include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+
 #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #endif
 #include "imgui_internal.h"
 
-#include <ctype.h>      // toupper, isprint
+#include <ctype.h>      // toupper
 #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
 #include <stddef.h>     // intptr_t
 #else
@@ -44,19 +49,29 @@ Index of this file:
 
 // Visual Studio warnings
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant
-#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)     // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)     // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)     // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
+#endif
 #endif
 
 // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
-#ifdef __clang__
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"         // warning : use of old-style cast                              // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"            // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe   // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"      // warning : format string is not a string literal              // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness             //
+#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning : zero as null pointer constant              // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
+#endif
+#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"       // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
+#endif
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"        // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
-#if __GNUC__ >= 8
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
-#endif
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -64,33 +79,36 @@ Index of this file:
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Those MIN/MAX values are not define because we need to point to them
-static const ImS32  IM_S32_MIN = INT_MIN;    // (-2147483647 - 1), (0x80000000);
-static const ImS32  IM_S32_MAX = INT_MAX;    // (2147483647), (0x7FFFFFFF)
-static const ImU32  IM_U32_MIN = 0;
-static const ImU32  IM_U32_MAX = UINT_MAX;   // (0xFFFFFFFF)
+static const signed char    IM_S8_MIN  = -128;
+static const signed char    IM_S8_MAX  = 127;
+static const unsigned char  IM_U8_MIN  = 0;
+static const unsigned char  IM_U8_MAX  = 0xFF;
+static const signed short   IM_S16_MIN = -32768;
+static const signed short   IM_S16_MAX = 32767;
+static const unsigned short IM_U16_MIN = 0;
+static const unsigned short IM_U16_MAX = 0xFFFF;
+static const ImS32          IM_S32_MIN = INT_MIN;    // (-2147483647 - 1), (0x80000000);
+static const ImS32          IM_S32_MAX = INT_MAX;    // (2147483647), (0x7FFFFFFF)
+static const ImU32          IM_U32_MIN = 0;
+static const ImU32          IM_U32_MAX = UINT_MAX;   // (0xFFFFFFFF)
 #ifdef LLONG_MIN
-static const ImS64  IM_S64_MIN = LLONG_MIN;  // (-9223372036854775807ll - 1ll);
-static const ImS64  IM_S64_MAX = LLONG_MAX;  // (9223372036854775807ll);
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MIN = LLONG_MIN;  // (-9223372036854775807ll - 1ll);
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MAX = LLONG_MAX;  // (9223372036854775807ll);
 #else
-static const ImS64  IM_S64_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1;
-static const ImS64  IM_S64_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL;
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1;
+static const ImS64          IM_S64_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL;
 #endif
-static const ImU64  IM_U64_MIN = 0;
+static const ImU64          IM_U64_MIN = 0;
 #ifdef ULLONG_MAX
-static const ImU64  IM_U64_MAX = ULLONG_MAX; // (0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull);
+static const ImU64          IM_U64_MAX = ULLONG_MAX; // (0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull);
 #else
-static const ImU64  IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1);
+static const ImU64          IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1);
 #endif
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Forward Declarations
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Data Type helpers
-static inline int       DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_ptr, const char* format);
-static void             DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
-static bool             DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format);
-
 // For InputTextEx()
 static bool             InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data);
 static int              InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end);
@@ -99,6 +117,7 @@ static ImVec2           InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc.
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - TextEx() [Internal]
 // - TextUnformatted()
 // - Text()
 // - TextV()
@@ -114,7 +133,7 @@ static ImVec2           InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const
 // - BulletTextV()
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
@@ -126,9 +145,9 @@ void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
     if (text_end == NULL)
         text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
 
-    const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset);
+    const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
     const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos;
-    const bool wrap_enabled = wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f;
+    const bool wrap_enabled = (wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f);
     if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled)
     {
         // Long text!
@@ -138,71 +157,68 @@ void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
         // - We use memchr(), pay attention that well optimized versions of those str/mem functions are much faster than a casually written loop.
         const char* line = text;
         const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight();
-        const ImRect clip_rect = window->ClipRect;
         ImVec2 text_size(0,0);
 
-        if (text_pos.y <= clip_rect.Max.y)
+        // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text)
+        ImVec2 pos = text_pos;
+        if (!g.LogEnabled)
         {
-            ImVec2 pos = text_pos;
-
-            // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text)
-            if (!g.LogEnabled)
+            int lines_skippable = (int)((window->ClipRect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height);
+            if (lines_skippable > 0)
             {
-                int lines_skippable = (int)((clip_rect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height);
-                if (lines_skippable > 0)
-                {
-                    int lines_skipped = 0;
-                    while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable)
-                    {
-                        const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
-                        if (!line_end)
-                            line_end = text_end;
-                        line = line_end + 1;
-                        lines_skipped++;
-                    }
-                    pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
-                }
-            }
-
-            // Lines to render
-            if (line < text_end)
-            {
-                ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height));
-                while (line < text_end)
-                {
-                    if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0, false))
-                        break;
-
-                    const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
-                    if (!line_end)
-                        line_end = text_end;
-                    const ImVec2 line_size = CalcTextSize(line, line_end, false);
-                    text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_size.x);
-                    RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false);
-                    line = line_end + 1;
-                    line_rect.Min.y += line_height;
-                    line_rect.Max.y += line_height;
-                    pos.y += line_height;
-                }
-
-                // Count remaining lines
                 int lines_skipped = 0;
-                while (line < text_end)
+                while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable)
                 {
                     const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
                     if (!line_end)
                         line_end = text_end;
+                    if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0)
+                        text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x);
                     line = line_end + 1;
                     lines_skipped++;
                 }
                 pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
             }
+        }
 
-            text_size.y += (pos - text_pos).y;
+        // Lines to render
+        if (line < text_end)
+        {
+            ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height));
+            while (line < text_end)
+            {
+                if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0, false))
+                    break;
+
+                const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
+                if (!line_end)
+                    line_end = text_end;
+                text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x);
+                RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false);
+                line = line_end + 1;
+                line_rect.Min.y += line_height;
+                line_rect.Max.y += line_height;
+                pos.y += line_height;
+            }
+
+            // Count remaining lines
+            int lines_skipped = 0;
+            while (line < text_end)
+            {
+                const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line);
+                if (!line_end)
+                    line_end = text_end;
+                if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0)
+                    text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x);
+                line = line_end + 1;
+                lines_skipped++;
+            }
+            pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
         }
+        text_size.y = (pos - text_pos).y;
 
         ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
-        ItemSize(bb);
+        ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f);
         ItemAdd(bb, 0);
     }
     else
@@ -210,9 +226,8 @@ void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
         const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f;
         const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width);
 
-        // Account of baseline offset
         ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
-        ItemSize(text_size);
+        ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f);
         if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
             return;
 
@@ -221,6 +236,11 @@ void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
     }
 }
 
+void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+    TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText);
+}
+
 void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...)
 {
     va_list args;
@@ -237,7 +257,7 @@ void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
-    TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer, text_end);
+    TextEx(g.TempBuffer, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText);
 }
 
 void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)
@@ -280,10 +300,13 @@ void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...)
 
 void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
-    bool need_wrap = (GImGui->CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f);    // Keep existing wrap position is one ia already set
-    if (need_wrap) PushTextWrapPos(0.0f);
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    bool need_backup = (window->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f);  // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set
+    if (need_backup)
+        PushTextWrapPos(0.0f);
     TextV(fmt, args);
-    if (need_wrap) PopTextWrapPos();
+    if (need_backup)
+        PopTextWrapPos();
 }
 
 void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...)
@@ -341,16 +364,18 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
     const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer;
     const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false);
-    const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it
-    const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize);
-    const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x*2) : 0.0f), ImMax(line_height, label_size.y)));  // Empty text doesn't add padding
-    ItemSize(bb);
+    const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2) : 0.0f), label_size.y);  // Empty text doesn't add padding
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
+    ItemSize(total_size, 0.0f);
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + total_size);
     if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
         return;
 
     // Render
-    RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f));
-    RenderText(bb.Min+ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2, text_base_offset_y), text_begin, text_end, false);
+    ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, g.FontSize*0.5f), text_col);
+    RenderText(bb.Min + ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2, 0.0f), text_begin, text_end, false);
 }
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -363,6 +388,7 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 // - ArrowButton()
 // - CloseButton() [Internal]
 // - CollapseButton() [Internal]
+// - ScrollbarEx() [Internal]
 // - Scrollbar() [Internal]
 // - Image()
 // - ImageButton()
@@ -373,6 +399,60 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 // - Bullet()
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+// The ButtonBehavior() function is key to many interactions and used by many/most widgets.
+// Because we handle so many cases (keyboard/gamepad navigation, drag and drop) and many specific behavior (via ImGuiButtonFlags_),
+// this code is a little complex.
+// By far the most common path is interacting with the Mouse using the default ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease button behavior.
+// See the series of events below and the corresponding state reported by dear imgui:
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnClickRelease:             return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+0 (mouse is outside bb)        -             -                -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+1 (mouse moves inside bb)      -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            true               -                    true
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+4 (mouse moves outside bb)     -             -                true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+5 (mouse moves inside bb)      -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   true          true             -               -                  true                 -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+8 (mouse moves outside bb)     -             -                -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnClick:                    return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is down)       true          true             true            true               -                    true
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  true                 -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnRelease:                  return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    true
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   true          true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// with PressedOnDoubleClick:              return-value  IsItemHovered()  IsItemActive()  IsItemActivated()  IsItemDeactivated()  IsItemClicked()
+//   Frame N+0 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    true
+//   Frame N+1 (mouse button is down)       -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+2 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+3 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+4 (mouse button is down)       true          true             true            true               -                    true
+//   Frame N+5 (mouse button is down)       -             true             true            -                  -                    -
+//   Frame N+6 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  true                 -
+//   Frame N+7 (mouse button is released)   -             true             -               -                  -                    -
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Note that some combinations are supported,
+// - PressedOnDragDropHold can generally be associated with any flag.
+// - PressedOnDoubleClick can be associated by PressedOnClickRelease/PressedOnRelease, in which case the second release event won't be reported.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// The behavior of the return-value changes when ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat is set:
+//                                         Repeat+                  Repeat+           Repeat+             Repeat+
+//                                         PressedOnClickRelease    PressedOnClick    PressedOnRelease    PressedOnDoubleClick
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//   Frame N+0 (mouse button is down)       -                        true              -                   true
+//   ...                                    -                        -                 -                   -
+//   Frame N + RepeatDelay                  true                     true              -                   true
+//   ...                                    -                        -                 -                   -
+//   Frame N + RepeatDelay + RepeatRate*N   true                     true              -                   true
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@@ -386,14 +466,24 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
         return false;
     }
 
-    // Default behavior requires click+release on same spot
-    if ((flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick)) == 0)
-        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease;
+    // Default only reacts to left mouse button
+    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_;
+
+    // Default behavior requires click + release inside bounding box
+    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_;
 
     ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow;
-    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window)
+    const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window;
+    if (flatten_hovered_children)
         g.HoveredWindow = window;
 
+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    if (id != 0 && window->DC.LastItemId != id)
+        ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, bb, id);
+#endif
+
     bool pressed = false;
     bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id);
 
@@ -407,58 +497,69 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
         {
             hovered = true;
             SetHoveredID(id);
-            if (CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, 0.01f, 0.70f)) // FIXME: Our formula for CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount() is fishy
+            if (CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, 0.70f, 0.00f))
             {
                 pressed = true;
                 FocusWindow(window);
             }
         }
 
-    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window)
+    if (flatten_hovered_children)
         g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window;
 
     // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one.
     if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0))
         hovered = false;
 
-    // Mouse
+    // Mouse handling
     if (hovered)
     {
         if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt))
         {
-            //                        | CLICKING        | HOLDING with ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat
-            // PressedOnClickRelease  |  <on release>*  |  <on repeat> <on repeat> .. (NOT on release)  <-- MOST COMMON! (*) only if both click/release were over bounds
-            // PressedOnClick         |  <on click>     |  <on click> <on repeat> <on repeat> ..
-            // PressedOnRelease       |  <on release>   |  <on repeat> <on repeat> .. (NOT on release)
-            // PressedOnDoubleClick   |  <on dclick>    |  <on dclick> <on repeat> <on repeat> ..
-            // FIXME-NAV: We don't honor those different behaviors.
-            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
-            {
-                SetActiveID(id, window);
-                if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
-                    SetFocusID(id, window);
-                FocusWindow(window);
-            }
-            if (((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]))
+            // Poll buttons
+            int mouse_button_clicked = -1;
+            int mouse_button_released = -1;
+            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])         { mouse_button_clicked = 0; }
+            else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseClicked[1])   { mouse_button_clicked = 1; }
+            else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseClicked[2])  { mouse_button_clicked = 2; }
+            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0])        { mouse_button_released = 0; }
+            else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseReleased[1])  { mouse_button_released = 1; }
+            else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseReleased[2]) { mouse_button_released = 2; }
+
+            if (mouse_button_clicked != -1 && g.ActiveId != id)
             {
-                pressed = true;
-                if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID)
-                    ClearActiveID();
-                else
-                    SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID
-                FocusWindow(window);
+                if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere))
+                {
+                    SetActiveID(id, window);
+                    g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked;
+                    if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+                        SetFocusID(id, window);
+                    FocusWindow(window);
+                }
+                if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[mouse_button_clicked]))
+                {
+                    pressed = true;
+                    if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId)
+                        ClearActiveID();
+                    else
+                        SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID
+                    g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked;
+                    FocusWindow(window);
+                }
             }
-            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0])
+            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && mouse_button_released != -1)
             {
-                if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay))  // Repeat mode trumps <on release>
+                // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior
+                if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay))
                     pressed = true;
                 ClearActiveID();
             }
 
             // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above).
             // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings.
-            if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.ActiveId == id && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[0] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(0, true))
-                pressed = true;
+            if (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat))
+                if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, true))
+                    pressed = true;
         }
 
         if (pressed)
@@ -468,12 +569,12 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
     // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation
     // We report navigated item as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse.
     if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == window->MoveId))
-        hovered = true;
-
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnNav))
+            hovered = true;
     if (g.NavActivateDownId == id)
     {
         bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id);
-        bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed);
+        bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed);
         if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs)
             pressed = true;
         if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs || g.ActiveId == id)
@@ -481,9 +582,8 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
             // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button.
             g.NavActivateId = id; // This is so SetActiveId assign a Nav source
             SetActiveID(id, window);
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+            if ((nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
                 SetFocusID(id, window);
-            g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
         }
     }
 
@@ -494,16 +594,24 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
         {
             if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
                 g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min;
-            if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+
+            const int mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton;
+            IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
+            if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button])
             {
                 held = true;
             }
             else
             {
-                if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease))
-                    if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay))  // Repeat mode trumps <on release>
-                        if (!g.DragDropActive)
-                            pressed = true;
+                bool release_in = hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) != 0;
+                bool release_anywhere = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere) != 0;
+                if ((release_in || release_anywhere) && !g.DragDropActive)
+                {
+                    bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[mouse_button];
+                    bool is_repeating_already = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps <on release>
+                    if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already)
+                        pressed = true;
+                }
                 ClearActiveID();
             }
             if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
@@ -514,6 +622,8 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
             if (g.NavActivateDownId != id)
                 ClearActiveID();
         }
+        if (pressed)
+            g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = true;
     }
 
     if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered;
@@ -534,12 +644,12 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
 
     ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag)
-        pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag)
+        pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y;
     ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
 
     const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
-    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
         return false;
 
@@ -547,8 +657,6 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags
         flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
     bool hovered, held;
     bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
-    if (pressed)
-        MarkItemEdited(id);
 
     // Render
     const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
@@ -560,6 +668,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags
     //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
     //    CloseCurrentPopup();
 
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags);
     return pressed;
 }
 
@@ -593,7 +702,7 @@ bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg)
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
     ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f);
     const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    ItemSize(bb);
+    ItemSize(size);
     if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
         return false;
 
@@ -613,7 +722,7 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
     const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
     const float default_size = GetFrameHeight();
-    ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f);
+    ItemSize(size, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : -1.0f);
     if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
         return false;
 
@@ -624,10 +733,11 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu
     bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
 
     // Render
-    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
     RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
-    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
-    RenderArrow(bb.Min + ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, (size.x - g.FontSize) * 0.5f), ImMax(0.0f, (size.y - g.FontSize) * 0.5f)), dir);
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+    RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, (size.x - g.FontSize) * 0.5f), ImMax(0.0f, (size.y - g.FontSize) * 0.5f)), text_col, dir);
 
     return pressed;
 }
@@ -635,18 +745,18 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu
 bool ImGui::ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir)
 {
     float sz = GetFrameHeight();
-    return ArrowButtonEx(str_id, dir, ImVec2(sz, sz), 0);
+    return ArrowButtonEx(str_id, dir, ImVec2(sz, sz), ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
 }
 
 // Button to close a window
-bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius)
+bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)//, float size)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
     // We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Validate sequence close a window.
     // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible).
-    const ImRect bb(pos - ImVec2(radius,radius), pos + ImVec2(radius,radius));
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f);
     bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id);
 
     bool hovered, held;
@@ -655,11 +765,12 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius)
         return pressed;
 
     // Render
+    ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered);
     ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter();
     if (hovered)
-        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, radius), GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered), 9);
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f), col, 12);
 
-    float cross_extent = (radius * 0.7071f) - 1.0f;
+    float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f;
     ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
     center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
     window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,+cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,-cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f);
@@ -678,126 +789,153 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)
     bool hovered, held;
     bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
 
-    ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    // Render
+    ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+    ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter();
     if (hovered || held)
-        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, col, 9);
-    RenderArrow(bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center/*+ ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f)*/, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12);
+    RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
 
     // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold
-    if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging())
+    if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0))
         StartMouseMovingWindow(window);
 
     return pressed;
 }
 
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    return window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY");
+}
+
 // Vertical/Horizontal scrollbar
 // The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because:
 // - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab)
 // - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar
 // - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal.
-void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction)
+// Still, the code should probably be made simpler..
+bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float size_avail_v, float size_contents_v, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
 
-    const bool horizontal = (direction == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal);
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(horizontal ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY");
+    const float bb_frame_width = bb_frame.GetWidth();
+    const float bb_frame_height = bb_frame.GetHeight();
+    if (bb_frame_width <= 0.0f || bb_frame_height <= 0.0f)
+        return false;
 
-    // Render background
-    bool other_scrollbar = (horizontal ? window->ScrollbarY : window->ScrollbarX);
-    float other_scrollbar_size_w = other_scrollbar ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f;
-    const ImRect window_rect = window->Rect();
-    const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
-    ImRect bb = horizontal
-        ? ImRect(window->Pos.x + border_size, window_rect.Max.y - style.ScrollbarSize, window_rect.Max.x - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - border_size)
-        : ImRect(window_rect.Max.x - style.ScrollbarSize, window->Pos.y + border_size, window_rect.Max.x - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size);
-    if (!horizontal)
-        bb.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight() + ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->MenuBarHeight() : 0.0f);
-    if (bb.GetWidth() <= 0.0f || bb.GetHeight() <= 0.0f)
-        return;
+    // When we are too small, start hiding and disabling the grab (this reduce visual noise on very small window and facilitate using the resize grab)
+    float alpha = 1.0f;
+    if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && bb_frame_height < g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)
+        alpha = ImSaturate((bb_frame_height - g.FontSize) / (g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    if (alpha <= 0.0f)
+        return false;
 
-    int window_rounding_corners;
-    if (horizontal)
-        window_rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight);
-    else
-        window_rounding_corners = (((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight : 0) | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight);
-    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg), window->WindowRounding, window_rounding_corners);
-    bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f)));
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const bool allow_interaction = (alpha >= 1.0f);
+    const bool horizontal = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X);
+
+    ImRect bb = bb_frame;
+    bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f)));
 
     // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar)
-    float scrollbar_size_v = horizontal ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight();
-    float scroll_v = horizontal ? window->Scroll.x : window->Scroll.y;
-    float win_size_avail_v = (horizontal ? window->SizeFull.x : window->SizeFull.y) - other_scrollbar_size_w;
-    float win_size_contents_v = horizontal ? window->SizeContents.x : window->SizeContents.y;
+    const float scrollbar_size_v = horizontal ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight();
 
     // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount)
     // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside.
-    IM_ASSERT(ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers.
-    const float win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v), 1.0f);
-    const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * (win_size_avail_v / win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v);
+    IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers.
+    const float win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), 1.0f);
+    const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * (size_avail_v / win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v);
     const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v;
 
     // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar().
     bool held = false;
     bool hovered = false;
-    const bool previously_held = (g.ActiveId == id);
     ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
 
-    float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, win_size_contents_v - win_size_avail_v);
-    float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max);
+    float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, size_contents_v - size_avail_v);
+    float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(*p_scroll_v / scroll_max);
     float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
-    if (held && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
+    if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
     {
         float scrollbar_pos_v = horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y;
         float mouse_pos_v = horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
-        float* click_delta_to_grab_center_v = horizontal ? &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.x : &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.y;
 
         // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f)
         const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v);
         SetHoveredID(id);
 
         bool seek_absolute = false;
-        if (!previously_held)
+        if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
         {
             // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab
-            if (clicked_v_norm >= grab_v_norm && clicked_v_norm <= grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm)
-            {
-                *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f;
-            }
+            seek_absolute = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm || clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm);
+            if (seek_absolute)
+                g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
             else
-            {
-                seek_absolute = true;
-                *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = 0.0f;
-            }
+                g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f;
         }
 
         // Apply scroll
-        // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of SizeContents and before setting up our starting position
-        const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v - grab_h_norm*0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
-        scroll_v = (float)(int)(0.5f + scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v));
-        if (horizontal)
-            window->Scroll.x = scroll_v;
-        else
-            window->Scroll.y = scroll_v;
+        // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position
+        const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
+        *p_scroll_v = IM_ROUND(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v));
 
         // Update values for rendering
-        scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max);
+        scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(*p_scroll_v / scroll_max);
         grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
 
         // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated
         if (seek_absolute)
-            *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f;
+            g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f;
     }
 
     // Render
-    const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg), window->WindowRounding, rounding_corners);
+    const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, alpha);
     ImRect grab_rect;
     if (horizontal)
-        grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImMin(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, window_rect.Max.x), bb.Max.y);
+        grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y);
     else
-        grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImMin(ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, window_rect.Max.y));
+        grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels);
     window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_rect.Min, grab_rect.Max, grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding);
+
+    return held;
+}
+
+void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    const ImGuiID id = GetWindowScrollbarID(window, axis);
+    KeepAliveID(id);
+
+    // Calculate scrollbar bounding box
+    const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect();
+    const ImRect inner_rect = window->InnerRect;
+    const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+    const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1];
+    IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f);
+    const float other_scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis];
+    ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = (other_scrollbar_size <= 0.0f) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight : 0;
+    ImRect bb;
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+    {
+        bb.Min = ImVec2(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size));
+        bb.Max = ImVec2(inner_rect.Max.x, outer_rect.Max.y);
+        rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        bb.Min = ImVec2(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y);
+        bb.Max = ImVec2(outer_rect.Max.x, window->InnerRect.Max.y);
+        rounding_corners |= ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight : 0;
+    }
+    ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &window->Scroll[axis], inner_rect.Max[axis] - inner_rect.Min[axis], window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f, rounding_corners);
 }
 
 void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col)
@@ -875,19 +1013,10 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
 
-    const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2)); // We want a square shape to we use Y twice
-    ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-
-    ImRect total_bb = check_bb;
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y) + label_size);
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-    {
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y);
-        total_bb = ImRect(ImMin(check_bb.Min, text_bb.Min), ImMax(check_bb.Max, text_bb.Max));
-    }
-
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
         return false;
 
@@ -899,20 +1028,28 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
         MarkItemEdited(id);
     }
 
+    const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz));
     RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id);
     RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
-    if (*v)
+    ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark);
+    if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue)
     {
-        const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight());
-        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f));
-        RenderCheckMark(check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad,pad), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), check_bb.GetWidth() - pad*2.0f);
+        // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644)
+        ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f)));
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding);
+    }
+    else if (*v)
+    {
+        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f));
+        RenderCheckMark(check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad*2.0f);
     }
 
     if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogRenderedText(&text_bb.Min, *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]");
+        LogRenderedText(&total_bb.Min, *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]");
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(text_bb.Min, label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
     return pressed;
 }
 
@@ -942,26 +1079,18 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
 
-    const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1));
-    ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-
-    ImRect total_bb = check_bb;
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y) + label_size);
-    if (label_size.x > 0)
-    {
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y);
-        total_bb.Add(text_bb);
-    }
-
+    const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz));
+    const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
         return false;
 
     ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter();
-    center.x = (float)(int)center.x + 0.5f;
-    center.y = (float)(int)center.y + 0.5f;
-    const float radius = check_bb.GetHeight() * 0.5f;
+    center.x = IM_ROUND(center.x);
+    center.y = IM_ROUND(center.y);
+    const float radius = (square_sz - 1.0f) * 0.5f;
 
     bool hovered, held;
     bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
@@ -972,25 +1101,25 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
     window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16);
     if (active)
     {
-        const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight());
-        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f));
-        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius-pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16);
+        const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f));
+        window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16);
     }
 
     if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f)
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center+ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize);
+        window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize);
         window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize);
     }
 
     if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogRenderedText(&text_bb.Min, active ? "(x)" : "( )");
+        LogRenderedText(&total_bb.Min, active ? "(x)" : "( )");
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(text_bb.Min, label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
     return pressed;
 }
 
+// FIXME: This would work nicely if it was a public template, e.g. 'template<T> RadioButton(const char* label, T* v, T v_button)', but I'm not sure how we would expose it..
 bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button)
 {
     const bool pressed = RadioButton(label, *v == v_button);
@@ -1010,8 +1139,9 @@ void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* over
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
 
     ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    ImRect bb(pos, pos + CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
-    ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f);
+    ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+    ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
         return;
 
@@ -1043,7 +1173,7 @@ void ImGui::Bullet()
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
-    const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize);
+    const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize);
     const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height));
     ItemSize(bb);
     if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
@@ -1053,8 +1183,9 @@ void ImGui::Bullet()
     }
 
     // Render and stay on same line
-    RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f));
-    SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2);
+    ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f), text_col);
+    SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
 }
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1064,9 +1195,10 @@ void ImGui::Bullet()
 // - Dummy()
 // - NewLine()
 // - AlignTextToFramePadding()
+// - SeparatorEx() [Internal]
 // - Separator()
-// - VerticalSeparator() [Internal]
 // - SplitterBehavior() [Internal]
+// - ShrinkWidths() [Internal]
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 void ImGui::Spacing()
@@ -1084,7 +1216,7 @@ void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size)
         return;
 
     const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    ItemSize(bb);
+    ItemSize(size);
     ItemAdd(bb, 0);
 }
 
@@ -1097,7 +1229,7 @@ void ImGui::NewLine()
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType;
     window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
-    if (window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y > 0.0f)     // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height.
+    if (window->DC.CurrLineSize.y > 0.0f)     // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height.
         ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0));
     else
         ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize));
@@ -1111,74 +1243,79 @@ void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding()
         return;
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
-    window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y);
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y);
 }
 
 // Horizontal/vertical separating line
-void ImGui::Separator()
+void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
         return;
+
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)));   // Check that only 1 option is selected
 
-    // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user
-    ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal;
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical))));   // Check that only 1 option is selected
+    float thickness_draw = 1.0f;
+    float thickness_layout = 0.0f;
     if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)
     {
-        VerticalSeparator();
-        return;
-    }
-
-    // Horizontal Separator
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsSet)
-        PopClipRect();
-
-    float x1 = window->Pos.x;
-    float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x;
-    if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty())
-        x1 += window->DC.Indent.x;
+        // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). Not exposed because it is misleading and it doesn't have an effect on regular layout.
+        float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y;
+        const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness_draw, y2));
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness_layout, 0.0f));
+        if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+            return;
 
-    const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y+1.0f));
-    ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); // NB: we don't provide our width so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit, we don't provide height to not alter layout.
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
-    {
-        if (window->DC.ColumnsSet)
-            PushColumnClipRect();
-        return;
+        // Draw
+        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogText(" |");
     }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal)
+    {
+        // Horizontal Separator
+        float x1 = window->Pos.x;
+        float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x;
+        if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty())
+            x1 += window->DC.Indent.x;
 
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x,bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
-
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogRenderedText(NULL, IM_NEWLINE "--------------------------------");
+        ImGuiColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL;
+        if (columns)
+            PushColumnsBackground();
 
-    if (window->DC.ColumnsSet)
-    {
-        PushColumnClipRect();
-        window->DC.ColumnsSet->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit
+        const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness_draw));
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_layout));
+        const bool item_visible = ItemAdd(bb, 0);
+        if (item_visible)
+        {
+            // Draw
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
+            if (g.LogEnabled)
+                LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------");
+        }
+        if (columns)
+        {
+            PopColumnsBackground();
+            columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+        }
     }
 }
 
-void ImGui::VerticalSeparator()
+void ImGui::Separator()
 {
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    if (window->SkipItems)
-        return;
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
-    float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-    float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y;
-    const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + 1.0f, y2));
-    ItemSize(ImVec2(bb.GetWidth(), 0.0f));
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
         return;
 
-    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
-    if (g.LogEnabled)
-        LogText(" |");
+    // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user
+    ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal;
+    flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns;
+    SeparatorEx(flags);
 }
 
 // Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise.
@@ -1234,14 +1371,58 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float
 
     // Render
     const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator);
-    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, col, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, col, 0.0f);
 
     return held;
 }
 
+static int IMGUI_CDECL ShrinkWidthItemComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* a = (const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* b = (const ImGuiShrinkWidthItem*)rhs;
+    if (int d = (int)(b->Width - a->Width))
+        return d;
+    return (b->Index - a->Index);
+}
+
+// Shrink excess width from a set of item, by removing width from the larger items first.
+void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess)
+{
+    if (count == 1)
+    {
+        items[0].Width = ImMax(items[0].Width - width_excess, 1.0f);
+        return;
+    }
+    ImQsort(items, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem), ShrinkWidthItemComparer);
+    int count_same_width = 1;
+    while (width_excess > 0.0f && count_same_width < count)
+    {
+        while (count_same_width < count && items[0].Width <= items[count_same_width].Width)
+            count_same_width++;
+        float max_width_to_remove_per_item = (count_same_width < count) ? (items[0].Width - items[count_same_width].Width) : (items[0].Width - 1.0f);
+        float width_to_remove_per_item = ImMin(width_excess / count_same_width, max_width_to_remove_per_item);
+        for (int item_n = 0; item_n < count_same_width; item_n++)
+            items[item_n].Width -= width_to_remove_per_item;
+        width_excess -= width_to_remove_per_item * count_same_width;
+    }
+
+    // Round width and redistribute remainder left-to-right (could make it an option of the function?)
+    // Ensure that e.g. the right-most tab of a shrunk tab-bar always reaches exactly at the same distance from the right-most edge of the tab bar separator.
+    width_excess = 0.0f;
+    for (int n = 0; n < count; n++)
+    {
+        float width_rounded = ImFloor(items[n].Width);
+        width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded;
+        items[n].Width = width_rounded;
+    }
+    if (width_excess > 0.0f)
+        for (int n = 0; n < count; n++)
+            if (items[n].Index < (int)(width_excess + 0.01f))
+                items[n].Width += 1.0f;
+}
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Widgets: Combo Box
+// [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // - BeginCombo()
 // - EndCombo()
@@ -1260,8 +1441,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF
 {
     // Always consume the SetNextWindowSizeConstraint() call in our early return paths
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiCond backup_next_window_size_constraint = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond;
-    g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond = 0;
+    bool has_window_size_constraint = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) != 0;
+    g.NextWindowData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;
 
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
@@ -1274,7 +1455,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF
 
     const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight();
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : CalcItemWidth();
+    const float expected_w = CalcItemWidth();
+    const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : expected_w;
     const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
     const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
     ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
@@ -1285,19 +1467,22 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF
     bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(frame_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
     bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(id);
 
-    const ImRect value_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max - ImVec2(arrow_size, 0.0f));
     const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+    const float value_x2 = ImMax(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size);
     RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
     if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Left);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Left);
     if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton))
     {
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button), style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Right);
-        RenderArrow(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size + style.FramePadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), ImGuiDir_Down);
+        ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+        ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Right);
+        if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= frame_bb.Max.x)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
     }
     RenderFrameBorder(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, style.FrameRounding);
     if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
-        RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f));
+        RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f));
     if (label_size.x > 0)
         RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
@@ -1312,9 +1497,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF
     if (!popup_open)
         return false;
 
-    if (backup_next_window_size_constraint)
+    if (has_window_size_constraint)
     {
-        g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond = backup_next_window_size_constraint;
+        g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;
         g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w);
     }
     else
@@ -1330,7 +1515,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF
     }
 
     char name[16];
-    ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth
+    ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth
 
     // Peak into expected window size so we can position it
     if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name))
@@ -1344,8 +1529,10 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF
             SetNextWindowPos(pos);
         }
 
+    // We don't use BeginPopupEx() solely because we have a custom name string, which we could make an argument to BeginPopupEx()
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+
     // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text
-    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
     PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y));
     bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags);
     PopStyleVar();
@@ -1404,7 +1591,7 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi
         items_getter(data, *current_item, &preview_value);
 
     // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here.
-    if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond)
+    if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint))
         SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items)));
 
     if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags_None))
@@ -1441,7 +1628,7 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[
     return value_changed;
 }
 
-// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string literal holding multiple zero-terminated items "item1\0item2\0" 
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string literal holding multiple zero-terminated items "item1\0item2\0"
 bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items)
 {
     int items_count = 0;
@@ -1459,6 +1646,7 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separa
 // [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal]
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // - PatchFormatStringFloatToInt()
+// - DataTypeGetInfo()
 // - DataTypeFormatString()
 // - DataTypeApplyOp()
 // - DataTypeApplyOpFromText()
@@ -1466,26 +1654,23 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separa
 // - RoundScalarWithFormat<>()
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo
-{
-    size_t      Size;
-    const char* PrintFmt;   // Unused
-    const char* ScanFmt;
-};
-
 static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] =
 {
-    { sizeof(int),          "%d",   "%d"    },
-    { sizeof(unsigned int), "%u",   "%u"    },
+    { sizeof(char),             "%d",   "%d"    },  // ImGuiDataType_S8
+    { sizeof(unsigned char),    "%u",   "%u"    },
+    { sizeof(short),            "%d",   "%d"    },  // ImGuiDataType_S16
+    { sizeof(unsigned short),   "%u",   "%u"    },
+    { sizeof(int),              "%d",   "%d"    },  // ImGuiDataType_S32
+    { sizeof(unsigned int),     "%u",   "%u"    },
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
-    { sizeof(ImS64),        "%I64d","%I64d" },
-    { sizeof(ImU64),        "%I64u","%I64u" },
+    { sizeof(ImS64),            "%I64d","%I64d" },  // ImGuiDataType_S64
+    { sizeof(ImU64),            "%I64u","%I64u" },
 #else
-    { sizeof(ImS64),        "%lld", "%lld"  },
-    { sizeof(ImU64),        "%llu", "%llu"  },
+    { sizeof(ImS64),            "%lld", "%lld"  },  // ImGuiDataType_S64
+    { sizeof(ImU64),            "%llu", "%llu"  },
 #endif
-    { sizeof(float),        "%f",   "%f"    },  // float are promoted to double in va_arg
-    { sizeof(double),       "%f",   "%lf"   },
+    { sizeof(float),            "%f",   "%f"    },  // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg)
+    { sizeof(double),           "%f",   "%lf"   },  // ImGuiDataType_Double
 };
 IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
 
@@ -1513,49 +1698,79 @@ static const char* PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(const char* fmt)
     return fmt;
 }
 
-static inline int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_ptr, const char* format)
+const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* ImGui::DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type)
 {
-    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32)   // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing the argument
-        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU32*)data_ptr);
-    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64)   // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing the argument
-        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU64*)data_ptr);
+    IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+    return &GDataTypeInfo[data_type];
+}
+
+int ImGui::DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format)
+{
+    // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing integer arguments
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU32*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU64*)p_data);
     if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
-        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const float*)data_ptr);
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const float*)p_data);
     if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
-        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const double*)data_ptr);
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const double*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImS8*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU8*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S16)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImS16*)p_data);
+    if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U16)
+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU16*)p_data);
     IM_ASSERT(0);
     return 0;
 }
 
-// FIXME: Adding support for clamping on boundaries of the data type would be nice.
-static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg1, const void* arg2)
+void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg1, const void* arg2)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(op == '+' || op == '-');
     switch (data_type)
     {
+        case ImGuiDataType_S8:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS8*)output  = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS8*)arg1,  *(const ImS8*)arg2,  IM_S8_MIN,  IM_S8_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS8*)output  = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS8*)arg1,  *(const ImS8*)arg2,  IM_S8_MIN,  IM_S8_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U8:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU8*)output  = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU8*)arg1,  *(const ImU8*)arg2,  IM_U8_MIN,  IM_U8_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU8*)output  = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU8*)arg1,  *(const ImU8*)arg2,  IM_U8_MIN,  IM_U8_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_S16:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS16*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS16*)arg1, *(const ImS16*)arg2, IM_S16_MIN, IM_S16_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS16*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS16*)arg1, *(const ImS16*)arg2, IM_S16_MIN, IM_S16_MAX); }
+            return;
+        case ImGuiDataType_U16:
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU16*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU16*)arg1, *(const ImU16*)arg2, IM_U16_MIN, IM_U16_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU16*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU16*)arg1, *(const ImU16*)arg2, IM_U16_MIN, IM_U16_MAX); }
+            return;
         case ImGuiDataType_S32:
-            if (op == '+')      *(int*)output = *(const int*)arg1 + *(const int*)arg2;
-            else if (op == '-') *(int*)output = *(const int*)arg1 - *(const int*)arg2;
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS32*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS32*)arg1, *(const ImS32*)arg2, IM_S32_MIN, IM_S32_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS32*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS32*)arg1, *(const ImS32*)arg2, IM_S32_MIN, IM_S32_MAX); }
             return;
         case ImGuiDataType_U32:
-            if (op == '+')      *(unsigned int*)output = *(const unsigned int*)arg1 + *(const ImU32*)arg2;
-            else if (op == '-') *(unsigned int*)output = *(const unsigned int*)arg1 - *(const ImU32*)arg2;
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU32*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU32*)arg1, *(const ImU32*)arg2, IM_U32_MIN, IM_U32_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU32*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU32*)arg1, *(const ImU32*)arg2, IM_U32_MIN, IM_U32_MAX); }
             return;
         case ImGuiDataType_S64:
-            if (op == '+')      *(ImS64*)output = *(const ImS64*)arg1 + *(const ImS64*)arg2;
-            else if (op == '-') *(ImS64*)output = *(const ImS64*)arg1 - *(const ImS64*)arg2;
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImS64*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImS64*)arg1, *(const ImS64*)arg2, IM_S64_MIN, IM_S64_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImS64*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImS64*)arg1, *(const ImS64*)arg2, IM_S64_MIN, IM_S64_MAX); }
             return;
         case ImGuiDataType_U64:
-            if (op == '+')      *(ImU64*)output = *(const ImU64*)arg1 + *(const ImU64*)arg2;
-            else if (op == '-') *(ImU64*)output = *(const ImU64*)arg1 - *(const ImU64*)arg2;
+            if (op == '+') { *(ImU64*)output = ImAddClampOverflow(*(const ImU64*)arg1, *(const ImU64*)arg2, IM_U64_MIN, IM_U64_MAX); }
+            if (op == '-') { *(ImU64*)output = ImSubClampOverflow(*(const ImU64*)arg1, *(const ImU64*)arg2, IM_U64_MIN, IM_U64_MAX); }
             return;
         case ImGuiDataType_Float:
-            if (op == '+')      *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 + *(const float*)arg2;
-            else if (op == '-') *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 - *(const float*)arg2;
+            if (op == '+') { *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 + *(const float*)arg2; }
+            if (op == '-') { *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 - *(const float*)arg2; }
             return;
         case ImGuiDataType_Double:
-            if (op == '+')      *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 + *(const double*)arg2;
-            else if (op == '-') *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 - *(const double*)arg2;
+            if (op == '+') { *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 + *(const double*)arg2; }
+            if (op == '-') { *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 - *(const double*)arg2; }
             return;
         case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break;
     }
@@ -1564,7 +1779,7 @@ static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void*
 
 // User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values.
 // NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess..
-static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format)
+bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format)
 {
     while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf))
         buf++;
@@ -1588,16 +1803,18 @@ static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_b
     // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all.
     IM_ASSERT(data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
     int data_backup[2];
-    IM_ASSERT(GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size <= sizeof(data_backup));
-    memcpy(data_backup, data_ptr, GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size);
+    const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = ImGui::DataTypeGetInfo(data_type);
+    IM_ASSERT(type_info->Size <= sizeof(data_backup));
+    memcpy(data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size);
 
     if (format == NULL)
-        format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].ScanFmt;
+        format = type_info->ScanFmt;
 
+    // FIXME-LEGACY: The aim is to remove those operators and write a proper expression evaluator at some point..
     int arg1i = 0;
     if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32)
     {
-        int* v = (int*)data_ptr;
+        int* v = (int*)p_data;
         int arg0i = *v;
         float arg1f = 0.0f;
         if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0i) < 1)
@@ -1608,17 +1825,11 @@ static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_b
         else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f) && arg1f != 0.0f) *v = (int)(arg0i / arg1f); }  // Divide
         else                { if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1i) == 1) *v = arg1i; }                           // Assign constant
     }
-    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64)
-    {
-        // Assign constant
-        // FIXME: We don't bother handling support for legacy operators since they are a little too crappy. Instead we may implement a proper expression evaluator in the future.
-        sscanf(buf, format, data_ptr);
-    }
     else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
     {
         // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in
         format = "%f";
-        float* v = (float*)data_ptr;
+        float* v = (float*)p_data;
         float arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0f;
         if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1)
             return false;
@@ -1632,7 +1843,7 @@ static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_b
     else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
     {
         format = "%lf"; // scanf differentiate float/double unlike printf which forces everything to double because of ellipsis
-        double* v = (double*)data_ptr;
+        double* v = (double*)p_data;
         double arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0;
         if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1)
             return false;
@@ -1643,7 +1854,30 @@ static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_b
         else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide
         else                { *v = arg1f; }                            // Assign constant
     }
-    return memcmp(data_backup, data_ptr, GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size) != 0;
+    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64)
+    {
+        // All other types assign constant
+        // We don't bother handling support for legacy operators since they are a little too crappy. Instead we will later implement a proper expression evaluator in the future.
+        sscanf(buf, format, p_data);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf()
+        int v32;
+        sscanf(buf, format, &v32);
+        if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8)
+            *(ImS8*)p_data = (ImS8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S8_MIN, (int)IM_S8_MAX);
+        else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8)
+            *(ImU8*)p_data = (ImU8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_U8_MIN, (int)IM_U8_MAX);
+        else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S16)
+            *(ImS16*)p_data = (ImS16)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S16_MIN, (int)IM_S16_MAX);
+        else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U16)
+            *(ImU16*)p_data = (ImU16)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_U16_MIN, (int)IM_U16_MAX);
+        else
+            IM_ASSERT(0);
+    }
+
+    return memcmp(data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0;
 }
 
 static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision)
@@ -1651,7 +1885,7 @@ static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision)
     static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f };
     if (decimal_precision < 0)
         return FLT_MIN;
-    return (decimal_precision >= 0 && decimal_precision < 10) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : ImPow(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
+    return (decimal_precision < IM_ARRAYSIZE(min_steps)) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : ImPow(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
 }
 
 template<typename TYPE>
@@ -1706,21 +1940,26 @@ TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type,
 
 // This is called by DragBehavior() when the widget is active (held by mouse or being manipulated with Nav controls)
 template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
-bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power)
+bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiDragFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
     const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
-    const bool has_min_max = (v_min != v_max);
+    const bool is_clamped = (v_min < v_max);
+    const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f && is_decimal && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX));
+    const bool is_locked = (v_min > v_max);
+    if (is_locked)
+        return false;
 
     // Default tweak speed
-    if (v_speed == 0.0f && has_min_max && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX))
+    if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX))
         v_speed = (float)((v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio);
 
     // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings
     float adjust_delta = 0.0f;
     if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[0] > 1.0f*1.0f)
     {
-        adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta.x;
+        adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta[axis];
         if (g.IO.KeyAlt)
             adjust_delta *= 1.0f / 100.0f;
         if (g.IO.KeyShift)
@@ -1729,16 +1968,21 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const
     else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
     {
         int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0;
-        adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f).x;
+        adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f)[axis];
         v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision));
     }
     adjust_delta *= v_speed;
 
+    // For vertical drag we currently assume that Up=higher value (like we do with vertical sliders). This may become a parameter.
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+        adjust_delta = -adjust_delta;
+
     // Clear current value on activation
     // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300.
     bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated;
-    bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = has_min_max && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f));
-    if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward)
+    bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = is_clamped && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f));
+    bool is_drag_direction_change_with_power = is_power && ((adjust_delta < 0 && g.DragCurrentAccum > 0) || (adjust_delta > 0 && g.DragCurrentAccum < 0));
+    if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward || is_drag_direction_change_with_power)
     {
         g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
         g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
@@ -1755,18 +1999,17 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const
     TYPE v_cur = *v;
     FLOATTYPE v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = (FLOATTYPE)0.0f;
 
-    const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f && is_decimal && has_min_max && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX));
     if (is_power)
     {
         // Offset + round to user desired precision, with a curve on the v_min..v_max range to get more precision on one side of the range
         FLOATTYPE v_old_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power);
         FLOATTYPE v_new_norm_curved = v_old_norm_curved + (g.DragCurrentAccum / (v_max - v_min));
-        v_cur = v_min + (TYPE)ImPow(ImSaturate((float)v_new_norm_curved), power) * (v_max - v_min);
+        v_cur = v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)ImPow(ImSaturate((float)v_new_norm_curved), power) * (v_max - v_min);
         v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_norm_curved;
     }
     else
     {
-        v_cur += (TYPE)g.DragCurrentAccum;
+        v_cur += (SIGNEDTYPE)g.DragCurrentAccum;
     }
 
     // Round to user desired precision based on format string
@@ -1789,7 +2032,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const
         v_cur = (TYPE)0;
 
     // Clamp values (+ handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types)
-    if (*v != v_cur && has_min_max)
+    if (*v != v_cur && is_clamped)
     {
         if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_decimal))
             v_cur = v_min;
@@ -1804,7 +2047,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const
     return true;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power)
+bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (g.ActiveId == id)
@@ -1819,94 +2062,99 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_s
 
     switch (data_type)
     {
-    case ImGuiDataType_S32:    return DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float >(data_type, (ImS32*)v,  v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImS32* )v_min : IM_S32_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImS32* )v_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, power);
-    case ImGuiDataType_U32:    return DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float >(data_type, (ImU32*)v,  v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImU32* )v_min : IM_U32_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImU32* )v_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, power);
-    case ImGuiDataType_S64:    return DragBehaviorT<ImS64, ImS64, double>(data_type, (ImS64*)v,  v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImS64* )v_min : IM_S64_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImS64* )v_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, power);
-    case ImGuiDataType_U64:    return DragBehaviorT<ImU64, ImS64, double>(data_type, (ImU64*)v,  v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImU64* )v_min : IM_U64_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImU64* )v_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, power);
-    case ImGuiDataType_Float:  return DragBehaviorT<float, float, float >(data_type, (float*)v,  v_speed, v_min ? *(const float* )v_min : -FLT_MAX,   v_max ? *(const float* )v_max : FLT_MAX,    format, power);
-    case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT<double,double,double>(data_type, (double*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const double*)v_min : -DBL_MAX,   v_max ? *(const double*)v_max : DBL_MAX,    format, power);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:     { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v;  bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS8*) p_min : IM_S8_MIN,  p_max ? *(const ImS8*)p_max  : IM_S8_MAX,  format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:     { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v;  bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU8*) p_min : IM_U8_MIN,  p_max ? *(const ImU8*)p_max  : IM_U8_MAX,  format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16:    { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS16*)p_min : IM_S16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS16*)p_max : IM_S16_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16:    { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU16*)p_min : IM_U16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU16*)p_max : IM_U16_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:    return DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float >(data_type, (ImS32*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS32* )p_min : IM_S32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS32* )p_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, power, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U32:    return DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float >(data_type, (ImU32*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU32* )p_min : IM_U32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU32* )p_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, power, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_S64:    return DragBehaviorT<ImS64, ImS64, double>(data_type, (ImS64*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS64* )p_min : IM_S64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS64* )p_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, power, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_U64:    return DragBehaviorT<ImU64, ImS64, double>(data_type, (ImU64*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU64* )p_min : IM_U64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU64* )p_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, power, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Float:  return DragBehaviorT<float, float, float >(data_type, (float*)p_v,  v_speed, p_min ? *(const float* )p_min : -FLT_MAX,   p_max ? *(const float* )p_max : FLT_MAX,    format, power, flags);
+    case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT<double,double,double>(data_type, (double*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const double*)p_min : -DBL_MAX,   p_max ? *(const double*)p_max : DBL_MAX,    format, power, flags);
     case ImGuiDataType_COUNT:  break;
     }
     IM_ASSERT(0);
     return false;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power)
+// Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a Drag widget, p_min and p_max are optional.
+// Read code of e.g. SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
+bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
         return false;
 
     if (power != 1.0f)
-        IM_ASSERT(v_min != NULL && v_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds
+        IM_ASSERT(p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
     const float w = CalcItemWidth();
-
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
     const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
-    const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
     const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
 
-    // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb))
-    {
-        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
         return false;
-    }
-    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
 
     // Default format string when passing NULL
-    // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details.
-    IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
     if (format == NULL)
-        format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt;
-    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.)
         format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format);
 
     // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an input box
-    bool start_text_input = false;
-    const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id);
-    if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && (g.IO.MouseClicked[0] || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) || g.NavActivateId == id || (g.NavInputId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId != id))
-    {
-        SetActiveID(id, window);
-        SetFocusID(id, window);
-        FocusWindow(window);
-        g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
-        if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] || g.NavInputId == id)
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
+    bool temp_input_is_active = TempInputTextIsActive(id);
+    bool temp_input_start = false;
+    if (!temp_input_is_active)
+    {
+        const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id);
+        const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]);
+        const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]);
+        if (focus_requested || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id)
         {
-            start_text_input = true;
-            g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+            SetFocusID(id, window);
+            FocusWindow(window);
+            g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+            if (focus_requested || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavInputId == id)
+            {
+                temp_input_start = true;
+                FocusableItemUnregister(window);
+            }
         }
     }
-    if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id))
-        return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, v, format);
-
-    // Actual drag behavior
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
-    const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, format, power);
-    if (value_changed)
-        MarkItemEdited(id);
+    if (temp_input_is_active || temp_input_start)
+        return TempInputTextScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format);
 
     // Draw frame
     const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
     RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
     RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
 
+    // Drag behavior
+    const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, power, ImGuiDragFlags_None);
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(id);
+
     // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
     char value_buf[64];
-    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, v, format);
+    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
     RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
 
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+        RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags);
     return value_changed;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power)
+bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
@@ -1916,20 +2164,27 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int
     bool value_changed = false;
     BeginGroup();
     PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth());
     size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
     for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
     {
         PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= DragScalar("##v", data_type, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, format, power);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        if (i > 0)
+            SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        value_changed |= DragScalar("", data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, power);
         PopID();
         PopItemWidth();
-        v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size);
+        p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size);
     }
     PopID();
 
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    if (label != label_end)
+    {
+        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_end);
+    }
+
     EndGroup();
     return value_changed;
 }
@@ -1963,7 +2218,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_cu
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     PushID(label);
     BeginGroup();
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(2);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth());
 
     bool value_changed = DragFloat("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format, power);
     PopItemWidth();
@@ -1972,7 +2227,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_cu
     PopItemWidth();
     SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
 
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+    TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
     EndGroup();
     PopID();
     return value_changed;
@@ -2008,7 +2263,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     PushID(label);
     BeginGroup();
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(2);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth());
 
     bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format);
     PopItemWidth();
@@ -2017,7 +2272,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_
     PopItemWidth();
     SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
 
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+    TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
     EndGroup();
     PopID();
 
@@ -2078,28 +2333,28 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
 
-    const bool is_horizontal = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) == 0;
+    const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
     const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
     const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && is_decimal;
 
     const float grab_padding = 2.0f;
-    const float slider_sz = is_horizontal ? (bb.GetWidth() - grab_padding * 2.0f) : (bb.GetHeight() - grab_padding * 2.0f);
+    const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f;
     float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize;
     SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max);
     if (!is_decimal && v_range >= 0)                                             // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows
         grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize);  // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit
     grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz);
     const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz;
-    const float slider_usable_pos_min = (is_horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y) + grab_padding + grab_sz*0.5f;
-    const float slider_usable_pos_max = (is_horizontal ? bb.Max.x : bb.Max.y) - grab_padding - grab_sz*0.5f;
+    const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f;
+    const float slider_usable_pos_max = bb.Max[axis] - grab_padding - grab_sz * 0.5f;
 
     // For power curve sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the curve to be symmetric around 0.0f
     float linear_zero_pos;   // 0.0->1.0f
     if (is_power && v_min * v_max < 0.0f)
     {
         // Different sign
-        const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_min_to_0 = ImPow(v_min >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_min : -(FLOATTYPE)v_min, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f/power);
-        const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_max_to_0 = ImPow(v_max >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_max : -(FLOATTYPE)v_max, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f/power);
+        const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_min_to_0 = ImPow(v_min >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_min : -(FLOATTYPE)v_min, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power);
+        const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_max_to_0 = ImPow(v_max >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_max : -(FLOATTYPE)v_max, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power);
         linear_zero_pos = (float)(linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0 + linear_dist_max_to_0));
     }
     else
@@ -2122,9 +2377,9 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ
             }
             else
             {
-                const float mouse_abs_pos = is_horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
+                const float mouse_abs_pos = g.IO.MousePos[axis];
                 clicked_t = (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) ? ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f) : 0.0f;
-                if (!is_horizontal)
+                if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
                     clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t;
                 set_new_value = true;
             }
@@ -2132,7 +2387,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ
         else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
         {
             const ImVec2 delta2 = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 0.0f, 0.0f);
-            float delta = is_horizontal ? delta2.x : -delta2.y;
+            float delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? delta2.x : -delta2.y;
             if (g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
             {
                 ClearActiveID();
@@ -2203,7 +2458,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ
                     FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (v_max - v_min) * clicked_t;
                     TYPE v_new_off_floor = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f);
                     TYPE v_new_off_round = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)0.5);
-                    if (!is_decimal && v_new_off_floor < v_new_off_round)
+                    if (v_new_off_floor < v_new_off_round)
                         v_new = v_min + v_new_off_round;
                     else
                         v_new = v_min + v_new_off_floor;
@@ -2222,51 +2477,64 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ
         }
     }
 
-    // Output grab position so it can be displayed by the caller
-    float grab_t = SliderCalcRatioFromValueT<TYPE,FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos);
-    if (!is_horizontal)
-        grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
-    const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
-    if (is_horizontal)
-        *out_grab_bb = ImRect(grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f, bb.Min.y + grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f, bb.Max.y - grab_padding);
+    if (slider_sz < 1.0f)
+    {
+        *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min, bb.Min);
+    }
     else
-        *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f, bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f);
+    {
+        // Output grab position so it can be displayed by the caller
+        float grab_t = SliderCalcRatioFromValueT<TYPE, FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos);
+        if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y)
+            grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
+        const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
+        if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
+            *out_grab_bb = ImRect(grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Min.y + grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Max.y - grab_padding);
+        else
+            *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f, bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f);
+    }
 
     return value_changed;
 }
 
-// For 32-bits and larger types, slider bounds are limited to half the natural type range.
+// For 32-bit and larger types, slider bounds are limited to half the natural type range.
 // So e.g. an integer Slider between INT_MAX-10 and INT_MAX will fail, but an integer Slider between INT_MAX/2-10 and INT_MAX/2 will be ok.
 // It would be possible to lift that limitation with some work but it doesn't seem to be worth it for sliders.
-bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb)
+bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb)
 {
     switch (data_type)
     {
+    case ImGuiDataType_S8:  { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v;  bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS8*)p_min,  *(const ImS8*)p_max,  format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v  = (ImS8)v32;  return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U8:  { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v;  bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU8*)p_min,  *(const ImU8*)p_max,  format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v  = (ImU8)v32;  return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS16*)p_min, *(const ImS16*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; }
+    case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float>(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU16*)p_min, *(const ImU16*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; }
     case ImGuiDataType_S32:
-        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)v_min >= IM_S32_MIN/2 && *(const ImS32*)v_max <= IM_S32_MAX/2);
-        return SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float >(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)v,  *(const ImS32*)v_min,  *(const ImS32*)v_max,  format, power, flags, out_grab_bb);
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)p_min >= IM_S32_MIN/2 && *(const ImS32*)p_max <= IM_S32_MAX/2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float >(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)p_v,  *(const ImS32*)p_min,  *(const ImS32*)p_max,  format, power, flags, out_grab_bb);
     case ImGuiDataType_U32:
-        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)v_min <= IM_U32_MAX/2);
-        return SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float >(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)v,  *(const ImU32*)v_min,  *(const ImU32*)v_max,  format, power, flags, out_grab_bb);
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)p_max <= IM_U32_MAX/2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float >(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)p_v,  *(const ImU32*)p_min,  *(const ImU32*)p_max,  format, power, flags, out_grab_bb);
     case ImGuiDataType_S64:
-        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)v_min >= IM_S64_MIN/2 && *(const ImS64*)v_max <= IM_S64_MAX/2);
-        return SliderBehaviorT<ImS64, ImS64, double>(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)v,  *(const ImS64*)v_min,  *(const ImS64*)v_max,  format, power, flags, out_grab_bb);
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)p_min >= IM_S64_MIN/2 && *(const ImS64*)p_max <= IM_S64_MAX/2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImS64, ImS64, double>(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)p_v,  *(const ImS64*)p_min,  *(const ImS64*)p_max,  format, power, flags, out_grab_bb);
     case ImGuiDataType_U64:
-        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)v_min <= IM_U64_MAX/2);
-        return SliderBehaviorT<ImU64, ImS64, double>(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)v,  *(const ImU64*)v_min,  *(const ImU64*)v_max,  format, power, flags, out_grab_bb);
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)p_max <= IM_U64_MAX/2);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<ImU64, ImS64, double>(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)p_v,  *(const ImU64*)p_min,  *(const ImU64*)p_max,  format, power, flags, out_grab_bb);
     case ImGuiDataType_Float:
-        IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)v_min >= -FLT_MAX/2.0f && *(const float*)v_max <= FLT_MAX/2.0f);
-        return SliderBehaviorT<float, float, float >(bb, id, data_type, (float*)v,  *(const float*)v_min,  *(const float*)v_max,  format, power, flags, out_grab_bb);
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)p_min >= -FLT_MAX/2.0f && *(const float*)p_max <= FLT_MAX/2.0f);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<float, float, float >(bb, id, data_type, (float*)p_v,  *(const float*)p_min,  *(const float*)p_max,  format, power, flags, out_grab_bb);
     case ImGuiDataType_Double:
-        IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)v_min >= -DBL_MAX/2.0f && *(const double*)v_max <= DBL_MAX/2.0f);
-        return SliderBehaviorT<double,double,double>(bb, id, data_type, (double*)v, *(const double*)v_min, *(const double*)v_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb);
+        IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)p_min >= -DBL_MAX/2.0f && *(const double*)p_max <= DBL_MAX/2.0f);
+        return SliderBehaviorT<double,double,double>(bb, id, data_type, (double*)p_v, *(const double*)p_min, *(const double*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb);
     case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break;
     }
     IM_ASSERT(0);
     return false;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power)
+// Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a slider, they are all required.
+// Read code of e.g. SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
+bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
@@ -2281,41 +2549,39 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, co
     const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
     const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
 
-    // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below
+    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb))
-    {
-        ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
         return false;
-    }
 
     // Default format string when passing NULL
-    // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details.
-    IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
     if (format == NULL)
-        format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt;
-    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.)
         format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format);
 
     // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box
-    bool start_text_input = false;
-    const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id);
     const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
-    if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || (g.NavInputId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId != id))
+    bool temp_input_is_active = TempInputTextIsActive(id);
+    bool temp_input_start = false;
+    if (!temp_input_is_active)
     {
-        SetActiveID(id, window);
-        SetFocusID(id, window);
-        FocusWindow(window);
-        g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
-        if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl || g.NavInputId == id)
+        const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id);
+        const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]);
+        if (focus_requested || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id)
         {
-            start_text_input = true;
-            g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+            SetActiveID(id, window);
+            SetFocusID(id, window);
+            FocusWindow(window);
+            g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+            if (focus_requested || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavInputId == id)
+            {
+                temp_input_start = true;
+                FocusableItemUnregister(window);
+            }
         }
     }
-    if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id))
-        return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, v, format);
-
-    ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+    if (temp_input_is_active || temp_input_start)
+        return TempInputTextScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format);
 
     // Draw frame
     const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
@@ -2324,21 +2590,23 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, co
 
     // Slider behavior
     ImRect grab_bb;
-    const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_None, &grab_bb);
+    const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_None, &grab_bb);
     if (value_changed)
         MarkItemEdited(id);
 
     // Render grab
-    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+    if (grab_bb.Max.x > grab_bb.Min.x)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
 
     // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
     char value_buf[64];
-    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, v, format);
+    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
     RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f));
 
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
         RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags);
     return value_changed;
 }
 
@@ -2353,20 +2621,27 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, i
     bool value_changed = false;
     BeginGroup();
     PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth());
     size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
     for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
     {
         PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= SliderScalar("##v", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        if (i > 0)
+            SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        value_changed |= SliderScalar("", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power);
         PopID();
         PopItemWidth();
         v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size);
     }
     PopID();
 
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    if (label != label_end)
+    {
+        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_end);
+    }
+
     EndGroup();
     return value_changed;
 }
@@ -2421,7 +2696,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const
     return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power)
+bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
@@ -2440,11 +2715,9 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d
         return false;
 
     // Default format string when passing NULL
-    // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details.
-    IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
     if (format == NULL)
-        format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt;
-    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0)
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
+    else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.)
         format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format);
 
     const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
@@ -2453,7 +2726,7 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d
         SetActiveID(id, window);
         SetFocusID(id, window);
         FocusWindow(window);
-        g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
     }
 
     // Draw frame
@@ -2463,17 +2736,18 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d
 
     // Slider behavior
     ImRect grab_bb;
-    const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, &grab_bb);
+    const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, &grab_bb);
     if (value_changed)
         MarkItemEdited(id);
 
     // Render grab
-    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+    if (grab_bb.Max.y > grab_bb.Min.y)
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
 
     // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
     // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding
     char value_buf[64];
-    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, v, format);
+    const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
     RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f));
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
         RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
@@ -2498,7 +2772,7 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min,
 // - ImParseFormatFindEnd() [Internal]
 // - ImParseFormatTrimDecorations() [Internal]
 // - ImParseFormatPrecision() [Internal]
-// - InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement() [Internal]
+// - TempInputTextScalar() [Internal]
 // - InputScalar()
 // - InputScalarN()
 // - InputFloat()
@@ -2548,7 +2822,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt)
 //  fmt = "%.3f"       -> return fmt
 //  fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6
 //  fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f"
-const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, int buf_size)
+const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_size)
 {
     const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt);
     if (fmt_start[0] != '%')
@@ -2556,7 +2830,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, int buf_siz
     const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start);
     if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data.
         return fmt_start;
-    ImStrncpy(buf, fmt_start, ImMin((int)(fmt_end + 1 - fmt_start), buf_size));
+    ImStrncpy(buf, fmt_start, ImMin((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_start) + 1, buf_size));
     return buf;
 }
 
@@ -2584,100 +2858,118 @@ int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision)
     return (precision == INT_MAX) ? default_precision : precision;
 }
 
-// Create text input in place of a slider (when CTRL+Clicking on slider)
-// FIXME: Logic is messy and confusing.
-bool ImGui::InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format)
+// Create text input in place of another active widget (e.g. used when doing a CTRL+Click on drag/slider widgets)
+// FIXME: Facilitate using this in variety of other situations.
+bool ImGui::TempInputTextScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
 
-    // Our replacement widget will override the focus ID (registered previously to allow for a TAB focus to happen)
-    // On the first frame, g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id
-    SetActiveID(g.ScalarAsInputTextId, window);
-    g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
-    SetHoveredID(0);
-    FocusableItemUnregister(window);
+    // On the first frame, g.TempInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id.
+    // We clear ActiveID on the first frame to allow the InputText() taking it back.
+    const bool init = (g.TempInputTextId != id);
+    if (init)
+        ClearActiveID();
 
     char fmt_buf[32];
     char data_buf[32];
     format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf));
-    DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, data_ptr, format);
+    DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
     ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf);
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ((data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal);
-    bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), bb.GetSize(), flags);
-    if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0)     // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget
+
+    g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min;
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited;
+    flags |= ((data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal);
+    bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, NULL, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), bb.GetSize(), flags);
+    if (init)
     {
-        IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id);    // InputText ID expected to match the Slider ID
-        g.ScalarAsInputTextId = g.ActiveId;
-        SetHoveredID(id);
+        // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget, we expect it to take the active id.
+        IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id);
+        g.TempInputTextId = g.ActiveId;
     }
     if (value_changed)
-        return DataTypeApplyOpFromText(data_buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.Data, data_type, data_ptr, NULL);
-    return false;
+    {
+        value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(data_buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, NULL);
+        if (value_changed)
+            MarkItemEdited(id);
+    }
+    return value_changed;
 }
 
-// NB: format here must be a simple "%xx" format string with no prefix/suffix (unlike the Drag/Slider functions "format" argument)
-bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const void* step, const void* step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+// Note: p_data, p_step, p_step_fast are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For an Input widget, p_step and p_step_fast are optional.
+// Read code of e.g. InputFloat(), InputInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
+bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
         return false;
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
 
-    IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
     if (format == NULL)
-        format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt;
+        format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
 
     char buf[64];
-    DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, data_ptr, format);
+    DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format);
 
     bool value_changed = false;
-    if ((extra_flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0)
-        extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal;
-    extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll;
+    if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal;
+    flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll;
+    flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited;  // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselve by comparing the actual data rather than the string.
 
-    if (step != NULL)
+    if (p_step != NULL)
     {
         const float button_size = GetFrameHeight();
 
         BeginGroup(); // The only purpose of the group here is to allow the caller to query item data e.g. IsItemActive()
         PushID(label);
-        PushItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2));
-        if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), extra_flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view
-            value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.Data, data_type, data_ptr, format);
-        PopItemWidth();
+        SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2));
+        if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view
+            value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format);
 
         // Step buttons
+        const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding;
+        style.FramePadding.x = style.FramePadding.y;
+        ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups;
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly)
+            button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled;
         SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
+        if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags))
         {
-            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', data_ptr, data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast ? step_fast : step);
+            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step);
             value_changed = true;
         }
         SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        if (ButtonEx("+", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
+        if (ButtonEx("+", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags))
         {
-            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', data_ptr, data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast ? step_fast : step);
+            DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step);
             value_changed = true;
         }
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+
+        const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+        if (label != label_end)
+        {
+            SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+            TextEx(label, label_end);
+        }
+        style.FramePadding = backup_frame_padding;
 
         PopID();
         EndGroup();
     }
     else
     {
-        if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), extra_flags))
-            value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.Data, data_type, data_ptr, format);
+        if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags))
+            value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format);
     }
+    if (value_changed)
+        MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId);
 
     return value_changed;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* step, const void* step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
@@ -2687,112 +2979,120 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, in
     bool value_changed = false;
     BeginGroup();
     PushID(label);
-    PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
+    PushMultiItemsWidths(components, CalcItemWidth());
     size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
     for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
     {
         PushID(i);
-        value_changed |= InputScalar("##v", data_type, v, step, step_fast, format, extra_flags);
-        SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        if (i > 0)
+            SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        value_changed |= InputScalar("", data_type, p_data, p_step, p_step_fast, format, flags);
         PopID();
         PopItemWidth();
-        v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size);
+        p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size);
     }
     PopID();
 
-    TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+    const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    if (label != label_end)
+    {
+        SameLine(0.0f, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        TextEx(label, label_end);
+    }
+
     EndGroup();
     return value_changed;
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
-    extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific;
-    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, extra_flags);
+    flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific;
+    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
-    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags);
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
-    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags);
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
-    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags);
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
 }
 
 // Prefer using "const char* format" directly, which is more flexible and consistent with other API.
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
     char format[16] = "%f";
     if (decimal_precision >= 0)
         ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision);
-    return InputFloat(label, v, step, step_fast, format, extra_flags);
+    return InputFloat(label, v, step, step_fast, format, flags);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
     char format[16] = "%f";
     if (decimal_precision >= 0)
         ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision);
-    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags);
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
     char format[16] = "%f";
     if (decimal_precision >= 0)
         ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision);
-    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags);
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
     char format[16] = "%f";
     if (decimal_precision >= 0)
         ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision);
-    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags);
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags);
 }
 #endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
 
-bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
     // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes.
-    const char* format = (extra_flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d";
-    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, extra_flags);
+    const char* format = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d";
+    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
-    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, NULL, NULL, "%d", extra_flags);
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
-    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, NULL, NULL, "%d", extra_flags);
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
-    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, NULL, NULL, "%d", extra_flags);
+    return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
 }
 
-bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
 {
-    extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific;
-    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, extra_flags);
+    flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific;
+    return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags);
 }
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline
+// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline, InputTextWithHint
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // - InputText()
+// - InputTextWithHint()
 // - InputTextMultiline()
 // - InputTextEx() [Internal]
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2800,12 +3100,18 @@ bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_f
 bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline()
-    return InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0,0), flags, callback, user_data);
+    return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0,0), flags, callback, user_data);
 }
 
 bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data)
 {
-    return InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data);
+    return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline()
+    return InputTextEx(label, hint, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data);
 }
 
 static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end)
@@ -2824,8 +3130,9 @@ static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char**
 
 static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line)
 {
-    ImFont* font = GImGui->Font;
-    const float line_height = GImGui->FontSize;
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImFont* font = g.Font;
+    const float line_height = g.FontSize;
     const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize;
 
     ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0);
@@ -2867,13 +3174,13 @@ static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* t
 }
 
 // Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar)
-namespace ImGuiStb
+namespace ImStb
 {
 
 static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj)                             { return obj->CurLenW; }
 static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx)                      { return obj->TextW[idx]; }
-static float   STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx)  { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx+char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; return GImGui->Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (GImGui->FontSize / GImGui->Font->FontSize); }
-static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key)                                                    { return key >= 0x10000 ? 0 : key; }
+static float   STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx)  { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); }
+static int     STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key)                                                    { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; }
 static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n';
 static void    STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx)
 {
@@ -2947,30 +3254,47 @@ static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const Im
 }
 
 // We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols)
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT         0x10000 // keyboard input to move cursor left
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT        0x10001 // keyboard input to move cursor right
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP           0x10002 // keyboard input to move cursor up
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN         0x10003 // keyboard input to move cursor down
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART    0x10004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND      0x10005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART    0x10006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND      0x10007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE       0x10008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE    0x10009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO         0x1000A // keyboard input to perform undo
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO         0x1000B // keyboard input to perform redo
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT     0x1000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT    0x1000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word
-#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT        0x20000
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT         0x200000 // keyboard input to move cursor left
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT        0x200001 // keyboard input to move cursor right
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP           0x200002 // keyboard input to move cursor up
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN         0x200003 // keyboard input to move cursor down
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART    0x200004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND      0x200005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART    0x200006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND      0x200007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE       0x200008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE    0x200009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO         0x20000A // keyboard input to perform undo
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO         0x20000B // keyboard input to perform redo
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT     0x20000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT    0x20000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT        0x400000
 
 #define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
 #include "imstb_textedit.h"
 
+// stb_textedit internally allows for a single undo record to do addition and deletion, but somehow, calling 
+// the stb_textedit_paste() function creates two separate records, so we perform it manually. (FIXME: Report to nothings/stb?) 
+static void stb_textedit_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len)
+{
+    stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len);
+    ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW);
+    if (text_len <= 0)
+        return;
+    if (ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, 0, text, text_len))
+    {
+        state->cursor = text_len;
+        state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(0); // Failed to insert character, normally shouldn't happen because of how we currently use stb_textedit_replace()
 }
 
+} // namespace ImStb
+
 void ImGuiInputTextState::OnKeyPressed(int key)
 {
-    stb_textedit_key(this, &StbState, key);
+    stb_textedit_key(this, &Stb, key);
     CursorFollow = true;
     CursorAnimReset();
 }
@@ -3014,10 +3338,10 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons
         ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
         ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState;
         IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID);
-        IM_ASSERT(Buf == edit_state->TempBuffer.Data);
+        IM_ASSERT(Buf == edit_state->TextA.Data);
         int new_buf_size = BufTextLen + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1;
-        edit_state->TempBuffer.reserve(new_buf_size + 1);
-        Buf = edit_state->TempBuffer.Data;
+        edit_state->TextA.reserve(new_buf_size + 1);
+        Buf = edit_state->TextA.Data;
         BufSize = edit_state->BufCapacityA = new_buf_size;
     }
 
@@ -3038,7 +3362,8 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f
 {
     unsigned int c = *p_char;
 
-    if (c < 128 && c != ' ' && !isprint((int)(c & 0xFF)))
+    // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467)
+    if (c < 0x20)
     {
         bool pass = false;
         pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline));
@@ -3047,9 +3372,19 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f
             return false;
     }
 
-    if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) // Filter private Unicode range. I don't imagine anybody would want to input them. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys.
+    // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817)
+    if (c == 127)
+        return false;
+
+    // Filter private Unicode range. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys (FIXME)
+    if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF)
         return false;
 
+    // Filter Unicode ranges we are not handling in this build.
+    if (c > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX)
+        return false;
+
+    // Generic named filters
     if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific))
     {
         if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal)
@@ -3073,6 +3408,7 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f
                 return false;
     }
 
+    // Custom callback filter
     if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
     {
         ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
@@ -3093,12 +3429,13 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f
 
 // Edit a string of text
 // - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!".
-//   This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match 
+//   This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match
 //   Note that in std::string world, capacity() would omit 1 byte used by the zero-terminator.
 // - When active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while the InputText is active has no effect.
 // - If you want to use ImGui::InputText() with std::string, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h
-// (FIXME: Rather messy function partly because we are doing UTF8 > u16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to more easily handle stb_textedit calls. Ideally we should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188)
-bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* callback_user_data)
+// (FIXME: Rather confusing and messy function, among the worse part of our codebase, expecting to rewrite a V2 at some point.. Partly because we are
+//  doing UTF8 > U16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to easily interface with stb_textedit. Ideally should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188)
+bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* callback_user_data)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
@@ -3108,38 +3445,56 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
     IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key)
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    const ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
 
+    const bool RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE = false;
     const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0;
-    const bool is_editable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0;
+    const bool is_readonly = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) != 0;
     const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0;
     const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0;
     const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0;
     if (is_resizable)
         IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag!
 
-    if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope, 
+    if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope,
         BeginGroup();
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? GetTextLineHeight() * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
-    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x) : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+    const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? g.FontSize * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line
+    const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(frame_size.x + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), frame_size.y);
+
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
+    const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Min + total_size);
 
     ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window;
+    ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size;
     if (is_multiline)
     {
-        ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb);
-        if (!BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()))
+        if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb))
         {
-            EndChildFrame();
+            ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
             EndGroup();
             return false;
         }
-        draw_window = GetCurrentWindow();
-        draw_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight
-        size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+
+        // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug.
+        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding);
+        bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding);
+        PopStyleVar(3);
+        PopStyleColor();
+        if (!child_visible)
+        {
+            EndChild();
+            EndGroup();
+            return false;
+        }
+        draw_window = g.CurrentWindow; // Child window
+        draw_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight so we can "enter" into it.
+        inner_size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
     }
     else
     {
@@ -3151,109 +3506,145 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
     if (hovered)
         g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput;
 
-    // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph
-    if (is_password)
-    {
-        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*');
-        ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont;
-        password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize;
-        password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale;
-        password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset;
-        password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent;
-        password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent;
-        password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
-        password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph;
-        password_font->FallbackAdvanceX = glyph->AdvanceX;
-        IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexAdvanceX.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty());
-        PushFont(password_font);
-    }
-
     // NB: we are only allowed to access 'edit_state' if we are the active widget.
-    ImGuiInputTextState& edit_state = g.InputTextState;
+    ImGuiInputTextState* state = NULL;
+    if (g.InputTextState.ID == id)
+        state = &g.InputTextState;
 
-    const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id, (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) == 0);    // Using completion callback disable keyboard tabbing
-    const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent);
+    const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id);
+    const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (g.FocusRequestCurrWindow == window && g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular == window->DC.FocusCounterRegular);
     const bool focus_requested_by_tab = focus_requested && !focus_requested_by_code;
 
     const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0];
-    const bool user_scrolled = is_multiline && g.ActiveId == 0 && edit_state.ID == id && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == draw_window->GetIDNoKeepAlive("#SCROLLY");
     const bool user_nav_input_start = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard));
+    const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y);
+    const bool user_scroll_active = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y);
 
     bool clear_active_id = false;
-
     bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0 || user_nav_input_start) && (!is_multiline);
-    if (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scrolled || user_nav_input_start)
+
+    const bool init_make_active = (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || user_nav_input_start);
+    const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active);
+    if (init_state && g.ActiveId != id)
     {
-        if (g.ActiveId != id)
+        // Access state even if we don't own it yet.
+        state = &g.InputTextState;
+        state->CursorAnimReset();
+
+        // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar)
+        // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode)
+        const int buf_len = (int)strlen(buf);
+        state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1);    // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string.
+        memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1);
+
+        // Start edition
+        const char* buf_end = NULL;
+        state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1);          // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string.
+        state->TextA.resize(0);
+        state->TextAIsValid = false;                // TextA is not valid yet (we will display buf until then)
+        state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
+        state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);      // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8.
+
+        // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget
+        // FIXME: For non-readonly widgets we might be able to require that TextAIsValid && TextA == buf ? (untested) and discard undo stack if user buffer has changed.
+        const bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id);
+        if (recycle_state)
         {
-            // Start edition
-            // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar)
-            // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode)
-            const int prev_len_w = edit_state.CurLenW;
-            const int init_buf_len = (int)strlen(buf);
-            edit_state.TextW.resize(buf_size+1);             // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash.
-            edit_state.InitialText.resize(init_buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash.
-            memcpy(edit_state.InitialText.Data, buf, init_buf_len + 1);
-            const char* buf_end = NULL;
-            edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
-            edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8.
-            edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
-
-            // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget
-            // FIXME: We should probably compare the whole buffer to be on the safety side. Comparing buf (utf8) and edit_state.Text (wchar).
-            const bool recycle_state = (edit_state.ID == id) && (prev_len_w == edit_state.CurLenW);
-            if (recycle_state)
-            {
-                // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position
-                // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler.
-                edit_state.CursorClamp();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                edit_state.ID = id;
-                edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f;
-                stb_textedit_initialize_state(&edit_state.StbState, !is_multiline);
-                if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code)
-                    select_all = true;
-            }
-            if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode)
-                edit_state.StbState.insert_mode = true;
-            if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl)))
+            // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position
+            // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler.
+            state->CursorClamp();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            state->ID = id;
+            state->ScrollX = 0.0f;
+            stb_textedit_initialize_state(&state->Stb, !is_multiline);
+            if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code)
                 select_all = true;
         }
+        if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode)
+            state->Stb.insert_mode = 1;
+        if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl)))
+            select_all = true;
+    }
+
+    if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state && state->ID == id);
         SetActiveID(id, window);
         SetFocusID(id, window);
         FocusWindow(window);
-        if (!is_multiline && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory))
-            g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags |= ((1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down));
+
+        // Declare our inputs
+        IM_ASSERT(ImGuiNavInput_COUNT < 32);
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+        if (is_multiline || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory))
+            g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);
+        g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Home) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_End);
+        if (is_multiline)
+            g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageUp) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageDown); // FIXME-NAV: Page up/down actually not supported yet by widget, but claim them ahead.
+        if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))  // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character.
+            g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Tab);
     }
-    else if (io.MouseClicked[0])
-    {
-        // Release focus when we click outside
+
+    // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function)
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && state == NULL)
+        ClearActiveID();
+
+    // Release focus when we click outside
+    if (g.ActiveId == id && io.MouseClicked[0] && !init_state && !init_make_active) //-V560
         clear_active_id = true;
-    }
 
+    // Lock the decision of whether we are going to take the path displaying the cursor or selection
+    const bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active);
+    bool render_selection = state && state->HasSelection() && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor);
     bool value_changed = false;
     bool enter_pressed = false;
-    int backup_current_text_length = 0;
 
-    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function
+    // FIXME-OPT: Because our selection/cursor code currently needs the wide text we need to convert it when active, which is not ideal :(
+    if (is_readonly && state != NULL && (render_cursor || render_selection))
     {
-        if (!is_editable && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
-        {
-            // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function
-            edit_state.TextW.resize(buf_size+1);
-            const char* buf_end = NULL;
-            edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.TextW.Data, edit_state.TextW.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
-            edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);
-            edit_state.CursorClamp();
-        }
+        const char* buf_end = NULL;
+        state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1);
+        state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
+        state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);
+        state->CursorClamp();
+        render_selection &= state->HasSelection();
+    }
+
+    // Select the buffer to render.
+    const bool buf_display_from_state = (render_cursor || render_selection || g.ActiveId == id) && !is_readonly && state && state->TextAIsValid;
+    const bool is_displaying_hint = (hint != NULL && (buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf)[0] == 0);
+
+    // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph
+    if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint)
+    {
+        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*');
+        ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont;
+        password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize;
+        password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale;
+        password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset;
+        password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent;
+        password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent;
+        password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+        password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph;
+        password_font->FallbackAdvanceX = glyph->AdvanceX;
+        IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexAdvanceX.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty());
+        PushFont(password_font);
+    }
 
-        backup_current_text_length = edit_state.CurLenA;
-        edit_state.BufCapacityA = buf_size;
-        edit_state.UserFlags = flags;
-        edit_state.UserCallback = callback;
-        edit_state.UserCallbackData = callback_user_data;
+    // Process mouse inputs and character inputs
+    int backup_current_text_length = 0;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+        backup_current_text_length = state->CurLenA;
+        state->BufCapacityA = buf_size;
+        state->UserFlags = flags;
+        state->UserCallback = callback;
+        state->UserCallbackData = callback_user_data;
 
         // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget.
         // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active.
@@ -3261,61 +3652,74 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
         g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1;
 
         // Edit in progress
-        const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + edit_state.ScrollX;
+        const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX;
         const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y - style.FramePadding.y) : (g.FontSize*0.5f));
 
         const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
         if (select_all || (hovered && !is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]))
         {
-            edit_state.SelectAll();
-            edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = true;
+            state->SelectAll();
+            state->SelectedAllMouseLock = true;
         }
         else if (hovered && is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
         {
             // Double-click select a word only, OS X style (by simulating keystrokes)
-            edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT);
-            edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+            state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT);
+            state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
         }
-        else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock)
+        else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock)
         {
             if (hovered)
             {
-                stb_textedit_click(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y);
-                edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
+                stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+                state->CursorAnimReset();
             }
         }
-        else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f))
+        else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f))
         {
-            stb_textedit_drag(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y);
-            edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
-            edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
+            stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+            state->CursorAnimReset();
+            state->CursorFollow = true;
         }
-        if (edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0])
-            edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = false;
+        if (state->SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0])
+            state->SelectedAllMouseLock = false;
+
+        // It is ill-defined whether the back-end needs to send a \t character when pressing the TAB keys.
+        // Win32 and GLFW naturally do it but not SDL.
+        const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly)
+            if (!io.InputQueueCharacters.contains('\t'))
+            {
+                unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB
+                if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
+                    state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+            }
 
-        if (io.InputCharacters[0])
+        // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?)
+        // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters.
+        if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0)
         {
-            // Process text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?)
-            // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters.
-            bool ignore_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper);
-            if (!ignore_inputs && is_editable && !user_nav_input_start)
-                for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.InputCharacters) && io.InputCharacters[n]; n++)
+            if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !user_nav_input_start)
+                for (int n = 0; n < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; n++)
                 {
                     // Insert character if they pass filtering
-                    unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputCharacters[n];
+                    unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n];
+                    if (c == '\t' && io.KeyShift)
+                        continue;
                     if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
-                        edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+                        state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
                 }
 
             // Consume characters
-            memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters));
+            io.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
         }
     }
 
+    // Process other shortcuts/key-presses
     bool cancel_edit = false;
     if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id)
     {
-        // Handle key-presses
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
         const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0);
         const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
         const bool is_shortcut_key = (is_osx ? (io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl) : (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper)) && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyShift; // OS X style: Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl
@@ -3325,79 +3729,77 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
         const bool is_ctrl_key_only = io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyShift && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper;
         const bool is_shift_key_only = io.KeyShift && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper;
 
-        const bool is_cut   = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && is_editable && !is_password && (!is_multiline || edit_state.HasSelection());
-        const bool is_copy  = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only  && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || edit_state.HasSelection());
-        const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && is_editable;
-        const bool is_undo  = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z)) && is_editable && is_undoable);
-        const bool is_redo  = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z))) && is_editable && is_undoable;
-
-        if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow))                        { edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow))                  { edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline)     { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline)   { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home))                        { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End))                         { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && is_editable)       { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && is_editable)
+        const bool is_cut   = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
+        const bool is_copy  = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only  && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
+        const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_readonly;
+        const bool is_undo  = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable);
+        const bool is_redo  = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
+
+        if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow))                        { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow))                  { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline)     { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline)   { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home))                        { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End))                         { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly)      { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly)
         {
-            if (!edit_state.HasSelection())
+            if (!state->HasSelection())
             {
-                if (is_wordmove_key_down) edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
-                else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                if (is_wordmove_key_down)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+                else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
             }
-            edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask);
+            state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask);
         }
-        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter))
+        else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter))
         {
             bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0;
             if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl))
             {
                 enter_pressed = clear_active_id = true;
             }
-            else if (is_editable)
+            else if (!is_readonly)
             {
                 unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line
                 if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
-                    edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+                    state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
             }
         }
-        else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyShift && !io.KeyAlt && is_editable)
-        {
-            unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB
-            if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
-                edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
-        }
         else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape))
         {
             clear_active_id = cancel_edit = true;
         }
         else if (is_undo || is_redo)
         {
-            edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO);
-            edit_state.ClearSelection();
+            state->OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO);
+            state->ClearSelection();
         }
         else if (is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A))
         {
-            edit_state.SelectAll();
-            edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
+            state->SelectAll();
+            state->CursorFollow = true;
         }
         else if (is_cut || is_copy)
         {
             // Cut, Copy
             if (io.SetClipboardTextFn)
             {
-                const int ib = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : 0;
-                const int ie = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : edit_state.CurLenW;
-                edit_state.TempBuffer.resize((ie-ib) * 4 + 1);
-                ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempBuffer.Size, edit_state.TextW.Data+ib, edit_state.TextW.Data+ie);
-                SetClipboardText(edit_state.TempBuffer.Data);
+                const int ib = state->HasSelection() ? ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : 0;
+                const int ie = state->HasSelection() ? ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : state->CurLenW;
+                const int clipboard_data_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie) + 1;
+                char* clipboard_data = (char*)IM_ALLOC(clipboard_data_len * sizeof(char));
+                ImTextStrToUtf8(clipboard_data, clipboard_data_len, state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie);
+                SetClipboardText(clipboard_data);
+                MemFree(clipboard_data);
             }
             if (is_cut)
             {
-                if (!edit_state.HasSelection())
-                    edit_state.SelectAll();
-                edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
-                stb_textedit_cut(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState);
+                if (!state->HasSelection())
+                    state->SelectAll();
+                state->CursorFollow = true;
+                stb_textedit_cut(state, &state->Stb);
             }
         }
         else if (is_paste)
@@ -3406,7 +3808,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
             {
                 // Filter pasted buffer
                 const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard);
-                ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)MemAlloc((clipboard_len+1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+                ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len+1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
                 int clipboard_filtered_len = 0;
                 for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; )
                 {
@@ -3414,37 +3816,51 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
                     s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL);
                     if (c == 0)
                         break;
-                    if (c >= 0x10000 || !InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
+                    if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
                         continue;
                     clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c;
                 }
                 clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0;
                 if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation
                 {
-                    stb_textedit_paste(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len);
-                    edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
+                    stb_textedit_paste(state, &state->Stb, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len);
+                    state->CursorFollow = true;
                 }
                 MemFree(clipboard_filtered);
             }
         }
+
+        // Update render selection flag after events have been handled, so selection highlight can be displayed during the same frame.
+        render_selection |= state->HasSelection() && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor);
     }
 
+    // Process callbacks and apply result back to user's buffer.
     if (g.ActiveId == id)
     {
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
         const char* apply_new_text = NULL;
         int apply_new_text_length = 0;
         if (cancel_edit)
         {
             // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents.
-            if (is_editable && strcmp(buf, edit_state.InitialText.Data) != 0)
+            if (!is_readonly && strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0)
             {
-                apply_new_text = edit_state.InitialText.Data;
-                apply_new_text_length = edit_state.InitialText.Size - 1;
+                // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself
+                apply_new_text = state->InitialTextA.Data;
+                apply_new_text_length = state->InitialTextA.Size - 1;
+                ImVector<ImWchar> w_text;
+                if (apply_new_text_length > 0)
+                {
+                    w_text.resize(ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length) + 1);
+                    ImTextStrFromUtf8(w_text.Data, w_text.Size, apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length);
+                }
+                stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, w_text.Data, (apply_new_text_length > 0) ? (w_text.Size - 1) : 0);
             }
         }
 
         // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame.
-        // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. Also this allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage.
+        // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. 
+        // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize).
         bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0);
         if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer)
         {
@@ -3452,10 +3868,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
             // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer
             // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect.
             // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks.
-            if (is_editable)
+            if (!is_readonly)
             {
-                edit_state.TempBuffer.resize(edit_state.TextW.Size * 4 + 1);
-                ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempBuffer.Size, edit_state.TextW.Data, NULL);
+                state->TextAIsValid = true;
+                state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1);
+                ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL);
             }
 
             // User callback
@@ -3493,52 +3910,55 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
                     callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data;
 
                     callback_data.EventKey = event_key;
-                    callback_data.Buf = edit_state.TempBuffer.Data;
-                    callback_data.BufTextLen = edit_state.CurLenA;
-                    callback_data.BufSize = edit_state.BufCapacityA;
+                    callback_data.Buf = state->TextA.Data;
+                    callback_data.BufTextLen = state->CurLenA;
+                    callback_data.BufSize = state->BufCapacityA;
                     callback_data.BufDirty = false;
 
                     // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188)
-                    ImWchar* text = edit_state.TextW.Data;
-                    const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.cursor);
-                    const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_start);
-                    const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_end);
+                    ImWchar* text = state->TextW.Data;
+                    const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.cursor);
+                    const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_start);
+                    const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_end);
 
                     // Call user code
                     callback(&callback_data);
 
                     // Read back what user may have modified
-                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == edit_state.TempBuffer.Data);  // Invalid to modify those fields
-                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == edit_state.BufCapacityA);
+                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == state->TextA.Data);  // Invalid to modify those fields
+                    IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == state->BufCapacityA);
                     IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags);
-                    if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos)            { edit_state.StbState.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); edit_state.CursorFollow = true; }
-                    if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start)  { edit_state.StbState.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); }
-                    if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end)      { edit_state.StbState.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); }
+                    if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos)            { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; }
+                    if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start)  { state->Stb.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); }
+                    if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end)      { state->Stb.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); }
                     if (callback_data.BufDirty)
                     {
                         IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text!
                         if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable)
-                            edit_state.TextW.resize(edit_state.TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length));
-                        edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.TextW.Data, edit_state.TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL);
-                        edit_state.CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen;  // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen()
-                        edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
+                            state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length));
+                        state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL);
+                        state->CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen;  // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen()
+                        state->CursorAnimReset();
                     }
                 }
             }
 
             // Will copy result string if modified
-            if (is_editable && strcmp(edit_state.TempBuffer.Data, buf) != 0)
+            if (!is_readonly && strcmp(state->TextA.Data, buf) != 0)
             {
-                apply_new_text = edit_state.TempBuffer.Data;
-                apply_new_text_length = edit_state.CurLenA;
+                apply_new_text = state->TextA.Data;
+                apply_new_text_length = state->CurLenA;
             }
         }
 
         // Copy result to user buffer
         if (apply_new_text)
         {
+            // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size
+            // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used
+            // without any storage on user's side.
             IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0);
-            if (backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length && is_resizable)
+            if (is_resizable)
             {
                 ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
                 callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize;
@@ -3553,65 +3973,79 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
                 apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1);
                 IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size);
             }
+            //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length);
 
             // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size.
-            ImStrncpy(buf, edit_state.TempBuffer.Data, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size));
+            ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size));
             value_changed = true;
         }
 
         // Clear temporary user storage
-        edit_state.UserFlags = 0;
-        edit_state.UserCallback = NULL;
-        edit_state.UserCallbackData = NULL;
+        state->UserFlags = 0;
+        state->UserCallback = NULL;
+        state->UserCallbackData = NULL;
     }
 
     // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value)
     if (clear_active_id && g.ActiveId == id)
         ClearActiveID();
 
-    // Render
-    // Select which buffer we are going to display. When ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoLiveEdit is set 'buf' might still be the old value. We set buf to NULL to prevent accidental usage from now on.
-    const char* buf_display = (g.ActiveId == id && is_editable) ? edit_state.TempBuffer.Data : buf; buf = NULL;
+    // Render frame
+    if (!is_multiline)
+    {
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    }
+
+    const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + inner_size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + inner_size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size
+    ImVec2 draw_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding;
+    ImVec2 text_size(0.0f, 0.0f);
 
     // Set upper limit of single-line InputTextEx() at 2 million characters strings. The current pathological worst case is a long line
     // without any carriage return, which would makes ImFont::RenderText() reserve too many vertices and probably crash. Avoid it altogether.
     // Note that we only use this limit on single-line InputText(), so a pathologically large line on a InputTextMultiline() would still crash.
     const int buf_display_max_length = 2 * 1024 * 1024;
-
-    if (!is_multiline)
+    const char* buf_display = buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf; //-V595
+    const char* buf_display_end = NULL; // We have specialized paths below for setting the length
+    if (is_displaying_hint)
     {
-        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
-        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+        buf_display = hint;
+        buf_display_end = hint + strlen(hint);
     }
 
-    const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size
-    ImVec2 render_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding;
-    ImVec2 text_size(0.f, 0.f);
-    const bool is_currently_scrolling = (edit_state.ID == id && is_multiline && g.ActiveId == draw_window->GetIDNoKeepAlive("#SCROLLY"));
-    if (g.ActiveId == id || is_currently_scrolling)
+    // Render text. We currently only render selection when the widget is active or while scrolling.
+    // FIXME: We could remove the '&& render_cursor' to keep rendering selection when inactive.
+    if (render_cursor || render_selection)
     {
-        edit_state.CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime;
+        IM_ASSERT(state != NULL);
+        if (!is_displaying_hint)
+            buf_display_end = buf_display + state->CurLenA;
 
+        // Render text (with cursor and selection)
         // This is going to be messy. We need to:
         // - Display the text (this alone can be more easily clipped)
         // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation)
         // - Measure text height (for scrollbar)
         // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort)
         // FIXME: This should occur on buf_display but we'd need to maintain cursor/select_start/select_end for UTF-8.
-        const ImWchar* text_begin = edit_state.TextW.Data;
+        const ImWchar* text_begin = state->TextW.Data;
         ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset;
 
         {
-            // Count lines + find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' and 'select_start' position.
-            const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2];
-            searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + edit_state.StbState.cursor;
-            searches_input_ptr[1] = NULL;
-            int searches_remaining = 1;
-            int searches_result_line_number[2] = { -1, -999 };
-            if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end)
+            // Find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' (slot 0) and 'select_start' (slot 1) positions.
+            const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2] = { NULL, NULL };
+            int searches_result_line_no[2] = { -1000, -1000 };
+            int searches_remaining = 0;
+            if (render_cursor)
+            {
+                searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + state->Stb.cursor;
+                searches_result_line_no[0] = -1;
+                searches_remaining++;
+            }
+            if (render_selection)
             {
-                searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
-                searches_result_line_number[1] = -1;
+                searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+                searches_result_line_no[1] = -1;
                 searches_remaining++;
             }
 
@@ -3619,47 +4053,49 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
             // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter.
             searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0;
             int line_count = 0;
-            //for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; (s = (const ImWchar*)wcschr((const wchar_t*)s, (wchar_t)'\n')) != NULL; s++)  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bits
+            //for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; (s = (const ImWchar*)wcschr((const wchar_t*)s, (wchar_t)'\n')) != NULL; s++)  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
             for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++)
                 if (*s == '\n')
                 {
                     line_count++;
-                    if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
-                    if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
+                    if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
+                    if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
                 }
             line_count++;
-            if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1) searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count;
-            if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1) searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count;
+            if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1)
+                searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count;
+            if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1)
+                searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count;
 
             // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance
             cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x;
-            cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[0] * g.FontSize;
-            if (searches_result_line_number[1] >= 0)
+            cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[0] * g.FontSize;
+            if (searches_result_line_no[1] >= 0)
             {
                 select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x;
-                select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[1] * g.FontSize;
+                select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[1] * g.FontSize;
             }
 
             // Store text height (note that we haven't calculated text width at all, see GitHub issues #383, #1224)
             if (is_multiline)
-                text_size = ImVec2(size.x, line_count * g.FontSize);
+                text_size = ImVec2(inner_size.x, line_count * g.FontSize);
         }
 
         // Scroll
-        if (edit_state.CursorFollow)
+        if (render_cursor && state->CursorFollow)
         {
             // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width
             if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll))
             {
-                const float scroll_increment_x = size.x * 0.25f;
-                if (cursor_offset.x < edit_state.ScrollX)
-                    edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x);
-                else if (cursor_offset.x - size.x >= edit_state.ScrollX)
-                    edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)(cursor_offset.x - size.x + scroll_increment_x);
+                const float scroll_increment_x = inner_size.x * 0.25f;
+                if (cursor_offset.x < state->ScrollX)
+                    state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x));
+                else if (cursor_offset.x - inner_size.x >= state->ScrollX)
+                    state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - inner_size.x + scroll_increment_x);
             }
             else
             {
-                edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f;
+                state->ScrollX = 0.0f;
             }
 
             // Vertical scroll
@@ -3668,33 +4104,33 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
                 float scroll_y = draw_window->Scroll.y;
                 if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y)
                     scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize);
-                else if (cursor_offset.y - size.y >= scroll_y)
-                    scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - size.y;
-                draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y);   // To avoid a frame of lag
+                else if (cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y >= scroll_y)
+                    scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y;
+                draw_pos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y);   // Manipulate cursor pos immediately avoid a frame of lag
                 draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y;
-                render_pos.y = draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y;
             }
+
+            state->CursorFollow = false;
         }
-        edit_state.CursorFollow = false;
-        const ImVec2 render_scroll = ImVec2(edit_state.ScrollX, 0.0f);
 
         // Draw selection
-        if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end)
+        const ImVec2 draw_scroll = ImVec2(state->ScrollX, 0.0f);
+        if (render_selection)
         {
-            const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
-            const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
+            const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
+            const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end);
 
+            ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, render_cursor ? 1.0f : 0.6f); // FIXME: current code flow mandate that render_cursor is always true here, we are leaving the transparent one for tests.
             float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f;    // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection.
             float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f;
-            ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg);
-            ImVec2 rect_pos = render_pos + select_start_offset - render_scroll;
+            ImVec2 rect_pos = draw_pos + select_start_offset - draw_scroll;
             for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; )
             {
                 if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize)
                     break;
                 if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y)
                 {
-                    //p = (const ImWchar*)wmemchr((const wchar_t*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p);  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bits
+                    //p = (const ImWchar*)wmemchr((const wchar_t*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p);  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
                     //p = p ? p + 1 : text_selected_end;
                     while (p < text_selected_end)
                         if (*p++ == '\n')
@@ -3703,64 +4139,77 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2
                 else
                 {
                     ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true);
-                    if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = (float)(int)(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines
+                    if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_FLOOR(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines
                     ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos +ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn));
                     rect.ClipWith(clip_rect);
                     if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
                         draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color);
                 }
-                rect_pos.x = render_pos.x - render_scroll.x;
+                rect_pos.x = draw_pos.x - draw_scroll.x;
                 rect_pos.y += g.FontSize;
             }
         }
 
-        const int buf_display_len = edit_state.CurLenA;
-        if (is_multiline || buf_display_len < buf_display_max_length)
-            draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos - render_scroll, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf_display, buf_display + buf_display_len, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+        // We test for 'buf_display_max_length' as a way to avoid some pathological cases (e.g. single-line 1 MB string) which would make ImDrawList crash.
+        if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length)
+        {
+            ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text);
+            draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, draw_pos - draw_scroll, col, buf_display, buf_display_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+        }
 
         // Draw blinking cursor
-        bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (g.InputTextState.CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(g.InputTextState.CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f;
-        ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = render_pos + cursor_offset - render_scroll;
-        ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y-g.FontSize+0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x+1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y-1.5f);
-        if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
-            draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
-
-        // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.)
-        if (is_editable)
-            g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize);
+        if (render_cursor)
+        {
+            state->CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime;
+            bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (state->CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(state->CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f;
+            ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll;
+            ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize + 0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x + 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - 1.5f);
+            if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
+                draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+
+            // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.)
+            if (!is_readonly)
+                g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize);
+        }
     }
     else
     {
-        // Render text only
-        const char* buf_end = NULL;
+        // Render text only (no selection, no cursor)
         if (is_multiline)
-            text_size = ImVec2(size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf_display, &buf_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width
-        else
-            buf_end = buf_display + strlen(buf_display);
-        if (is_multiline || (buf_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length)
-            draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf_display, buf_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+            text_size = ImVec2(inner_size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf_display, &buf_display_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width
+        else if (!is_displaying_hint && g.ActiveId == id)
+            buf_display_end = buf_display + state->CurLenA;
+        else if (!is_displaying_hint)
+            buf_display_end = buf_display + strlen(buf_display);
+
+        if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length)
+        {
+            ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text);
+            draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, draw_pos, col, buf_display, buf_display_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+        }
     }
 
     if (is_multiline)
     {
         Dummy(text_size + ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); // Always add room to scroll an extra line
-        EndChildFrame();
+        EndChild();
         EndGroup();
     }
 
-    if (is_password)
+    if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint)
         PopFont();
 
     // Log as text
-    if (g.LogEnabled && !is_password)
-        LogRenderedText(&render_pos, buf_display, NULL);
+    if (g.LogEnabled && !(is_password && !is_displaying_hint))
+        LogRenderedText(&draw_pos, buf_display, buf_display_end);
 
     if (label_size.x > 0)
         RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
-    if (value_changed)
+    if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited))
         MarkItemEdited(id);
 
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags);
     if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0)
         return enter_pressed;
     else
@@ -3799,9 +4248,11 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
-    const float w_extra = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-    const float w_items_all = CalcItemWidth() - w_extra;
+    const float w_full = CalcItemWidth();
+    const float w_button = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+    const float w_inputs = w_full - w_button;
     const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+    g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
 
     BeginGroup();
     PushID(label);
@@ -3809,20 +4260,24 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
     // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions
     const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags;
     if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs)
-        flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions;
+        flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions;
 
     // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied)
     if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
         ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags);
 
     // Read stored options
-    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask))
-        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask);
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask);
     if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask))
         flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask);
     if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))
         flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask);
-    flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask));
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask))
+        flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask);
+    flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask));
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask));   // Check that only 1 is selected
 
     const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0;
     const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0;
@@ -3830,53 +4285,72 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
 
     // Convert to the formats we need
     float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f };
-    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV)
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB))
+        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+    else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV))
+    {
+        // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it.
         ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+        if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0)
+        {
+            if (f[1] == 0)
+                f[0] = g.ColorEditLastHue;
+            if (f[2] == 0)
+                f[1] = g.ColorEditLastSat;
+        }
+    }
     int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) };
 
     bool value_changed = false;
     bool value_changed_as_float = false;
 
-    if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const float inputs_offset_x = (style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) ? w_button : 0.0f;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = pos.x + inputs_offset_x;
+
+    if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
     {
         // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders
-        const float w_item_one  = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_items_all - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components));
-        const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_items_all - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)));
+        const float w_item_one  = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_inputs - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components));
+        const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_inputs - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)));
 
         const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x);
-        const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" };
-        const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] =
+        static const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" };
+        static const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] =
         {
             {   "%3d",   "%3d",   "%3d",   "%3d" }, // Short display
             { "R:%3d", "G:%3d", "B:%3d", "A:%3d" }, // Long display for RGBA
             { "H:%3d", "S:%3d", "V:%3d", "A:%3d" }  // Long display for HSVA
         };
-        const char* fmt_table_float[3][4] =
+        static const char* fmt_table_float[3][4] =
         {
             {   "%0.3f",   "%0.3f",   "%0.3f",   "%0.3f" }, // Short display
             { "R:%0.3f", "G:%0.3f", "B:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }, // Long display for RGBA
             { "H:%0.3f", "S:%0.3f", "V:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }  // Long display for HSVA
         };
-        const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) ? 2 : 1;
+        const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) ? 2 : 1;
 
-        PushItemWidth(w_item_one);
         for (int n = 0; n < components; n++)
         {
             if (n > 0)
                 SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-            if (n + 1 == components)
-                PushItemWidth(w_item_last);
+            SetNextItemWidth((n + 1 < components) ? w_item_one : w_item_last);
+
+            // FIXME: When ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR flag is passed HS values snap in weird ways when SV values go below 0.
             if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float)
-                value_changed = value_changed_as_float = value_changed | DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f/255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]);
+            {
+                value_changed |= DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f/255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]);
+                value_changed_as_float |= value_changed;
+            }
             else
+            {
                 value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]);
+            }
             if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
                 OpenPopupOnItemClick("context");
         }
-        PopItemWidth();
-        PopItemWidth();
     }
-    else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+    else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
     {
         // RGB Hexadecimal Input
         char buf[64];
@@ -3884,7 +4358,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
             ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255), ImClamp(i[3],0,255));
         else
             ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255));
-        PushItemWidth(w_items_all);
+        SetNextItemWidth(w_inputs);
         if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase))
         {
             value_changed = true;
@@ -3899,14 +4373,13 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
         }
         if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
             OpenPopupOnItemClick("context");
-        PopItemWidth();
     }
 
     ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL;
     if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview))
     {
-        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs))
-            SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        const float button_offset_x = ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) || (style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)) ? 0.0f : w_inputs + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + button_offset_x, pos.y);
 
         const ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f);
         if (ColorButton("##ColorButton", col_v4, flags))
@@ -3927,40 +4400,45 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
             picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow;
             if (label != label_display_end)
             {
-                TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end);
+                TextEx(label, label_display_end);
                 Spacing();
             }
-            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
-            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
-            PushItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes?
+            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
+            ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
+            SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes?
             value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x);
-            PopItemWidth();
             EndPopup();
         }
     }
 
     if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
     {
-        SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-        TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end);
+        const float text_offset_x = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) ? w_button : w_full + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + text_offset_x, pos.y + style.FramePadding.y);
+        TextEx(label, label_display_end);
     }
 
     // Convert back
-    if (picker_active_window == NULL)
+    if (value_changed && picker_active_window == NULL)
     {
         if (!value_changed_as_float)
             for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
                 f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f;
-        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV)
-            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
-        if (value_changed)
+        if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB))
         {
-            col[0] = f[0];
-            col[1] = f[1];
-            col[2] = f[2];
-            if (alpha)
-                col[3] = f[3];
+            g.ColorEditLastHue = f[0];
+            g.ColorEditLastSat = f[1];
+            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+            memcpy(g.ColorEditLastColor, f, sizeof(float) * 3);
         }
+        if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV))
+            ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+
+        col[0] = f[0];
+        col[1] = f[1];
+        col[2] = f[2];
+        if (alpha)
+            col[3] = f[3];
     }
 
     PopID();
@@ -3970,16 +4448,21 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
     // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test.
     if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget())
     {
+        bool accepted_drag_drop = false;
         if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F))
         {
-            memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3);
-            value_changed = true;
+            memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512
+            value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true;
         }
         if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F))
         {
             memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * components);
-            value_changed = true;
+            value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true;
         }
+
+        // Drag-drop payloads are always RGB
+        if (accepted_drag_drop && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV))
+            ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[0], col[1], col[2]);
         EndDragDropTarget();
     }
 
@@ -4049,25 +4532,33 @@ void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU
 }
 
 // Helper for ColorPicker4()
-static void RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, float bar_w)
+static void RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, float bar_w, float alpha)
 {
-    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x + 1,         pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32_BLACK);
-    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x,             pos.y), half_sz,                              ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32_WHITE);
-    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x - 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Left,  IM_COL32_BLACK);
-    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x,     pos.y), half_sz,                              ImGuiDir_Left,  IM_COL32_WHITE);
+    ImU32 alpha8 = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha);
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x + 1,         pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32(0,0,0,alpha8));
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x,             pos.y), half_sz,                              ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32(255,255,255,alpha8));
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x - 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Left,  IM_COL32(0,0,0,alpha8));
+    ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x,     pos.y), half_sz,                              ImGuiDir_Left,  IM_COL32(255,255,255,alpha8));
 }
 
 // Note: ColorPicker4() only accesses 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+// (In C++ the 'float col[4]' notation for a function argument is equivalent to 'float* col', we only specify a size to facilitate understanding of the code.)
 // FIXME: we adjust the big color square height based on item width, which may cause a flickering feedback loop (if automatic height makes a vertical scrollbar appears, affecting automatic width..)
+// FIXME: this is trying to be aware of style.Alpha but not fully correct. Also, the color wheel will have overlapping glitches with (style.Alpha < 1.0)
 bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
-    ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
 
+    ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList;
     ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
 
+    const float width = CalcItemWidth();
+    g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
+
     PushID(label);
     BeginGroup();
 
@@ -4081,7 +4572,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
     // Read stored options
     if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))
         flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask;
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))); // Check that only 1 is selected
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask))
+        flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask));  // Check that only 1 is selected
     if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
         flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
 
@@ -4091,10 +4585,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
     ImVec2 picker_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
     float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
     float bars_width = square_sz; // Arbitrary smallish width of Hue/Alpha picking bars
-    float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, CalcItemWidth() - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box
+    float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, width - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box
     float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
     float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
-    float bars_triangles_half_sz = (float)(int)(bars_width * 0.20f);
+    float bars_triangles_half_sz = IM_FLOOR(bars_width * 0.20f);
 
     float backup_initial_col[4];
     memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float));
@@ -4110,8 +4604,24 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
     ImVec2 triangle_pb = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * -0.866025f); // Black point.
     ImVec2 triangle_pc = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * +0.866025f); // White point.
 
-    float H,S,V;
-    ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], H, S, V);
+    float H = col[0], S = col[1], V = col[2];
+    float R = col[0], G = col[1], B = col[2];
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
+    {
+        // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it.
+        ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V);
+        if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0)
+        {
+            if (S == 0)
+                H = g.ColorEditLastHue;
+            if (V == 0)
+                S = g.ColorEditLastSat;
+        }
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+    {
+        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, R, G, B);
+    }
 
     bool value_changed = false, value_changed_h = false, value_changed_sv = false;
 
@@ -4200,7 +4710,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
         {
             if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
                 SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
-            TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end);
+            TextEx(label, label_display_end);
         }
     }
 
@@ -4210,12 +4720,14 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
         ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
         if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
             Text("Current");
-        ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip)), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2));
+
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip;
+        ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2));
         if (ref_col != NULL)
         {
             Text("Original");
             ImVec4 ref_col_v4(ref_col[0], ref_col[1], ref_col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : ref_col[3]);
-            if (ColorButton("##original", ref_col_v4, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip)), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)))
+            if (ColorButton("##original", ref_col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)))
             {
                 memcpy(col, ref_col, components * sizeof(float));
                 value_changed = true;
@@ -4227,32 +4739,46 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
 
     // Convert back color to RGB
     if (value_changed_h || value_changed_sv)
-        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H >= 1.0f ? H - 10 * 1e-6f : H, S > 0.0f ? S : 10*1e-6f, V > 0.0f ? V : 1e-6f, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
+        {
+            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H >= 1.0f ? H - 10 * 1e-6f : H, S > 0.0f ? S : 10*1e-6f, V > 0.0f ? V : 1e-6f, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+            g.ColorEditLastHue = H;
+            g.ColorEditLastSat = S;
+            memcpy(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3);
+        }
+        else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+        {
+            col[0] = H;
+            col[1] = S;
+            col[2] = V;
+        }
+    }
 
     // R,G,B and H,S,V slider color editor
     bool value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = false;
     if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
     {
         PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x);
-        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
+        ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
         ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker;
-        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0)
-            if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB))
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0)
+            if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB))
             {
                 // FIXME: Hackily differenciating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget.
                 // For the later we don't want to run the hue-wrap canceling code. If you are well versed in HSV picker please provide your input! (See #2050)
                 value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap);
                 value_changed = true;
             }
-        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0)
-            value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV);
-        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0)
-            value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX);
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0)
+            value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV);
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0)
+            value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex);
         PopItemWidth();
     }
 
     // Try to cancel hue wrap (after ColorEdit4 call), if any
-    if (value_changed_fix_hue_wrap)
+    if (value_changed_fix_hue_wrap && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB))
     {
         float new_H, new_S, new_V;
         ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], new_H, new_S, new_V);
@@ -4265,17 +4791,47 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
         }
     }
 
-    ImVec4 hue_color_f(1, 1, 1, 1); ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, 1, 1, hue_color_f.x, hue_color_f.y, hue_color_f.z);
+    if (value_changed)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
+        {
+            R = col[0];
+            G = col[1];
+            B = col[2];
+            ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V);
+            if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) // Fix local Hue as display below will use it immediately.
+            {
+                if (S == 0)
+                    H = g.ColorEditLastHue;
+                if (V == 0)
+                    S = g.ColorEditLastSat;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+        {
+            H = col[0];
+            S = col[1];
+            V = col[2];
+            ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, R, G, B);
+        }
+    }
+
+    const int style_alpha8 = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(style.Alpha);
+    const ImU32 col_black = IM_COL32(0,0,0,style_alpha8);
+    const ImU32 col_white = IM_COL32(255,255,255,style_alpha8);
+    const ImU32 col_midgrey = IM_COL32(128,128,128,style_alpha8);
+    const ImU32 col_hues[6 + 1] = { IM_COL32(255,0,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,255,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,255,0,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,255,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(0,0,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,0,255,style_alpha8), IM_COL32(255,0,0,style_alpha8) };
+
+    ImVec4 hue_color_f(1, 1, 1, style.Alpha); ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, 1, 1, hue_color_f.x, hue_color_f.y, hue_color_f.z);
     ImU32 hue_color32 = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(hue_color_f);
-    ImU32 col32_no_alpha = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f));
+    ImU32 user_col32_striped_of_alpha = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(R, G, B, style.Alpha)); // Important: this is still including the main rendering/style alpha!!
 
-    const ImU32 hue_colors[6+1] = { IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,255,255), IM_COL32(0,0,255,255), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255) };
     ImVec2 sv_cursor_pos;
 
     if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel)
     {
         // Render Hue Wheel
-        const float aeps = 1.5f / wheel_r_outer; // Half a pixel arc length in radians (2pi cancels out).
+        const float aeps = 0.5f / wheel_r_outer; // Half a pixel arc length in radians (2pi cancels out).
         const int segment_per_arc = ImMax(4, (int)wheel_r_outer / 12);
         for (int n = 0; n < 6; n++)
         {
@@ -4283,13 +4839,13 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
             const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps;
             const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
             draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc);
-            draw_list->PathStroke(IM_COL32_WHITE, false, wheel_thickness);
+            draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, false, wheel_thickness);
             const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
 
             // Paint colors over existing vertices
             ImVec2 gradient_p0(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a0) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a0) * wheel_r_inner);
             ImVec2 gradient_p1(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a1) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a1) * wheel_r_inner);
-            ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, hue_colors[n], hue_colors[n+1]);
+            ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, col_hues[n], col_hues[n+1]);
         }
 
         // Render Cursor + preview on Hue Wheel
@@ -4299,8 +4855,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
         float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f;
         int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32);
         draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments);
-        draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad+1, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), hue_cursor_segments);
-        draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, IM_COL32_WHITE, hue_cursor_segments);
+        draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad+1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments);
+        draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, col_white, hue_cursor_segments);
 
         // Render SV triangle (rotated according to hue)
         ImVec2 tra = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pa, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
@@ -4310,46 +4866,46 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
         draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 6);
         draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32);
         draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, hue_color32);
-        draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, IM_COL32_WHITE);
-        draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS);
-        draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK);
-        draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS);
-        draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), 1.5f);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, col_white);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, 0);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, col_black);
+        draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, 0);
+        draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, col_midgrey, 1.5f);
         sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V));
     }
     else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar)
     {
         // Render SV Square
-        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), IM_COL32_WHITE, hue_color32, hue_color32, IM_COL32_WHITE);
-        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32_BLACK);
-        RenderFrameBorder(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), 0.0f);
-        sv_cursor_pos.x = ImClamp((float)(int)(picker_pos.x + ImSaturate(S)     * sv_picker_size + 0.5f), picker_pos.x + 2, picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size - 2); // Sneakily prevent the circle to stick out too much
-        sv_cursor_pos.y = ImClamp((float)(int)(picker_pos.y + ImSaturate(1 - V) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f), picker_pos.y + 2, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size - 2);
+        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), col_white, hue_color32, hue_color32, col_white);
+        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), 0, 0, col_black, col_black);
+        RenderFrameBorder(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size), 0.0f);
+        sv_cursor_pos.x = ImClamp(IM_ROUND(picker_pos.x + ImSaturate(S)     * sv_picker_size), picker_pos.x + 2, picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size - 2); // Sneakily prevent the circle to stick out too much
+        sv_cursor_pos.y = ImClamp(IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + ImSaturate(1 - V) * sv_picker_size), picker_pos.y + 2, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size - 2);
 
         // Render Hue Bar
         for (int i = 0; i < 6; ++i)
-            draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y + i * (sv_picker_size / 6)), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + (i + 1) * (sv_picker_size / 6)), hue_colors[i], hue_colors[i], hue_colors[i + 1], hue_colors[i + 1]);
-        float bar0_line_y = (float)(int)(picker_pos.y + H * sv_picker_size + 0.5f);
+            draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y + i * (sv_picker_size / 6)), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + (i + 1) * (sv_picker_size / 6)), col_hues[i], col_hues[i], col_hues[i + 1], col_hues[i + 1]);
+        float bar0_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + H * sv_picker_size);
         RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size), 0.0f);
-        RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar0_pos_x - 1, bar0_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f);
+        RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar0_pos_x - 1, bar0_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f, style.Alpha);
     }
 
     // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range)
     float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f;
-    draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col32_no_alpha, 12);
-    draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad+1, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), 12);
-    draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, IM_COL32_WHITE, 12);
+    draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, 12);
+    draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad+1, col_midgrey, 12);
+    draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, 12);
 
     // Render alpha bar
     if (alpha_bar)
     {
         float alpha = ImSaturate(col[3]);
         ImRect bar1_bb(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y, bar1_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size);
-        RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, IM_COL32(0,0,0,0), bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
-        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, col32_no_alpha, col32_no_alpha, col32_no_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK, col32_no_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK);
-        float bar1_line_y = (float)(int)(picker_pos.y + (1.0f - alpha) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f);
+        RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0, bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+        draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK, user_col32_striped_of_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK);
+        float bar1_line_y = IM_ROUND(picker_pos.y + (1.0f - alpha) * sv_picker_size);
         RenderFrameBorder(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0.0f);
-        RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar1_pos_x - 1, bar1_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f);
+        RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar1_pos_x - 1, bar1_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f, style.Alpha);
     }
 
     EndGroup();
@@ -4367,6 +4923,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
 // A little colored square. Return true when clicked.
 // FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip.
 // 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip.
+// Note that 'col' may be encoded in HSV if ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV is set.
 bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, ImVec2 size)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
@@ -4391,22 +4948,26 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl
     if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
         flags &= ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf);
 
-    ImVec4 col_without_alpha(col.x, col.y, col.z, 1.0f);
+    ImVec4 col_rgb = col;
+    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+        ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z, col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z);
+
+    ImVec4 col_rgb_without_alpha(col_rgb.x, col_rgb.y, col_rgb.z, 1.0f);
     float grid_step = ImMin(size.x, size.y) / 2.99f;
     float rounding = ImMin(g.Style.FrameRounding, grid_step * 0.5f);
     ImRect bb_inner = bb;
     float off = -0.75f; // The border (using Col_FrameBg) tends to look off when color is near-opaque and rounding is enabled. This offset seemed like a good middle ground to reduce those artifacts.
     bb_inner.Expand(off);
-    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col.w < 1.0f)
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col_rgb.w < 1.0f)
     {
-        float mid_x = (float)(int)((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f + 0.5f);
-        RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight| ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight);
-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft);
+        float mid_x = IM_ROUND((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f);
+        RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_rgb), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight| ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight);
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_rgb_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft);
     }
     else
     {
         // Because GetColorU32() multiplies by the global style Alpha and we don't want to display a checkerboard if the source code had no alpha
-        ImVec4 col_source = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview) ? col : col_without_alpha;
+        ImVec4 col_source = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview) ? col_rgb : col_rgb_without_alpha;
         if (col_source.w < 1.0f)
             RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding);
         else
@@ -4423,37 +4984,38 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl
     if (g.ActiveId == id && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropSource())
     {
         if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
-            SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F, &col, sizeof(float) * 3, ImGuiCond_Once);
+            SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F, &col_rgb, sizeof(float) * 3, ImGuiCond_Once);
         else
-            SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, &col, sizeof(float) * 4, ImGuiCond_Once);
+            SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, &col_rgb, sizeof(float) * 4, ImGuiCond_Once);
         ColorButton(desc_id, col, flags);
         SameLine();
-        TextUnformatted("Color");
+        TextEx("Color");
         EndDragDropSource();
     }
 
     // Tooltip
     if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered)
-        ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf));
-
-    if (pressed)
-        MarkItemEdited(id);
+        ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf));
 
     return pressed;
 }
 
+// Initialize/override default color options
 void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0)
-        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask;
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask;
     if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) == 0)
         flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask;
     if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) == 0)
         flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask;
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask)));   // Check only 1 option is selected
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected
-    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)));   // Check only 1 option is selected
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask;
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask));    // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask));   // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask));     // Check only 1 option is selected
+    IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask));      // Check only 1 option is selected
     g.ColorEditOptions = flags;
 }
 
@@ -4462,29 +5024,39 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
-    int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]);
-    BeginTooltipEx(0, true);
-
+    BeginTooltipEx(0, ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip);
     const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text;
     if (text_end > text)
     {
-        TextUnformatted(text, text_end);
+        TextEx(text, text_end);
         Separator();
     }
 
     ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
-    ColorButton("##preview", ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]), (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz);
+    ImVec4 cf(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
+    int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]);
+    ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz);
     SameLine();
-    if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
-        Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
-    else
-        Text("#%02X%02X%02X%02X\nR:%d, G:%d, B:%d, A:%d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, ca, cr, cg, cb, ca, col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask))
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+            Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        else
+            Text("#%02X%02X%02X%02X\nR:%d, G:%d, B:%d, A:%d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, ca, cr, cg, cb, ca, col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]);
+    }
+    else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
+    {
+        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+            Text("H: %.3f, S: %.3f, V: %.3f", col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+        else
+            Text("H: %.3f, S: %.3f, V: %.3f, A: %.3f", col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]);
+    }
     EndTooltip();
 }
 
 void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
 {
-    bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask);
+    bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask);
     bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask);
     if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context"))
         return;
@@ -4492,9 +5064,9 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
     ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions;
     if (allow_opt_inputs)
     {
-        if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB;
-        if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV;
-        if (RadioButton("HEX", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX;
+        if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB;
+        if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV;
+        if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex;
     }
     if (allow_opt_datatype)
     {
@@ -4517,12 +5089,15 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
         ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%d,%d,%d,%d)", cr, cg, cb, ca);
         if (Selectable(buf))
             SetClipboardText(buf);
-        if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
-            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "0x%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb);
-        else
-            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "0x%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca);
+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb);
         if (Selectable(buf))
             SetClipboardText(buf);
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha))
+        {
+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca);
+            if (Selectable(buf))
+                SetClipboardText(buf);
+        }
         EndPopup();
     }
 
@@ -4554,7 +5129,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
                 g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask);
             SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos);
             ImVec4 dummy_ref_col;
-            memcpy(&dummy_ref_col.x, ref_col, sizeof(float) * (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha ? 3 : 4));
+            memcpy(&dummy_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4));
             ColorPicker4("##dummypicker", &dummy_ref_col.x, picker_flags);
             PopID();
         }
@@ -4575,12 +5150,11 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
 // - TreeNodeV()
 // - TreeNodeEx()
 // - TreeNodeExV()
-// - TreeNodeBehavior() [Internal]  
+// - TreeNodeBehavior() [Internal]
 // - TreePush()
 // - TreePop()
-// - TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()
 // - GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
-// - SetNextTreeNodeOpen()
+// - SetNextItemOpen()
 // - CollapsingHeader()
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -4674,17 +5248,17 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
     if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)
         return true;
 
-    // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use SetNextTreeNode*** functions)
+    // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use the SetNextItemOpen function)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage;
 
     bool is_open;
-    if (g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond != 0)
+    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen)
     {
-        if (g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always)
+        if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always)
         {
-            is_open = g.NextTreeNodeOpenVal;
+            is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal;
             storage->SetInt(id, is_open);
         }
         else
@@ -4693,7 +5267,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
             const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1);
             if (stored_value == -1)
             {
-                is_open = g.NextTreeNodeOpenVal;
+                is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal;
                 storage->SetInt(id, is_open);
             }
             else
@@ -4701,7 +5275,6 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
                 is_open = stored_value != 0;
             }
         }
-        g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond = 0;
     }
     else
     {
@@ -4710,7 +5283,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
 
     // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior).
     // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged.
-    if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && window->DC.TreeDepth < g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth)
+    if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef) < g.LogDepthToExpand)
         is_open = true;
 
     return is_open;
@@ -4725,37 +5298,45 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     const bool display_frame = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed) != 0;
-    const ImVec2 padding = (display_frame || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding)) ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, 0.0f);
+    const ImVec2 padding = (display_frame || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding)) ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, style.FramePadding.y));
 
     if (!label_end)
         label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
 
     // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height.
-    const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it
-    const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2), label_size.y + padding.y*2);
-    ImRect frame_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, ImVec2(window->Pos.x + GetContentRegionMax().x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height));
+    const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2), label_size.y + padding.y*2);
+    ImRect frame_bb;
+    frame_bb.Min.x = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x;
+    frame_bb.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    frame_bb.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+    frame_bb.Max.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height;
     if (display_frame)
     {
-        // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding
-        frame_bb.Min.x -= (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1;
-        frame_bb.Max.x += (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1;
+        // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding, to the edge of InnerClipRect
+        // (FIXME: May remove this at some point and make InnerClipRect align with WindowPadding.x instead of WindowPadding.x*0.5f)
+        frame_bb.Min.x -= IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f - 1.0f);
+        frame_bb.Max.x += IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
     }
 
-    const float text_offset_x = (g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x*3 : padding.x*2));   // Collapser arrow width + Spacing
-    const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x*2 : 0.0f);   // Include collapser
-    ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), text_base_offset_y);
+    const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x*3 : padding.x*2);               // Collapser arrow width + Spacing
+    const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);                    // Latch before ItemSize changes it
+    const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x*2 : 0.0f);    // Include collapser
+    ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y);
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), padding.y);
 
     // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing
-    // (Ideally we'd want to add a flag for the user to specify if we want the hit test to be done up to the right side of the content or not)
-    const ImRect interact_bb = display_frame ? frame_bb : ImRect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x*2, frame_bb.Max.y);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags);
+    ImRect interact_bb = frame_bb;
+    if (!display_frame && (flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth)) == 0)
+        interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f;
 
     // Store a flag for the current depth to tell if we will allow closing this node when navigating one of its child.
     // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop().
     // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero.
+    const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0;
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags);
     if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
-        window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth);
+        window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth);
 
     bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id);
     window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect;
@@ -4764,32 +5345,51 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
     if (!item_add)
     {
         if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
-            TreePushRawID(id);
+            TreePushOverrideID(id);
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
         return is_open;
     }
 
     // Flags that affects opening behavior:
-    // - 0(default) ..................... single-click anywhere to open
+    // - 0 (default) .................... single-click anywhere to open
     // - OpenOnDoubleClick .............. double-click anywhere to open
     // - OpenOnArrow .................... single-click on arrow to open
     // - OpenOnDoubleClick|OpenOnArrow .. single-click on arrow or double-click anywhere to open
-    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap : 0);
-    if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf))
-        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0;
+    if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap;
     if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)
         button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : 0);
+    else
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease;
+    if (!is_leaf)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
+
+    // We allow clicking on the arrow section with keyboard modifiers held, in order to easily
+    // allow browsing a tree while preserving selection with code implementing multi-selection patterns.
+    // When clicking on the rest of the tree node we always disallow keyboard modifiers.
+    const float hit_padding_x = style.TouchExtraPadding.x;
+    const float arrow_hit_x1 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) - hit_padding_x;
+    const float arrow_hit_x2 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) + (g.FontSize + padding.x * 2.0f) + hit_padding_x;
+    if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !(g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2))
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers;
 
-    bool hovered, held, pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
-    if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf))
+    bool selected = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected) != 0;
+    const bool was_selected = selected;
+
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    bool toggled = false;
+    if (!is_leaf)
     {
-        bool toggled = false;
         if (pressed)
         {
-            toggled = !(flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) || (g.NavActivateId == id);
+            if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id))
+                toggled = true;
             if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow)
-                toggled |= IsMouseHoveringRect(interact_bb.Min, ImVec2(interact_bb.Min.x + text_offset_x, interact_bb.Max.y)) && (!g.NavDisableMouseHover);
-            if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)
-                toggled |= g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0];
+                toggled |= (g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2) && (!g.NavDisableMouseHover); // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job
+            if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
+                toggled = true;
             if (g.DragDropActive && is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again.
                 toggled = false;
         }
@@ -4809,20 +5409,33 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
         {
             is_open = !is_open;
             window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open);
+            window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen;
         }
     }
     if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap)
         SetItemAllowOverlap();
 
+    // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger.
+    if (selected != was_selected) //-V547
+        window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection;
+
     // Render
-    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
-    const ImVec2 text_pos = frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x, text_base_offset_y);
+    const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin;
     if (display_frame)
     {
         // Framed type
-        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
-        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin);
-        RenderArrow(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, text_base_offset_y), is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f);
+        const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+        RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+        RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags);
+        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col);
+        else if (!is_leaf)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f);
+        else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text
+            text_pos.x -= text_offset_x;
+        if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton)
+            frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x;
         if (g.LogEnabled)
         {
             // NB: '##' is normally used to hide text (as a library-wide feature), so we need to specify the text range to make sure the ## aren't stripped out here.
@@ -4830,7 +5443,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
             const char log_suffix[] = "##";
             LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_prefix, log_prefix+3);
             RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size);
-            LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_suffix+1, log_suffix+3);
+            LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_suffix, log_suffix+2);
         }
         else
         {
@@ -4840,23 +5453,24 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
     else
     {
         // Unframed typed for tree nodes
-        if (hovered || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected))
+        if (hovered || selected)
         {
-            RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, col, false);
-            RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin);
+            const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+            RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false);
+            RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags);
         }
-
         if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
-            RenderBullet(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x * 0.5f, g.FontSize*0.50f + text_base_offset_y));
-        else if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf))
-            RenderArrow(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, g.FontSize*0.15f + text_base_offset_y), is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f);
+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col);
+        else if (!is_leaf)
+            RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f);
         if (g.LogEnabled)
             LogRenderedText(&text_pos, ">");
         RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false);
     }
 
     if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
-        TreePushRawID(id);
+        TreePushOverrideID(id);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
     return is_open;
 }
 
@@ -4876,7 +5490,7 @@ void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id)
     PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush");
 }
 
-void ImGui::TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id)
+void ImGui::TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     Indent();
@@ -4891,24 +5505,21 @@ void ImGui::TreePop()
     Unindent();
 
     window->DC.TreeDepth--;
+    ImU32 tree_depth_mask = (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth);
+
+    // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled)
     if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet())
-        if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop & (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth)))
+        if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask))
         {
-            SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer);
+            SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0);
             NavMoveRequestCancel();
         }
-    window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop &= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth) - 1;
+    window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1;
 
     IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much.
     PopID();
 }
 
-void ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x += GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing();
-}
-
 // Horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode() or Bullet()
 float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
 {
@@ -4916,13 +5527,15 @@ float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
     return g.FontSize + (g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
 }
 
-void ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond)
+// Set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
+void ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems)
         return;
-    g.NextTreeNodeOpenVal = is_open;
-    g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen;
+    g.NextItemData.OpenVal = is_open;
+    g.NextItemData.OpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
 }
 
 // CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag).
@@ -4946,15 +5559,19 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags
         return false;
 
     ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
-    bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | (p_open ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap : 0), label);
+    flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | (p_open ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton : 0);
+    bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label);
     if (p_open)
     {
-        // Create a small overlapping close button // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc.
+        // Create a small overlapping close button
+        // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc.
+        // FIXME: CloseButton can overlap into text, need find a way to clip the text somehow.
         ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
         ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup;
-        float button_radius = g.FontSize * 0.5f;
-        ImVec2 button_center = ImVec2(ImMin(window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x) - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_radius, window->DC.LastItemRect.GetCenter().y);
-        if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(id+1)), button_center, button_radius))
+        float button_size = g.FontSize;
+        float button_x = ImMax(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size);
+        float button_y = window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y;
+        if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)((intptr_t)id + 1)), ImVec2(button_x, button_y)))
             *p_open = false;
         last_item_backup.Restore();
     }
@@ -4968,7 +5585,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags
 // - Selectable()
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// Tip: pass an empty label (e.g. "##dummy") then you can use the space to draw other text or image.
+// Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##dummy") then you can use the space to draw other text or image.
 // But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id.
 bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
 {
@@ -4979,65 +5596,93 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
 
-    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet) // FIXME-OPT: Avoid if vertically clipped.
-        PopClipRect();
+    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) // FIXME-OPT: Avoid if vertically clipped.
+        PushColumnsBackground();
 
     ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
     ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
     ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y);
     ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
-    pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+    pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
     ImRect bb_inner(pos, pos + size);
-    ItemSize(bb_inner);
+    ItemSize(size, 0.0f);
 
     // Fill horizontal space.
     ImVec2 window_padding = window->WindowPadding;
     float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? GetWindowContentRegionMax().x : GetContentRegionMax().x;
-    float w_draw = ImMax(label_size.x, window->Pos.x + max_x - window_padding.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x);
+    float w_draw = ImMax(label_size.x, window->Pos.x + max_x - window_padding.x - pos.x);
     ImVec2 size_draw((size_arg.x != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) ? size_arg.x : w_draw, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : size.y);
     ImRect bb(pos, pos + size_draw);
     if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth))
         bb.Max.x += window_padding.x;
 
-    // Selectables are tightly packed together, we extend the box to cover spacing between selectable.
-    float spacing_L = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
-    float spacing_U = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f);
-    float spacing_R = style.ItemSpacing.x - spacing_L;
-    float spacing_D = style.ItemSpacing.y - spacing_U;
+    // Selectables are tightly packed together so we extend the box to cover spacing between selectable.
+    const float spacing_x = style.ItemSpacing.x;
+    const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y;
+    const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f);
+    const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f);
     bb.Min.x -= spacing_L;
     bb.Min.y -= spacing_U;
-    bb.Max.x += spacing_R;
-    bb.Max.y += spacing_D;
-    if (!ItemAdd(bb, (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) ? 0 : id))
+    bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L);
+    bb.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U);
+
+    bool item_add;
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled)
     {
-        if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet)
-            PushColumnClipRect();
+        ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags;
+        window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;
+        item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id);
+        window->DC.ItemFlags = backup_item_flags;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id);
+    }
+    if (!item_add)
+    {
+        if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+            PopColumnsBackground();
         return false;
     }
 
     // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries
     ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled;
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick;
-    bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick)    { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease)  { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled)          { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)  { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; }
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap)  { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; }
+
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled)
         selected = false;
 
-    // Hovering selectable with mouse updates NavId accordingly so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard (this doesn't happen on most widgets)
-    if (pressed || hovered)
+    const bool was_selected = selected;
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+
+    // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard
+    if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover)))
+    {
         if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
         {
             g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
-            SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent);
+            SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent);
         }
+    }
     if (pressed)
         MarkItemEdited(id);
 
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap)
+        SetItemAllowOverlap();
+
+    // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger.
+    if (selected != was_selected) //-V547
+        window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection;
+
     // Render
+    if (held && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld))
+        hovered = true;
     if (hovered || selected)
     {
         const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
@@ -5045,19 +5690,21 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl
         RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding);
     }
 
-    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet)
+    if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns)
     {
-        PushColumnClipRect();
+        PopColumnsBackground();
         bb.Max.x -= (GetContentRegionMax().x - max_x);
     }
 
-    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-    RenderTextClipped(bb_inner.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f));
+    if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+    RenderTextClipped(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb);
     if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor();
 
     // Automatically close popups
     if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup))
         CloseCurrentPopup();
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags);
     return pressed;
 }
 
@@ -5078,17 +5725,21 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags
 // - ListBoxHeader()
 // - ListBoxFooter()
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FIXME: This is an old API. We should redesign some of it, rename ListBoxHeader->BeginListBox, ListBoxFooter->EndListBox
+// and promote using them over existing ListBox() functions, similarly to change with combo boxes.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// FIXME: Rename to BeginListBox()
+// FIXME: In principle this function should be called BeginListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature.
 // Helper to calculate the size of a listbox and display a label on the right.
-// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an empty label "##empty"
+// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty"
 bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
 {
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
         return false;
 
-    const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle();
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     const ImGuiID id = GetID(label);
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
 
@@ -5098,6 +5749,14 @@ bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
     ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
     ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
     window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; // Forward storage for ListBoxFooter.. dodgy.
+    g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
+
+    if (!IsRectVisible(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+    {
+        ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y);
+        ItemAdd(bb, 0, &frame_bb);
+        return false;
+    }
 
     BeginGroup();
     if (label_size.x > 0)
@@ -5107,24 +5766,26 @@ bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
     return true;
 }
 
-// FIXME: Rename to BeginListBox()
+// FIXME: In principle this function should be called EndListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature.
 bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items)
 {
-    // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
-    // We don't add +0.40f if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size.
+    // Size default to hold ~7.25 items.
+    // We add +25% worth of item height to allow the user to see at a glance if there are more items up/down, without looking at the scrollbar.
+    // We don't add this extra bit if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size.
     // I am expecting that someone will come and complain about this behavior in a remote future, then we can advise on a better solution.
     if (height_in_items < 0)
         height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7);
-    float height_in_items_f = height_in_items < items_count ? (height_in_items + 0.40f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f);
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle();
+    float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < items_count) ? (height_in_items + 0.25f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f);
 
     // We include ItemSpacing.y so that a list sized for the exact number of items doesn't make a scrollbar appears. We could also enforce that by passing a flag to BeginChild().
     ImVec2 size;
     size.x = 0.0f;
-    size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;
+    size.y = ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
     return ListBoxHeader(label, size);
 }
 
-// FIXME: Rename to EndListBox()
+// FIXME: In principle this function should be called EndListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature.
 void ImGui::ListBoxFooter()
 {
     ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetCurrentWindow()->ParentWindow;
@@ -5189,7 +5850,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v
 // - PlotHistogram()
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
     if (window->SkipItems)
@@ -5197,20 +5858,21 @@ void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_ge
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
 
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    if (graph_size.x == 0.0f)
-        graph_size.x = CalcItemWidth();
-    if (graph_size.y == 0.0f)
-        graph_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    if (frame_size.x == 0.0f)
+        frame_size.x = CalcItemWidth();
+    if (frame_size.y == 0.0f)
+        frame_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2);
 
-    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(graph_size.x, graph_size.y));
+    const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
     const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
     const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0));
     ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
     if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb))
         return;
-    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(inner_bb, 0);
+    const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
 
     // Determine scale from values if not specified
     if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX)
@@ -5220,6 +5882,8 @@ void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_ge
         for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++)
         {
             const float v = values_getter(data, i);
+            if (v != v) // Ignore NaN values
+                continue;
             v_min = ImMin(v_min, v);
             v_max = ImMax(v_max, v);
         }
@@ -5231,14 +5895,15 @@ void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_ge
 
     RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
 
-    if (values_count > 0)
+    const int values_count_min = (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? 2 : 1;
+    if (values_count >= values_count_min)
     {
-        int res_w = ImMin((int)graph_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+        int res_w = ImMin((int)frame_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
         int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
 
         // Tooltip on hover
         int v_hovered = -1;
-        if (hovered)
+        if (hovered && inner_bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))
         {
             const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f);
             const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count);
@@ -5376,10 +6041,10 @@ void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format)
 // [SECTION] MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc.
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // - ImGuiMenuColumns [Internal]
-// - BeginMainMenuBar()
-// - EndMainMenuBar()
 // - BeginMenuBar()
 // - EndMenuBar()
+// - BeginMainMenuBar()
+// - EndMainMenuBar()
 // - BeginMenu()
 // - EndMenu()
 // - MenuItem()
@@ -5388,7 +6053,6 @@ void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format)
 // Helpers for internal use
 ImGuiMenuColumns::ImGuiMenuColumns()
 {
-    Count = 0;
     Spacing = Width = NextWidth = 0.0f;
     memset(Pos, 0, sizeof(Pos));
     memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths));
@@ -5396,16 +6060,17 @@ ImGuiMenuColumns::ImGuiMenuColumns()
 
 void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(Count <= IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos));
-    Count = count;
+    IM_ASSERT(count == IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos));
+    IM_UNUSED(count);
     Width = NextWidth = 0.0f;
     Spacing = spacing;
-    if (clear) memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths));
-    for (int i = 0; i < Count; i++)
+    if (clear)
+        memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths));
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++)
     {
         if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f)
             Width += Spacing;
-        Pos[i] = (float)(int)Width;
+        Pos[i] = IM_FLOOR(Width);
         Width += NextWidths[i];
         NextWidths[i] = 0.0f;
     }
@@ -5417,49 +6082,20 @@ float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using v
     NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0);
     NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1);
     NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2);
-    for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++)
         NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f);
     return ImMax(Width, NextWidth);
 }
 
-float ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w)
+float ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const
 {
     return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width);
 }
 
-// For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set.
-bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()
-{
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f));
-    SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
-    SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y + g.FontBaseSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y));
-    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
-    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0,0));
-    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar;
-    bool is_open = Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, window_flags) && BeginMenuBar();
-    PopStyleVar(2);
-    g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-    if (!is_open)
-    {
-        End();
-        return false;
-    }
-    return true;
-}
-
-void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar()
-{
-    EndMenuBar();
-
-    // When the user has left the menu layer (typically: closed menus through activation of an item), we restore focus to the previous window
-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == 0)
-        FocusPreviousWindowIgnoringOne(g.NavWindow);
-
-    End();
-}
-
+// FIXME: Provided a rectangle perhaps e.g. a BeginMenuBarEx() could be used anywhere..
+// Currently the main responsibility of this function being to setup clip-rect + horizontal layout + menu navigation layer.
+// Ideally we also want this to be responsible for claiming space out of the main window scrolling rectangle, in which case ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar will become unnecessary.
+// Then later the same system could be used for multiple menu-bars, scrollbars, side-bars.
 bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar()
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
@@ -5469,20 +6105,20 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar()
         return false;
 
     IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
-    BeginGroup(); // Backup position on layer 0
+    BeginGroup(); // Backup position on layer 0 // FIXME: Misleading to use a group for that backup/restore
     PushID("##menubar");
 
     // We don't clip with current window clipping rectangle as it is already set to the area below. However we clip with window full rect.
     // We remove 1 worth of rounding to Max.x to that text in long menus and small windows don't tend to display over the lower-right rounded area, which looks particularly glitchy.
     ImRect bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
-    ImRect clip_rect(ImFloor(bar_rect.Min.x + 0.5f), ImFloor(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize + 0.5f), ImFloor(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowRounding) + 0.5f), ImFloor(bar_rect.Max.y + 0.5f));
+    ImRect clip_rect(IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - ImMax(window->WindowRounding, window->WindowBorderSize))), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Max.y));
     clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped);
     PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false);
 
     window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y);
     window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal;
-    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent++;
-    window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask <<= 1;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
     window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true;
     AlignTextToFramePadding();
     return true;
@@ -5505,10 +6141,11 @@ void ImGui::EndMenuBar()
         {
             // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame.
             // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth the hassle/cost)
-            IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext & 0x02); // Sanity check
+            const ImGuiNavLayer layer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
+            IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check
             FocusWindow(window);
-            SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[1], 1, window->NavRectRel[1]);
-            g.NavLayer = 1;
+            SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]);
+            g.NavLayer = layer;
             g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection.
             g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued;
             NavMoveRequestCancel();
@@ -5520,14 +6157,48 @@ void ImGui::EndMenuBar()
     PopClipRect();
     PopID();
     window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->MenuBarRect().Min.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos.
-    window->DC.GroupStack.back().AdvanceCursor = false;
+    window->DC.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false;
     EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0
     window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
-    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent--;
-    window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask >>= 1;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
     window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
 }
 
+// For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set.
+bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f));
+    SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+    SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y + g.FontBaseSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y));
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0, 0));
+    ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar;
+    bool is_open = Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, window_flags) && BeginMenuBar();
+    PopStyleVar(2);
+    g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    if (!is_open)
+    {
+        End();
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true; //-V1020
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar()
+{
+    EndMenuBar();
+
+    // When the user has left the menu layer (typically: closed menus through activation of an item), we restore focus to the previous window
+    // FIXME: With this strategy we won't be able to restore a NULL focus.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == 0 && !g.NavAnyRequest)
+        FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL);
+
+    End();
+}
+
 bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
@@ -5542,66 +6213,73 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
 
     bool pressed;
     bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id);
-    bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back());
+    bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back());
     ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
     if (menuset_is_open)
         g.NavWindow = window;  // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent)
 
-    // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu (using FindBestWindowPosForPopup).
+    // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu,
+    // However the final position is going to be different! It is choosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup().
+    // e.g. Menus tend to overlap each other horizontally to amplify relative Z-ordering.
     ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
     if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
     {
         // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar
         // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction.
         // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin()
-        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight());
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
-        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f);
+        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight());
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
         float w = label_size.x;
         pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
         PopStyleVar();
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
     }
     else
     {
         // Menu inside a menu
         popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y);
-        float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame
+        float w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame
         float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w);
         pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
-        if (!enabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-        RenderArrow(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), ImGuiDir_Right);
-        if (!enabled) PopStyleColor();
+        ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled);
+        RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), text_col, ImGuiDir_Right);
     }
 
     const bool hovered = enabled && ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, id);
     if (menuset_is_open)
         g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window;
 
-    bool want_open = false, want_close = false;
+    bool want_open = false;
+    bool want_close = false;
     if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) // (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
     {
+        // Close menu when not hovering it anymore unless we are moving roughly in the direction of the menu
         // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive.
-        bool moving_within_opened_triangle = false;
-        if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].ParentWindow == window && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+        bool moving_toward_other_child_menu = false;
+
+        ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].SourceWindow == window) ? g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].Window : NULL;
+        if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
         {
-            if (ImGuiWindow* next_window = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].Window)
-            {
-                ImRect next_window_rect = next_window->Rect();
-                ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta;
-                ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR();
-                ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR();
-                float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack.
-                ta.x += (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f;   // to avoid numerical issues
-                tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f);            // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale?
-                tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f);
-                moving_within_opened_triangle = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos);
-                //window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); // Debug
-            }
+            // FIXME-DPI: Values should be derived from a master "scale" factor.
+            ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect();
+            ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta;
+            ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR();
+            ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR();
+            float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f);    // add a bit of extra slack.
+            ta.x += (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues
+            tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f);                // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale?
+            tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f);
+            moving_toward_other_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos);
+            //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG]
         }
+        if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_toward_other_child_menu)
+            want_close = true;
 
-        want_close = (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_within_opened_triangle);
-        want_open = (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_within_opened_triangle) || (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed);
+        if (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed) // Click to open
+            want_open = true;
+        else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) // Hover to open
+            want_open = true;
 
         if (g.NavActivateId == id)
         {
@@ -5636,9 +6314,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
     if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }'
         want_close = true;
     if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id))
-        ClosePopupToLevel(g.CurrentPopupStack.Size);
+        ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0));
 
-    if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size)
+    if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size)
     {
         // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame.
         OpenPopup(label);
@@ -5664,14 +6344,14 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
 
 void ImGui::EndMenu()
 {
-    // Nav: When a left move request _within our child menu_ failed, close the menu.
+    // Nav: When a left move request _within our child menu_ failed, close ourselves (the _parent_ menu).
     // A menu doesn't close itself because EndMenuBar() wants the catch the last Left<>Right inputs.
     // However, it means that with the current code, a BeginMenu() from outside another menu or a menu-bar won't be closable with the Left direction.
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow == window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical)
     {
-        ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1);
+        ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);
         NavMoveRequestCancel();
     }
 
@@ -5689,34 +6369,38 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, boo
     ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
     ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
 
-    ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled);
+    // We've been using the equivalent of ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover on all Selectable() since early Nav system days (commit 43ee5d73),
+    // but I am unsure whether this should be kept at all. For now moved it to be an opt-in feature used by menus only.
+    ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled);
     bool pressed;
     if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
     {
         // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful
         // Note that in this situation we render neither the shortcut neither the selected tick mark
         float w = label_size.x;
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
-        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f);
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
         pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
         PopStyleVar();
-        window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
     }
     else
     {
         ImVec2 shortcut_size = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-        float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_size.x, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame
+        float w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_size.x, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame
         float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w);
         pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth, ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
         if (shortcut_size.x > 0.0f)
         {
             PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-            RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false);
+            RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false);
             PopStyleColor();
         }
         if (selected)
-            RenderCheckMark(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), g.FontSize  * 0.866f);
+            RenderCheckMark(pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), g.FontSize  * 0.866f);
     }
+
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0));
     return pressed;
 }
 
@@ -5730,3 +6414,1297 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected,
     }
     return false;
 }
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabBar, EndTabBar, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginTabBar()
+// - BeginTabBarEx() [Internal]
+// - EndTabBar()
+// - TabBarLayout() [Internal]
+// - TabBarCalcTabID() [Internal]
+// - TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth() [Internal]
+// - TabBarFindTabById() [Internal]
+// - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarScrollClamp()v
+// - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder() [Internal]
+// - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal]
+// - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace ImGui
+{
+    static void             TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    static ImU32            TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label);
+    static float            TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth();
+    static float            TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling);
+    static void             TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
+    static ImGuiTabItem*    TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    static ImGuiTabItem*    TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+}
+
+ImGuiTabBar::ImGuiTabBar()
+{
+    ID = 0;
+    SelectedTabId = NextSelectedTabId = VisibleTabId = 0;
+    CurrFrameVisible = PrevFrameVisible = -1;
+    LastTabContentHeight = 0.0f;
+    OffsetMax = OffsetMaxIdeal = OffsetNextTab = 0.0f;
+    ScrollingAnim = ScrollingTarget = ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f;
+    Flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None;
+    ReorderRequestTabId = 0;
+    ReorderRequestDir = 0;
+    WantLayout = VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false;
+    LastTabItemIdx = -1;
+}
+
+static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByVisibleOffset(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+    const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs;
+    const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs;
+    return (int)(a->Offset - b->Offset);
+}
+
+static ImGuiTabBar* GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(const ImGuiPtrOrIndex& ref)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return ref.Ptr ? (ImGuiTabBar*)ref.Ptr : g.TabBars.GetByIndex(ref.Index);
+}
+
+static ImGuiPtrOrIndex GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    if (g.TabBars.Contains(tab_bar))
+        return ImGuiPtrOrIndex(g.TabBars.GetIndex(tab_bar));
+    return ImGuiPtrOrIndex(tab_bar);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.GetOrAddByKey(id);
+    ImRect tab_bar_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->WorkRect.Max.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+    tab_bar->ID = id;
+    return BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_bb, flags | ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused);
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0)
+        PushOverrideID(tab_bar->ID);
+
+    // Add to stack
+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.push_back(GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(tab_bar));
+    g.CurrentTabBar = tab_bar;
+
+    if (tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible == g.FrameCount)
+    {
+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("BeginTabBarEx already called this frame\n", g.FrameCount);
+        IM_ASSERT(0);
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // When toggling back from ordered to manually-reorderable, shuffle tabs to enforce the last visible order.
+    // Otherwise, the most recently inserted tabs would move at the end of visible list which can be a little too confusing or magic for the user.
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1 && tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible != -1)
+        ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByVisibleOffset);
+
+    // Flags
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_;
+
+    tab_bar->Flags = flags;
+    tab_bar->BarRect = tab_bar_bb;
+    tab_bar->WantLayout = true; // Layout will be done on the first call to ItemTab()
+    tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible = tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible;
+    tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible = g.FrameCount;
+    tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding;
+
+    // Layout
+    ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->OffsetMaxIdeal, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()), tab_bar->FramePadding.y);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x;
+
+    // Draw separator
+    const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive);
+    const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y - 1.0f;
+    {
+        const float separator_min_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
+        const float separator_max_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
+        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(separator_min_x, y), ImVec2(separator_max_x, y), col, 1.0f);
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void    ImGui::EndTabBar()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Mismatched BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar()!");
+        return;
+    }
+    if (tab_bar->WantLayout)
+        TabBarLayout(tab_bar);
+
+    // Restore the last visible height if no tab is visible, this reduce vertical flicker/movement when a tabs gets removed without calling SetTabItemClosed().
+    const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+    if (tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted || tab_bar->VisibleTabId == 0 || tab_bar_appearing)
+        tab_bar->LastTabContentHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y - tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, 0.0f);
+    else
+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->LastTabContentHeight;
+
+    if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0)
+        PopID();
+
+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.pop_back();
+    g.CurrentTabBar = g.CurrentTabBarStack.empty() ? NULL : GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(g.CurrentTabBarStack.back());
+}
+
+// This is called only once a frame before by the first call to ItemTab()
+// The reason we're not calling it in BeginTabBar() is to leave a chance to the user to call the SetTabItemClosed() functions.
+static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    tab_bar->WantLayout = false;
+
+    // Garbage collect
+    int tab_dst_n = 0;
+    for (int tab_src_n = 0; tab_src_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_src_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n];
+        if (tab->LastFrameVisible < tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible)
+        {
+            if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)
+                tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0;
+            continue;
+        }
+        if (tab_dst_n != tab_src_n)
+            tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n] = tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n];
+        tab_dst_n++;
+    }
+    if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size != tab_dst_n)
+        tab_bar->Tabs.resize(tab_dst_n);
+
+    // Setup next selected tab
+    ImGuiID scroll_track_selected_tab_id = 0;
+    if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId)
+    {
+        tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId;
+        tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0;
+        scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
+    }
+
+    // Process order change request (we could probably process it when requested but it's just saner to do it in a single spot).
+    if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId != 0)
+    {
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab1 = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId))
+        {
+            //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools
+            int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir;
+            if (tab2_order >= 0 && tab2_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
+            {
+                ImGuiTabItem* tab2 = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab2_order];
+                ImGuiTabItem item_tmp = *tab1;
+                *tab1 = *tab2;
+                *tab2 = item_tmp;
+                if (tab2->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)
+                    scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab2->ID;
+                tab1 = tab2 = NULL;
+            }
+            if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings)
+                MarkIniSettingsDirty();
+        }
+        tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Tab List Popup (will alter tab_bar->BarRect and therefore the available width!)
+    const bool tab_list_popup_button = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton) != 0;
+    if (tab_list_popup_button)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Max.x!
+            scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID;
+
+    // Compute ideal widths
+    g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.resize(tab_bar->Tabs.Size);
+    float width_total_contents = 0.0f;
+    ImGuiTabItem* most_recently_selected_tab = NULL;
+    bool found_selected_tab_id = false;
+    for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+        IM_ASSERT(tab->LastFrameVisible >= tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible);
+
+        if (most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected)
+            most_recently_selected_tab = tab;
+        if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)
+            found_selected_tab_id = true;
+
+        // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar.
+        // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet,
+        // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window.
+        const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab);
+        const bool has_close_button = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) ? false : true;
+        tab->ContentWidth = TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button).x;
+
+        width_total_contents += (tab_n > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f) + tab->ContentWidth;
+
+        // Store data so we can build an array sorted by width if we need to shrink tabs down
+        g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index = tab_n;
+        g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width = tab->ContentWidth;
+    }
+
+    // Compute width
+    const float initial_offset_x = 0.0f; // g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    const float width_avail = ImMax(tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - initial_offset_x, 0.0f);
+    float width_excess = (width_avail < width_total_contents) ? (width_total_contents - width_avail) : 0.0f;
+    if (width_excess > 0.0f && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown))
+    {
+        // If we don't have enough room, resize down the largest tabs first
+        ShrinkWidths(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Data, g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Size, width_excess);
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+            tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index].Width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const float tab_max_width = TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth();
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+            tab->Width = ImMin(tab->ContentWidth, tab_max_width);
+            IM_ASSERT(tab->Width > 0.0f);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Layout all active tabs
+    float offset_x = initial_offset_x;
+    float offset_x_ideal = offset_x;
+    tab_bar->OffsetNextTab = offset_x; // This is used by non-reorderable tab bar where the submission order is always honored.
+    for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+        tab->Offset = offset_x;
+        if (scroll_track_selected_tab_id == 0 && g.NavJustMovedToId == tab->ID)
+            scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab->ID;
+        offset_x += tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+        offset_x_ideal += tab->ContentWidth + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    }
+    tab_bar->OffsetMax = ImMax(offset_x - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f);
+    tab_bar->OffsetMaxIdeal = ImMax(offset_x_ideal - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f);
+
+    // Horizontal scrolling buttons
+    const bool scrolling_buttons = (tab_bar->OffsetMax > tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons) && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll);
+    if (scrolling_buttons)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarScrollingButtons(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Max.x!
+            scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID;
+
+    // If we have lost the selected tab, select the next most recently active one
+    if (found_selected_tab_id == false)
+        tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0;
+    if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0 && most_recently_selected_tab != NULL)
+        scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = most_recently_selected_tab->ID;
+
+    // Lock in visible tab
+    tab_bar->VisibleTabId = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
+    tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false;
+
+    // Update scrolling
+    if (scroll_track_selected_tab_id)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* scroll_track_selected_tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, scroll_track_selected_tab_id))
+            TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_track_selected_tab);
+    tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingAnim);
+    tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget);
+    if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget)
+    {
+        // Scrolling speed adjust itself so we can always reach our target in 1/3 seconds.
+        // Teleport if we are aiming far off the visible line
+        tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed, 70.0f * g.FontSize);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed, ImFabs(tab_bar->ScrollingTarget - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim) / 0.3f);
+        const bool teleport = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount) || (tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility > 10.0f * g.FontSize);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = teleport ? tab_bar->ScrollingTarget : ImLinearSweep(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget, g.IO.DeltaTime * tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f;
+    }
+
+    // Clear name buffers
+    if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0)
+        tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0);
+}
+
+// Dockables uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack.
+static ImU32   ImGui::TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label)
+{
+    if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode)
+    {
+        ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(label);
+        KeepAliveID(id);
+        return id;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+        return window->GetID(label);
+    }
+}
+
+static float ImGui::TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    return g.FontSize * 20.0f;
+}
+
+ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id)
+{
+    if (tab_id != 0)
+        for (int n = 0; n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; n++)
+            if (tab_bar->Tabs[n].ID == tab_id)
+                return &tab_bar->Tabs[n];
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+// The *TabId fields be already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless.
+void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id)
+{
+    if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id))
+        tab_bar->Tabs.erase(tab);
+    if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab_id)      { tab_bar->VisibleTabId = 0; }
+    if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab_id)     { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; }
+    if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == tab_id) { tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; }
+}
+
+// Called on manual closure attempt
+void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    if ((tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument))
+    {
+        // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure.
+        // However we don't run it in the case where the 'Unsaved' flag is set, so user gets a chance to fully undo the closure
+        tab->LastFrameVisible = -1;
+        tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0;
+    }
+    else if ((tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID) && (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument))
+    {
+        // Actually select before expecting closure
+        tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID;
+    }
+}
+
+static float ImGui::TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling)
+{
+    scrolling = ImMin(scrolling, tab_bar->OffsetMax - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth());
+    return ImMax(scrolling, 0.0f);
+}
+
+static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar)
+    int order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab);
+    float tab_x1 = tab->Offset + (order > 0 ? -margin : 0.0f);
+    float tab_x2 = tab->Offset + tab->Width + (order + 1 < tab_bar->Tabs.Size ? margin : 1.0f);
+    tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f;
+    if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget > tab_x1 || (tab_x2 - tab_x1 >= tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()))
+    {
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim - tab_x2, 0.0f);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x1;
+    }
+    else if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget < tab_x2 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth())
+    {
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax((tab_x1 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()) - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, 0.0f);
+        tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x2 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth();
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(dir == -1 || dir == +1);
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0);
+    tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = tab->ID;
+    tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir = (ImS8)dir;
+}
+
+static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    const ImVec2 arrow_button_size(g.FontSize - 2.0f, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    const float scrolling_buttons_width = arrow_button_size.x * 2.0f;
+
+    const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    //window->DrawList->AddRect(ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));
+
+    const ImRect avail_bar_rect = tab_bar->BarRect;
+    bool want_clip_rect = !avail_bar_rect.Contains(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(scrolling_buttons_width, 0.0f)));
+    if (want_clip_rect)
+        PushClipRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max + ImVec2(g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f), true);
+
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL;
+
+    int select_dir = 0;
+    ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text];
+    arrow_col.w *= 0.5f;
+
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col);
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0));
+    const float backup_repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay;
+    const float backup_repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate;
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f;
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = 0.200f;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    if (ArrowButtonEx("##<", ImGuiDir_Left, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat))
+        select_dir = -1;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width + arrow_button_size.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    if (ArrowButtonEx("##>", ImGuiDir_Right, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat))
+        select_dir = +1;
+    PopStyleColor(2);
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = backup_repeat_rate;
+    g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = backup_repeat_delay;
+
+    if (want_clip_rect)
+        PopClipRect();
+
+    if (select_dir != 0)
+        if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId))
+        {
+            int selected_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab_item);
+            int target_order = selected_order + select_dir;
+            tab_to_select = &tab_bar->Tabs[(target_order >= 0 && target_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? target_order : selected_order]; // If we are at the end of the list, still scroll to make our tab visible
+        }
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos;
+    tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x -= scrolling_buttons_width + 1.0f;
+
+    return tab_to_select;
+}
+
+static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+    // We use g.Style.FramePadding.y to match the square ArrowButton size
+    const float tab_list_popup_button_width = g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+    const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - g.Style.FramePadding.y, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y);
+    tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x += tab_list_popup_button_width;
+
+    ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text];
+    arrow_col.w *= 0.5f;
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col);
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0));
+    bool open = BeginCombo("##v", NULL, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview);
+    PopStyleColor(2);
+
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL;
+    if (open)
+    {
+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
+            const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab);
+            if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID))
+                tab_to_select = tab;
+        }
+        EndCombo();
+    }
+
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos;
+    return tab_to_select;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: BeginTabItem, EndTabItem, etc.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - BeginTabItem()
+// - EndTabItem()
+// - TabItemEx() [Internal]
+// - SetTabItemClosed()
+// - TabItemCalcSize() [Internal]
+// - TabItemBackground() [Internal]
+// - TabItemLabelAndCloseButton() [Internal]
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool    ImGui::BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar, "BeginTabItem() Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!");
+        return false;
+    }
+    bool ret = TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, p_open, flags);
+    if (ret && !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId))
+    {
+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
+        PushOverrideID(tab->ID); // We already hashed 'label' so push into the ID stack directly instead of doing another hash through PushID(label)
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void    ImGui::EndTabItem()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+    if (tab_bar == NULL)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(tab_bar != NULL && "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!");
+        return;
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= 0);
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
+    if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId))
+        window->IDStack.pop_back();
+}
+
+bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags)
+{
+    // Layout whole tab bar if not already done
+    if (tab_bar->WantLayout)
+        TabBarLayout(tab_bar);
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return false;
+
+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+    const ImGuiID id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label);
+
+    // If the user called us with *p_open == false, we early out and don't render. We make a dummy call to ItemAdd() so that attempts to use a contextual popup menu with an implicit ID won't use an older ID.
+    if (p_open && !*p_open)
+    {
+        PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true);
+        ItemAdd(ImRect(), id);
+        PopItemFlag();
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Store into ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton, also honor ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton passed by user (although not documented)
+    if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton)
+        p_open = NULL;
+    else if (p_open == NULL)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton;
+
+    // Calculate tab contents size
+    ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, p_open != NULL);
+
+    // Acquire tab data
+    ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, id);
+    bool tab_is_new = false;
+    if (tab == NULL)
+    {
+        tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(ImGuiTabItem());
+        tab = &tab_bar->Tabs.back();
+        tab->ID = id;
+        tab->Width = size.x;
+        tab_is_new = true;
+    }
+    tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (short)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab);
+    tab->ContentWidth = size.x;
+
+    const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+    const bool tab_bar_focused = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) != 0;
+    const bool tab_appearing = (tab->LastFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount);
+    tab->LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount;
+    tab->Flags = flags;
+
+    // Append name with zero-terminator
+    tab->NameOffset = tab_bar->TabsNames.size();
+    tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1);
+
+    // If we are not reorderable, always reset offset based on submission order.
+    // (We already handled layout and sizing using the previous known order, but sizing is not affected by order!)
+    if (!tab_appearing && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable))
+    {
+        tab->Offset = tab_bar->OffsetNextTab;
+        tab_bar->OffsetNextTab += tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+    }
+
+    // Update selected tab
+    if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0)
+        if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0)
+            tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;  // New tabs gets activated
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar
+        tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;
+
+    // Lock visibility
+    bool tab_contents_visible = (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == id);
+    if (tab_contents_visible)
+        tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = true;
+
+    // On the very first frame of a tab bar we let first tab contents be visible to minimize appearing glitches
+    if (!tab_contents_visible && tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar_appearing)
+        if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1 && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs))
+            tab_contents_visible = true;
+
+    if (tab_appearing && !(tab_bar_appearing && !tab_is_new))
+    {
+        PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true);
+        ItemAdd(ImRect(), id);
+        PopItemFlag();
+        return tab_contents_visible;
+    }
+
+    if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == id)
+        tab->LastFrameSelected = g.FrameCount;
+
+    // Backup current layout position
+    const ImVec2 backup_main_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+
+    // Layout
+    size.x = tab->Width;
+    window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f);
+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+
+    // We don't have CPU clipping primitives to clip the CloseButton (until it becomes a texture), so need to add an extra draw call (temporary in the case of vertical animation)
+    bool want_clip_rect = (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x) || (bb.Max.x > tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x);
+    if (want_clip_rect)
+        PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, bb.Max.y), true);
+
+    ImVec2 backup_cursor_max_pos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+    ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y);
+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = backup_cursor_max_pos;
+
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+    {
+        if (want_clip_rect)
+            PopClipRect();
+        window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos;
+        return tab_contents_visible;
+    }
+
+    // Click to Select a tab
+    ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap);
+    if (g.DragDropActive)
+        button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
+    bool hovered, held;
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+    if (pressed)
+        tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;
+    hovered |= (g.HoveredId == id);
+
+    // Allow the close button to overlap unless we are dragging (in which case we don't want any overlapping tabs to be hovered)
+    if (!held)
+        SetItemAllowOverlap();
+
+    // Drag and drop: re-order tabs
+    if (held && !tab_appearing && IsMouseDragging(0))
+    {
+        if (!g.DragDropActive && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable))
+        {
+            // While moving a tab it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x
+            if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < bb.Min.x)
+            {
+                if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable)
+                    TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, -1);
+            }
+            else if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > bb.Max.x)
+            {
+                if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable)
+                    TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, +1);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > 0.50f && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth)
+    {
+        // Enlarge tab display when hovering
+        bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_FLOOR(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f)));
+        display_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
+        TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive));
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Render tab shape
+    ImDrawList* display_draw_list = window->DrawList;
+    const ImU32 tab_col = GetColorU32((held || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_TabHovered : tab_contents_visible ? (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive) : (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_Tab : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused));
+    TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_col);
+    RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+
+    // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget.
+    const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup);
+    if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1)))
+        tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;
+
+    if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton)
+        flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton;
+
+    // Render tab label, process close button
+    const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? window->GetID((void*)((intptr_t)id + 1)) : 0;
+    bool just_closed = TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id);
+    if (just_closed && p_open != NULL)
+    {
+        *p_open = false;
+        TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, tab);
+    }
+
+    // Restore main window position so user can draw there
+    if (want_clip_rect)
+        PopClipRect();
+    window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos;
+
+    // Tooltip (FIXME: Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer)
+    // We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar (which g.HoveredId ignores)
+    if (g.HoveredId == id && !held && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > 0.50f && IsItemHovered())
+        if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip))
+            SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label);
+
+    return tab_contents_visible;
+}
+
+// [Public] This is call is 100% optional but it allows to remove some one-frame glitches when a tab has been unexpectedly removed.
+// To use it to need to call the function SetTabItemClosed() after BeginTabBar() and before any call to BeginTabItem()
+void    ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    bool is_within_manual_tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar && !(g.CurrentTabBar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode);
+    if (is_within_manual_tab_bar)
+    {
+        ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar;
+        IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->WantLayout);         // Needs to be called AFTER BeginTabBar() and BEFORE the first call to BeginTabItem()
+        ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label);
+        TabBarRemoveTab(tab_bar, tab_id);
+    }
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x, label_size.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+    if (has_close_button)
+        size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + (g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + g.FontSize); // We use Y intentionally to fit the close button circle.
+    else
+        size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + 1.0f;
+    return ImVec2(ImMin(size.x, TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth()), size.y);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col)
+{
+    // While rendering tabs, we trim 1 pixel off the top of our bounding box so they can fit within a regular frame height while looking "detached" from it.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    const float width = bb.GetWidth();
+    IM_UNUSED(flags);
+    IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f);
+    const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin(g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f));
+    const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f;
+    const float y2 = bb.Max.y - 1.0f;
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2));
+    draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 6, 9);
+    draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 9, 12);
+    draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x, y2));
+    draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
+    if (g.Style.TabBorderSize > 0.0f)
+    {
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + 0.5f, y2));
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding + 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 6, 9);
+        draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding - 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 9, 12);
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - 0.5f, y2));
+        draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), false, g.Style.TabBorderSize);
+    }
+}
+
+// Render text label (with custom clipping) + Unsaved Document marker + Close Button logic
+// We tend to lock style.FramePadding for a given tab-bar, hence the 'frame_padding' parameter.
+bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+    if (bb.GetWidth() <= 1.0f)
+        return false;
+
+    // Render text label (with clipping + alpha gradient) + unsaved marker
+    const char* TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER = "*";
+    ImRect text_pixel_clip_bb(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x, bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x, bb.Max.y);
+    if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)
+    {
+        text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= CalcTextSize(TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, false).x;
+        ImVec2 unsaved_marker_pos(ImMin(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x + label_size.x + 2, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y + IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f));
+        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, unsaved_marker_pos, bb.Max - frame_padding, TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, NULL);
+    }
+    ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb;
+
+    // Close Button
+    // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap()
+    //  'hovered' will be true when hovering the Tab but NOT when hovering the close button
+    //  'g.HoveredId==id' will be true when hovering the Tab including when hovering the close button
+    //  'g.ActiveId==close_button_id' will be true when we are holding on the close button, in which case both hovered booleans are false
+    bool close_button_pressed = false;
+    bool close_button_visible = false;
+    if (close_button_id != 0)
+        if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id)
+            close_button_visible = true;
+    if (close_button_visible)
+    {
+        ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup;
+        const float close_button_sz = g.FontSize;
+        PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, frame_padding);
+        if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - close_button_sz, bb.Min.y)))
+            close_button_pressed = true;
+        PopStyleVar();
+        last_item_backup.Restore();
+
+        // Close with middle mouse button
+        if (!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) && IsMouseClicked(2))
+            close_button_pressed = true;
+
+        text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_sz;
+    }
+
+    float ellipsis_max_x = close_button_visible ? text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x : bb.Max.x - 1.0f;
+    RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size);
+
+    return close_button_pressed;
+}
+
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Widgets: Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc.
+// In the current version, Columns are very weak. Needs to be replaced with a more full-featured system.
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - GetColumnIndex()
+// - GetColumnCount()
+// - GetColumnOffset()
+// - GetColumnWidth()
+// - SetColumnOffset()
+// - SetColumnWidth()
+// - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal]
+// - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal]
+// - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal]
+// - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal]
+// - GetColumnsID() [Internal]
+// - BeginColumns()
+// - NextColumn()
+// - EndColumns()
+// - Columns()
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int ImGui::GetColumnIndex()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetColumnsCount()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset_norm)
+{
+    return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset)
+{
+    return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX);
+}
+
+static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f;
+
+static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiColumns* columns, int column_index)
+{
+    // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing
+    // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning.
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0.
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index));
+
+    float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x;
+    x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
+    if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths))
+        x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
+
+    return x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns == NULL)
+        return 0.0f;
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size);
+
+    const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm;
+    const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t);
+    return x_offset;
+}
+
+static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false)
+{
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+
+    float offset_norm;
+    if (before_resize)
+        offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize;
+    else
+        offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm;
+    return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns == NULL)
+        return GetContentRegionAvail().x;
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size);
+
+    const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count-1);
+    const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f;
+
+    if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow))
+        offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index));
+    columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX);
+
+    if (preserve_width)
+        SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width));
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+    SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (column_index < 0)
+        column_index = columns->Current;
+
+    ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index];
+    PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false);
+}
+
+// Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns)
+void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns->Count == 1)
+        return;
+    columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 0);
+    int cmd_size = window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size;
+    PushClipRect(columns->HostClipRect.Min, columns->HostClipRect.Max, false);
+    IM_UNUSED(cmd_size);
+    IM_ASSERT(cmd_size == window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size); // Being in channel 0 this should not have created an ImDrawCmd
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+    ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns->Count == 1)
+        return;
+    columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1);
+    PopClipRect();
+}
+
+ImGuiColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)
+{
+    // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup.
+    for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++)
+        if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id)
+            return &window->ColumnsStorage[n];
+
+    window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiColumns());
+    ImGuiColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back();
+    columns->ID = id;
+    return columns;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget.
+    // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer.
+    PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count));
+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns");
+    PopID();
+
+    return id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+    IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1 && columns_count <= 64);   // Maximum 64 columns
+    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL);           // Nested columns are currently not supported
+
+    // Acquire storage for the columns set
+    ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count);
+    ImGuiColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id);
+    IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id);
+    columns->Current = 0;
+    columns->Count = columns_count;
+    columns->Flags = flags;
+    window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns;
+
+    columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+    columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x;
+    columns->HostClipRect = window->ClipRect;
+    columns->HostWorkRect = window->WorkRect;
+
+    // Set state for first column
+    // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect
+    const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+    const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize));
+    const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+    const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x;
+    columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+    columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f);
+    columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+
+    // Clear data if columns count changed
+    if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1)
+        columns->Columns.resize(0);
+
+    // Initialize default widths
+    columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0);
+    if (columns->Columns.Size == 0)
+    {
+        columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1);
+        for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiColumnData column;
+            column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count;
+            columns->Columns.push_back(column);
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
+    {
+        // Compute clipping rectangle
+        ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n];
+        float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n));
+        float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f);
+        column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX);
+        column->ClipRect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect);
+    }
+
+    if (columns->Count > 1)
+    {
+        columns->Splitter.Split(window->DrawList, 1 + columns->Count);
+        columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1);
+        PushColumnClipRect(0);
+    }
+
+    // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user.
+    float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current);
+    float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1);
+    float width = offset_1 - offset_0;
+    PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f);
+    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+    window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NextColumn()
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+
+    if (columns->Count == 1)
+    {
+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+        IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0);
+        return;
+    }
+    PopItemWidth();
+    PopClipRect();
+
+    const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+    columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    if (++columns->Current < columns->Count)
+    {
+        // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out)
+        // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked?
+        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding;
+        columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // New row/line
+        // Column 0 honor IndentX
+        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f);
+        columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1);
+        columns->Current = 0;
+        columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY;
+    }
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY;
+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+
+    PushColumnClipRect(columns->Current);     // FIXME-COLUMNS: Could it be an overwrite?
+
+    // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup.
+    float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current);
+    float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1);
+    float width = offset_1 - offset_0;
+    PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f);
+    window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndColumns()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+    PopItemWidth();
+    if (columns->Count > 1)
+    {
+        PopClipRect();
+        columns->Splitter.Merge(window->DrawList);
+    }
+
+    const ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = columns->Flags;
+    columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize))
+        window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX;  // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent
+
+    // Draw columns borders and handle resize
+    // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy
+    bool is_being_resized = false;
+    if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems)
+    {
+        // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers.
+        const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y);
+        const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y);
+        int dragging_column = -1;
+        for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++)
+        {
+            ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n];
+            float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n);
+            const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n);
+            const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH;
+            const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2));
+            KeepAliveID(column_id);
+            if (IsClippedEx(column_hit_rect, column_id, false))
+                continue;
+
+            bool hovered = false, held = false;
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize))
+            {
+                ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held);
+                if (hovered || held)
+                    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW;
+                if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize))
+                    dragging_column = n;
+            }
+
+            // Draw column
+            const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator);
+            const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x);
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col);
+        }
+
+        // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame.
+        if (dragging_column != -1)
+        {
+            if (!columns->IsBeingResized)
+                for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++)
+                    columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm;
+            columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true;
+            float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column);
+            SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x);
+        }
+    }
+    columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized;
+
+    window->WorkRect = columns->HostWorkRect;
+    window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL;
+    window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);
+}
+
+// [2018-03: This is currently the only public API, while we are working on making BeginColumns/EndColumns user-facing]
+void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1);
+
+    ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder);
+    //flags |= ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior
+    ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns;
+    if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags)
+        return;
+
+    if (columns != NULL)
+        EndColumns();
+
+    if (columns_count != 1)
+        BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags);
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/src/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h b/src/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
index 2b07dcc82..ff2a85df4 100644
--- a/src/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
+++ b/src/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h
@@ -1,4 +1,10 @@
-// stb_rect_pack.h - v0.11 - public domain - rectangle packing
+// [DEAR IMGUI]
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.00.
+// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb:
+// - Added STBRP__CDECL
+// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
+
+// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.00 - public domain - rectangle packing
 // Sean Barrett 2014
 //
 // Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas.
@@ -31,9 +37,12 @@
 //    
 //  Bugfixes / warning fixes
 //    Jeremy Jaussaud
+//    Fabian Giesen
 //
 // Version history:
 //
+//     1.00  (2019-02-25)  avoid small space waste; gracefully fail too-wide rectangles
+//     0.99  (2019-02-07)  warning fixes
 //     0.11  (2017-03-03)  return packing success/fail result
 //     0.10  (2016-10-25)  remove cast-away-const to avoid warnings
 //     0.09  (2016-08-27)  fix compiler warnings
@@ -204,6 +213,7 @@ struct stbrp_context
 #define STBRP_ASSERT assert
 #endif
 
+// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v)  (void)(v)
 #define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl
@@ -349,6 +359,13 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt
    width -= width % c->align;
    STBRP_ASSERT(width % c->align == 0);
 
+   // if it can't possibly fit, bail immediately
+   if (width > c->width || height > c->height) {
+      fr.prev_link = NULL;
+      fr.x = fr.y = 0;
+      return fr;
+   }
+
    node = c->active_head;
    prev = &c->active_head;
    while (node->x + width <= c->width) {
@@ -412,7 +429,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt
          }
          STBRP_ASSERT(node->next->x > xpos && node->x <= xpos);
          y = stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(c, node, xpos, width, &waste);
-         if (y + height < c->height) {
+         if (y + height <= c->height) {
             if (y <= best_y) {
                if (y < best_y || waste < best_waste || (waste==best_waste && xpos < best_x)) {
                   best_x = xpos;
@@ -512,6 +529,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, i
    return res;
 }
 
+// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL
 static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
 {
    const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a;
@@ -523,6 +541,7 @@ static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
    return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w);
 }
 
+// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL
 static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b)
 {
    const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a;
@@ -543,9 +562,6 @@ STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int nu
    // we use the 'was_packed' field internally to allow sorting/unsorting
    for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) {
       rects[i].was_packed = i;
-      #ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
-      STBRP_ASSERT(rects[i].w <= 0xffff && rects[i].h <= 0xffff);
-      #endif
    }
 
    // sort according to heuristic
diff --git a/src/imgui/imstb_textedit.h b/src/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
index 9e12469be..2077d02ae 100644
--- a/src/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
+++ b/src/imgui/imstb_textedit.h
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
-// [ImGui] this is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.12. Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb
-// [ImGui] - 2018-06: fixed undo/redo after pasting large amount of text (over 32 kb). Redo will still fail when undo buffers are exhausted, but text won't be corrupted (see nothings/stb issue #620)
-// [ImGui] - 2018-06: fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321)
-// [ImGui] - fixed some minor warnings
+// [DEAR IMGUI]
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.13. 
+// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb:
+// - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321)
+// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
 
-// stb_textedit.h - v1.12  - public domain - Sean Barrett
+// stb_textedit.h - v1.13  - public domain - Sean Barrett
 // Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools
 //
 // This C header file implements the guts of a multi-line text-editing
@@ -34,6 +35,7 @@
 //
 // VERSION HISTORY
 //
+//   1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management
 //   1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash
 //   1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield
 //   1.10 (2016-10-25) supress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual
@@ -563,7 +565,6 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s
 
    // now scan to find xpos
    find->x = r.x0;
-   i = 0;
    for (i=0; first+i < n; ++i)
       find->x += STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, first, i);
 }
@@ -693,7 +694,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(STB_TexteditState *state)
 static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
 {
    if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
-      stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps
+      stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps
       state->has_preferred_x = 0;
       return 1;
    }
@@ -745,7 +746,7 @@ retry:
                   state->has_preferred_x = 0;
                }
             } else {
-               stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps
+               stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps
                if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) {
                   stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, 1);
                   ++state->cursor;
@@ -1133,7 +1134,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state)
                state->undo_rec[i].char_storage += n;
       }
       // now move all the redo records towards the end of the buffer; the first one is at 'redo_point'
-      STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, (size_t) ((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point)*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])));
+      // {DEAR IMGUI]
+      size_t move_size = (size_t)((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]));
+      const char* buf_begin = (char*)state->undo_rec; (void)buf_begin;
+      const char* buf_end   = (char*)state->undo_rec + sizeof(state->undo_rec); (void)buf_end;
+      IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point)) >= buf_begin);
+      IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point + 1) + move_size) <= buf_end);
+      STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, move_size);
+
       // now move redo_point to point to the new one
       ++state->redo_point;
    }
diff --git a/src/imgui/imstb_truetype.h b/src/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
index f65deb503..193338afb 100644
--- a/src/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
+++ b/src/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
@@ -1,4 +1,9 @@
-// stb_truetype.h - v1.19 - public domain
+// [DEAR IMGUI]
+// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.20.
+// Mostly fixing for compiler and static analyzer warnings.
+// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes.
+
+// stb_truetype.h - v1.20 - public domain
 // authored from 2009-2016 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools
 //
 //   This library processes TrueType files:
@@ -49,6 +54,7 @@
 //       
 // VERSION HISTORY
 //
+//   1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics()
 //   1.19 (2018-02-11) GPOS kerning, STBTT_fmod
 //   1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function
 //   1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix
@@ -75,7 +81,7 @@
 //
 // USAGE
 //
-//   Include this file in whatever places neeed to refer to it. In ONE C/C++
+//   Include this file in whatever places need to refer to it. In ONE C/C++
 //   file, write:
 //      #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
 //   before the #include of this file. This expands out the actual
@@ -247,8 +253,8 @@
 //   Documentation & header file        520 LOC  \___ 660 LOC documentation
 //   Sample code                        140 LOC  /
 //   Truetype parsing                   620 LOC  ---- 620 LOC TrueType
-//   Software rasterization             240 LOC  \                           .
-//   Curve tesselation                  120 LOC   \__ 550 LOC Bitmap creation
+//   Software rasterization             240 LOC  \.
+//   Curve tessellation                 120 LOC   \__ 550 LOC Bitmap creation
 //   Bitmap management                  100 LOC   /
 //   Baked bitmap interface              70 LOC  /
 //   Font name matching & access        150 LOC  ---- 150 
@@ -556,6 +562,8 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int p
 //
 // It's inefficient; you might want to c&p it and optimize it.
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap);
+// Query the font vertical metrics without having to create a font first.
 
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -641,6 +649,12 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h
 // To use with PackFontRangesGather etc., you must set it before calls
 // call to PackFontRangesGatherRects.
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip);
+// If skip != 0, this tells stb_truetype to skip any codepoints for which
+// there is no corresponding glyph. If skip=0, which is the default, then
+// codepoints without a glyph recived the font's "missing character" glyph,
+// typically an empty box by convention.
+
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  // same data as above
                                int char_index,             // character to display
                                float *xpos, float *ypos,   // pointers to current position in screen pixel space
@@ -669,6 +683,7 @@ struct stbtt_pack_context {
    int   height;
    int   stride_in_bytes;
    int   padding;
+   int   skip_missing;
    unsigned int   h_oversample, v_oversample;
    unsigned char *pixels;
    void  *nodes;
@@ -694,7 +709,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index);
 // file will only define one font and it always be at offset 0, so it will
 // return '0' for index 0, and -1 for all other indices.
 
-// The following structure is defined publically so you can declare one on
+// The following structure is defined publicly so you can declare one on
 // the stack or as a global or etc, but you should treat it as opaque.
 struct stbtt_fontinfo
 {
@@ -733,6 +748,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codep
 // and you want a speed-up, call this function with the character you're
 // going to process, then use glyph-based functions instead of the
 // codepoint-based functions.
+// Returns 0 if the character codepoint is not defined in the font.
 
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -820,7 +836,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
 // returns # of vertices and fills *vertices with the pointer to them
 //   these are expressed in "unscaled" coordinates
 //
-// The shape is a series of countours. Each one starts with
+// The shape is a series of contours. Each one starts with
 // a STBTT_moveto, then consists of a series of mixed
 // STBTT_lineto and STBTT_curveto segments. A lineto
 // draws a line from previous endpoint to its x,y; a curveto
@@ -916,7 +932,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc
 STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff);
 // These functions compute a discretized SDF field for a single character, suitable for storing
 // in a single-channel texture, sampling with bilinear filtering, and testing against
-// larger than some threshhold to produce scalable fonts.
+// larger than some threshold to produce scalable fonts.
 //        info              --  the font
 //        scale             --  controls the size of the resulting SDF bitmap, same as it would be creating a regular bitmap
 //        glyph/codepoint   --  the character to generate the SDF for
@@ -1825,7 +1841,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s
                if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata);
                return 0;
             }
-            if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex));
+            if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); //-V595
             STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex));
             if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata);
             vertices = tmp;
@@ -2196,7 +2212,7 @@ static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, st
       } break;
 
       default:
-         if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254))
+         if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254)) //-V560
             return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator");
 
          // push immediate
@@ -2368,7 +2384,8 @@ static stbtt_int32  stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph)
             if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount)
                 return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID));
 
-            classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount;
+            // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning
+            //classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount;
         } break;
 
         case 2: {
@@ -2392,7 +2409,8 @@ static stbtt_int32  stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph)
                     return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4);
             }
 
-            classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount;
+            // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning
+            //classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount;
         } break;
 
         default: {
@@ -3024,6 +3042,8 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill,
                   dx = -dx;
                   dy = -dy;
                   t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t;
+                  // [DEAR IMGUI] Fix static analyzer warning
+                  (void)dx; // [ImGui: fix static analyzer warning]
                }
 
                x1 = (int) x_top;
@@ -3161,7 +3181,13 @@ static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e,
          if (e->y0 != e->y1) {
             stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y_top, userdata);
             if (z != NULL) {
-               STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top);
+               if (j == 0 && off_y != 0) {
+                  if (z->ey < scan_y_top) {
+                     // this can happen due to subpixel positioning and some kind of fp rounding error i think
+                     z->ey = scan_y_top;
+                  }
+               }
+               STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top); // if we get really unlucky a tiny bit of an edge can be out of bounds
                // insert at front
                z->next = active;
                active = z;
@@ -3230,7 +3256,7 @@ static void stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(stbtt__edge *p, int n)
 
 static void stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(stbtt__edge *p, int n)
 {
-   /* threshhold for transitioning to insertion sort */
+   /* threshold for transitioning to insertion sort */
    while (n > 12) {
       stbtt__edge t;
       int c01,c12,c,m,i,j;
@@ -3365,7 +3391,7 @@ static void stbtt__add_point(stbtt__point *points, int n, float x, float y)
    points[n].y = y;
 }
 
-// tesselate until threshhold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching
+// tessellate until threshold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching
 static int stbtt__tesselate_curve(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n)
 {
    // midpoint
@@ -3790,6 +3816,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, in
    spc->stride_in_bytes = stride_in_bytes != 0 ? stride_in_bytes : pw;
    spc->h_oversample = 1;
    spc->v_oversample = 1;
+   spc->skip_missing = 0;
 
    stbrp_init_target(context, pw-padding, ph-padding, nodes, num_nodes);
 
@@ -3815,6 +3842,11 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h
       spc->v_oversample = v_oversample;
 }
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip)
+{
+   spc->skip_missing = skip;
+}
+
 #define STBTT__OVER_MASK  (STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE-1)
 
 static void stbtt__h_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_in_bytes, unsigned int kernel_width)
@@ -3968,13 +4000,17 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stb
          int x0,y0,x1,y1;
          int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j];
          int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint);
-         stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph,
-                                         scale * spc->h_oversample,
-                                         scale * spc->v_oversample,
-                                         0,0,
-                                         &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1);
-         rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1);
-         rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1);
+         if (glyph == 0 && spc->skip_missing) {
+            rects[k].w = rects[k].h = 0;
+         } else {
+            stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph,
+                                            scale * spc->h_oversample,
+                                            scale * spc->v_oversample,
+                                            0,0,
+                                            &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1);
+            rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1);
+            rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1);
+         }
          ++k;
       }
    }
@@ -4027,7 +4063,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const
       sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->v_oversample);
       for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) {
          stbrp_rect *r = &rects[k];
-         if (r->was_packed) {
+         if (r->was_packed && r->w != 0 && r->h != 0) {
             stbtt_packedchar *bc = &ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j];
             int advance, lsb, x0,y0,x1,y1;
             int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j];
@@ -4141,6 +4177,19 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *
    return stbtt_PackFontRanges(spc, fontdata, font_index, &range, 1);
 }
 
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap)
+{
+   int i_ascent, i_descent, i_lineGap;
+   float scale;
+   stbtt_fontinfo info;
+   stbtt_InitFont(&info, fontdata, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(fontdata, index));
+   scale = size > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&info, size) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&info, -size);
+   stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&info, &i_ascent, &i_descent, &i_lineGap);
+   *ascent  = (float) i_ascent  * scale;
+   *descent = (float) i_descent * scale;
+   *lineGap = (float) i_lineGap * scale;
+}
+
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer)
 {
    float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph;
@@ -4253,7 +4302,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex
    int winding = 0;
 
    orig[0] = x;
-   orig[1] = y;
+   //orig[1] = y; // [DEAR IMGUI] commmented double assignment
 
    // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape
    y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f);